UN questions French CW claim on Syria

0

A man is brought to a hospital in the Syrian town of Khan al-Assal, southwest of Aleppo, where militants used chemical weapons for the first time in March 2013.

The United Nations has questioned the validity of what the French government says is Å“evidence” that the Syrian forces have used chemical weapons against militants.

French officials claimed on June 4 that they were in possession of Å“evidence,” based on laboratory tests, that proved nerve gas sarin had been used by the government forces in Syria.

The French government said it had handed the test results to a UN chemical weapons investigation team, which is led by Swedish scientist Ake Sellstrom.

The UN said in a statement on Wednesday, Å“Yesterday in Paris, Mr. Sellstrom received additional information related to the reports of the alleged use of chemical weapons in Syria submitted by the government of France.”

The statement added that Sellstrom had cautioned that the Å“validity of the information is not ensured.”

France and the UK claim the Syrian government has used chemical weapons against foreign-backed militants operating in the country. Damascus strongly rejects the claim as Å“lies,” saying that the militants have used chemical weapons on several occasions, including an attack in the region of Khan al-Assal in the northwestern province of Aleppo, where over two dozen people died.

The foreign-sponsored militancy that has gripped Syria for more than two years has so far resulted in the killings of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

MR/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK Speaker rapped for migration remarks

0

Britainâ„¢s House of Commons Speaker John Bercow has bought himself harsh criticism for suggesting eastern European immigrants have more “aptitude and commitment” to work than Britons.

During an official visit to Romania last week, Bercow was asked about the lifting of immigration restrictions on Romanians and Bulgarians in 2014.

He answered certain restrictions would remain in place but stressed that critics of Eastern European immigrants had used a “bellicose and strident tone” in their criticism as immigrants had “great advantages”.

“There has been an important wave of immigrants that came to Great Britain from new member states and in many cases they came with aptitudes and a commitment, an involvement we haven’t always seen in our labour force,” he added.

His remarks have outraged the anti-Europe UK Independence Party leader Nigel Farage who said it was unacceptable to Å“comment on matters that are both highly political and deeply contentious”.

Farage also branded Bercow a Å“disgrace” to the office of Speaker.

This comes as Conservative MP Philip Hollobone challenged Farage saying Bercow made the remarks while answering Romanian MPs questions, which is Å“absolutely right”.

Ministers say they will introduce a series of measures to limit the scale of immigration from Romania and Bulgaria after the current controls are lifted in the New Year, including restrictions on rights of incomers to claim benefits and use the NHS or other public services.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police on alert as Moscow court opens hearings into Bolotnaya case

0

There is a large police presence around the city court where hearings into last year’s Bolotnaya Square riots opened on Thursday.

The case is being heard by a district court, but the sessions
have been moved to the larger city court building due to the
public interest and the need for additional security measures.

The court case involves 12 people who have been charged with
inciting and taking part in mass unrest on May 6th 2012, the day
before President Vladimir Putin’s inauguration.

The sanctioned rally in support of democracy and against alleged
violations in the 2011 parliamentary elections turned violent as
some of the demonstrators attempted to break through police
lines. Defense attorneys and some human rights advocates claim
that the police tried to force the protesters into a confined
area. Police say they were attacked by rioters who used
flagpoles, stones and pieces of asphalt injuring about 40
officers and damaging their riot gear.

In the course of the May 6 riots over 80 policemen sustained
injuries and the total damage caused by the clashes is estimated
at over 28 million roubles (US$900,000), according to the
Prosecutor General’s Office.

A representative of the defense team has told the press that they
intended to ask the judge to return the case to prosecutors as it
was not yet fully prepared for hearings.

On the previous evening several people held single-pickets
protests on Moscow’s Manezhnaya Square, in front of the Lower
House HQ. The protesters held slogans suggesting that the trial
of the 12 protesters was politically motivated and accused
authorities of repression. More protests were scheduled on
Thursday evening.

In a connected case Russian prosecutors charged several leftist
activists with plotting and organizing the unrest using money received from foreign sources —
in particular, Georgian MP Givi Targamadze. The suspects include
Sergey Udaltsov, the head of the unregistered movement Leftist
Front, that specializes in street protests. One of Udaltsov’s
aides, Konstantin Lebedev entered a plea deal and was sentenced to two and a half years in
prison
in late April this year.

In November last year, one of the Bolotnaya Square rioters
– Maksim Luzyanin – was sentenced to 4.5 years in
prison behind bars.

One suspect in the case — Mikhail Kosenko — has been officially
recognized as mentally ill and prosecutors now seek his forced
treatment, not criminal punishment.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Dutch cannabis coffee shops to be compensated over tourist laws

0

A Dutch court has ruled that the owners of the cafés in the Netherlands selling marijuana must be partially compensated for losses after the introduction of a new marijuana law last year.

The so-called “cannabis card” law was introduced on May 1 last
year in three southern provinces. It’s aimed at
transforming coffee shops into private clubs, requiring them to
only sell cannabis to registered members who are Dutch residents
and to stop sales to foreigners. The law has also addressed the
downsides of drug tourism – traffic jams, street dealing and
rowdy late-night partying.

“Part of the cannabis card law has disproportionately infringed
the interests of coffee shop clients, leading to financial losses
during several months,” The Hague District Court reportedly ruled
on Wednesday.

“Clients have been scared away,” the court said referring to
Dutch smokers who would have been put off from visiting coffee
shops because they were required to provide their identities.

The court said, the state will have to compensate a number of
coffee shops in the provinces of Limburg, North Brabant and
Zeeland. However it upheld the ban on sales to foreigners, saying
it should reduce problems of cross-border drug tourism in the
southern part of the country.

The Dutch association of retail cannabis traders and a number of
coffee shops took the government to court in September last year
to ask judges to declare the ban on cannabis sales to foreigners
illegal, association spokesman Michael Veling told AFP.

“Compensation is a good thing, but (in this case) it’s rather
limited because traders won’t be repaid for drinks they haven’t
sold and that kind of thing,” Veling added.

A new, more left wing government shelved the cannabis card law in
November, but said individual city authorities could still decide
whether to apply the law affecting some 650 establishments across
the country, according to their economic or social priorities.

Amsterdam, whose coffee shops are a major tourist attraction,
said it would continue to allow tourists to buy cannabis in the
cafés, the Guardian reports.

Although cannabis is technically illegal, the Netherlands
decriminalized possession of less than five grams of the
substance in 1976.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bombing kills two soldiers in Tunisia

0

Army vehicles are seen in Kasserine, capital of the western region of Mount Chaambi, Tunisia, May 7, 2013.

Two soldiers have been killed and two others wounded in Tunisia in a bomb attack targeting an army vehicle.

According to a statement released by army spokesman Mokhtar Ben Nasr on Thursday, Å“At around 7:45 am (0645 GMT), two soldiers were killed and two others wounded when a device exploded as their vehicle passed by in the area of Doghra of Mount Chaambi.”

On Saturday, three soldiers were injured in a similar attack in the same area, which is situated southwest of the capital Tunis.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attacks, but Tunisian officials lay the blame on Salafi terrorist groups.

On May 24, Tunisiaâ„¢s Prime Minister Ali Larayedh said the country made progress in dismantling terrorist cells.

Å“There is progress in dismantling the terrorist networks. We are confronted by small groups who practice terrorism and have links to terrorist parties,” Larayedh said.

Å“Members from the Tunis Salafist movement have connections with local and foreign terrorist groups. They are encouraging armed rebellion against the state through violence and terrorism,” the Tunisian premier stated.

Tunisian authorities arrested over 200 people, including the supporters of the Ansar al-Sharia group on May 19, during clashes that erupted when the group called on its followers to assemble in the capitalâ„¢s suburb of Ettadhamen.

The Tunisian government recently banned Ansar al-Sharia from holding its annual congress in Kairouan, the capital of Kairouan Governorate, saying the group posed a Å“threat to public order.”

Larayedh also warned, Å“We will continue to pursue them and all people who practice violence or have links with the terrorists.”

MAM/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bomb blast in Afghanistan hotel kills 1

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least one civilian has been killed and 15 others injured in a bomb blast that hit a hotel in northern Afghanistan.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Shield Law Sponsor Not Sure Bloggers “Deserve” Free Speech Rights

0
“You can sit in your mother’s basement and chat away, I don’t care,” says Lindsey Graham (R-SC) but then asks if “they [bloggers] deserve First Amendment protection?” when it comes to classified information.
J.P. Hicks
Activist Post
Who knew the speech of the media and bloggers wasn’t already protected?

The U.S. senate is working on a media shield law that would protect the media against government retaliation for exposing sensitive information.

I thought the First Amendment in the Bill of Rights made it quite clear that all speech was already protected:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

Since the government has been on the rampage to punish whistleblowers who exposed government crimes, perhaps additional clarity is needed. However, it seems that the politicians are using the media shield law to decide who gets free speech protection and who doesn’t.

'Militants seize Golan Heights crossing'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The militants in Syria have taken over the Quneitra crossing between Syria and the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights, the Israeli army radio says.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bombing kills two soldiers in Tunisia

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Two soldiers have been killed and two others wounded in Tunisia in a bomb attack targeting an army vehicle.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Anti-indep front turns to Scots exiles

0

After failing in their efforts to recruit Scots living outside Scotland to vote against the Scottish independence referendum, British Conservatives have now turned to another strategy to use the immigrant Scots to reinforce the no-to-independence campaign.

Better Together campaign wants thousands of Scots living in England, Wales and Northern Ireland to Å“lovebomb” their friends and family in Scotland to persuade them to vote against the Scottish independence.

Back in October, British Conservative councilor, Rob Mckellar, called for a change of regulations to give some 800,000 Scottish citizens, living outside Scotland, the right to take part in the plebiscite.

He based his argument, presented in a motion to the parliament, on the claim that the Scots living in other parts of the UK would be deprived of their nationality if they cannot vote.

The motion, if approved, would have been a great boost to the no-to-independence campaign as Scotland is home to just 5.2 million people and 800,000 extra no votes would have left a significant impact on the results.

With the motion defeated, the No Campaign now wants relatives and friends of Scots living in Scotland to convince them that they do not have to make a Å“false choice” between being Scottish and British.

In response to the new strategy, spearheaded by Shadow Chancellor and Better Together chairman Alistair Darling, Scotlandâ„¢s ruling Scottish National Party (SNP) described the resort to a Scottish identity as a deception to undermine the pro-Scottish independence cause.

Å“People living in Scotland have a range of identities – Scottish, British, English, Pakistani, French, Irish, Polish, and many more besides – and that will continue to be the case regardless of our constitutional relationship with the rest of the UK,” SNP said.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US slams liberation of Qusayr by Syria

0

The US has strongly condemned Syrian Armyâ„¢s liberation of the countryâ„¢s border city of Qusayr, which had served as the major stronghold of foreign-sponsored armed insurgents that sought to overthrow Syriaâ„¢s government.

Å“The United States condemns in the strongest possible terms the al-Assad regime’s assault on al-Qusayr, which has killed untold numbers of civilians and is causing tremendous humanitarian suffering,” White House Press Secretary Jay Carney claimed in a Wednesday statement.

The apparent US rage over the success of the Syrian forces to drive out the foreign-backed militant gangs that have terrorized the nation over the past two years, comes amid widely reported US plans to offer direct military support to the anti-Damascus militants with the announced aim of overthrowing the government of President Bashar al-Assad.

The White House official further called for “safe access” to evacuate injured insurgents and provide Å“medical supplies,” a call that apparently was not considered worthy of a response by Syrian officials.

Washington has also blasted the Lebanese Islamic resistance movement Hezbollah for its support role behind the Syrian military triumph over the insurgents, who received massive amounts of arms and supplies from US-backed regimes in the region, including Jordan, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, United Arab Emirates and even the Israeli regime.

This is while Hezbollah has described the recent military victory over Qusayr as a major blow to the US-Israeli-Takfiri triangle in Syria that sought to remove the only Arab government in the region that effectively remained behind Palestinian resistance against the Israeli occupation.

Takfiris are ultra-radical Muslims closely tied to the Saudi-invented Wahhabi brand of Islam that openly seeks to kill or neutralize any Muslim that opposes their radical worldviews and approaches.

Most Takfiris have identified themselves with the shadowy al-Qaeda terror network and are widely known to have committed countless atrocities in Syria against civilians as well as government forces.

Hezbollah Deputy Secretary-General Sheikh Naim Qassem, meanwhile, has reiterated that those who wish to see the fall of the Syrian government are deeply flawed.

Moreover, the Syrian army further vowed on Wednesday to entirely crush the remainder of the foreign-backed insurgents across the country following its triumph in Qusayr after weeks of fierce battles.

Hundreds of insurgents have been killed and many captured in the course of the recent fighting.

Yet, they have also vowed to continue the armed insurgency against the Damascus government despite their heavy loss in Qusayr.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US terror drone kills 3 Afghan children

0

Three children have died in a US killer drone strike carried out in Afghanistan’s northeastern province of Kunar, Press TV reports.

The airstrike was conducted during the early hours of Thursday near the Pakistani border.

Local officials said six other people, including women, were also injured in the attack.

On May 20, at least eight people were killed and several others injured in a similar strike in the eastern province of Kapisa.

Hundreds of civilians have been killed in the US airstrikes in various parts of Afghanistan over the past few years, with Afghans becoming increasingly outraged over the seemingly endless number of deadly assaults.

The United States uses its killer drones in a number of countries including Afghanistan, Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia, claiming the targets of the attacks are militants, but local officials and witnesses say civilians have been the main victims.

According to data released by the Pentagon in February, Afghanistan is becoming a Å“drone war” with a 72-percent increase in the number of drone strikes from 2011 to 2012. The United States carried out over 500 drone attacks in Afghanistan last year, the Pentagon said.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of the so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains in the country.

MAS/MAM/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Plenty Of Surprises As World Warms

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/plenty_of_surprises_as_world_warms_20130606/

Posted on Jun 6, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Turkey moves to ‘avoid further tensions’

0

Turkish protesters shout anti-government slogans during a demonstration in Ankara, June 4, 2013.

Turkeyâ„¢s deputy prime minister has called on government supporters not to gather in large numbers at the airport receiving the countryâ„¢s Premier Recep Tayyip Erdogan from a trip abroad to avoid further tensions.

Å“The prime minister does not need a show of power,” Huseyin Celik said on Wednesday, explaining that the reason for his call was to avoid further tensions amid the recent anti-government protests.

Erdogan is expected back home on Thursday from a four-day visit to North Africa.

Turkish protesters have been demanding the resignation of the embattled Turkish premier, who said, before leaving his country, that the protests will have died down before he came back home.

Demonstrations, however, continued, despite relative calm in some cities.

On Wednesday, thousands of protesters including union workers gathered near Kizilay Square in the capital city, Ankara, and clashed with riot police, who responded with tear gas, pepper spray and water cannon.

Since Friday, May 31, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

At least three people have been killed in the course of the protests in the country.

The anti-government protests began after police broke up a sit-in staged in Istanbulâ„¢s Taksim Square on Friday. The sit-in had been staged to protest government plans to Å“redevelop” Gezi Park.

The protesters say the park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last green public space.

IA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Venezuela expels ‘spying’ US filmmaker

0

An undated family photo released on April 25, 2013, shows US filmmaker Timothy Tracy inside of a vehicle in Venezuela.

Venezuela has released and expelled US filmmaker Timothy Tracy, held on suspicion of involvement in espionage activities and fomenting post-election violence in the country.

Venezuelan government spokesperson Raimundo Urrechaga confirmed the release on Wednesday, when Tiffany Tracy, Timothyâ„¢s sister, also reported the matter.

Venezuelaâ„¢s Interior Minister Miguel Rodriguez Torres posted on Twitter on the same day, Å“The American Timothy Hallet Tracy, who was caught spying in our country, has been expelled from the national territory.”

Torres had previously said that the US citizen was trying to Å“destabilize the country with the goal of starting a civil war.”

The 35-year-old filmmaker was arrested on April 24 at Simon Bolivar International Airport in Caracas as he was about to leave Venezuela.

Following the arrest, Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro issued a statement saying, Å“I have personally ordered Timothy Tracyâ„¢s arrest on suspicion of creating violence in the cities of this country.”

Caracas accused him of paying right-wing youth groups to hold violent demonstrations after Maduroâ„¢s election victory on April 14.

However, Tracyâ„¢s friends and family claim that he had been in Venezuela to make a documentary about the Venezuelan politics.

In March, Caracas also expelled two US military attaches over allegations of trying to foment instability in Venezuela.

Washington angered Caracas by supporting Venezuelan opposition leader Henrique Capriles, who disputed the results of the April presidential election, in which Nicolas Maduro won the race with 50.7 percent of the vote against 49.1 percent for Capriles.

MR/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

French jobless rate rises to record high

0

An office of the French state-run employment agency, Pole Emploi, in the northern Paris suburb of Pantin (file photo)

Official figures show that the unemployment rate in France increased in the first quarter of 2013, reaching its highest point since 1998.

According to data released by Franceâ„¢s national statistics institute, Insee, on Thursday, the jobless rate rose to 10.8 percent in the first quarter this year.

The institute added that the unemployment rate in the eurozone’s second-largest economy jumped by 0.3 percentage points compared to the fourth quarter of 2012.

On May 30, the French Labor Ministry said the number of the unemployed people in the country reached a record high of 3.26 million in April.

The ministry said the number of registered jobseekers in France increased by 39,800 in April, marking the 24th consecutive monthly rise. The increase is equivalent to 1,326 new jobseekers per day and represented a 12.5-percent rise over a year ago.

The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has also forecast that unemployment in France will climb to 10.7 percent in 2013 and 11.1 percent the next year.”

The high unemployment rate is considered a major challenge for Socialist President Francois Hollande, who has pledged to curb unemployment from the current level of more than 10 percent to a single-digit figure by December this year.

Hollande’s popularity, which had already been affected by the poor performance of the countryâ„¢s economy, is shrinking to record lows.

According to the TNS Sofres poll for the Le Figaro magazine, Hollandeâ„¢s popularity dropped to 30 percent in February 2013, making the socialist leader the least popular French president since 1981.

Europe plunged into a financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced the EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms.

MR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FSB arrests mastermind of foiled Moscow bombing who 'fought in Afghanistan'

0


Russia’s FSB secret service has captured the suspected mastermind behind a foiled terror attack in Moscow. His group, which fought in Afghanistan against the ISAF forces, was uncovered and neutralized last month by police.

A man identified as Yulay Davletbayev headed the terror cell,
which was plotting an attack in Moscow. Two of his accomplices
were killed in a May 20 police operation, while a third was captured
alive.

Federal Security Service agents apprehend Yulai Davletbaev suspected of preparing terror attacks in Moscow during a special operation outside Moscow.(RIA Novosti / National Anti-Terrorism Committe)

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Ethiopia dam harms Egypt water supply’

0

The photo shows the ceremony of the diversion of the Blue Nile in Guba, Ethiopia, May 28, 2013.

A political analyst says the construction of a dam on the Nile River by Ethiopia will have a negative impact on Egyptâ„¢s water supply, Press TV reports.

Å“It is clear that the construction of this dam will have a negative impact. The waterâ„¢s share, which is already limited, will be lessened and this is the real challenge. We are approaching a major problem, which is water shortage,” Ayman Abdul Wahab told Press TV on Wednesday.

Last month, Ethiopia said it had begun diverting the flow of the Blue Nile for the construction of the Grand Ethiopian Renaissance dam.

On June 6, a senior Egyptian government aide said Cairo would demand Addis Ababa stop the construction.

Å“Demanding of Ethiopia to stop construction of the dam it intends to build on the Blue Nile will be our first step,” said Pakinam el-Sharkawy, the Egyptian presidential aide for political affairs.

On the same day, Egyptian presidential advisor Ayman Ali also warned that Å“all options are open” if the dam affects Egyptâ„¢s water supply.

Å“It is Egyptâ„¢s right to defend its interests. Other people have a right to seek their own interests. But there must be guarantees that the Ethiopian dam will not harm Egypt, otherwise all options are open,” Ali stated.

On June 2, Egyptians gathered outside the Ethiopian embassy in Cairo, calling for a halt to the construction of the dam.

Egypt faces a water crisis as its population increases. In the 1960s, the average water share per person was 2,800 cubic meters. Now, the figure has dropped to 600 cubic meters, much below the poverty line, which is 1,000 cubic meters per person.

MAM/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Last Week in Poverty: Taking On Sallie Mae and the Cost of Education

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/zimmytws

June 3, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following article first appeared on the Nation.com. For more great content from the Nation, sign up for their email newsletters here. 

Nearly 200 students, parents, community members and union leaders rallied at Sallie Mae’s annual shareholder meeting in Newark, Delaware, yesterday. On the agenda: first, demand that the nation’s largest private student loan lender meet directly with students to discuss their crushing debt burden; and second, introduce a shareholder resolution calling for disclosure of the corporation’s lobbying practices and membership in groups such as the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC).

Outside of Sallie Mae’s corporate headquarters, the activists were met by “dozens of police, blockades and K-9 units,” according to participants. Sarita Gupta, executive director of Jobs with Justice—American Rights at Work, urged the crowd to confront Sallie Mae executives and board members “about their role in America’s student debt crisis.”

More than 38 million people now owe over $1.1 trillion in student debt; Sallie Mae owns approximately 15 percent of that debt, or $162.5 billion. Students owe an average of $27,000 when they graduate from college and many have a debt load several times greater than that amount. Nearly one in ten will default on their loans within two years.

Gupta noted that Sallie Mae “spent $16 million on federal lobbying from 2008 to 2012 and has more than sixty state lobbyists.” The corporation has lobbied at the federal level “to block student loan reform,” and at the state level “for reduced public investment in higher education, forcing more students to rely on private student loans.”

“They’re in the business of condemning students to a lifetime of debt, not making education a reality,” said Sara Fitouri, a law student at the University of Denver, who owes $145,000 in student debt.

“They show that when we privatize something that used to be in the public realm it can lead to horrible results,” said Sam Nelson, a junior at George Washington University who expects to graduate with approximately $50,000 in student loan debt.

Sallie Mae was indeed created as a government-sponsored enterprise in 1972, and transitioned to a fully privatized bank lender between 1997 and 2004. Organizers say that as the largest lender it now sets the trends and standards for the industry.

Gupta spoke out against profit margins that continue to increase for Sallie Mae as “student debt and student loan defaults escalate at an unsustainable pace.” She noted that the senior management team of five executives made more than $20 million combined in 2011; the former CEO–who just announced his retirement–was paid $35 million from 2007 to 2011.

Twenty of the activists entered Sallie Mae headquarters as legal proxies for shareholders with a right to vote. The groups they represented included: the United States Student Association, the Student Labor Action Project, Common Cause, the Responsible Endowment Coalition, the American Federation of Teachers (AFT) and Jobs with Justice—American Rights at Work. Sallie Mae personnel attempted to restrict these individuals to a holding area but the activists successfully negotiated their way into the meeting.

Prior to introducing the shareholders resolution, Randi Weingarten, president of the AFT, whose members’ pension plans have more than $1 trillion in assets and are long-term shareholders of Sallie Mae, said, “As Sallie Mae profits from billions of dollars of student loans, it has an obligation to students, educators and shareholders to be transparent about its lobbying efforts, including on student loan reform.”

The resolution asked that the board disclose in an annual report the corporation’s policies, procedures and payments for direct and indirect lobbying; as well as its membership and payments to any tax-exempt organization “that writes and endorses model legislation.” (See: ALEC.) Although there has yet to be a tally of the vote, organizers hope that they received the support of approximately 30 percent of the shareholders.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Do Psychiatrists Create the Very Mental Problems They Claim to Treat?

2

Imagine for a moment that the American Psychiatric Association was about to compile a new edition of its Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. But instead of 2013, imagine, just for fun, that the year is 1880.

Transported to the world of the late 19th century, the psychiatric body would have virtually no choice but to include hysteria in the pages of its new volume. Women by the tens of thousands, after all, displayed the distinctive signs: convulsive fits, facial tics, spinal irritation, sensitivity to touch, and leg paralysis. Not a doctor in the Western world at the time would have failed to recognize the presentation. “The illness of our age is hysteria,” a French journalist wrote. “Everywhere one rubs elbows with it.”

Hysteria would have had to be included in our hypothetical 1880 DSM for the exact same reasons that attention deficit hyperactivity disorder is included in the just-released DSM-5. The disorder clearly existed in a population and could be reliably distinguished, by experts and clinicians, from other constellations of symptoms. There were no reliable medical tests to distinguish hysteria from other illnesses then; the same is true of the disorders listed in the DSM-5 today. Practically speaking, the criteria by which something is declared a mental illness are virtually the same now as they were over a hundred years ago.

The DSM determines which mental disorders are worthy of insurance reimbursement, legal standing, and serious discussion in American life. That its diagnoses are not more scientific is, according to several prominent critics, a scandal. In a major blow to the APA’s dominance over mental-health diagnoses, Thomas R. Insel, director of the National Institute of Mental Health, recently declared that his organization would no longer rely on the DSM as a guide to funding research. “The weakness is its lack of validity,” he wrote. “Unlike our definitions of ischemic heart disease, lymphoma, or AIDS, the DSM diagnoses are based on a consensus about clusters of clinical symptoms, not any objective laboratory measure. In the rest of medicine, this would be equivalent to creating diagnostic systems based on the nature of chest pain or the quality of fever.” As an alternative, Insel called for the creation of a new, rival classification system based on genetics, brain imaging, and cognitive science.

This idea–that we might be able to strip away all subjectivity from the diagnosis of mental illness and render psychiatry truly scientific–is intuitively appealing. But there are a couple of problems with it. The first is that the science simply isn’t there yet. A functional neuroscientific understanding of mental suffering is years, perhaps generations, away from our grasp. What are clinicians and patients to do until then? But the second, more telling problem with Insel’s approach lies in its assumption that it is even possible to strip culture from the study of mental illness. Indeed, from where I sit, the trouble with the DSM– both this one and previous editions–is not so much that it is insufficiently grounded in biology, but that it ignores the inescapable relationship between social cues and the shifting manifestations of mental illness.

***

Psychiatry tends not to learn from its past. With each new generation, psychiatric healers dismiss the enthusiasms of their predecessors by pointing out the unscientific biases and cultural trends on which their theories were based. Looking back at hysteria, we can see now that 19th-century doctors were operating amidst fanciful beliefs about female anatomy, an assumption of feminine weakness, and the Victorian-era weirdness surrounding female sexuality. And good riddance to bad old ideas. But the more important point to take away is this: There is little doubt that the symptoms expressed by those thousands of women were real.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Connecticut Makes History as First State to Pass GE Food Labeling Law

0

Photo Credit: pogonici/ Shutterstock.com

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This week, Connecticut won the honor of becoming the first state to pass a law requiring genetically-engineered foods to be labeled. (The governor has indicated he will sign.) It was really only a matter of time. The disappointing defeat of Prop 37 last fall in California (thanks to a massive industry disinformation campaign) sparked a national movement that has resulted in labeling bills getting introduced in about half the states.

But how did the small state of Connecticut make this happen?

I spoke at length with the leader of the effort, Tara Cook-Littman of GMO Free CT, who worked for the past two years as a volunteer. (See the group’s impressive list of coalition partners.)

She said for a long time, efforts to pass labeling bills went nowhere, but things started to change two years ago once advocates formally organized themselves. While at first she and others “were dismissed as a bunch of crazy moms and environmentalists,” things started to pick up last year “when advocates were able to show themselves to be a serious movement with political power.”

What about the opposition? Cook-Littman said it was formidable, and that industry made all the same fear-mongering arguments we heard last year during Prop 37 in California about higher food prices and confusing consumers.

She and others suspect the biotech industry was funneling money through the trade group, the Connecticut Food Association, which represents retailers and wholesalers. Also in opposition was the Grocery Manufacturers Association, the national trade group for food makers, which firmly stated its opposition to Prop 37 last year, calling it the organization’s “single-highest priority.”

In addition, Cook-Littman told me about the front group industry formed to oppose the bill, called: “ Connecticut Farm to Food.” (For more about front groups, see my recent report.) This group’s home page claims boldly if inexplicably: “Forced labeling will drive business and science out of Connecticut.” Listed as sponsors are three groups: The Council for Biotechnology Information (a trade group for the biotech industry; its website is: whybiotech.com), the Connecticut Retail Merchants Association, and the previously-mentioned Grocery Manufacturers Association. In other words, two of these three groups behind this “Connecticut” organization are based in Washington DC.

The toughest opposition though, Cook-Littman said, came from the Connecticut Farm Bureau, which claimed the bill would hurt farmers, despite the bill not even being about farming, but rather food products. “They claimed that farmers’ sales of value-added products would be destroyed if they had to be labeled,” she said. But, as a strong counter-weight, advocates had the support of the state’s numerous organic farmers, led by the Connecticut chapter of the Northeast Organic Farming Association, who Cook-Littman called “our truest partner.”

Still, how did this grassroots group fight off such high-powered lobbyists representing at least three major industries — biotech, food retailers, and food manufacturers? She said, “We just got louder.”

What exactly was the turning point for the movement? Cook-Littman said face-to-face meetings with politicians were critical. “We spent a lot of time developing relationships with our representatives. Just spending that time with them was invaluable,” she said.

Also, the group’s social media presence, especially on Facebook, allowed non-paid advocates to engage in less time-consuming ways. “We told our representatives: ‘look at what’s happening on Facebook.’”

And simply showing up in massive numbers when it counted: at two critical rallies, one before the legislative session began, another just weeks ago, along with a huge turnout for the hearing.

Cook-Littman credits the national advocacy group Food Democracy Now! for being a vital partner in the effort. “We could not have done it without them. They always believed in us, while others discounted us,” she said. “They also helped drive more than 40,000 phone calls to the governor’s office and provided strategic advice along the way.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

How the Chinese Exploited the Shady Relationship Between US Spymasters and Google

0

Silicon Valley is now ground zero of the biggest espionage struggles facing the United States since the height of the Cold War. The glitzy suburbs between San Francisco and San Jose are filled with agents playing a cat-and-mouse game over stealing high-tech secrets after the Chinese accomplished what the Soviets only dreamed of.

In 2009, China hacked into Google to see which of its spies were known to the FBI by tracing secret FBI data requests. Two years later, China hacked into RSA, a company hired by defense contractors to encrypt their computers and stole detailed plans for major U.S. weapons systems including new fighter planes, worth trillions, and critical domestic infrastructure including gas pipelines.

The military hardware thefts have been called the largest transfer of intellectual property ” in history” by top national security officials and arguably are a bigger intelligence failure than al-Qaeda’s attacks on September 11, 2001.

They are now front-page news as President Obama plans to meet China’s president on Friday. The White House’s press briefings say cybersecurity will be discussed, but do not mention the military secrets thefts. Instead, the briefings make it sound as if the only issue is stealing the newest consumer products. They do not mention what Obama will say in response.

With this information gap in the news, it’s inevitable that in San Francisco, where the best and brightest techies board chartered buses to commute to the Valley, there is gossip about big data, big government, spying and counter-espionage. Silicon Valley has long been home to companies that have done clandestine work for Washington’s intelligence agencies, so the rumors about what’s being done to stop Chinese spying are more than intriguing–they’re worth investigating.

The most eyebrow-raising talk concerns Google and its newest innovation, the Glass project. These stylish eyeglasses are a new voice-activated computing platform that replaces typing and can do almost everything that smart phones now do. A small rectangular box sits atop one lens and contains next-generation processors, as well as a video and still camera and microphone. The screen is in the corner of one eye. Sound vibrates through the glass frame, not ear buds.

The gossip about Glass goes far beyond the significant list of privacy concerns that arise because anything within eyesight or earshot can seen, heard, recorded and uploaded for data mining. According to one beta-tester with a military-intelligence background, Glass’ 1,500 or so testers are unknowing eyes and ears of a bold anti-espionage strategy. He claimed that an army of Glass-wearing geeks in the Bay Area’s high-tech nooks and crannies was allowing U.S. spy agencies to find and follow Chinese agents in real time.

That assertion is built on other premises that were explained. Google and the government have ties that neither want to disclose, such as spy agency access to all of Google’s data. Glass’ facial recognition capacities may not be ready for public use just yet–just as Facebook got beat up when it announced a similar feature last year. But they are there and have prompted Congress’ bipartisan Privacy Caucus to voice concerns about Glass.

“There’s an extraordinary amount of meta data associated with each of those images that you don’t think about, because you think I’m just taking a picture of my friends in a bar,” said Marc Rotenberg, executive director of the Washington-based Electronic Privacy Information Center, which has criticized Glass for possible creepy uses, from stalkers following women to cops identifying protesters. “That’s why the government is so interested in it. They want access to that data.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

10 Things You Need to Know about Female Sexuality

0

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

What is the true nature of female sexuality? When it comes to women’s priorities, why, once in a secure relationship, is sex no longer on top? Exploring what defines women’s libido and why it becomes depleted, I investigate whether we have unrealistic expectations about our sex drive, who defines what is normal and abnormal, and if ‘low libido’ is in fact the natural order of things. I also provide concrete ways women can work toward defining their own jouissance–a personalized female sexuality that can lead to a more sensual, vibrant life.

1. Don’t believe the hype: our sexuality is culturally relative. Sexuality is shaped by culture and history. For example, a hundred years ago a woman who loved sex could be regarded as being mentally disturbed, whereas today if you don’t love sex you could end up being diagnosed as dysfunctional. With this in mind, it pays to be skeptical of labels that pathologize sexual difference.

2. Our desire to appear desirable exceeds desire itself.

It is well known that media and advertising can have a devastating effect on women’s self-esteem–but it affects our sexual self-esteem too. Feeling like we don’t live up to the physical ideal, women often grow to view themselves, and even their genitalia, as undesirable.

Rather than having sex, many women simply want to look like they are having sex. We are too busy chasing beautiful to want to kiss beautifully. Too busy chasing the veneer of desirability, to desire. Our animal instincts have become inverted: time devoted to preening overrides time devoted to mating and sexual pleasure.

3. Ditch the rom-com storyline. Passionate monogamy, the goal for most, promises lust-ever-after. But we have unrealistic expectations about relationships. In actual fact, it is natural for sexual intensity to decline over the duration of a relationship, as we age, due to life pressures and when we have children. Although lust may dampen, it is possible to maintain love and connection, and increase our chances of desire showing up too.

4. Actually, low female desire is ‘normal.’ Women have been made to feel that having a low libido means something is wrong with them. Currently women with chronic low libido are pathologized as having a type of female sexual dysfunction called hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD). The trouble is, many of the researchers who have come up its nebulous definition have financial ties to pharmaceutical companies.

I argue that in a long-term monogamous relationship it is extremely common to have a lukewarm interest in sex and rarely initiate it. Far from being a disorder, low libido is just the natural state of affairs for many women.

5. The so-called sexless marriage. Consider the current definition of a ‘sexless marriage’–a relationship in which the couple has sex ten times a year or less. Really? So couples that have been together for a decade and are going through the highs and lows of life, have sex nearly once a month. Rather than brandishing a negative label, good for them, I say.

6.The hand that rocks the cradle doesn’t rock the bedroom. Research indicates that one-third of couples experience significant sexual loss upon having children. For instance, across ninety studies, parents had lower marital satisfaction than non-parents, and a strong correlation was found between marital dissatisfaction and greater number of children. For women, it is increasingly difficult to carve out the duel identity of mother andsensual lover. Plus, there is a rival for her affections–children.

7. There is more than one type of sexual prime. As we age, women often experience less desire due to many factors, including illness (their partners’ and their own), and issues associated with self-image. However, although many of us are familiar with the notion ofsexual prime in relation to the physical–body, genitals, and hormones–it is not the full picture. An emotional prime also exists, related to spirit, maturity, and fluidity with life. Physical and emotional factors are intertwined and interact in unpredictable and exciting ways. Many women experience a sexual renaissance in their later years. Fortunately, sexual prime can peak at any age.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

When a Doctor Wields a Bible: The Alarming Rise of Catholic Hospitals

0

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Across the U.S., religious healthcare corporations are absorbing once secular and independent hospitals and in the process imposing religious restrictions that pit standard medical practice against theology.

Recently, a woman was traveling across the Midwest when she developed abdominal pain. She and her husband went to the nearest hospital, where she was diagnosed with a potentially fatal ectopic pregnancy. The doctors recommended immediate surgery to remove the fallopian tube containing the misplaced embryo, a procedure that would reduce by half her future chances of conceiving a child. They failed to mention that a simple injection of Methotrexate would solve the problem, leaving her fertility intact. Why the omission? The Catholic hospital where she got diagnosed was subject to the “ Ethical and Religious Directives” of the Catholic bishops, which state, “In case of extrauterine pregnancy, no intervention is morally licit which constitutes a direct abortion.”

According to Catholic moralists, an injection that destroys an ectopic embryo is a direct abortion, while removing the part of a woman’s reproductive system containing the embryo is not. While this may sound strange (or abhorrent) to outsiders, it has its own internal logic. Catholic ethics ultimately are determined by theologically based perceptions of what actions God approves and doesn’t approve. While compassion does matter, the end goal is to improve the spiritual standing or righteousness of the person performing the action. These theological dictates may or may not align with the questions that govern secular medical ethics and practice: how to minimize harm and suffering or maximize wellbeing while respecting patient autonomy.

In 2010, a pregnant Nicaraguan woman with metastatic cancer was denied treatment because chemotherapy could harm her fetus, which doctors refused to remove. Though many Protestants disagree, Catholic theology treats any product of conception as a fully formed human being, with rights equal to a woman from the moment of conception whether or not there is any possibility of it actually becoming a person. This means that abortion is an inherently bad action, regardless of outcomes. Nicaraguan law, rooted in this theology, prohibits all abortion even when a woman’s life is at stake. In 2012, a 16-year-old Dominican girl also was denied treatment for weeks while doctors debated whether chemotherapy would constitute an abortion. She eventually miscarried and later died.

Christianity traditionally has regarded women as vessels–vessels for evil, and for babies. For Adam was formed first, then Eve. And Adam was not the one deceived; it was the woman who was deceived and became a sinner. But women will be saved through childbearing–if they continue in faith, love and holiness with propriety (1 Timothy 2: 13-15). As a consequence, Catholic rules addressing reproduction are particularly convoluted, and sometimes patients pay the price:

 A Catholic doctor at a Catholic hospital went against my daughter’s wishes and signed consent to have a hysterectomy because of severe endometriosis. One ovary had already exploded. My daughter had never intended or desired children nor was she in a suitable situation to have a child. She was single, in her late 20s. When she awoke from surgery she learned that the doctor had over-ridden her wishes and consent in an attempt to save her fertility. The operation was botched, leaving my daughter on permanent disability, in pain, with even more health problems than she’d had before. — Comment at Truthout 

Secular medical ethics evolved to promote patient welfare and autonomy. As better treatment options become available, providers are expected to keep their skills and knowledge up to date so that they can provide accurate information about the range of options and offer the services most likely to create the best health outcomes for patients. Violation of these norms is considered malpractice.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Are Conservatives Easier to Manipulate?

0

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A Gallup Poll  on May 29 strikingly titled “U.S. Support for Euthanasia Hinges on How It’s Described” contains unambiguous new evidence that Republicans are more manipulable than Democrats–at least when the question concerns the important issue of whether or not a terminal patient’s request for assistance to die should be carried out by the person’s doctor. It reported that, “A May 2-7 Gallup survey finds 70% of Americans in favor of allowing doctors to hasten a terminally ill patient’s death when the matter is described as allowing doctors to ‘end the patient’s life by some painless means.’ At the same time, far fewer — 51% — support it when the process is described as doctors helping a patient ‘commit suicide.’”

The precise question in the latter instance was “When a person has a disease that cannot be cured and is living in severe pain, do you think doctors should or should not be allowed by law to assist the patient to commit suicide if the patient requests it?”

The remarkable finding was that 71% of Democrats, and 68% of Republicans, support a doctor’s ending a patient’s life by some painless means if the patient requests it and has a terminal illness, but only 60% of Democrats, and 41% of Republicans do when the question it phrased as “to assist the patient to commit suicide.”

That’s a fall-off from 71% down to 60% for Democrats — or a reduction of 15% — of Democrats, who can be manipulated by using different terminology; but it’s a fall-off from 68% down to 41% for Republicans — or a reduction of 40% — of Republicans, who can be manipulated by a mere synonymous rephrasing of the same question.

Or, to put that in the other way, based upon this poll, 85% of Democrats, versus only 60% of Republicans, were not manipulable on this issue — they responded to the issue itself, and not to the wording of it.

There is a vast amount of other empirical evidence showing that conservatives, and Republicans in particular, are more manipulable than non-conservatives.

A famous study by Jost, Glaser, Kruglansky and Sulloway, “Political Conservatism as Motivated Social Cognition,” in the May 2003 Psychological Bulletin , found that prejudices were even stronger among conservatives than among the general population.

An October 2003 survey, “Misperceptions, the Media and the Iraq War,” from worldpublicopinion.org (formerly “PIPA,” or Program on International Policy Attitudes) found that the audience of Fox News is highly Republican, but failed to provide any detailed breakdown. A more detailed study of this question, issued by rasmussenreports.com in June 2004, was headlined “Fox Fans Favor Bush 65% to 28%,” and noted, by way of contrast, that “CNN Fans Favor Kerry 63% to 26%.”

Furthermore, this survey found that, “In the race for Congress, Fox fans will vote for GOP candidates by a 56% to 25% margin. The CNN audience will vote Democratic by a 54% to 27% margin.” The PIPA study of “Misperceptions” and “the Iraq War” found: “The extent of Americans’ misperceptions vary significantly depending on their source of news. Those who receive most of their news from Fox News are more likely than average to have misperceptions. Those who receive most of their news from NPR or PBS are less likely to have misperceptions. These variations cannot simply be explained as a result of differences in the demographic characteristics of each audience, because these variations can also be found when comparing the demographic subgroups of each audience.”

On November 22, 2011, thinkprogress.org headlined “Fox News Viewers Are the Most Misinformed: A Seventh Study Arrives to Prove It,” and Chris Mooney linked to each of the seven different studies that had been done of this subject, all of which found the same thing. The latest study was titled “Climate on Cable: The Nature and Impact of Global Warming Coverage on Fox News [FNC], CNN, and MSNBC.” This latest study closed by saying: “In sum, the results overwhelmingly support Hypothesis 4 [that FNC viewers rejected the reality of global warming, whereas CNN/MSNBC viewers accepted its reality], demonstrating that Fox News viewing is associated with lower levels of global warming acceptance, with the reverse true for CNN/MSNBC viewing. … [Moreover, a separate finding was:] The views of Republicans seem to reflect the cable news outlet they watch, regardless of whether it is Fox or CNN/MSNBC. Democrats, on the other hand, do not vary significantly in their global warming beliefs as a function of cable news.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

How Come It's Not Terrorism When a White Guy from the South Does It?

0

New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg is pictured in the Brooklyn borough of New York City on February 14, 2013. Bloomberg said Sunday he will invest $12 million in a nationwide ad campaign to counter the powerful US gun lobby and rally support for background

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In late May, a threatening letter laced with the deadly chemical ricin was sent from Shreveport, Louisiana, to New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg as a response to the mayor’s outspoken support for stricter gun control laws. Two identical letters, also containing the lethal substance, were addressed to both President Barack Obama and the head of the Washington D.C. lobbying group, Mayors Against Illegal Guns, which is managed and funded by Bloomberg himself.

The contents of the letters are clearly the work of a right-wing gun nut and readas follows: “You will have to kill me and my family before you get my guns. Anyone wants to come to my house will get shot in the face. The right to bear arms is my constitutional, god-given right and I will exercise that right till the day I die. What’s in this letter is nothing compared to what I’ve got planned for you.”

Despite lethally targeting civilians and non-military officials far from any active battlefield, no one is referring to these acts as terrorism. Not the press, not political pundits, not the intended victims. No one.

In fact, Bloomberg himself was nonplussed by the whole ordeal, tellingreporters on May 30, “I’m not angry. There are people who I would argue do things that may be irrational, do things that are wrong, but it’s a very complex world out there and we just have to deal with that.”

Yes, Mike, it is a very complex world. This world is so complex, in fact, that an easily identifiable act of terrorism isn’t considered terrorism for one simple reason: it probably wasn’t committed by a Muslim, but rather by some white guy in the South.

Clearly, while white guys who send murderous mail are merely acting irrationally and doing something wrong, potential violence by members of the Muslim faith present a singular threat to our civilized society. So much so, in fact, that Michael Bloomberg himself believes our own laws and the bedrock of that very society are not good enough to defend against such a scourge to humanity.

In April, following the horrific Boston Marathon bombing, Bloomberg declared that the American obsession with privacy, civil rights and basic freedoms were antiquated and trite when compared to the dire threat posed by hypothetical barbarian hordes of “Islamists.”

At a press conference at the Lower Manhattan Security Initiative, Bloomberg said, “The people who are worried about privacy have a legitimate worry. But we live in a complex world where you’re going to have to have a level of security greater than you did back in the olden days, if you will. And our laws and our interpretation of the Constitution, I think, have to change.”

Yes, how complex it is. So complex that, although a 2010 study by Duke University and the University of North Carolina found that Islamic terrorism accounted for only six percent of all terrorist attacks in the United States between 1980 and 2005 while a 2012 analysis by the Center for American Progress reported that a whopping“[f]ifty-six percent of domestic terrorist attacks and plots in the U.S. since 1995 have been perpetrated by right-wing extremists,” Michael Bloomberg has made it his duty to illegally spy on and harass Muslim communities in the New York Metro area.

Bloomberg has presided over a massive, illegal covert domestic surveillance and ethno-religious profiling program that have targeted, alienated and traumatized Muslims throughout the Northeast, despite the fact that, following the September 11, 2001 attacks, more Americans have been killed in right-wing terrorist plots than by Islamic terrorists.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

6 Horrifying Things About Pork Everyone Should Know

“During FYs 2008 to 2011, FSIS [Food Safety and Inspection Service, the regulatory agency within USDA] issued 44,128 noncompliance records (NRs) to 616 plants; only 28 plants were suspended, even though some plants repeated violations as egregious as fecal matter on previously cleaned carcasses,” says the Office of the Inspector General report. “In one plant, flies hovered over an area where blood was being collected to be sold for human consumption” (for products like blood sausage and blood soup). Twenty-two of the 28 plants that were actually suspended were allow to “continue to operate within a short period–some as little as one day after suspension,” says the report. There’s a deterrent for you.

This is not the first time the USDA Office of the Inspector General has sounded the safety alarm about the meat supply. A 2010 report warned that farmers were feeding drug-laced milk, banned for human consumption, to calves. “When the calves are slaughtered, the drug residue from the feed or milk remains in their meat, which is then sold to consumers.” Two years earlier, an OIG report warned that USDA officials “believed the sanitizer spray was sufficient” to kill the prions that spread Mad Cow disease. Prions are not inactivated by cooking, heat, autoclaves, ammonia, bleach, hydrogen peroxide, alcohol, phenol, lye, formaldehyde, or radiation!

The OIG swine report comes as US regulators consider the proposed acquisition of 87-year-old, Virginia-based Smithfield foods by Shuanghui International. If approved, the $4.7 billion deal would be the biggest takeover of any US firm, not just a food company, by a Chinese company. Some worry Smithfield will suffer from China’s scandal-ridden food climate in which thousands of pig carcasses were recently seen in a river that supplies Shanghai’s drinking water and rat meat was billed as lamb. (And don’t forget the US pet dogs killed from tainted Chinese dog food in 2007.) But others say the US hog industry has managed to eliminate all wholesomeness, purity, ethics and animal welfare without China’s help.

Here are some of its worst features.

1. Diseased Animals

You don’t have to be a mathematician to conclude that if a plant slaughters 19,000 pigs a day, the line moves pretty fast. OIG officials write that “Inspectors are required to check ‘the head, tail, tongue, thymus gland, and all viscera of each animal slaughtered . . . [and to] observe and palpate the mesenteric lymph nodes’ as well as ‘grasp, turn, and observe both sides of the kidneys’ to find parasites, inflammation, swelling, or masses that might indicate disease.”

But some inspectors are sleeping on the job, says the report. Two inspectors who failed to palpate kidneys and lymph nodes said they were “distracted,” a third had a “history of performance issues,” according to the plant and a fourth was “new.” Another risk is a new plan called HACCP Inspection Models Project that stresses microbiological tests on a sampling of carcasses rather than visual checks on all animals. (HACCP has been called a gift to industry from regulators.) “We question whether this is a better measure for food safety,” says the report because it can’t catch “tuberculosis nodules embedded within the lymph nodes, parasites within the intestine, and inflamed or degenerated organs that are unusually sticky to the touch or excessively firm.” Yum.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

What's Behind Michael Douglas's Cunnilingus Confession?

0

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

If this is the start of a worldwide oral sex shortage, blame Gordon Gekko. In an eyebrow-raising Sunday interview with the Guardian, 68-year-old Oscar winner Michael Douglas has opened about his recent bout of cancer — and what he says caused it.

“Stage 4 cancer and a shit-pot of chemo and radiation,” he admitted, “that’s a rough ride. That can really take it out of you. Plus, the amount of chemo I was getting, it zaps all the good stuff too. It made me very weak.”

But when writer Xan Brooks asked the actor, who in 1992 did a stint in rehab for drug and alcohol dependence, if he felt his hard living had contributed to his cancer, Douglas demurred. “No,” he said. “No. Because, without wanting to get too specific, this particular cancer is caused by HPV [human papillomavirus], which actually comes about from cunnilingus.”

Kind of makes you wonder what constitutes “not too specific” in the Michael Douglas household. He continued, “I did worry if the stress caused by my son’s incarceration didn’t help trigger it. But yeah, it’s a sexually transmitted disease that causes cancer. And if you have it, cunnilingus is also the best cure for it. That’s right. It giveth and it taketh.” Somewhere right now, Catherine Zeta-Jones is accepting the “My husband just said the most mortifying thing EVER” award from Jennifer Garner.

Incredible as Douglas’ words may seem to cunnilingus enthusiasts, he’s got science to back up his claim. An April study in the American Journal of Gastroenterology “detected HPV in about 66 percent of those with oesophageal cancer.” As the National Cancer Institute points out, “more than half of the cancers diagnosed in the oropharynx are linked to HPV-16,” a particular strain of the virus. It does not, however, offer any advice on curing it via a little trip downtown — chemo and radiation are probably still a safer bet in that department. As Sydney University’s Faculty of Dentistry professor Mark Schifter told the Sydney Morning Herald Monday, “It would be very hard to get a randomized, controlled study to prove that” oral sex cures cancer.

You’d probably get a lot of volunteers for the trial, though.

Douglas’ openness could be interpreted in certain circles as a useful bit of awareness-raising; after all, the cancer risks of HPV to men are rarely discussed. It’s an important factor to consider in our ongoing conversations about the HPV vaccine and its long-term public health implications for both men and women — less HPV leads to better consequences for everybody. It certainly gives weight to the case for HPV vaccination for boys as well as girls, a movement that has been far too slow to get off the ground – because HPV is still largely viewed as a lady virus.

But HPV is not just – as the makers of Gardasil itself discreetly suggest – about “vaginal cancer and vulvar cancer.” Or, as Martha Plimpton tweeted Monday, “Just so we’re clear here: it’s HUMAN Papilloma Virus. Not LADIES Papilloma Virus.” And Douglas’ admission certainly suggests we need to be far more forthright in how we talk about oral cancers and their causes.

However, statistics don’t tell the entire story. It’s not shocking that the HPV virus is found in such a high percentage of individuals with cancer. The Centers for Disease Control notes that “Approximately 79 million Americans are currently infected with HPV. About 14 million people become newly infected each year.” And here’s the kicker: “HPV is so common that nearly all sexually active men and women will get at least one type of HPV at some point in their lives.” Like the vast majority of people who’ve had sex, I too have had HPV. But I’m not yet ready to send out a SORRY FOR THE CANCER email to all my previous partners. The CDC points out that “Other factors, notably tobacco and alcohol use, may also play a role with HPV to cause these cancers.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Business of Standing in Line

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_business_of_standing_in_line_20130605/

Posted on Jun 5, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

US drone kills 3 in NE Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least three people have lost their lives in an airstrike carried out by a US assassination drone in Afghanistan’s northeastern province of Kunar.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US drone kills 3 in NE Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least three people have lost their lives in an airstrike carried out by a US assassination drone in Afghanistan’s northeastern province of Kunar.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

China backs dialog on Iran N-activities

0

China’s Ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Cheng Jingye has reaffirmed his countryâ„¢s firm stance on supporting dialog to resolve the Western dispute over Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy issue.

Addressing a meeting of the UN nuclear agency’s Board of Governors in Vienna, Austria, on Wednesday, Cheng said that Beijing is firmly committed to pursuing dialog and negotiations to settle the issue over Iran’s peaceful nuclear activities.

He added that China has been playing a constructive role in resuming talks between Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers and maintaining a diplomatic process in resolving the issue.

Å“Iranian nuclear issue is complicated and sensitive, time and wisdom are needed to resolve this issue,” the Chinese envoy added.

Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers – Russia, China, France, Britain, and the US plus Germany – have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program.

The latest round of negotiations between the two sides was held in Istanbul, Turkey, on May 16. Two earlier meetings were also held in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 5-6 and February 26-27.

As a permanent member of the UN Security Council and a member state of the P5+1, China has always reaffirmed Iran’s right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes and stressed that negotiations and dialog are the right approach to address the dispute over the Islamic Republic’s nuclear energy program.

The West, led by the United States and Israel, accuses Iran of following non-civilian purposes in its nuclear energy program.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it is entitled to develop and acquire nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey FM defends police crackdown

0

Turkish police fire tear gas during a demonstration in the capital, Ankara, June 3, 2013.

Turkish Foreign Minister Ahmet Davutoglu has defended Turkeyâ„¢s democracy, which has recently witnessed a deadly police crackdown on protests.

A Turkish Foreign Ministry source, who spoke on condition of anonymity, said on Thursday that Davutoglu had told US Secretary of State John Kerry in a phone conversation on June 4 that Turkey was Å“not a second-class democracy.”

The Turkish foreign minister also said the recent protests in Turkey were similar to the Occupy Wall Street movement in the United States.

On Wednesday, thousands of Turkish protesters, including union workers, gathered near Kizilay Square in the capital, Ankara. Police used tear gas and water cannon to disperse the demonstrators.

Since May 31, tens of thousands of protesters have held demonstrations in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns in Turkey. The protesters demand the resignation of Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who has described the protesters as Å“extremists” and Å“vandals.”

Unrest initially erupted after police broke up a sit-in staged in Istanbulâ„¢s Taksim Square in protest against the demolition of Gezi Park, which the protesters say is a traditional gathering point for demonstrations and is Istanbulâ„¢s last green public space.

On June 4, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc apologized for the violent crackdown, which has so far led to the death of at least three people.

However, the demonstrators took to the streets again later on the same day, flooding the Taksim Square. Å“The vandals are here! Where is Tayyip?” yelled the crowd.

Also on June 4, the Turkish Confederation of Public Workersâ„¢ Unions (KESK), which represents 240,000 employees, launched a two-day strike to express solidarity with the protesters.

Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for the crackdown tactics.

IA/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Booze blues: Spanish MPs under fire for Parliament’s publicly subsidized meals and drinks

0

Bars and cafeterias at the Spanish Parliament will stop serving discounted liquor after public outrage in the economically troubled country prompted a committee to axe the privilege. Beer, wine and coffee will still be sold at a discount.

A commission ruled unanimously this week that after a new
catering firm is chosen for Parliament in autumn, market prices
will be charged for most alcoholic drinks served in the building.
A scandal emerged last week when Spanish media reported that
prices at Parliament’s nine restaurants are as low as half that
of other establishments in the area.

Catering for the Spanish Parliament will cost more than $1.15
million in 2013. Spanish social media was rife with scalding
remarks on the scandal — some MPs said that voters suggested they
should work from inside the cafeterias.

In recent months, the Spanish government, led by Prime Minister
Mariano Rajoy, has been forced to raise taxes and cut public
spending on schools and hospitals in a bid to stabilize the
budget.

“It makes citizens upset, and they are right, so the
leadership has decided to change it,”
said Alfonso Alonso, a
spokesperson for Rajoy’s People’s Party in the lower house
Congress, according to Reuters. Alonso added that the situation
branded MPs with a “frivolous image,” something the new
measure aims to mitigate. 

However, beer and Rioja wine will still be served at €0.95
($1.25) and €1.65 ($2.15) respectively, compared to roughly €1.90
and €2.40 elsewhere in central Madrid.

Defenders say that the current pricing scheme is available to all
who visit the building, not just MPs. In addition to its 350
deputies, Parliament usually hosts around 400 staffers, 300
temporary employees and about 150 media professional, as well as
police and other visitors.

Cafeteria staffers told Spanish newspapers that liquor is not
nearly as popular as beer, soft drinks and meals.

Jesus Posada, President of the Congress, said it “is not easy
to find candidates”
to take catering jobs at Parliament,
because it’s a complex task “with many hours of service.”
Currently, two firms have submitted offers to service Parliament;
one will be selected by September.

The drinks scandal has damaged the already-battered image of
Spanish politicians. A recent poll revealed they are seen as one
of the country’s four worst problems, along with the economy,
unemployment and general corruption and fraud. Another survey
gave politicians a 93 percent disapproval rating.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UK police probe mosque fire

0

British counter-terrorism police have started investigations into a fire, blamed on far-right British groups, that razed a Somali Islamic center in London.

The investigations follow the discovery of far-right anti-Islam graffiti reading Å“EDL” (English Defense League) at the scene of the blaze.

In the early hours on Wednesday, police and firefighters were called to a serious fire at the Somali Bravanese Welfare Association in north London.

The Metropolitan Police has announced that the investigations have been handed to the counter-terrorism department following the graffiti find.

“Graffiti reading EDL has been found on the building. Police are investigating any potential connection between the graffiti and the fire,” the force said.

Several British mosques have been attacked since a soldier was killed by alleged Muslims in London last month.

Far-right groups have also exploited the situation to intensify their hate-preaching in the form of anti-Islam rallies.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Leading Australian economist spells out post-election austerity offensive

0

 

By
Patrick O’Connor–SEP candidate for the Senate in Victoria

6 June 2013

While the official federal election campaigns of the Labor and Liberal parties are trotting out the usual empty promises, economists and policy makers are preparing for a major economic crisis and the imposition of mass unemployment and unprecedented wage cuts on the working class.

To this end, prominent economist and former Labor government advisor Ross Garnaut delivered a major speech at Melbourne’s Victoria University on May 28, titled, “Ending the great Australian complacency of the early twenty first century”. The address pointed to key aspects of the class war agenda that will be pursued by the next government, regardless of whether it is led by Julia Gillard or Tony Abbott, to maintain the privileges of the narrow ultra-wealthy elite.

Garnaut asserted, without much argument, that living standards in Australia are about to sharply decline, as the China-fuelled mining boom comes to an end. Speaking among fellow economists and academics, Garnaut obviously felt no obligation to substantiate this point, which is regarded as a truism within these circles. The only issue, he explained, is how far incomes will fall. With a “business as usual” approach, Garnaut declared, then “sooner rather than later we will experience deep economic recession with high unemployment–probably with unemployment rising with each new recessionary episode, without falling much in the years between”.

Under this scenario, the economist continued: “We can expect disappointment as public services that have enhanced Australians’ welfare are diminished bit by bit in response to successive fiscal crises. We can expect bitter political conflict within our society, and unhappiness about our institutions.”

In other words, never ending rounds of austerity spending cuts will target public services including health, education, and welfare, generating widespread opposition within the working class.

Much of Garnaut’s speech was cast as a sharp warning to the political establishment. He cautioned: “Conflicts and incoherence within our polity in the years immediately ahead would be the more dangerous because they would emerge at a time of international financial uncertainty, still dragged down by the overhang from the global financial crisis, with the causes of the crisis mostly remaining at large, and with the eventual withdrawal of some extraordinary monetary strategies at some time to lead the northern developed world into uncharted waters… They would be the more dangerous because they would be emerging at a time of strategic uncertainty, when Australians’ confident ancient presumption that might is right and on our side is challenged by the divergent economic fortunes and therefore strategic weight of the old developed and large Asian developing countries.”

Put in plainer language–the renewal of the class struggle at home is set to coincide with a worsening global economic crisis and a highly dangerous conflict between the Australian ruling elite’s long standing strategic ally, the US, and its most important economic partner, China.

Garnaut recommended the immediate implementation of a sweeping pro-business economic restructuring and austerity program. Harking back to the “discipline” behind the free market “reforms” implemented by the former Hawke-Keating Labor governments in the 80s and 90s, which he was personally involved in implementing, the economist labelled this the “public interest approach”. In reality, the restructuring program he recommends today, like that advanced under the Hawke-Keating governments, is aimed at ensuring that the enormous profits accumulated by the banks and major corporations remain unaffected by the economic crisis–itself caused, in large measure, by the criminal, profit-gouging activities of the major global financial institutions. While seeking to appeal to the so-called “national interest”, Garnaut made clear that it was the working class that would have to pay for the full cost of his alternative to the “business as usual” scenario.

He warned that one of the key “challenges” confronting the political establishment was the need to “change entrenched expectations that living standards will rise inexorably over time; that household and business incomes and services will rise and taxes will fall, as they have done for a full generation … those expectations must be reversed in the process of dealing with the legacy of the boom”. Once again, he was referring to the “entrenched expectations” of the working class, not those of the financial and corporate elite.

Underlying the speech was an intense frustration with the problems caused by democratic forums of rule. Garnaut condemned the Australian population for alleged “complacency”, and complained that a new round of radical pro-business “reform” was impossible unless the electorate was “prepared to support changes that damage some aspects of their personal interests”. He likewise demanded that the major parties cease appealing for electoral support by promising to improve ordinary people’s lives: “The problems that we face and the remedies that are necessary to deal with them are so far outside the range of Australian political discourse in the twenty first century, that political leaders will have to explain to their supporters the need for changes in some policies that have strong support.”

The global economic breakdown has now reached the point where democratic forms of rule have become incompatible with the survival of the capitalist profit system. In several European countries, the International Monetary Fund and European Union have circumvented election outcomes that have reflected mass anti-austerity sentiment by simply ignoring the result and forcing the installation of so-called technocratic governments. In the US, the Obama administration has torn up basic constitutional norms while presiding over a vast expansion in the repressive domestic activities of the military-intelligence apparatus.

The old parliamentary forms of rule in Australia are no less crisis-stricken, and there is no question that the upcoming federal election will mark a turning point. The financial elite has already demanded of the major parties that they implement a ruthless agenda that has no popular support in the population. As far as ruling circles are concerned, the September 14 poll is a mere formality, something that has to be suffered until they can deal with the real business at hand.

The Socialist Equality Party’s election campaign is aimed at providing a vehicle for the working class to intervene into the political situation in defence of its own independent class interests. The profit system has failed around the world. The only future it can offer is ever-deepening poverty, unemployment, dictatorship and war. Against this class war agenda, to which all the parliamentary parties–Labor, Greens and Liberal-National–are committed, the working class must launch a counter-offensive for a workers’ government and socialist policies. The major corporations and banks must be taken out of private hands and placed into public ownership, under the democratic control of the working class, as part of the internationally planned reorganisation of the global economy. This is the only viable way to guarantee the social rights of all, including the right to secure, well-paid jobs, access to high quality, free education, health, aged and child care services, and decent living standards.

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne, VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Australia: Queensland budget reveals deepening slump

0

 

By
Mike Head

6 June 2013

Despite destroying nearly 13,000 full-time public sector jobs in its first year in office, the conservative Liberal National Party (LNP) government in the Australian state of Queensland this week announced a massive blowout in its budget deficit, because of a substantial fall in revenues from coal royalties, property taxes and federal government funding.

The government’s 2013-14 budget, handed down on Tuesday, underscored the sharp reversal taking place in the fortunes of Australian capitalism, under the deepening impact of the global economic and financial crisis. Because of dropping coal prices and export volumes, coal royalties fell by 27 percent, even after a hike in the royalty rate in last year’s budget. Depressed property prices–which have fallen up to 30 percent since 2008–cut land tax receipts by 6.4 percent, the first decline in 17 years. Goods and Services Tax funds, allocated by the federal government, also decreased.

The working class in Queensland, until recently one of Australia’s main “mining boom” states, is being made to pay the price, via rising unemployment, deteriorating public facilities and services, and soaring living costs.

A year ago, in its first budget, Premier Campbell Newman’s government declared that by decimating the public sector it would wipe out the budget deficit by 2014-15. That promise has now been abandoned. Instead, the budget unveiled an $8.7 billion deficit for 2012-13, a $7.7 billion deficit for 2013-14–a 60 percent blowout–and postponed the surplus pledge to 2015-16. Even that depends on unrealistic assumptions of a revival in world coal prices and a turnaround in the state’s housing market.

The right-wing LNP took office in the state last year in an electoral landslide, due to working class disgust and hostility for the Labor Party, which had governed Queensland for two decades, implementing every requirement of the corporate elite. After the 2008 crash, Labor sought to appease the financial markets–which removed the state’s AAA credit rating–defying mass opposition to push through a sweeping privatisation program, axing thousands of jobs.

In partnership with the federal Gillard Labor government, the Newman government has stepped up Labor’s social assault, with even more severe attacks being planned as the economic situation worsens. Far from lessening, the elimination of public sector jobs and services will intensify. By 2016-17, according to the budget papers, Queensland will have fewer public servants than in 2011-12.

Officially, unemployment will remain at 6 percent for the next two years–well above the national average of 5.5 percent–but those figures mask mass unemployment and under-employment in working class areas, particularly in Brisbane’s southern and western suburbs, where even the official rates are at depression levels of around 20 percent.

Instead of a promised electricity rebate to ease the burden of sky-rocketing power bills (up by 22.6 percent this year), the budget announced that households will be hit by higher insurance stamp duties and a fire and emergency services levy.

No funding for major new infrastructure was budgeted, despite woefully inadequate public transport and roads, and capital purchases were forecast to almost halve, to $3.75 billion, by 2016-17. This means deteriorating living conditions, and the transfer of any future large projects into profit-seeking corporate hands, via so-called public-private partnerships.

Arts funding was cut by another $5.6 million–almost 3 percent–on top of a similar blow to the arts and culture in last year’s budget. Small to medium arts organisations and solo artists will be particularly affected.

Outlining how the government would intensify its cost-cutting over coming years, Treasurer Tim Nicholls reiterated its intention, based on a Commission of Audit headed by former federal Treasurer Peter Costello, to hand over social programs–including health, education, welfare, community services, housing and public transport–to corporate, for-profit, providers.

While the government, and the media, claimed that more money was going to be spent on education, health and disability services, the allocations hardly match inflation, let alone make up for last year’s cuts. In education, the funding is bound up with a regressive agenda of tying teachers’ pay to individual “performance” indicators, boosting the use of disciplinary measures, such as expulsions and suspensions, against working class students, and financing privately-built schools, while shutting down scores of public schools.

Labor Party representatives, joined by federal Treasurer Wayne Swan, hypocritically criticised the government for breaking promises and “slugging households.” But the budget papers indicate how the Gillard government’s slashing of social spending, much of it via grants to the states, has turned the states into transmission belts of its own pro-business austerity program. Federal payments to Queensland are budgeted to drop $22.19 billion in 2011-12 to $19.69 billion for 2013-14.

Business and media commentators expressed satisfaction that the Newman government was continuing to curtail social spending, but insisted that the cuts had to go far further, pointing to the unrealistic forecast that the economic growth rate would double from 3 percent to 6 percent in 2015-16 on the back of expanded LNG gas production. Credit ratings agency Standard & Poor’s said any return to a AAA rating was “unlikely to occur in the near term,” while Moody’s warned the government to keep a tight rein on public expenditure if it were to return to surplus in 2015-16.

Editorials in the Brisbane Courier Mail and the Australian, both Murdoch outlets, said the government had no choice but to resort to “big-ticket assets sales,” even though that meant breaking its 2012 election pledge–cynically made to exploit the popular anger over Labor’s sell-offs–not to do so.

Courier-Mail columnist Paul Syvret bluntly cast aside the long-maintained official mythology that Australia is exceptionally sheltered from the global economic breakdown. “It is the story of budgets the world over,” he wrote, “the new paradigm for treasurers from Brisbane to Bulgaria–the revenues of better times have long gone and their forecast return has usually proven to be a triumph of optimism over reality.”

Nine months ago, on the day of the last state budget, thousands of workers and students marched and protested across Queensland, voicing their determination to fight its measures, particularly the wholesale elimination of public sector jobs. But the rallies were organised by the trade unions to appeal to the Newman government to cooperate with them in implementing the cuts, as the previous Labor government had done. Determined to stifle any resistance, union leaders implored participants to join a “1,000-day campaign” to return a Labor government in 2015. This year, thanks to the unions’ systemic efforts to wear down workers, there were no such rallies.

The Socialist Equality Party warned then that any state Labor government would only intensify the offensive against the working class, and urged workers and young people to draw the essential conclusions from their bitter historical experiences with Labor and the unions: the need to make a decisive political break from these organisations and take up a conscious struggle for the socialist and internationalist perspective of the SEP. That perspective is more urgent than ever, and lies at the heart of the SEP’s intervention into the 2013 federal election.

The author also recommends:

Australia: Queensland government offensive against public sector ?

[4 May 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Market Buzz: Pessimism prevails as key economies disappoint

0

Russian stocks are expected to trade lower on Thursday due to negative sentiments on major floors worldwide, including weak data on US private jobs and disappointment over Japan’s efforts to boost its economy.

“Given the downward motion on Asian floors, losses on US
floors and also weak dynamics in oil prices, Russian markets are
expected to open with another slide,”
Investcafe analyst
Darya Pichugina said.

Russian stocks ended Wednesday’s trading session in the red: The
RTS fell 1.61 percent to 1,301.08 and the MICEX declined 1.11
percent to 1,326.78.

Asian floors likewise started Thursday’s session in negative
territory, with Japan’s Nikkei down 0.45 percent, China’s
Shanghai Composite down 0.24 percent, Hong Kong’s Hang Seng down
0.69 percent and Australia’s ASX/S&P200 down 0.65 percent.

One major reason for the negative trends on Asian floors was
Japan — Prime Minister Shinzo Abe’s ‘Third Arrow’ program
to revitalize the country’s economy
is seen as being largely
ineffective.

US stocks fell sharply on Wednesday: The Dow Jones dropped 1.4
percent, ending below 15,000 for the first time since May 6, the
S&P 500 lost 1.4 percent and the Nasdaq declined 1.3 percent.
Wednesday’s losses were the worst in almost two months for both
the Dow and Nasdaq.

Fears that the US Federal Reserve will scale back its stimulus
program remain a key concern for investors worldwide. The central
bank’s heads — including Richard Fisher of the Fed’s Dallas
branch and Ester George of Kansas City — have announced an
impending tightening of US monetary policy. “Though such
statements aim to sugarcoat the termination of QE, they are still
raising tensions among investors,”
Pichugina said.

In the Fed’s Beige Book report, an analysis of regional economic
activity, the bank described the US economic recovery as
“modest,” “moderate” and “measured.” Payroll firm
ADP reported Wednesday that the private sector in the US created
135,000 jobs during May, less than the 165,000 expected.

European floors also ended Wednesday in negative territory: The
UK’s FTSE100 fell2.12 percent, Germany’s DAX lost 1.2 percent and
France’s CAC40 fell 1.87 percent.

Investors have faced headwinds from recent weak European
macroeconomic data. The eurozone’s revised Q1 GDP fell 1.1
percent, 0.1 percent below forecast. Retail figures also
worsened, with sales in April dropping 0.5 percent.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US spy org gets phone data in secret bid

0

US National Security Agency (NSA) is the world’s largest spy organization.

A top US spy agency has ordered one of the nationâ„¢s largest phone companies to collect and submit phone records of tens of millions of its American customers under a Å“top-secret” court order issued in April.

The secret order requires the major American phone company, Verizon, to provide US National Security Agency (NSA), the worldâ„¢s largest spy organization, Å“with daily information on all telephone calls by its customers within the United States and from foreign locations into the United States,” The Washington Post reports Thursday.

The order, according to the daily, was signed off by Å“a judge from the secret court that oversees domestic surveillance” and may constitute Å“the broadest surveillance order” ever issued.

The order, the report adds, appears to confirm fears expressed earlier by Democratic Senators Ron Wyden of Oregon and Mark Udall of Colorado, who made clear in a letter to Attorney General Eric Holder last year that Americans would be Å“stunned” to find out about the details of the secret court orders.

Å“We believe most Americans would be stunned to learn the details of .‰.‰. these secret court opinions,” their letters reportedly read. Å“As we see it, there is now a significant gap between what most Americans think the law allows and what the government secretly claims the law allows.”

It would further confirms persisting suspicions of civil liberties activists across America about the sweeping nature of US governmentâ„¢s surveillance measures on its own citizens through corporate commercial carriers under the laws hastily passed by American lawmakers following the suspicious September 11, 2001incidents in New York and near Washington DC that killed nearly 3,000 people.

The George W Bush administration at the time quickly blamed the shadowy al-Qaeda terror group for the incidents, using them as the pretext to begin two major wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and hastily enact laws within the United States that many legal experts have deemed unconstitutional and in violation of basic civil liberties.

Å“This is a truly stunning revelation,” said Elizabeth Goitein, co-director of the Liberty and National Security Program at the Brennan Center for Justice. Å“This suggests that the government has been compiling a comprehensive record of Americansâ„¢ associations and possibly even their whereabouts.”

Å“Tell me how all of the metadata of Americansâ„¢ domestic conversations can be relevant to an authorized foreign intelligence or international terrorism investigation,” Goitein is further quoted as saying in the report.

The NSA, the report adds, is still gathering Å“massive amounts of information,” providing it with a detailed picture of peopleâ„¢s networks of friends and associates and others they are in contact with, in addition to the timing of all communications.

This is while US privacy advocates have maintained that the NSA spy agency are most likely collecting such information from all major phone and internet companies and that the practice has been going on for years.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘No lawsuit if Russia delivers S-300’

0

This file photo shows a Russian-made S-300 air defense system.

An Iranian envoy says Tehran will drop its lawsuit with the International Court of Arbitration in Geneva against Russia if Moscow honors its contract in delivering S-300 air defense systems to Iran.

If Iran sees that Russia has changed its position on the delivery of S-300 missile systems, the Islamic Republic will also Å“change its conduct,” Iran’s Ambassador to Moscow Mahmoud-Reza Sajjadi told Interfax News Agency.

He said that Iran resorted to judicial prosecution after Russia refused to deliver the systems to the Islamic Republic according to the stipulations of a previously signed contract. Russia refused to deliver the systems under the pretext that they were covered in the UN Security Council sanctions against Tehran.

Å“Under the contract, if either party fails to abide by the obligations assumed, the other party will have the right to turn to court,” Sajjadi said.

The Iranian ambassadorâ„¢s remarks came after Russian Technologies (Rostech) CEO Sergei Chemezov said on May 30 that Moscow seeks to reach a settlement with Tehran to withdraw its lawsuit against Russiaâ„¢s state-run arms export company Rosoboronexport over the canceled deal as Russiaâ„¢s chances Å“to win the case are very slim.”

Chemezov said that the US had applied heavy pressure on Moscow to stop the agreement under the pretext that the deal was against the UNSC sanctions. The Russian official, added, however, that Washington later changed its rhetoric, saying the UN resolution did not specifically mention the S-300 system and claiming that Russia had acted on its own.

Under a contract signed in 2007, Russia was required to provide Iran with at least five S-300 defense systems.

Russia, however, refused to deliver the systems to Iran under the pretext that they are covered by the fourth round of the UN Security Council (UNSC) resolutions against Iran.

In September 2010, then Russian President Dmitry Medvedev signed a decree banning the delivery of the defense systems to the Islamic Republic.

Iran has filed a complaint against Rosoboronexport in the International Court of Arbitration in Geneva.

AR/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US, Venezuela to engage in dialog: Kerry

0

US Secretary of State John Kerry says the United States will engage in dialogue with Venezuela with the aim of restoring ambassador-level relations.

Following a meeting with Venezuelaâ„¢s Foreign Minister Elias Jose in Guatemala, Kerry, who is on his first trip to Latin America after taking office, said Wednesday that he was hopeful that a rapprochement could be attained.

Kerry said after the meeting, which took place on the sidelines of the annual Organization of American States general assembly, that the US and Venezuela Å“agreed today there would be an ongoing, continuing dialogue at a high-level between the State Department and the foreign ministry and we will try to set out an agenda on which we agree on things we can work on together.”

The US secretary of state added that the two sides aim to Å“begin to change the dialogue between our countries.” He expressed hope that the US and Venezuela Å“quickly move to the appointment of ambassadors.”

Caracas and Washington have not had ambassadors since 2010. Late Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez rejected the US nominee at the time on accusation of making disrespectful remarks about the Venezuelan government. Washington later revoked the visa of Venezuelaâ„¢s envoy to the US.

In March, Caracas expelled a US Embassy attaché over allegations of meeting with Venezuelan military officials and plotting to destabilize Venezuela.

Washington also angered Caracas by supporting Venezuelan opposition leader Henrique Capriles, who disputed the results of the April presidential election, in which Nicolas Maduro won the race with 50.7 percent of the vote against 49.1 percent for Capriles.

MR/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rosneft and Gazprom both awarded Arctic Shelf permits

0

Gazprom and Rosneft are officially the only companies with the right to explore the Russian Artic shelf, as they both received exclusive extraction licenses in return for large cash payments.

In 2009, Rosneft agreed to pay 1.4 billion roubles ($450 million)
and Gazprom 1.2 billion in a resolution passed by the state Duma,
but the exact amount paid on Wednesday for the licenses is
unknown.

Russia has passed a law that only companies in which the state
owns more than half and have at least 5 years of Arctic
experience are eligible for permits

Lukoil, the country’s second largest oil company, is publicly
owned, and Sugtneftegas, known to have close ties with the
Kremlin, is also publicly owned, and therefore not up for a
permit.

Tatneft is the country’s sixth largest and operates out of the
Republic of Tatarstan, which is also the company’s primary
shareholder.

In March, it was reported the companies were in competition for
the same areas of the shelf, but in late May, in a decree signed
by Prime Minister Dimitry Medvedev, exploration and extraction
rights have been awarded to Rosneft for two deposits in the
Barents Sea, and three in the Kara Sea have been given to
Gazprom.

Earlier this year, the government approved bids by both companies
for offshore fields and handed Gazprom licenses for 17 offshore
sites and Rosneft 12.

Another area in the East Siberian Sea is likely to be split
equally between the two companies, Natural Resources Minister
Sergey Donskoy said in May.

The Russian government has urged the two energy giants to team up
in a joint venture, in order to efficiently develop and explore
the uncharted waters in the Siberian Sea.

The two fields granted to Rosneft, the Albanovsky and Varneksky
sections of the Arctic shelf, have a combined area of 64,329
square meters. An assessment in 2009 estimated that the
Albanovsky section of the shelf contained 144.2 million tonnes of
oil, 43.3 million which is extractable, and 1,254.4 billion cubic
meters of gas. The deposits at Varnetsky are estimated to be
2,081 million tonnes, of which 542 million is extractable.

The Maritime, Nyarmeisky and Skuratovsky deposits partitioned to
Gazprom total 7,339 square kilometers. Gas deposits are pegged at
2,867 billion cubic meters.

On Wednesday Gazprom held its annual shareholder’s meeting, as it
celebrates its 20th anniversary. At the conference, management
touted that Gazprom is the largest gas supplier to the domestic
market, citing its 73.1 percent market share in 2012.

Rosneft, fresh from its TNK-BP acquisition in March, is challenging Gazprom as largest producer, and hopes
to seize at least 20 percent of the natural gas market by 2020,
Bloomberg reports. 

Rosneft has already attracted a range of foreign partners in its
offshore ventures, striking deals with Royal Dutch Shell, Italy’s
Eni, Norway’s Statoil, and Japan’s Inpex.

Gazprom is keen to retain its share of the Russian gas market and
has attracted Shell as an offshore partner.

This article originally appeared on: RT

London to host huge hunger crisis rally

0

A huge public rally will take place in Londonâ„¢s Hyde Park this Saturday in time with the Å“Nutrition for Growth” event, hosted by the British government just a week before the 39th Group of Eight summit.

The British government is co-hosting the Nutrition for Growth event, with t he Children’s Investment Fund Foundation (CIFF), and the Government of Brazil , in an alleged bid to bring together business leaders, scientists and governments to make political and financial commitments to prevent undernutrition globally.

In response to the conference, which is a prelude to the G8 summit on 17 and 18 June in Northern Ireland, thousands of Big If campaigners, including American business magnate Bill Gates, former Archbishop of Canterbury Rowan Williams and UNICEF ambassador the footballer David Beckham, will gather in Hyde Park to call on the G8 leaders to tackle the causes of global hunger.

The campaigners will create a huge visual petition to demonstrate the scale of public support for the Big IF campaign.

The petition will be made up of 250,000 spinning flowers, with a total of two million petals representing the two million children who die of hunger every year thanks to inaction of world leaders especially those at the G8.

The Saturday event will launch Big Ifâ„¢s ten-day campaign to call for an end to malnutrition internationally.

Big If says the global hunger will be addressed Å“If we stop poor families being forced off their land, and we grow crops for food not fuel”, Å“If governments stop big companies dodging tax in poor countries, so million so people can free themselves from hunger”, Å“If governments and big companies are honest about their action that stop people getting enough food” and Å“If we giver life-saving aid to stop children dying from hunger and help the poorest families feed themselves”.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

World’s Most Intrusive Database To Go Live In December

1

Mick Meaney
RINF Alternative News

Scotland plans to introduce a new highly intrusive database that will record every citizen’s personal details from “cradle to grave”, it emerged this week.

The Data Sharing and Linking Service (DSLS), the world’s most intrusive database, is scheduled to go live in December and will begin logging and monitoring the name, dates of birth, genders and postcodes for everyone in Scotland, including health records, maternity details, mental health, cancer, GP and even dental notes.

Education, childhood and parenting profiles will also be stored.

Social care, housing and justice statistics, as well as information from the 2011 Scottish Census – which includes financial and salary details, religious and sexual orientation, relationships and family life, will also be held on the database.

There is also the suggestion that the system will contain DNA records.

Ministers have lashed out at the plan saying it will turn millions of Scots into human guinea pigs at the expense of civil liberties.

Nick Pickles, director of campaign group Big Brother Watch, called the system “an identity card system without the piece of plastic”.

He added: “This is an unprecedented effort to open up our personal information to huge numbers of people across the public sector by joining up lots of separate databases to the point they might as well be one enormous database.

“We may live in tough times, but that’s no justification to sell-out the privacy of Scots for a short term gain or in the hope that companies are going to pay for the chance to use the country as a massive research lab. Sadly many parts of the public sector have a dubious record when it comes to protecting this kind of information and I’m afraid it is going to lead to some harrowing intrusions on people’s privacy.”

Mairi Clare Rodgers, director of media relations for Liberty, added: “Plans to access highly personal details via a large, unwieldy centralised database raise major concerns — these proposals fail to even mention ‘consent’ and without proper safeguards there’s a real risk data will be lost or misused.”

A Scottish Government spokeswoman said: “The Data Sharing and Linkage Service will help by providing researchers with secure access to anonymous data. This government is committed to improving Scotland’s public services.

“Over the past few years we have been working together with our partners to use data that already exists in a way that is efficient, safe and secure and is fully respectful of people’s privacy.”

South Korea accepts North’s proposal

0

This file photo shows South Korean soldiers setting up barricades across the road to the Kaesong joint industrial zone.

South Korea has agreed to a North Korean proposal for official talks on reopening the Kaesong joint industrial zone, which had been closed due to tensions between Seoul and Pyongyang.

The South Korean Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea said in a statement on Thursday that Seoul Å“positively views North Koreaâ„¢s proposal on official talks.”

Å“We hope that South and North Korea can build trust through this opportunity.”

According to the statement, South Korea will announce the date and agenda of talks later.

Earlier in the day, the North Korean Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea issued a statement saying, Å“We propose holding talks between authorities of the North and the South for the normalization of the operation in the Kaesong Industrial Zone (KIZ)….”

Kaesong was launched inside North Korea in 2003 to boost ties between the two neighbors. There are 123 South Korean companies in the complex, employing both South and North Korean workers.

Pyongyang blocked access to the site and withdrew its 53,000 employees in May. South Korea also pulled out the last of its workers on May 3.

Seoul has paid 300 billion won (about USD 270 million) in emergency compensation to investors in Kaesong who had to shut down their firms.

The Korean Peninsula has been locked in a cycle of military rhetoric over the past few months.

The rhetoric escalated when the United States and South Korea held joint military exercises in April, with the participation of US nuclear-capable B-52 and B-2 stealth bombers. North Korea censured the drills and warned Washington and Seoul against a Å“preemptive attack,” which could develop into an Å“all-out war.”

On June 1, South Korean Defense Minister Kim Kwan-jin and US Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel said Seoul and Washington would maintain a strong alliance in the face of what they described as potential threats from North Korea.

MAM/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran congratulates Sharif on election

0

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi has extended Iran’s congratulations to Pakistanâ„¢s newly-elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif on his election, pledging to improve mutual relations with Islamabad.

In a message to the new Pakistani premier on Wednesday, the Iranian spokesperson expressed confidence that the ties between Tehran and Islamabad would be further strengthened in various political, cultural and economic fields during Sharifâ„¢s tenure.

Å“During Nawaz Sharifâ„¢s tenure, the two countries will also witness the growing consolidation of peace and stability in Pakistan and across the region,” Araqchi added.

On Wednesday, Pakistani lawmakers endorsed Sharif as the countryâ„¢s new prime minister, electing him to an unprecedented third term.

More than a decade after Sharif was ousted in a coup, the 63-year-old former two-time premier was elected for the position for a third time in Pakistanâ„¢s National Assembly.

During general elections held on May 11, Sharifâ„¢s center-right party secured 176 seats of the 342-member lower house of the assembly. His party received 244 votes in the 342-seat parliament.

Sharif served twice as prime minister in the 1990s before being ousted in a military coup. Following the coup, Sharif spent eight years in exile.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Yemenis rally to slam US, Israel

0

Tens of thousands of people in northern Yemen have demonstrated against the US and the Israeli regime. (File photo)

Tens of thousands of people in northern Yemen have demonstrated against the US and the Israeli regime during the burial of the remains of the founder of the Houthi resistance group.

On Wednesday, Yemeni Muslims in the city of Saâ„¢ada chanted, Death to America and Death to Israel, while burying the remains of Hussein Badr al-Din al-Houthi.

The remains of the Houthi leader were originally buried at the central prison in the capital, Sanaâ„¢a, under the regime of ousted dictator Ali Abdullah Saleh. The Yemeni government that came to power following the popular uprising in the country handed over the remains of Badr al-Din al-Houthi to his family.

Hussein al-Houthi was killed in fighting with Yemeni regime forces in the first Saâ„¢ada war in 2004.

Mohammed Abdel-Salam, a spokesman for the Houthis accused the Yemeni government, headed by UK-trained Field Marshal Abdrabuh Mansur Hadi, of not giving visas to several dignitaries who wanted to attend the ceremony.

Å“This shows the authorities have not moved far from the position of the previous regime,” the Houthi spokesman said.

Fadel al-Sayani, who is a rights activist and a revolutionary, said the Houthi leader would be remembered for his efforts to bring unity to the Islamic world and to restore honor and dignity to Muslims.

The Houthis are an important tribe belonging to the Shia Zaidi sect, which resides in the northern province of Saâ„¢ada and parts of the neighboring provinces of Omran, al-Jouf and Hajja. It accounts for about 25 percent of Yemenâ„¢s population of 25 million.

The Houthis fought several battles with Yemeni regime forces between 2004 and 2010. They have repeatedly complained of social, religious, and economic discrimination in Yemen.

IA/HSN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

S Korea agrees to talks with North

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]South Korea has agreed to a North Korean proposal for official talks on reopening the Kaesong joint industrial zone, which had been closed due to tensions between Seoul and Pyongyang.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Worker dies from extreme heat at Georgia auto parts plant

0

 

By
Kristina Betinis and Jerry White

6 June 2013

Teresa Weaver Pickard, a 42 year-old worker, died May 29 after working on a project weld line in the LaGrange, Georgia plant owned by auto parts maker Sewon America. Despite having collapsed and complaining of chest pain, Pickard sat for three hours before an ambulance was called and died on the way to the hospital. Several other workers reportedly lost consciousness last week because of the high temperatures in the plant.

The Korean-based company opened the factory in 2009 to provide metal stamped chassis and body components for the nearby KIA Motors Manufacturing in West Point, Georgia. The factory, which also supplies the Hyundai factory in Montgomery, Alabama, expanded its workforce to 850 workers last year, and invested an additional $10 million.

A Sewon employee who wished to remain anonymous told the LaGrange Citizen that the plant’s air conditioner was not functioning properly and that areas, including the employee break room, were unbearably hot. “I heard that [Pickard] complained of chest pain several times before she was sent to the break room,” he said.

The worker also reported that the air conditioning in the break room where Pickard was sent was not turned on and that management keeps the air conditioning off in the break room to discourage employee “loitering.” “It’s so hot in the break room that the candy in the vending machines melted.”

The employee added that Sewon management is very reluctant to call 911 about any issue. He said that another employee was recently fired for punching a manager who grabbed him, but the authorities were not called about this incident, either.

“I think [the managers] seek to create an adversarial relationship with employees,” he said. “If they had hot pokers, they’d stab you with them… I really believe they have contempt for their workers,” he said, adding, “It’s a really hostile environment. It’s similar to a third-world sweat shop.”

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) announced it has opened an investigation into conditions at the plant, which runs on two twelve-hour shifts, seven days per week.

Three years ago, LaGrange Daily News reported that a man fell 50 feet to his death at a Sewon construction site. In December 2012, two workers were seriously injured at the plant when a crane hit the basket lift they were in while doing maintenance work.

The newspaper reporteded that OSHA fined Sewon $135,900 for a variety of safety violations three years ago. “There is no reason to leave employees unprotected,” said Andre Richards, director of OSHA’s Atlanta-West Office, according to an OSHA press release regarding the safety violations. “Management is aware of the deficiencies in their safety and health program and needs to take action.”

The LaGrange plant is located in Georgia near the Alabama border, about 70 miles west of Atlanta. Official unemployment in the region ranges from 9 to 11 percent and regional poverty rates are very high. In Randolph County, Alabama, more than 17 percent of families live at or below the federal poverty line, while more than one-fifth of families in LaGrange live at or below the federal poverty line. A little over 22 percent of the regional workforce is underemployed.

In 2009, when Sewon advertised for applicants, managers reported that in the first three days, more than 3,000 people had applied for an expected six hundred $10-per-hour jobs. Only 300 people were to be hired that year.

According to her obituary posted by the Clark Memorial Funeral Service, “Teresa attended and graduated from Wadley high School in 1989. Afterwards she attended Southern Union State Community College where she studied nursing. Teresa worked at Plantation Patterns for 18 years. She had many skills, during her time there she held the positions of team leader, supervisor, manager, and scheduler. She worked at Plantation until its closing. Afterwards, Teresa continued her education through online courses and eventually earned an Associate in Science. She then became employed with Sewon America Manufacturing, Inc., in LaGrange, Georgia.”

Exploiting the ready availability of low wage labor, many European and Asian-based auto companies, like Korean-based Kia and Hyundai, expanded the number of their factories, known as “transplants,” in the US southern states beginning in the early 1980s. In many cases, like the BMW factory in Spartanburg, South Carolina, the companies have used the US as a cheap labor platform, not only for US sales, but export to the world market.

 Given its long record of betraying workers at the so-called Detroit 3 companies, General Motors, Chrysler and Ford, the United Auto Workers union has been incapable of organizing any of these plants. In recent years, the UAW has appealed to the executives of the foreign-owned companies to recognize the union arguing that the “21st Century UAW” has long dispensed with any “adversarial relationship” and is fully committed to guaranteeing the profitability and competitiveness of the auto bosses.

During the 2009 restructuring of Chrysler and GM, the UAW agreed to sharp reductions in wages and benefits, and the abandonment of long-time protections against speed up and long work hours in order to bring the labor costs of the Detroit-based factories down to the level of the non-union transplants in the South.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, “Workers in the automobile and light duty motor vehicle manufacturing industry experience higher rates of injury and illness than do workers in most other industries.” These are all a result of the heat, fumes, noise and repetitive motion that are commonplace in the industry. In 2011, the incidence rate of injuries in automobile manufacturing was nearly 40 percent higher than the incidence rate of private industry as a whole.

Conditions in the auto parts plants, which supply the assembly plants, are even worse, with many smaller companies dependent on back-breaking conditions because they cannot afford the massive outlay for state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment. These companies are under intense pressure from the automakers to cut costs and meet just-in-time delivery schedules.

A new study by the Motor & Equipment Manufacturers Association found that the auto parts industry directly employs more than 734,000 workers in all 50 states, while contributing nearly $355 billion to the GDP. Like the workers at Sewon, the majority are compelled to work for poverty wages in sweatshop conditions.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Wall Street embraces Humala’s “left” government in Peru

0

 

By
Armando Cruz

6 June 2013

A recent article published by Bloomberg News, which classifies Peru as “the fastest-growing corporate bond market in Latin America,” promotes the Latin American country as one of the safest places to invest in the region. The article also stresses that the economic measures carried out by the supposedly left nationalist government of Ollanta Humala, who won the presidency in 2011 promising to battle “neo-liberalism,” have placed him to the right of his predecessors, who instituted and perpetuated this policy.

Headlined “Wall Street Wowed by Ex-Chavez Ally as Sales Surge,” the article deals mainly with the issuance of bonds by Peruvian corporations through such US financial firms as Bank of America, JPMorgan and Goldman Sachs.

According to another article published by Bloomberg Markets, Peru ranks as the fourth-best “emerging” country in the world for investment–trailing only China, South Korea and Thailand–and is rated first in Latin America. Foreign direct investment rose to $12 billion last year.

“Peru has been a major focus for us lately,” Augusto Urmeneta, the head of debt capital markets for Latin America at Bank of America, told Bloomberg. “We’ve seen strong issuance out of the country due to low borrowing costs and investors’ appreciation for the country’s favorable economic position.”

The country’s “favorable economic position” is attributed in part by Bloomberg to Humala–described as “the one-time ally” of Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez–“winning over Wall Street as he contains public spending and lines up record investment in mining and energy.”

The principal reason for Peru’s economic growth, however, lies not with the right-wing policies of the government, but rather the demands of the worldwide markets. Peru, one of the principal exporters of metals–copper, zinc and gold–has directly benefited from the enormous demand for these raw materials, particularly from China, and the high prices they are now commanding on the world market.

The country’s entire economic history is replete with similar “bonanza cycles” in which various raw materials ranging from guano to saltpeter, rubber, oil and fishmeal were intensely exploited to satisfy worldwide demand. In virtually every instance, a period of economic decline set in once the bonanza came to an end.

Today, economists have grown tired of repeating the warning that if there is no turn from the raw materials export model, when mineral prices fall and Chinese demand declines, the country will pay the consequences with recession and currency devaluations.

The Bloomberg article mentions another point that draws investors to the country. “Peru is seen as a politically stable country with elevated growth, one with a good long-term outlook,” Persio Morassutti, head of finances for the Peruvian mining firm Milpo told the news agency.

The Humala government’s “secret” for imposing “political stability” lies not in its reactionary social and economic policies, but rather in the complete absence of any viable political opposition on the left prepared to defy the ex-military officer. Gana Peru, the name of Humala’s coalition, which defeated the even more right-wing candidate Keiko Fujimori in 2011, drew into its orbit virtually all the significant forces of Peru’s pseudo-left, the major unions, the Stalinists and the so-called defense fronts in the provinces.

After the first year of the Humala government, with the illusions promoted in the working class about him carrying out a “great transformation” dashed, these forces found themselves obliged to make occasional criticisms of his administration, while they bolstered the government by fostering the illusion that Humala “could still change.”

The role of the unions has been particularly slavish. Within weeks of Humala’s victory, the leadership of the CGTP (General Confederation of Workers of Peru) organized for the first time in decades a march in Lima in support of the government. With every development of political crisis and social struggle, the confederation’s leadership has shielded Humala, making it explicitly clear that it was not attacking or blaming the president himself, but rather his “ministers” and other government officials.

But the “stability” that this servile and opportunist role of the pseudo-left and the unions has engendered has an illusory character. During its first year in power, the Humala government confronted the crisis of the so-called social conflicts. In the province of Cajamarca, villagers rose up against a mining mega-project that would have drained four lakes. Anxious to demonstrate its true colors to international capital, Humala, with the aid of Yanacocha, the owner of the project, deployed the army and placed various towns in the region under martial law on different occasions. A similar conflict erupted in Espinar, Cuzco, over the contamination of land by the mining giant Xstrata. Humala repeated the same pattern, imposing a “state of emergency” on the area and sending in thousands of police.

The two uprisings resulted in dozens of deaths of demonstrators and a collapse in the approval rating of the president. Nonetheless, the leaderships of these struggles abstained from entering into a direct political confrontation with the president and sowed illusions this time in the “radical wing” of the government, which in turn made it clear that there was no option other than “pressuring” Humala.

Recently, the government attempted to confront similar conflicts in a different manner. Last year, it approved the so-called Prior Consultation Law, in formal compliance with the International Labor Organization’s Convention 169, which stipulates that indigenous communities have the right to “decide their own priorities for the process of development…and to exercise control over their economic, social and cultural development.”

In the Andean towns of San Juan de Cañaris in Chiclayo and Quiruvilca in La Libertad, the Candente Cooper and Barrick corporations, respectively, found themselves obliged to sit down in dialogues on environmental damage with leaders of communities that fear the effects of contamination resulting from mining. When the dialogue fails, those who have made it clear that they do not want the corporations in their towns resume their revolt. In Cañaris, confrontations have already left two dead and a number of people wounded.

A recent article in Gestión, Peru’s main economic daily, indicates the dissatisfaction of the business sector with the government’s handling of these social conflicts, with 87 percent of those polled classifying it as “deficient.” It mentions the growing corporate discontent with “excessive red tape [in the prior consultations] that is holding up mining, oil and gas investment.” The article concludes that, as a result, “private investment is beginning to show slower growth.”

The Humala government has shown that it is getting the message. Faced with a fall in metal prices and economic slowdown in both China and Europe, the government announced the waiver of the prior consultation requirement in relation to 14 mining exploration projects.

The government has advanced the ingenious argument that the Andean quechua communities, where most of the mining projects are located, are not really “indigenous.”

“In the Andean lands, there are principally agricultural communities…the indigenous communities are in their majority in the jungle,” Humala announced in a recent television interview.” He added that the “spirit of the law” was to “give a voice to those that did not have one.” As most of the Andean communities had some form of official, such as a mayor, he reasoned, they did not need the right to prior consultation before their lands were taken over and exploited by mining companies.

Humala’s minister of energy and mines, Jorge Merino, put it more succinctly. “We have to continue being competitive; if not, we will see the investments go some place else.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Hamtramck latest Michigan city declared in “financial emergency”

0

 

By
Bryan Dyne

6 June 2013

Michigan Governor Rick Snyder has agreed with the assessment of Hamtramck’s state-appointed financial review board and declared the city to be in a “financial emergency.” This is the first step toward installing an emergency manager over the city.

The financial review board found that Hamtramck–a small enclave of 22,000 people surrounded by Detroit–has a general fund deficit of $3.3 million, which is greater than 5 percent of the total general fund of just above $16 million. The city also has a reported $1.6 million in delayed pension fund contributions.

In 1988, Hamtramck became the first city in Michigan to have an emergency financial manager, under then-Democratic governor James Blanchard. Since then, it has been under some form of state receivership for about one-third of the time.

Now, Hamtramck faces being placed under an emergency manager under Public Act 436. The law, which replaced the old Public Act 4, grants the governor the power to place fiscally ailing cities under the auspices of a financial dictator, a single person that “shall act for and in the place … of the local government.” An emergency manager has total control over city assets, local legislation and finances, and can rip up collective bargaining agreements.

The only recourse for the city is for the local administration, which invited the financial review in the first place, to request a hearing by next Monday. Otherwise, they will be faced with four “choices”: an emergency manager; a consent agreement between the governor and local government; a “neutral” evaluation process; or Chapter 9 bankruptcy. Ultimately, all of these measures, which must be approved by the governor, will mean savage cuts in essential services and attacks on city workers.

If an emergency manager is appointed for Hamtramck, it will be added to Detroit, Pontiac, Benton Harbor, Flint, Allen Park and other Michigan cities currently under an emergency manager. Ecorse recently emerged from being under an emergency manager. In addition, Detroit Public Schools, Highland Park Public Schools and Muskegon Heights Public Schools have an emergency manager. All told, just under ten percent of the state’s population is currently governed by emergency managers.

The city’s current financial crisis has a long history bound up with the deindustrialization of Detroit. A particular critical event was the final shutdown of the Chrysler’s Hamtramck Assembly Plant, known locally as “Dodge Main,” in 1979. At its height in the 1930s, the plant, which was demolished in 1981, employed 35,000 workers.

The factory, which had 5,000 workers at the time of its closure, was shuttered as part of the first bailout and restructuring of Chrysler, overseen by the Carter administration, which eliminated 35,000 jobs, mostly in Detroit.

There has been a decline in population corresponding with the destruction of the auto industry in Hamtramck. In 1950 the population was more than 43,000. In 1970 it was only 27,000. Its low point was 18,000 in 1990. The loss of revenue from the plant and the declining population was also a large factor leading up to the 1988 financial emergency.

Since then, this largely working class enclave within Detroit has been continually devastated. When General Motors built Detroit/Hamtramck Assembly, the “Poletown plant,” in 1981, it displaced 4,200 residents, razing 1,400 homes and demolishing 140 businesses, several churches and a hospital. It bought the land after the local governments, including then-Detroit Mayor Coleman Young, used eminent domain to seize the property from the residents. GM also received tax abatements to build the plant. The destruction provoked angry protest in Hamtramck. Despite that, the first Cadillac Eldorado rolled off the assembly line in 1985.

Even after its first financial emergency ended, Hamtramck never recovered needed revenue streams. Both Chevy Gear & Axle–one of GM’s largest plants–and Kowalski Sausages received tax abatements in the name of “job creation” to keep the companies from seeking to move production to other areas. In the late 1990s GM sold its plant to American Axle. After two bitter strikes, the company shuttered its operations in 2012.

In 2000 another financial emergency was declared and Emergency Financial Manager (EFM) Louis Schimmel–who is currently Pontiac’s emergency manager–took over the city for five of the next seven years. During that time, he sold city assets and privatized city services.

This led to a destruction of city services, particularly the fire department. Last year, 12 of 27 of the city’s firefighters were laid off and the union accepted concessions, including a 10 percent wage cut and cuts to health care benefits. The police department was shut down several years ago and now all such calls are directed instead to Wayne County.

As in Detroit, what is happening to Hamtramck is a class policy. Whether an emergency manager is appointed or not, Hamtramck is seen as another municipality that has assets that must be stripped and sold to pay off the banks and wealthy bondholders.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Canada: Growing evidence Conservatives illegally suppressed vote in 2011 federal election

0

 

By
Carl Bronski

6 June 2013

Lawyers representing a group of voters and the liberal-nationalist Council of Canadians have announced that they will not appeal a May 23 Federal Court judgment that upheld the 2011 federal election results in six ridings (electoral districts), even while finding significant evidence of electoral fraud.

The plaintiffs had asked the court to nullify closely-contested Conservative Party victories in the six ridings after it was discovered that a nationwide voter suppression campaign had been initiated from the Conservative Party’s central computer database. Judge Richard Mosley found that illegal electoral activity had clearly taken place, but said that it had not been conclusively proven that local Conservative Party candidates or agents were involved or that the voter suppression campaign functioned successfully enough to change the elections’ outcomes.

Known as the “robo-call scandal”, it was alleged–and ultimately proven–that thousands of calls had been placed to voters who had earlier professed support for candidates opposing the Conservatives. The calls, both recorded and in person-messages, were fraudulently represented as coming from an official body overseeing elections logistics. Voters were erroneously redirected to polling stations where they were not registered or to locations that had no polling stations at all. Mosley found that the source of the information used to place the calls was the Contact Information Management System (CIMS) database, which was controlled and maintained by the federal Conservative Party.

Evidence was produced at trial showing that voters in 247 of the 308 federal ridings received these fraudulent calls. In one electoral district alone–Guelph, Ontario–at least 7,600 misleading robo-calls were made. An Ekos-Reid poll conducted after the election concluded that their statistical results strongly suggested that “significant voter suppression activities took place that were directed at non-Conservative voters” and, contrary to Judge Mosley’s findings, could have affected the final result in a number of ridings.

The person (or persons) who set up the robo-call account with Conservative Party designated call-centres did their best to conceal their identity. Pre-paid credit cards and cell-phones were used and the account was registered under a false (and anti-Quebecois) moniker: “Pierre Poutine of Separatist Street, Joliette, Quebec.”

The IP address that was activated to initiate the calls at one call-centre was used moments later by a Conservative Party official to initiate other, legal campaign communications, raising suspicion that the instigator was one and the same person. That IP address was traced to a computer in the campaign office of Guelph Conservative candidate Marty Burke. The computer had previously downloaded information from the CIMS database the very same day the fake Pierre Poutine account had been created.

Further, it was reported that a Conservative staffer in the Guelph office, Michael Sona, had told others of a planned and extensive campaign about to be launched to send anti-Conservative voters to erroneous polling stations. As the scandal grew, Burke’s campaign manager, Ken Morgan, who had been sought for questioning by Elections Canada abruptly moved to Kuwait, refusing to speak with investigators.

Sona, Burke’s 22-year-old campaign communications staffer during the 2011 election, is the only individual currently charged in the scandal. He is accused of preventing or trying to prevent an elector from voting in the election. Sona has maintained that he never had access to the Conservative’s database and is being scapegoated by the party to deflect culpability away from more senior officials. His trial is expected to be scheduled for some time next year.

At the just concluded robo-call trial, Bob Penner, CEO of Strategic Communications and an expert witness brought by the Council of Canadians, told the court that the extensive voter suppression campaign could only have been orchestrated by “someone at the senior level in a central political campaign who could authorize the strategy and provide the funds to carry it out.”

The polling-station misdirection campaign that formed the centerpiece of the case is not the only example of vote suppression and other illegal tactics initiated to favour Conservative candidates in the 2011 election. Voters filed complaints of rude and racist phone calls purporting to be (but in fact not) from Liberal Party representatives. Jewish voters were called on the Jewish Sabbath and other voters received incessant early morning or late night calls supposedly from the Liberals.

In two Toronto ridings, hundreds of voters not resident in the constituencies cast ballots in hotly contested races. In the Eglinton-Lawrence riding, at least 2,700 applications for late registration did not provide addresses or gave false names or residential addresses. In Etobicoke-Centre, where the Conservatives won by only 26 votes, 51 registration certificates were missing during a subsequent court audit, 34 people voted while residing outside the constituency, and five people voted twice. A lower court judge eventually set aside 79 ballots and declared the election result invalid. However, in a 4-3 decision, the Supreme Court upheld the Conservative election victory, with the majority ruling that most of the votes should be restored because errors were made by election officials.

Both before and during the Federal Court hearing, Conservative Party spokesmen and Members of Parliament sought to stonewall every aspect of the investigation into the alleged violations of the country’s electoral law. Even while dismissing the plaintiffs’ case, Judge Mosley noted this in his judgment: “Despite obvious public interest in getting to the bottom of the allegations, the CPC [Conservative Party of Canada] made little effort to assist with the investigation at the outset despite early requests….While it was begrudgingly conceded during oral argument that what occurred was ‘absolutely outrageous,’ the record indicates that the stance taken by the respondent Members of Parliament from the outset was to block these proceedings by any means.”

In the wake of the verdict, Conservative Party spokesman Fred Delorey reveled in Mosley’s not-guilty verdict, despite the court’s findings of a concerted and deliberate attempt at vote suppression that was aimed at benefitting the ruling Conservatives. “We are pleased that this baseless case by the activist Council of Canadians was dismissed by the court,” tweeted Delorey.

For their part, spokespeople for the Council of Canadians, who bankrolled the plaintiffs’ legal case, demanded that Stephen Harper and his Conservative government immediately bring in legislation to prevent similar tactics in future elections and convene a public inquiry to further investigate illegal activity surrounding the 2011 election. Should the government, as expected, refuse such an inquiry, the Council has threatened to renew action in the very courts that have just struck down their case.

Any potential tweaking of election law by the Canada’s Conservative-dominated parliament will come under conditions where the Harper government has already slashed the budget for Elections Canada by 8 percent for the current fiscal year even as over 500 separate and serious irregularities were reported in the last election.

There is an ever shrinking constituency in Canadian ruling circles for the defense of even the most basic of democratic rights. The rejection of the plaintiffs’ case despite compelling evidence against the government’s electoral machine and the lack of any outcry from the corporate media over the evidence of a concerted campaign to illegally suppress anti-Conservative votes in the last election are only the latest examples of this development.

Governments across the country have moved to criminalize workers’ struggles and popular dissent. Since the May 2011 federal election, the Conservative government has used strikebreaking legislation to support employer demands for concessions at Air Canada, Canada Post, and CP Rail.

The Harper government alongside the McGuinty Ontario Liberal government oversaw a police-state blitz against the citizens of Toronto during the June 2010 G-20 summit that saw the largest mass arrests in the history of Canada–more than during the 1919 Winnipeg General Strike or the suspension of civil liberties in Quebec under the War Measures Act during the 1970 FLQ crisis.

Last year, Quebec’s Liberal government resorted to police repression and a draconian anti-strike law (Bill 78) that placed sweeping restrictions on the right to demonstrate over any issue anywhere in the province in an attempt to break a militant province-wide student strike. In Ontario earlier this year, the NDP-supported minority Liberal government imposed concession-laden contracts on more than a hundred thousand teachers and illegalized any job action under its Bill 115.

Twice in the past five years, the federal Conservatives government has prorogued (shut-down) the national parliament to escape from political crises. In December 2008, it carried out a veritable constitutional coup, using the arbitrary powers of the unelected Governor-General to shut down parliament so as to prevent the opposition parties from exercising their constitutional right to bring down the government. A year later, it invoked prorogation again to avoid further exposure of its role in the torture of Afghan detainees.

As in the 1930s, the bourgeoisie’s response to the global breakdown of capitalism is to turn toward authoritarian methods of rule, even as it invokes “democracy” and “human rights” to justify imperialist wars and interventions in Afghanistan, Libya, and Mali. The defence of basic democratic rights is inseparable from the fight for the independent political mobilization of the working class on a socialist program in opposition to austerity and imperialist war.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Bradley Manning’s supervisors testify in third day of court martial

0

 

By
Naomi Spencer

6 June 2013

The court martial of Army private Bradley Manning continued Wednesday, with lawyers for the Obama administration calling on witnesses to testify into the former intelligence analyst’s “erratic behavior” while serving in Iraq.

Manning is facing a life sentence under the Espionage Act on charges that he sent 700,000 government and military files to WikiLeaks. While the government has said it is pursuing “only” a maximum sentence of 150 years, Colonel Denise Lind, the Army judge ruling in the court martial, has the ability to impose a death sentence on the young soldier.

The government is determined to connect Manning to Osama bin Laden and Al Qaeda, arguing that because the WikiLeaks web site is publicly available to anyone, Manning must have intended to “aid the enemy” by transmitting the material.

In the first week of the court martial, prosecutors have peppered their statements with baldly unfounded allegations that Manning intended to cause harm to US “interests,” and that he was directed in this effort by WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange. The government’s case attempts to smear Manning as impulsive, “craving notoriety,” and hateful toward America.

The aim of this political frame-up is clear. The Obama administration is currently expanding US military operations in the Middle East, North Africa and Asia, and carrying out drone assassinations, torture, spying on journalists and other antidemocratic measures. It is determined to destroy Manning and others who dare to expose to the American people what is being done in their name.

The case is being used to set a precedent. Those who oppose the policies of imperialism, including other would-be whistleblowers, investigative journalists, web sites, and the population as a whole, are thereby “aiding the enemy” and subject to the harshest penalties.

Proceedings Wednesday at Fort Meade, Maryland focused on the testimony of Manning’s former supervisors. Captain Casey Fulton, head of the intelligence section where Manning worked, was cross-examined by the defense. Was there any “actual knowledge as to what web sites enemies went to get information” or any “particular web site where enemies went?” Fulton replied there was “general knowledge that it’s all sorts of web sites”: Facebook, Google Maps, social networking sites–all visited by hundreds of millions of ordinary Internet users. None of the sites were WikiLeaks, she testified.

Ex-military specialist Jihrleah Showman was examined by government prosecutor Major Ashden Fein about security protocols at Forward Operating Base Hammer in Baghdad. She was asked about Manning’s personality. Manning was “very political” and tended “on the extreme democratic side,” she said. The unit signed nondisclosure agreements, she added, on the understanding that files would be “treated like the sensitive material it was.” The prosecution’s line of questioning centered on establishing that Manning had “knowledge” that he was not allowed to disclose information on the Internet.

In a pretrial hearing, Lind ruled that questions of motive or conscience–and by extension, the content of the material–were irrelevant to the case. The government merely has to “prove” that Manning intended for enemies of the US to see the information he is accused of leaking.

Rather than mount a political defense to expose the criminality of the government and fraudulent character of the trial, Manning’s defense council has tried to work within the confines of these antidemocratic restrictions. Leading defense lawyer David Coombs has repeatedly emphasized Manning’s youth, “naïveté” and idealism over the past three days. The defense has already offered a guilty plea on 10 of the 20 charges, which would carry a sentence of 20 years in prison. The government refused.

Manning has already spent three years in military prison. During that time, he was tortured with solitary confinement, forced nakedness, and bullying by guards. His mistreatment at Quantico Marine brig was done at the behest of the Obama administration for the purpose of psychologically breaking him, to make him more pliant for trial. That this did not succeed is testament to the principled motivations of Manning’s actions before his arrest, and belies the government’s ongoing claims that he is mentally unstable and “erratic.”

The military is managing Manning’s court martial even more tightly than hearings for Guantanamo detainees. Most of the major media outlets, only a handful of which have been given access, have already pushed the story into the margins, republishing brief wire reports that echo the arguments of the government.

The government is monitoring the social media accounts of reporters covering the trial. On Wednesday, fewer than 20 journalists were on hand to view a video feed of the courtroom in a small, guarded trailer. They were made to sign a document promising they would not publish the names of military personnel on site.

The Army has refused to provide transcripts or documents to the press or the public. The defense council has been denied access to much of the evidentiary material. Some documents are reportedly being housed off-site at locations such as the headquarters of the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency.

Absurdly, the military said Wednesday it would not employ a stenographer for the trial due to “space limitations based on building fire codes.” The Freedom of the Press Foundation solicited donations to hire a court stenographer, who has attended only because a leading member of the Bradley Manning Support Network gave up his seat. Only ten members of the press and 16 others are allowed into the court.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

North Korea proposes talks with South

0

File photo shows a South Korean soldier beside barricades on the road leading to the Kaesong joint industrial complex.

North Korea has proposed official talks with South Korea on reopening the Kaesong joint industrial zone, which has been closed due to the tensions on the Korean Peninsula.

The North Korean Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of Korea said in a statement on Thursday, Å“We propose holding talks between authorities of the North and the South for the normalization of the operation in the Kaesong Industrial Zone (KIZ)….”

Å“The venue of the talks and the date for their opening can be set to the convenience of the South side,” the statement added.

Kaesong was launched inside North Korea in 2003 to boost ties between the two neighbors. There are 123 South Korean companies in the complex, employing both South and North Korean workers.

Pyongyang blocked access to the site and withdrew its 53,000 employees in May. South Korea also pulled out the last of its workers on May 3.

Seoul has paid 300 billion won (about USD 270 million) in emergency compensation to investors in Kaesong who had to shut down their firms.

The Korean Peninsula has been locked in a cycle of military rhetoric over the past few months.

The rhetoric escalated when the United States and South Korea held joint military exercises in April, with the participation of US nuclear-capable B-52 and B-2 stealth bombers. North Korea censured the drills and warned Washington and Seoul against a Å“preemptive attack,” which could develop into an Å“all-out war.”

On June 1, South Korean Defense Minister Kim Kwan-jin and US Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel said Seoul and Washington would maintain a strong alliance in the face of what they described as potential threats from North Korea.

MAM/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why I read the WSWS

0

 

Benjamin Halligan

6 June 2013

I first came across the World Socialist Web Site in 1997 or 1998. I was struck by the quality of the analysis, the general level of information and the uncluttered presentation. And this was at a time when–relatively early in terms of the Internet and what was accessible online as a common resource–you just didn’t have that much in terms of reportage, serious comment and analysis. Most mainstream newspapers had yet to establish a substantial online presence, for example. And the World Socialist Web Site was one of the first sites I came across when I started using the Internet, together with a few other databases, which were useful for research and general interest. So I remember bookmarking the site, and then checking it regularly, and have read it ever since then.

Thinking back, this was the right moment to find the WSWS: in the UK, Blair’s New Labour party had come to power and dragged in its wake a large and gullible liberal crowd and media apparatus, just thankful that the Conservative party had gone, and who were surprised to find that their illusions, or hopes, were to be systematically shattered.

There was a need for an historically literate and anti-capitalist perspective at this point. Where else was that to be found? And we see the same process now in the US, with those who pinned their hopes on Barack Obama. At the other end of this period, with the Blair government’s complicity in all aspects of the “War on Terror”, the WSWS was able to deliver a clearer perspective on the momentous protest events around the UK than that found on the “left” wing of New Labour, or the Socialist Workers Party. And at the point at which, a year and a half ago, rioting broke out across the country, the WSWS stood firm against the exodus to the right as the entire establishment, its media and its legal apparatus, and its entertainers, perceived an entire class as essentially criminal.

For me, one of the great strengths of the WSWS is the approach to the arts. In no sense is any of the commentary or analysis typical of the more mainstream press. The WSWS isn’t in hock to celebrity cultures or strung along by whatever is fashionable; there’s no compulsion to celebrate the new, and mistake that for news or analysis. The WSWS has always had the advantage of being very clear-sighted. If something is bad, they’ll call it … and the context for such a judgment that then follows is worth more than the usual scramble to salvage something of worth, as found in the mainstream media.

There is an independence of mind when it comes to dealing with film culture, and especially in the writing of David Walsh. He is not responding so much to film as film, and in respect of the flows and eddies of international film cultures, but to film in relation to a series of more compelling concerns. David offers a perspective that’s not found in the mainstream media and not often found in academic writing either. It is part of what lends the WSWS a very characteristic and unique voice. And with each discussion, there is a renewal of ideas, and re-articulation of positions. To talk of a crisis in film culture is to talk of a wider crisis, and to question the role of the filmmaker in society. At work is an understanding that various writers, actors, producers and directors, in attempting to talk about something, invariably find themselves confronting issues that are common not only to the artistic world but the world beyond.

Consequently, when the WSWS interviews filmmakers, dialogue occurs. This isn’t just a matter of promotion, but a matter of insight, an exchange of views, which invariably return to questions of the roles of the artist, and cinema, in society. I’m thinking in particular of the interview with Marco Bellocchio, but also with figures from the New Iranian Cinema. And also of the coverage of Harold Pinter, in his final years, as he received the Nobel Prize for literature.

It was at a time when Pinter was very much on my mind; he had spoken at the 2003 anti-war rally in Hyde Park. His physical frailty was very apparent. His hands were shaking in the cold but his voice thundered: he called Blair “a hired Christian thug”. He spoke with authority and audacity. Clearly the broadsheets had had enough of this and his searing anti-war poetry. So there’s a common current of received opinion in the liberal media, and the WSWS remains above all this. Difficult now to remember the trivial details of the attempted trashing of Pinter from most quarters, but the WSWS response remains with me.

This remains the case now, in the coverage of Julian Assange. And, again in terms of the British press in the coverage of the Royal Family, and the coverage of the “election” of the new Pope. And yet nuance and measured consideration remain: a number of articles on Princess Diana, reflecting on how her fate sheds light on elements of British society and institutions, come to mind. In the lifetime of the WSWS, editorial lines have only been tightened in the mainstream press, further squeezing out any “licensed” space for dissent. In these respects, the WSWS is an essential resource.

This is true in terms of teaching too, and the university environment. I’m often asked to provide students with reading lists as they research and prepare work. Where concerns range from “identity politics” to recent Hollywood films that have dealt in violence (often with postmodern irony) WSWS articles are a welcome counterbalance.

Undergraduates can find this a refreshing experience, moving from the uncritical to the critical. The idea of the normalisation of brutality, considered in respect to state violence–especially since 2001–and as connected to the “new brutality” in film, is one that opens up another horizon of discussion.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Unemployment, lack of education lead to higher US mortality rate

0

 

By
Jake Dean

6 June 2013

A new report published last Thursday in the Journal of Health and Social Behavior found that unemployment is one of the leading factors behind the growing gap in mortality rates between educated and non-educated white women.

The report, Explaining the Widening Education Gap in Mortality Among U.S. White Women, found that the odds of dying at a given age are drastically higher for uneducated white women than they are for educated white women.

In the period between 2002 and 2006, uneducated women had a 66 percent higher chance of death. This figure is a sharp increase from the period from 1997 to 2001 when the rate was 37 percent.

In 2006, the official unemployment rate for women stood at 4.4 percent. Seven years later and five years after the financial crash, the official unemployment rate now stands at 6.7 percent. Real unemployment and underemployment are significantly higher. The study from the Journal of Health and Social Behavior analyzed data only up to 2006, meaning that the divergence in mortality rates between rich and poor is almost certainly higher than the study reports.

This divergence is even more severe for white women who do not have a high school diploma. Another recent report in the journal Health Affairs estimates that members of this group suffered a five year loss in life expectancy between 1990 and 2008.

The National Center for Health Statistics surveyed 47,000 women between the ages of 45 to 84. More than a dozen factors were taken into consideration, many of which are linked to social-psychological conditions, health behaviors, and economic circumstances such as poverty, alcohol consumption, and homeownership.

According to the study, joblessness has a significantly higher impact on mortality rates than other factors, even when controlling for obesity, alcohol consumption, poverty, and income. In fact, joblessness is as much an indicator of the difference in mortality rates as smoking cigarettes.

“What is it about employment that has this huge impact on mortality, beyond the material resources it brings?” asked Jennifer Karas Montez, the study’s lead author.

According to the report, stable employment creates higher self-esteem, and more importantly, access to a social network. Employed people are also significantly less likely to experience unnecessary family stress.

Divorce is directly tied to unemployment. A recent study by economists Kerwin Charles and Melvin Stephens in the Journal of Labor Economics showed that the probability of a divorce when the husband has lost his job increases to 18 percent. When the wife loses her job, that rate is 13 percent.

In addition, those who are jobless are at a higher risk of accidents, suicide, and cardiovascular diseases.

In the US alone, suicide rates jumped from 34 to 54 percent between 1999 and 2010, according to the Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report. At nearly 60 percent, this figure is even higher for women between 60 to 64. For men in their 50s, the figure rose almost 50 percent. Suicide is now the tenth leading cause of death in the US, as 38,364 people kill themselves each year.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Turkish police round up young protesters for use of social media

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

6 June 2013

Turkish police have rounded up dozens of young protesters in the western port city of Izmir on charges of “encouraging rebellion,” “inciting public hatred” and spreading “misleading and libelous information” for their use of Twitter and other social media during the mass demonstrations that have swept the country over the past week.

The Hürriyet Daily News reported that 29 people were arrested Tuesday night and early Wednesday. It quoted an attorney and provincial secretary of the opposition Republican People’s Party (CHP) as saying that those detained were all “young kids” between the ages of 18 and 24.

In total, police raided 38 homes looking for those suspected of spreading information on Twitter and other social media that was considered illicit by the Turkish authorities. They are still searching for at least nine more people to arrest.

The attorney, Sevda Erkan Kılıç, told the Turkish daily that the supposedly incriminating Twitter posts involved people urging others to protest and saying things like “let’s meet here” or “the police are coming” or asking for doctors to come and attend those injured as a result of police repression.

Parents and family members of the detained youth gathered outside the offices of the Izmir Security Directorate’s Smuggling and Organized Crime branch where those arrested were being interrogated, demanding their release and protesting their arrests over nothing more than expressing themselves.

“They say that they have shared similar posts as well, that the whole country did it, so they ask, ‘Why is it our children who experience such treatment?’” said the attorney.

The mother of one young girl told the Turkish daily Zaman that the family had brought her to the police station after police had notified them, but that she had merely re-tweeted a call for help from someone in an Izmir neighborhood during the protests.

Police reportedly tracked down those they arrested through their IP addresses.

There was also speculation that the police reacted to the posting of photos and YouTube clips of helmeted riot police gratuitously beating young people by an Izmir sea wall and grabbing young women by the hair and hitting them with their batons.

Izmir, a city of over 4 million, has been the scene of some of the largest demonstrations and most violent repression since a protest over the government’s move to bulldoze a central Istanbul park and replace it with a shopping mall sparked a nationwide eruption. Police in the city were backed by plainclothes thugs wielding nail-studded sticks in attacking demonstrators.

The arrests of youth for using social media was accompanied Wednesday by a further escalation of violent repression in the capital of Ankara, where police unleashed tear gas and fired water cannon against a mass demonstration composed predominantly of thousands of workers who poured into Kizilay square as part of strikes and protests called by the Confederation of Progressive Trade Unions (DISK) and the Public Workers Unions Confederation (KESK). A number of injured demonstrators had to be taken to hospitals.

The arrests and police attacks gave the lie to statements issued the day before by Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc and Turkish President Abdullah Gül making partial apologies for the police violence of the past week and claiming to be open to the demonstrators’ concerns.

While clearly concerned about the threat posed to the government by the spreading protests and anxious to defuse them, the Turkish state continues to rely primarily on raw repressive force.

Social media has played a prominent role in the Turkish protests, in no small measure because of the failure of much of mainstream Turkish media to cover the demonstrations. The government has effectively intimidated much of the print and broadcast media through the arrests of journalists and other acts of repression. Some television stations broadcast cooking shows and nature programs at the height of the mass protests.

In a public statement delivered on Sunday, before he left Turkey for a four-day tour of North Africa, Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan denounced Twitter as “a scourge,” declaring, “The best examples of lies can be found there.” He added, “To me, social media is the worst menace to society.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Turkey at the crossroads

0

 

6 June 2013

On June 4, after a week of protests that have seen hundreds of thousands of people pour into Istanbul’s Taksim Square and take to the streets of Ankara, Izmir and some 65 other cities across the country, Turkey’s President Abdullah Gül assured anxious businessmen that these events were not comparable to the revolutions that erupted in Tunisia and Egypt in 2011.

Gül was addressing a meeting of Turkey’s International Investors Association just a day after Istanbul’s stock market fell by 10.5 percent in response to the popular upheaval.

“Two years ago in London, cars were burned and shops were looted because of similar reasons,” said Gül. “During revolts in Spain due to the economic crisis, people filled the squares. The Occupy Wall Street movement continued for months in the United States. What happens in Turkey is similar to these countries.”

Such assurances likely proved cold comfort to businessmen fearing that continuing social protests threatened their investments.

Standing at the crossroads of East and West, Turkey has drawn into itself all of the explosive contradictions of both. It is seeking membership in a European Union that is imposing mass austerity, while simultaneously involving itself deeply in the US-backed sectarian war for regime-change in Syria.

Serving as Washington’s point-man, it was Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan who demanded that Assad resign for repressing armed opponents. “A leader who kills his own people has lost his legitimacy,” he declared. So far, Erdogan’s repressive forces have killed three peaceful Turkish protesters, while injuring over 3,200 and arresting over 3,300 more.

Like both revolutions of 2011 and the events in the West cited by President Gül, the Turkish revolt is deeply rooted in the structure of capitalist society and its global crisis. This has been expressed above all in the unprecedented growth of social inequality in Turkey during more than a decade of rule by Prime Minister Erdogan and his Islamist AKP (Justice and Development Party) government.

Nothing else can explain how the repression of a handful of protesters attempting to stop the bulldozing of Istanbul’s Gezi Park to make way for the development of a shopping mall ignited such a powerful, nationwide movement of protest, with hundreds of thousands prepared to confront the brutality of Turkish riot police.

The park project was itself emblematic of the Erdogan government’s aggressive and reactionary market policies: privatizing public space to enrich a handful of crony capitalists who constitute the AKP’s core political base, while seeking to transform Istanbul into a haven for the rich and privileged by driving the working class out. In the bargain, Erdogan has promoted Islamist reaction, threatening to build a mosque on the site of Taksim Square, the traditional rallying point of the Turkish workers’ movement, and naming a bridge after a 16th century Ottoman sultan infamous for his slaughter of Turkey’s Alevi minority.

It is the Turkish working class that has borne the brunt of the AKP government’s attacks. As elsewhere, capitalists in Turkey seized upon the world financial crisis of 2008 as an opportunity to slash payrolls and drive down labor costs. By early 2009, unemployment was up to 16 percent. Growth since then has been achieved largely without adding new jobs. Instead, the threat of layoffs has been used to force those still working to labor harder for lower wages and, in many cases, accept subcontracting of work and casual labor.

According to a study released in 2011, Turkey had the second highest level of income inequality of all 34 Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) countries, with figures only slightly better than Mexico’s and slightly worse than the third most unequal country, the United States.

Like their counterparts in Greece and the rest of Europe, Turkish workers have confronted a brutal offensive by the international banks and corporations, which see the country as a cheap-labor platform and a source of super profits.

While hundreds of thousands of workers joined union-led strikes and demonstrations on June 5, the working class as a whole has yet to move decisively into struggle. The Turkish unions have done nothing until now to fight the Erdogan government–instead endorsing its pro-capitalist measures in response to the 2008 crisis and joining it in sponsoring a campaign based on the slogan, “Go shopping.”

The unions do not want to see a decisive confrontation with this government. They are already thoroughly integrated into the consultative bodies of the European Union, which they support, and have gone along with the EU’s imposition of austerity measures in neighboring Greece and elsewhere.

A revolutionary working class movement to topple the Erdogan government can emerge only independently of and in rebellion against these unions.

The Turkish events represent a deepening of the crisis of US imperialism and its militarist campaign to dominate the oil-rich regions of the Persian Gulf and Central Asia, in which Turkey, a NATO member, has served as a lynch pin.

Barely two weeks before the eruption of the current movement, Erdogan was in Washington standing side-by-side with Obama, who praised him for “being such a strong ally and partner in the region and around the world.” Washington has promoted Erdogan’s government as a model for the Middle East–its police state repression of political opponents, journalists and ethnic minorities notwithstanding, a supposedly “moderate Islamist” regime of the kind that the US has supported against the revolutionary masses in Egypt and Tunisia. Now the masses of people in Turkey are rejecting this model.

Having used Turkey as a forward base in its campaign to destabilize Syria and Iran, Washington has succeeded in destabilizing Turkey itself, where the vast majority of the population is hostile to the use of Al Qaeda-linked Islamist militias as proxies in a war to overthrow Syrian President Bashar al-Assad and fear that similar forces will be unleashed against them as well.

Turkey stands at a crossroads. Turkish workers coming into struggle are confronted with a stark choice. Will they be drawn ever more directly into bloody sectarian-based wars promoted by imperialism in pursuit of strategic and profit interests, wars that have the potential of erupting into a global conflagration involving Iran, the US, Russia, China and other powers?

Or will the working class advance its own socialist solution through an independent revolutionary struggle, drawing the masses of rural poor and oppressed behind it, against imperialism and all sections of the Turkish bourgeoisie, both Islamist and secularist?

The immediate fate of the protest movement that has taken to the streets of Istanbul and cities across Turkey is uncertain. But the coming into struggle of the Turkish working class is a question of world historic significance, with revolutionary implications for the Middle East, Europe and beyond.

Bill Van Auken



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Protests in Kyrgyzstan continue

0

 

By
Clara Weiss

6 June 2013

Last week’s protests against the Canadian-owned coal mine Kumtor in Kyrgyzstan have spread from the northern district Dzhety-Oguz to other parts of the country. Protesters are demanding that the owner, Centerra Gold, fork over a greater share of its profits to fund infrastructure building and finance social programmes. They are also calling for the nationalisation of the mine.

On June 1, demonstrators rallied near the government’s headquarters in Bishkek in support of those protesting at the Kumtor mine. Last week, thousands blocked the road leading to the facility, which is the largest gold mine in Central Asia, and cut off its power supply. More than 90 were arrested and dozens injured in a violent government crackdown. President Almazbek Atambayev declared a state of emergency in the region, which was lifted on Monday.

Even as the Kyrgyz government worked to quash the demonstrations in the north of the country, opposition spread to the south. In Osh, a city adjacent to the country’s border with Uzbekistan, around 200 protesters have been blocking the highway to the capital Bishkek since June 2. They are demanding the release of demonstrators detained by the government.

Protests have also continued in the Dzhalal-Abad region, where hundreds of demonstrators seized the governor’s office on May 31 in an action apparently led by the ultra-nationalist opposition party Ata-Zhurt. The protesters appointed Meder Usenov as the “people’s governor”. Usenov, a local political figure with connection to various sections of the Kyrgyz political elite, is supporting the call for the nationalisation of Kumtor and the resignation of President Atambayev in order to advance his own political fortunes and gain access to the spoils of state-owned industry.

In an effort to get the situation in the north of the country back under control, the government in Bishkek has forced the region’s deeply unpopular governor, Mirbek Asanakunov, to resign. He was replaced by Tokon Mamytov, hitherto the chief of the border troops.

On June 1, the country’s prime minister, Zhantoro Satybaldiyev, travelled to Dzhety-Oguz. In an effort to appeal to nationalist sentiments, he pledged “to defend the interests of Kyrgyzstan” in relation to the mine and promised an improvement in social conditions in the crisis-ridden district. He claimed that in the future “the people” would control the money from the social welfare fund to which Centerra Gold contributes.

Following the state’s violent suppression of the demonstrations and the prime minister’s visit, the protests in the north of the country have receded. The Kumtor mine resumed operations earlier this week, with Centerra reporting that the facility is on target to meet its production goals for 2013.

The Kyrgyz state is attempting to use mass outrage directed at Kumtor to its own advantage. Centerra reported on Tuesday that it is currently in negotiations with Bishkek over the possibility of transforming the state’s 32.7 percent ownership of Centerra shares into a direct stake in Kumtor, operated through a joint venture agreement. In doing so, the aim of the Kyrgyz government is to ensure an even bigger piece of the gold mine’s profits for the national ruling elite.

The recent protests have been preceded by a series of strikes at Kumtor and other workplaces in the Issyk Kul region, the main industrial area in Kyrgyzstan. Kyrgyzstan, which was devastated by the restoration of capitalism in the 1990s, now ranks among the poorest countries in Asia. The Dzhety-Oguz district, where the protests began, is one of the worst-off in the country, with a poverty rate of 75 percent according to recent World Bank figures. The Dzhalal-Abad region in the south, where opposition has also flared up, records similar levels of poverty.

The protests in Kyrgyzstan follow increasing working class and popular unrest in the post-Soviet sphere in the recent period. Earlier this year, mass protests against social inequality occurred in Azerbaijan. Neighboring Kazakhstan saw workers’ unrest in late 2011, which was brutally suppressed by the government. Strikes and protests have also increased in Russia and Georgia.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Obama reshuffles national security staff

0

 

By
Alex Lantier

6 June 2013

US President Barack Obama announced Wednesday that his national security advisor, Thomas Donilon, will resign at the beginning of July, to be replaced by the current US ambassador to the United Nations, Susan Rice. To replace Rice at the UN, Obama announced his nomination of another long-time foreign policy advisor, Samantha Power.

The announcement was made yesterday afternoon in the White House Rose Garden.

The personnel shake-up comes amid bitter conflicts within the state over how to intensify the US proxy war in Syria and intervene in Iran, as well as over the legal implications of Obama’s extra-judicial drone killings. These concerns were reflected in Obama’s May 23 speech at the National Defense University. (See, “Obama offers tortured defense of targeted killings”)

The nomination of Rice and Power, who are considered “liberal hawks,” makes clear there will be no backtracking on the administration’s militarist, anti-democratic and illegal policies in the aftermath of Obama’s speech.

The two played critical roles in the 2011 war in Libya, in which Washington-led NATO air strikes and Special Forces deployments, in alliance with Islamist opposition militias, were used to topple the regime of Colonel Muammar Gaddafi. Rice and Power, working with then-US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, overcame opposition to US-NATO war plans against Libya from other officials, including Defense Secretary Robert Gates.

Rice and Power were reportedly instrumental in persuading Obama to seek a UN Security Council Resolution authorizing war in Libya, cynically arguing that the war was necessary to protect Libyan civilians against Gaddafi.

Washington has carried out a similar strategy in the current war to topple Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, against whom the US has armed and supported forces tied to Al Qaeda, such as the Al Nusra Front.

Under these conditions, Obama’s ritualistic invocation in the Rose Garden of a struggle for “American values” was both empty and repugnant. The résumés of the officials replacing Donilon make clear that the escalation of war in the Middle East will continue, with disastrous consequences for the people of both the Middle East and the United States.

Obama praised Rice for her service, saying she “has stood up for innocent civilians, from Libya to Côte d’Ivoire”–an African country targeted for intervention by France, with US support, shortly after the outbreak of the Libyan war.

In fact, the Libyan war ended with tens of thousands of deaths, the NATO carpet-bombing of cities including Tripoli and Sirte, and the turning over of Libya to a patchwork of far-right Islamist militias.

Some of the unintended consequences of this reliance on Islamist forces have provoked controversy in Washington, affecting Rice herself. She has come under criticism from Republicans in Congress for claiming that the attacks on the US embassy in Benghazi, Libya last September were part of a spontaneous protest. The attack was launched by an Islamist militia that seized control of part of the city during the NATO war–prompting Republicans to charge Rice with a cover-up.

As part of Obama’s White House staff, however, the national security adviser is not subject to confirmation by the Senate, so Rice’s elevation is not threatened by Republican opposition.

In his Rose Garden remarks, Obama thanked Donilon, citing his role in helping to organize the US assassination of Osama bin Laden, imposing sanctions against Iran, and formulating US policy in the Asia-Pacific.

Donilon was a key architect of the “pivot to Asia”–a strategy of containing China by building up US military forces in East Asia and cementing anti-Chinese alliances with other countries in the region. He also set up Friday’s meeting between Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping, to be held at the estate of billionaires Walter and Leonore Annenberg in Rancho Mirage, California.

In brief remarks, Donilon praised Obama for making “difficult decisions” on war and for his supposed “commitment to the core values that define us as Americans, our Constitution, civil liberties, the rule of law.”

It is difficult to decide what is most reactionary and contemptible in such comments. Is it Donilon’s presentation of Obama as a defender of the US Constitution–though Obama has ordered extra-judicial drone murders, including of US citizen Anwar al-Awlaki, expanded domestic spying, including on the press, and signed bills authorizing the indefinite military detention of Americans, in practice shredding the Bill of Rights? Or is it the fact that Donilon posed as a defender of the Constitution and of civil liberties only minutes after having been praised as the organizer of the extra-judicial killing of bin Laden?

Washington’s intervention in the oil-rich Middle East is perhaps the clearest example of the fundamental contradiction between the American “values” cynically invoked by Obama and the American (imperialist) “interests” he also invoked. As it ruthlessly pursues its imperialist interests in the Middle East, through war and murder, the American ruling class is trampling on the democratic values and rights embodied in the US Constitution and other basic documents of the American Revolution.

Concluding his remarks in the Rose Garden, Obama praised the three officials, saying: “They have made America safer. They have made America’s values live in corners of the world that are crying out for our support and our leadership.”

It is safe to say, in fact, that no corner of the world is “crying out” for the drone strikes and military invasions through which Washington exercises its “leadership.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Global stock sell-off amidst signs of deepening slump

0

 

By
Andre Damon

6 June 2013

Global stock markets plunged Wednesday following the release of negative economic indicators pointing to a deepening slump in the United States, Europe and Asia and statements by US Federal Reserve officials suggesting a pull-back in monetary stimulus.

Japan’s stock market in particular, which had soared as a result of the Bank of Japan’s massive yen-printing program, suffered a sharp sell-off, falling 3.8 percent on Wednesday. The Nikkei Index was up 80 percent over the past year before it plunged more than 15 percent in the last ten trading days. Wednesday marked the index’s fifth daily fall of over three percent in two weeks.

The Japanese sell-off was followed by further stock losses in Europe, where the British FTSE 100 fell by 2 percent, the French CAC 40 declined 1.9 percent, the German DAX dropped 1.2 percent and the pan-European Eurofirst 300 index fell 1.5 percent.

In the United States, the Dow Jones Industrial Average lost 215 points, or 1.42 percent, closing below 15,000 for the first time in a month. The index has posted losses in four out of the past six trading days. The Standard and Poor’s 500 Index fell 21 points, or 1.3 percent, while the NASDAQ was down 43 points, or 1.27 percent.

The extreme volatility in financial markets reflects the artificial and unsustainable character of the rise in asset prices, which is entirely dependent on the continued pumping of trillions of dollars of virtually free credit into the banking system by the Federal Reserve and other major central banks. Meanwhile, the real economy in the US, Europe and much of Asia continues to stagnate or contract under the impact of austerity measures aimed at impoverishing the working class.

Wednesday’s sell-off came amid warnings by Wall Street insiders that the combination of vast cash infusions by central banks and anemic growth in the real economy will likely lead to a catastrophic collapse of the stock market.

Economist Gary Shilling noted that investors have been “paying little attention to weak and declining economies around the world, and concentrating on the flood of money being created by central banks.” The vast infusions of cash have created an explosion of toxic debt, “the zeal for yield, amidst low interest rates, benefited junk bonds and other low-quality debt,” he said.

William Gross, the cofounder of bond-trading firm PIMCO, warned earlier this year of a “credit supernova” and noted, “Investment banking, which only a decade ago promoted small business development and transition to public markets, now is dominated by leveraged speculation and the Ponzi finance.”

As stocks plunged Wednesday, the Financial Times reported that many of the largest global hedge funds have suffered huge losses as a result of a general sell-off in the bond market, rooted in fears that the Federal Reserve will wind down its asset-purchasing program. Yields on Treasury bills have surged in recent weeks, hitting 2.23 percent last week, up from 1.61 percent in early May. Bond prices move in the opposite direction from bond yields.

“Since mid-May it has been a perfect storm of some of the biggest trends in markets reversing all at once,” one fund manager told the Financial Times. The newspaper noted that the $16 billion hedge fund AHL lost more than 11 percent of its total assets in the last two weeks as a result of the bond sell-off. This triggered a 15 percent drop in the stock value of the hedge fund’s parent company, the Man Group.

Particularly unsettling for the markets were indications of a slowdown in the US. On Monday, the Institute for Supply Management said its manufacturing activity index fell to 49 in May, down from 50.7 in April, the third consecutive monthly fall for the manufacturing index.

The reading was the lowest in four years and the first time that the measure fell below 50, which indicates a contraction, since November. The Institute for Supply Management index of new orders also fell, as did its measures of production and employment.

On Wednesday, ADP, the payrolls processing firm, reported that the US private sector created, on net, only 135,000 new jobs in May, less than the 165,000 economists had predicted. The report showed a drop of 6,000 manufacturing positions.

“The number was weak,” Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics, told Reuters. “The ADP is suggesting instead of job growth stepping up, it’s actually stepping down as we move into the summer months,” he added.

The ADP figures led economists to lower their expectations for the Labor Department’s official employment report for May, which is due Friday, as well as projections of economic growth in the second quarter of the year.

The meager ADP payroll figure was echoed by the Federal Reserve’s beige book report, which showed only tepid growth in business activity in the period from early April to late May.

The drop in US manufacturing activity is linked to a fall in global demand resulting from the ongoing slump in Europe and slowdown in growth in China and other Asian countries. Eurostat, the European statistics agency, said Wednesday that retail sales in the European Union fell by 0.7 percent in April.

HSBC Bank said earlier this week that its China Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI) fell to 49.2 percent from 50.4 in April, the lowest reading since October of last year.

“This is not a good moment for the world economy,” David Bloom, currency chief at HSBC, told the British Telegraph. “The manufacturing indices came in weaker than expected in China, Korea, India and Russia, and then we got America’s ISM.”

The current infusion of cash by central banks into the financial system follows the multitrillion-dollar bailout of the banks by governments in the US and Europe. These policies, dictated by the global financial elite, have further enriched those parasitic social layers that were responsible for the crisis in the first place, while the full burden of the crisis has been placed on the international working class.

Five years after the Wall Street crash, the ruling classes of the world have demonstrated their inability to revive the real economy, underscoring the fact that the current crisis is not merely a recession, but rather a breakdown of the world capitalist system.

The disconnect between the wild rise on stock markets, which have been surging for four years, and the moribund condition of the global economy is setting the stage for a financial collapse on the scale of, or even greater than, the meltdown of September 2008.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Chinese strategic review warns of “big power competition” in Asia-Pacific

0

 

By
John Chan

6 June 2013

Strategic Review 2012, the first annual paper produced by an new Chinese military think tank, describes a rising risk of “big power competition” and war in the Asia-Pacific region–driven by the US “rebalance” to Asia and the regional tensions it has generated.

The 50,000-word document was published in both Chinese and English in late May by the Centre for National Defence Policy (CNDP), a part of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) Academy of Military Sciences. Founded in December 2011, the CNDP has been tasked with studying national defence policy and drafting annual strategic reports on China’s security.

The report is clearly focused on the implications of the Obama administration’s “pivot” to the Asia-Pacific region, which aims to step up the deployment of US military forces and strengthen US strategic and military alliances to encircle China.

The Strategic Review 2012 states: “Amid strategic competition among the big powers, the fierce oceanic competition and frequent regional conflicts, the complexity, sensitivity and uncertainty of China’s security environment loom large.” China faces “heightening strategic pressure” for the first time since the end of the Cold War in 1991, with the Asia-Pacific region now a “new global centre” for “geopolitical, economic and military competition.”

While being the “economically most dynamic region,” the Asia-Pacific also saw intensifying rivalry over maritime rights and an “increasingly intensive arms race.” That, combined with “populism emerging in some countries” was driving “the greatest readjustment since the end of World War II.”

As a direct result of the US encouraging regional allies like Japan to assert maritime territorial claims against China, such as over the Diaoyu/Senkaku islands in East China Sea, the review warns that a military clash could occur between China and Japan.

Commenting on the report, Liu Lin, a researcher at the Academy of Military Science, the publisher of the review, told China Radio International that confrontation between Japan and China is the new “normal.”

He said, “It’s hard for both sides to make compromises. What’s more, the US involvement and the historical legacy [of Japan’s invasion of China in the 1930s and 40s] have made the matter even more complicated.”

Liu stated that American strategy was bound up with a broader objective of containing any challengers emerging out of the Euro-Asian continent, “by tightening control of the Indian and the Pacific Ocean.”

This reflects the recognition in Beijing that at the heart of US strategic calculations is establishing the capacity to impose a crippling naval blockade on China by cutting off its vital supplies of raw materials and oil from the Middle East and Africa via the Indian Ocean and the South China Sea. This would involve several key US allies, including Japan and Australia.

Huang Dahui, director of the Centre for East Asia Studies at Renmin University in Beijing, told the state-controlled Global Times that the Sino-Japanese row over the Senkaku Islands was not about three rocky islets, but deeper antagonisms between the two nations, rooted in the changing balance of their economic weight. “China has overtaken Japan as the world’s second largest economic power. But Japan sees China as a threat and competitor instead of a partner,” he said.

The real prospect that military clashes between China and Japan could trigger a wider conflict, involving the US and other powers, was underscored by a computerised war game exercise held in Taiwan on May 28, addressing a scenario of a war breaking out between Japan and China over the Senkaku/Diaoyu islands.

According to Taiwan’s Liberty Times, the scenario rapidly spiralled into a conflict between China and the US-Japan alliance, with Russia later joining the Chinese side. Taiwan was forced into the US-Japanese camp, prompting Beijing to threaten to invade the island, which it regards as a renegade Chinese province.

Although the official story of the simulated war game insisted that it concerned only “a small-scale regional war” around the East China Sea, the rapid entanglement of four of the world’s largest economic and military powers–the US, China, Russia and Japan–points to the danger of a global nuclear conflagration.

Strategic Review 2012 was a second attempt by the Beijing authorities, after the publication of a defence white paper earlier this year, to defuse allegations by the Obama administration and various Western commentators that China lacks transparency about its military and strategic posture. The documents insist that the threat of war derives not from China, but from the United States.

Washington has in recent weeks escalated its pressure on Beijing, depicting it as a major threat to peace and the largest source of cyber hacking into US government and corporate data. The latest Shangari-La security conference in Singapore, held just days after the release of the Strategic Review 2012, was a case in point. In the presence of defence ministers and senior military figures from the US and Asian countries, including China, US Defence Secretary Chuck Hagel openly stated, in his speech, that some cyber intrusions “appear to be tied to the Chinese government and military.”

In fact, the greatest source of the war danger lies in the militarist policy of the US government, which is seeking to maintain its post-World War II dominance over the Asia Pacific, home to the world’s largest cheap labour platforms, such as China, India and South East Asia. To offset its relative economic decline over the past three decades, Washington is relying on threats of military force to ensure that China will continue to respect economic relations established in line with US geo-political interests.

In the latest provocative step, despite a request from the Chinese government to stop, the US and Japan will hold a planned joint “island taking” amphibious drill in California on June 10, clearly aimed at China. Set to take place just two days after Chinese President Xi Jinping’s first meeting with Obama, also in California, the drill is designed to send a strong warning to the new Chinese leadership.

The Japanese government has publicly stated that the joint drill seeks to strengthen the “defence of the Southwestern islands”–including the Senakaku Islands and Okinawa. Japan’s participation will consist not only of troops, but also of a new naval helicopter carrier.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Philadelphia adopting 'doomsday' school-slashing plan despite $400 million prison project

0

Days after Philadelphia officials pushed the city one step closer to a so-called “doomsday” education plan that would see two dozen schools close, construction began on a $400-million prison said to be the second-most expensive state project ever.

Pennsylvania’s School Reform Commission voted on June 1 to
approve a $2.4 billion budget, ignoring hours of pleas from
students, parents, educators and community members who warned the
budget would cripple city schools. 

The plan would close 23 public schools, roughly 10 per cent of
the city’s total. Commissioners rejected a proposal that would
have only closed four of the 27 schools that were on the block
for closure. 

Without the means to cover a $304 million debt, the Philadelphia
Inquirer reported, students can expect to go back to school in
September without new books, paper, counselors, clubs,
librarians, assistant principals or secretaries. All athletics,
art and music programs would be eliminated and as many as 3,000
people could lose their jobs. 

Only one of five state commissioners voted against the proposal,
warning that Republican Pennsylvania Governor Tom Corbett’s
administration had not looked hard enough elsewhere for proper
funds. 

That $304 million windfall is unlikely to be filled because the
Republican-controlled Pennsylvania House of Representatives
recently passed a tax break for corporations that will cost
Pennsylvania residents an estimated $600 million to $800 million
annually.

Reuters / George Widman / Pool PA / DL

Newly unemployed teachers might consider submitting their resumes
to the Department of Corrections, though, with the news that the
supposedly cash-strapped government is digging deep to spend $400
million for the construction of State Correctional Institutions
Phoenix I and II. 

The penitentiary, which is technically two facilities, will
supplement at least two existing jails, the Western Penitentiary
at Pittsburgh and Fayette County Jail. Pittsburgh’s Western
Penitentiary was built in 2003 with the original intention of
replacing Fayette County Jail, but the prison has struggled with
lawsuits claiming widespread physical and sexual abuse of
prisoners. 

Scheduled to be completed in 2015, the new prison’s cell blocks
and classroom will be capable of housing almost 5,000 inmates.
Officials said there will be buildings for female inmates, the
mentally ill and a death row population. 

Journalist Rhania Khalek noted that the racial disparities in
the education system and prison complex, where 60 per cent of
all people are of color, have created a literal
“school-to-prison-pipeline.” 

“In Philadelphia, black students comprise 81 per cent of
those who will be impacted by the closings despite accounting
for just 58 per cent of the overall student population
,”
she wrote. “In stark contrast, just 4 per cent of those
affected are white kids who make up 14 per cent of Philly
students. And though they make up 81 per cent of Philadelphia
students, 93 per cent of kids affected by the closings are
low-income
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Classified documents reveal CIA drone strikes often killed unknown people

0

A review of classified US intelligence records has revealed that the CIA could not confirm the identity of about a quarter of the people killed by drone strikes in Pakistan during a period spanning from 2010 to 2011.

According to a purportedly exclusive report by NBC News that
mirrors findings of an April analysis by McClatchy, between
September 3, 2010 and October 30, 2011 the agency’s drone program
over Pakistan routinely designated those killed as “other
militants,” a label used when the CIA could not determine
affiliation, if any.

The review by NBC News paints both a confusing and troubling
picture of the CIA’s reported drone strike success, which three
former Obama administration officials feared could have missed or
simply ignored mistakes.

Of the 14 months worth of classified documents reviewed, 26 out
of 114 attacks designate fatalities as “other militants,” while in four
other attacks those killed are only described as “foreign fighters.”

Even more irregular are the cases when entry records conflict on
the number of those killed, with one such example indicating a
drone attack had killed seven to 10 combatants, and another
estimating 20 to 22 fatalities.

By comparison, McClatchy’s April review of drone strikes revealed
that at least 265 of up to 482 people that the CIA killed during
a 12-month period ending in September 2011 were not senior
al-Qaeda leaders, but were instead “assessed” as Afghan, Pakistani and
“unknown extremists.”
Corroborating media accounts show that US drones killed only six
top al-Qaeda leaders during the same period.

One key term in analyzing drone strike records are what are known
as “signature” strikes,
when drones kill suspects based on behavior patterns but without
positive identification, versus “personality” strike, which is when
drone targets are known terrorist affiliates whose identities are
verified.

According to an anonymous senior intelligence official who spoke
to NBC, at the peak of drone operations in Pakistan in 2009 and
2010 as many as half of all kills were classified as “signature” strikes.

One former senior intelligence official said that at the height
of the drone program in Pakistan in 2009 and 2010, as many as
half of the strikes were classified as signature strikes.

Retired Admiral Dennis Blair, the former Director of National
Intelligence from 2009 to 2010, addressed NBC’s report with the
claim that the precision of drone strikes was superior to those
of traditional battlefield weapons.

Northrop Grumman / Chad Slattery / Handout via Reuters


“In Afghanistan and Iraq and
places where you have troops in combat … you know better with
drones who you’re killing than you do when you’re calling in
artillery fire from a spotter [or] calling in an airplane
strike,”
he said.

“This is no different from
decisions that are made on the battlefield all the time by
soldiers and Marines who are being shot at, not knowing who fired
the shot, having to make judgments on shooting back or not. This
is the nature of warfare,”
added Blair.

As to just how analysts arrive at determining unverified,
“signature” drone
targets, that system relies on data which draws connections
between the unidentified individuals and known militants. That
might entail monitoring everything from the frequency that a
suspect visits a particular location, meets certain individuals,
or makes phone calls and sends emails.  

During a key speech defending his administration’s use of
targeted drone killings in May, President Obama defended the
CIA’s drone program as a “legal,” “lethal” and “effective” counterterrorism tool,
while at the same time acknowledging some civilian casualties.

A report entitled “Living Under
Drones,”
jointly released by Stanford University and New
York University in 2012, is far less muted on civilian
casualties, and argues that the civilian death toll in drone
strikes over Pakistan is far higher than is reported.

In the classified reports reviewed by NBC News, for example, of
the 600 some killed only one is listed as a civilian, a statistic
which Micah Zenko, a drone expert at the Council on Foreign
Relations described as “incredible.”

The Stanford-NYU report, for its part, bases its conclusions on
130 interviews, as well as a review of media reports, though the
methodology employed can itself be a subject of debate.

Separately, an Associated Press investigation in 2012 reported
that out of 10 drone strikes over a period of 18 months,
Pakistani villagers claimed that only 70 per cent of those killed
by US strikes were militants, with the rest either civilians or
tribal police.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Dissolving Micro-Chip Will Tell Big Brother Your Every Move

0


Dissolving Tracking Chip

John Rogers PhD and his team work out of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. They, along with other teams at Tufts are developing transient electronics, tiny micro-thin chips that dissolve when they have served their purpose.

On April 8th this year their research paper was presented to the American Chemical Society at their annual National meeting, this year it was held in New Orleans.

Rogers spoke eloquently of the technology, explaining its possible use and exactly how the chips work. There was nothing negative at all in the presentation. Nothing was mentioned about the possible negative uses of such technology.

In a nutshell, micro-thin, soluble electronic chips are implanted into an equally thin medium that is also soluble. The amount of ‘wrapping’ around the chip denotes how fast it will dissolve. Once the final encapsulation layer has dissolved, the chip,within an hour, does the same, leaving no trace behind. There’s nothing at all to indicate it was ever there in the first place.

Rogers said during his presentation:

“…many new opportunities open up once you start thinking about electronics that could disappear in a controlled and programmable way.”

Indeed they do.

The good doctor highlighted some areas he feels transient electronics could be useful. Cell phones that cease to work at a given, pre-ordained date when you would have to buy an updated phone. Water sensors that would not need to be collected after submitting their data. Medical implants that were not required for life would just fade away to save further surgery to retrieve them.

He also briefed the audience on piezoelectric transient electronics. These are like tiny generators that produce electricity without an outside source, their zinc-oxide components make them work purely by muscle power, possibly making them the pacemaker of the future.

What was not said was that these tiny electronic devices are small enough to be injected and implanted without the recipient noticing. They can, as Rogers admitted, be placed in cell phones at the time of manufacture or at any point thereafter. It seems logical to assume that they could also be put into computers, cars, flashlights or any other object you care to think of.

How about babies? That would be relatively easy.

Children could be traced, tracked and followed from cradle to grave…how convenient.

Shop lifters could be transiently tagged so the ‘monitors’ would know if they went near forbidden stores.

Hell, we could self-destruct terrorists…or anyone else that happened to be inconvenient if we laced the inner wrappers with cyanide. Agenda 21 made easy.

How about implanting people so if they overeat, smoke or take drugs, the chips dissolve and eliminate the person problem? Far less people would need medical insurance.

I think the chances of transient electronics being used purely for the good of mankind is zero. The possibilities for this technology are huge and extremely wide ranging and there is no reason to think that governments won’t use it.

At the end of his presentation Rogers thanked the benefactors that had provided research grants:

Defence Advanced ResearchProjects Agency (DARPA)

The National Science Foundation

The Airforce Office Of Scientific Research

The US Department Of Energy

The National Institute Of Biomedical Imaging and Engineering

The National Institute Of Health

Not a lot more to say really is there?

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple


Chris Carrington is a writer, researcher and lecturer with a background in science, technology and environmental studies. Chris is an editor for The Daily Sheeple. Wake the flock up!

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Chris Carrington
Views:
Read by 59 people
Date: June 5th, 2013
Website: http://www.thedailysheeple.com/


Copyright Information: This content has been contributed to SHTFplan by a third-party or has been republished with permission from the author. Please contact the author directly for republishing information.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Dissolving Micro-Chip Will Tell Big Brother Your Every Move

0


Dissolving Tracking Chip

John Rogers PhD and his team work out of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. They, along with other teams at Tufts are developing transient electronics, tiny micro-thin chips that dissolve when they have served their purpose.

On April 8th this year their research paper was presented to the American Chemical Society at their annual National meeting, this year it was held in New Orleans.

Rogers spoke eloquently of the technology, explaining its possible use and exactly how the chips work. There was nothing negative at all in the presentation. Nothing was mentioned about the possible negative uses of such technology.

In a nutshell, micro-thin, soluble electronic chips are implanted into an equally thin medium that is also soluble. The amount of ‘wrapping’ around the chip denotes how fast it will dissolve. Once the final encapsulation layer has dissolved, the chip,within an hour, does the same, leaving no trace behind. There’s nothing at all to indicate it was ever there in the first place.

Rogers said during his presentation:

“…many new opportunities open up once you start thinking about electronics that could disappear in a controlled and programmable way.”

Indeed they do.

The good doctor highlighted some areas he feels transient electronics could be useful. Cell phones that cease to work at a given, pre-ordained date when you would have to buy an updated phone. Water sensors that would not need to be collected after submitting their data. Medical implants that were not required for life would just fade away to save further surgery to retrieve them.

He also briefed the audience on piezoelectric transient electronics. These are like tiny generators that produce electricity without an outside source, their zinc-oxide components make them work purely by muscle power, possibly making them the pacemaker of the future.

What was not said was that these tiny electronic devices are small enough to be injected and implanted without the recipient noticing. They can, as Rogers admitted, be placed in cell phones at the time of manufacture or at any point thereafter. It seems logical to assume that they could also be put into computers, cars, flashlights or any other object you care to think of.

How about babies? That would be relatively easy.

Children could be traced, tracked and followed from cradle to grave…how convenient.

Shop lifters could be transiently tagged so the ‘monitors’ would know if they went near forbidden stores.

Hell, we could self-destruct terrorists…or anyone else that happened to be inconvenient if we laced the inner wrappers with cyanide. Agenda 21 made easy.

How about implanting people so if they overeat, smoke or take drugs, the chips dissolve and eliminate the person problem? Far less people would need medical insurance.

I think the chances of transient electronics being used purely for the good of mankind is zero. The possibilities for this technology are huge and extremely wide ranging and there is no reason to think that governments won’t use it.

At the end of his presentation Rogers thanked the benefactors that had provided research grants:

Defence Advanced ResearchProjects Agency (DARPA)

The National Science Foundation

The Airforce Office Of Scientific Research

The US Department Of Energy

The National Institute Of Biomedical Imaging and Engineering

The National Institute Of Health

Not a lot more to say really is there?

Delivered by The Daily Sheeple


Chris Carrington is a writer, researcher and lecturer with a background in science, technology and environmental studies. Chris is an editor for The Daily Sheeple. Wake the flock up!

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Chris Carrington
Views:
Read by 59 people
Date: June 5th, 2013
Website: http://www.thedailysheeple.com/


Copyright Information: This content has been contributed to SHTFplan by a third-party or has been republished with permission from the author. Please contact the author directly for republishing information.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

‘Hezbollah role in bus attack unproven’

0

The aftermath of an explosion on a bus carrying Israeli tourists at Burgas International Airport in Bulgaria on July 18, 2012

Bulgariaâ„¢s new Socialist-led government says it does not have enough proof to support allegations that Lebanonâ„¢s Hezbollah resistance movement was behind a deadly bus bombing in the country.

The bombing took place last July in the Black Sea resort of Burgas and killed seven people, including five Israeli tourists.

Israel immediately accused Hezbollah of carrying out the attack, a charge the resistance group flatly denied as part of Tel Aviv’s plots against it.

Following the accusation, the Israeli regime and the United States have been exerting pressure on the European Union to list Hezbollah as a Å“terrorist” organization.

“It is important that the (EU) decision be based not only on the bombing in Burgas because I think the evidence we have is not explicit,” Foreign Minister Kristian Vigenin, whose government took office last week, said on Wednesday.

“If we have enough serious proof from other cases, then we will not waver to back such a decision,” Vigenin added.

A British request to label Hezbollah a terror group was opposed at the EU on Tuesday.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Top-secret court order reveals NSA's daily data collection on millions of Americans

0

The US National Security Agency is currently collecting the telephone records of millions of unwitting individuals via a secret court order issued in April obtained by The Guardian newspaper, which has posted it online.

Unlike warrants that have been issued to collect the information
of suspects targetted by intelligence agencies, the newly
disclosed top secret order requires Verizon, one of the largest
telecom agencies in the US, to provide both the FBI and the NSA
information on all telephone calls made through its systems, both
domestically and to foreign countries.

According to a copy of the order, Verizon is required to disclose
the numbers of both parties during a call, as well as location,
call duration, and other unique data on an “ongoing, daily basis.” Meaning
that, regardless of whether an individual is suspected of or
linked to any crime, the data of all Verizon customers is
currently being delivered in bulk to the intelligence agency.

As to the authority claimed by the government via this order,
that is specifically cited to fall under the “business records”
provision of the PATRIOT Act of 2001, which was granted a
four-year extension by President Obama in May of 2011.

It remains unclear as to whether the order, which spans a
three-month period, represents a single instance, or is
indicative of recurring cases of Verizon and other telephony
providers being ordered to disclose all their clients’ call
records.

Reuters / Will Burgess


The order itself, signed by Judge Roger Vinson of the Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance Court, prohibits Verizon from alerting
its customers of the FBI’s request for their records.

According to The Guardian, its reporters approached Verizon, the
National Security Agency, the White House and the Department of
Justice for comment ahead of its story, though all declined.

Though the agencies have yet to respond to the publication of the
secret order, justification for the thus far unprecedented,
warrantless request made to Verizon in April would fall under the
interpretation of such “business records.” The latter applies to
a wide-ranging amount of electronic “metadata,” though not the actual
content of texts and voice calls.

The order seems likely to be associated with the NSA’s
longstanding collection program over telephone, Internet and
email data, which was secretly authorized by former president
Bush in 2001, though not disclosed publicly until a 2006 USA
Today report. That particular authorization applied to multiple
carriers: AT&T, Verizon and BellSouth, and was intended to
allow US intelligence services “to analyze calling patterns in an
effort to detect terrorist activity.”

Julian Sanchez, a surveillance expert with the libertarian Cato
Institute who spoke to The Guardian believes that the newly
disclosed court order undermines the legal definition of
reasonable suspicion.

“We’ve certainly seen the
government increasingly strain the bounds of ‘relevance’ to
collect large numbers of records at once – everyone at one or two
degrees of separation from a target – but vacuuming all metadata
up indiscriminately would be an extraordinary repudiation of any
pretense of constraint or particularized suspicion,”
said
Sanchez.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Hollande gifted UNESCO prize for Mali war

0

French President Francois Hollande gives a speech after he received at the UNESCO headquarters in Paris on June 5, 2013.

French President Francois Hollande has been awarded the annual Felix Houphouet-Boigny Peace Prize by UNESCO for his decision to invade Mali.

Hollande received the major prize from the United Nations’ cultural organization during a ceremony in the French capital, Paris on Wednesday.

The move has raised questions about how an armed foreign intervention can be worthy of such an accolade.

UNESCO Director-General Irina Bokova said during the ceremony that “All of us have reason to be proud of France’s decision to stand by Mali – at the request of President Traore and with the support of the United Nations – to protect the peoples and culture of that country.”

Hollande also said that “It may seem paradoxical to be awarded for peace after assuming responsibility for war.”

“But the decision I made on behalf of France had no other purpose than to end an aggression,” he claimed.

Established in 1989, Felix Houphouet-Boigny Peace Prize is intended to honor people and organizations that have made “a significant contribution to peace and stability around the world.”

Around 4,000 French troops have been deployed to Mali since France launched a war on the Western African country on January 11 under the pretext of halting the advance of fighters who had taken control of northern Mali.

The French-led war in Mali has caused a serious humanitarian crisis in the northern areas of the country and has displaced thousands of people, who now live in deplorable conditions.

On February 1, Amnesty International condemned Å“serious human rights breaches” including the killing of Å“three children” in the French war in Mali.

The rights organization said there was Å“evidence that at least five civilians, including three children, were killed in an airstrike” carried out by French forces against the local fighters.

Franceâ„¢s Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian reaffirmed in April that the country would keep 1,000 troops in Mali even after the arrival of over 12,000 UN peacekeepers later this year.

Some political analysts believe that Maliâ„¢s abandoned natural resources, including gold and uranium reserves, could be one of the reasons behind the French war.

DB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Latvia to become 18th eurozone member

0

Latvia has won the approval of the European Commission and the European Central Bank (ECB) to enter the eurozone and become the bloc’s 18th member on January 1, 2014.

The commission and the ECB gave Latvia the green light for membership on Wednesday, making the country the second of the Baltic states, along with Estonia, to use the euro.

“Latvia’s desire to adopt the euro is a sign of confidence in our common currency. It is further evidence that those who predicted a disintegration of the euro were indeed behind the curve and simply wrong,” said Olli Rehn, the European Union’s top economic and monetary official.

“It is further evidence that those who predicted a disintegration of the euro were indeed behind the curb and simply wrong,” he noted.

The tiny Baltic state will start using the euro — instead of its national currency, the lat — at the beginning of 2014 after meeting the criteria for membership, including low inflation and long-term interest rates, as well as low public debt.

Latvia committed to join the euro in 2004 when it joined the EU.

Latvia’s Prime Minister Valdis Dombrovskis hailed the decision as “the next step for growth.”

European finance ministers will make the final decision on Latvia on July 9, but they are unlikely to block the countryâ„¢s entry.

Latvia suffered the sharpest recession of any European country in 2009 when the economy contracted by over 17.7 percent.

The country then underwent one of Europe’s toughest austerity programs and has bounced back with the EU’s fastest growth rate, hitting 5.6 percent last year.

Many in the country of 2 million are however, skeptical of the need to join in the midst of the eurozone’s debt troubles.

Anti-euro parties won more than half of the vote in local elections in the capital Riga last weekend.

Euro opponent Andris Orols, head of “Latvia for the Lat,” vowed to ask the constitutional court to review the government’s decision.

“We are against the euro because we believe that an independent and sovereign country cannot exist without its own money which it controls,” he said.

The 17-nation eurozone is currently struggling with a crisis over huge government debts, a stubborn recession, and 12.2 percent unemployment.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Understanding Liberals and Progressives

0

In order to understand the liberal and progressive agenda, one must know something about their world vision and values. Let’s examine some of the evidence.

Why the 1970s struggle to ban DDT? Alexander King, founder of the Malthusian Club of Rome, wrote in a 1990 biographical essay: “My own doubts came when DDT was introduced for civilian use. In Guyana, within two years, it had almost eliminated malaria, but at the same time the birth rate had doubled. So my chief quarrel with DDT, in hindsight, is that it has greatly added to the population problem.”

Dr. Charles Wurster, former chief scientist for the Environmental Defense Fund, was once asked whether he thought a ban on DDT would result in the use of more dangerous chemicals and more malaria cases in Sri Lanka. He replied: “Probably. So what? People are the cause of all the problems. We have too many of them. We need to get rid of some of them, and (malaria) is as good a way as any.”

According to Earthbound, a collection of essays on environmental ethics, William Aiken said: “Massive human diebacks would be good. It is our duty to cause them. It is our species’ duty, relative to the whole, to eliminate 90 percent of our numbers.”

Former National Park Service research biologist David Graber opined, “Human happiness, and certainly human fecundity, are not as important as a wild and healthy planet…. We have become a plague upon ourselves and upon the Earth…. Until such time as Homo sapiens should decide to rejoin nature, some of us can only hope for the right virus to come along.”

Speaking of viruses, Prince Philip – Duke of Edinburgh and patron of the World Wildlife Fund – said, “If I were reincarnated, I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” The late Jacques Cousteau told The UNESCO Courier: “One America burdens the earth much more than twenty Bangladeshes. This is a terrible thing to say. In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it’s just as bad not to say it.”

That represents the values of some progressives, but what about their predictions? In 1972, a report was written for the Club of Rome to warn that the world would run out of gold by 1981, mercury and silver by 1985, tin by 1987, and petroleum, copper, lead and natural gas by 1992. It turns out that each of these resources is more plentiful today. Gordon Taylor, in his 1970 book, The Doomsday Book, said that Americans were using 50 percent of the world’s resources and that “by 2000 (Americans) will, if permitted, be using all of them.” In 1975, the Environment Fund took out full-page ads warning, “The World as we know it will likely be ruined by the year 2000.” Harvard University Nobel laureate biologist George Wald in 1970 warned, “Civilization will end within 15 or 30 years unless immediate action is taken against problems facing mankind.” Former Sen. Gaylord Nelson, quoting Dr. S. Dillon Ripley, warned, in Look magazine (1970), that by 1995, “somewhere between 75 and 85 percent of all the species of living animals will be extinct.” In 1974, the U.S. Geological Survey said the U.S. had only a 10-year supply of natural gas. The fact of the matter, according to the American Gas Association, is that there’s more than a 110-year supply.

In 1986, Lester Brown, who had been predicting global starvation for 40 years, received a MacArthur Foundation “genius” award, along with a stipend. The foundation also gave Dr. Paul Ehrlich, who predicted millions of Americans would die of starvation, the “genius” award in 1990. Note that these $300,000 to $400,000 awards were granted well after enough time had passed to demonstrate that Brown and Ehrlich were insanely wrong.

Just think: Congress listens to people like these and formulates public policy on their dire predictions that we’re running out of something.

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Spotlight Shines on Bilderberg; Agenda Still Secret

0

The infamous annual Bilderberg meetings, which bring together global power-brokers from government, business, finance, intelligence, royalty, media, central banking, academia, and more, are set to begin this week in the United Kingdom. In line with an apparent trend developing in recent years, the veil of secrecy surrounding the mere existence of the controversial confab has slowly been pierced as more and more major media outlets report on the gathering. Taxpayers will be picking up much of the tab, but the growing numbers of protesters and reporters seeking answers will not be allowed in.

Even though Bilderberg has recently started publicly offering some details about its secretive meetings – partial guest lists and supposed topics of discussion, for example – critics say the real agenda remains hidden from the public at large. Around the world, however, outraged citizens and even excluded leaders have become increasingly suspicious of the gathering, blasting what they perceive as the planet’s self-styled “elite” making decisions for humanity behind closed doors.     

Of course, Bilderberg leaders try to frame the annual gathering as simply a forum to discuss global issues in private. Indeed, if it were known that attendees were formulating policy, at least American participants would likely be committing a felony by violating the Logan Act, which makes it a crime for Americans to formulate policy in secret with foreigners. Leaks and public statements by Bilderberg participants over the years, however, suggest that the meetings are about much more than just off-the-record discussions.

On the Bilderberg website, organizers offer few details. “Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America,” the site claims without mentioning the key role of Nazi SS member Prince Bernhard of Holland in founding the events. “Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

Commenting about the meetings themselves, Bilderberg claims online that the conference has always been a “forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.” Because the gathering is private and closed to the public, it continues, “participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions” so they can take time to “listen, reflect and gather insights.”

According to the Bilderberg site, key topics for discussion this year include economic growth and job creation in the United States and Europe. Also among the primary subjects: entitlement, debt, how “big data” is changing almost everything, nationalism, populism, U.S. foreign policy, Africa, cyber warfare, trends in medical research, online education, politics of the European Union, developments in the Middle East, and current affairs. 

Of course, because Bilderberg is so secretive, there is no way to confirm that the few details and talking points provided on its website bear any resemblance to the truth. Indeed, critics say the site is not trustworthy, citing the fact that enormously influential attendees have been left off of the “official” list of participants posted on the site in previous years and the obvious point that many attendees are politicians. The brief Bilderberg statement concludes with this: “There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”   

Among the 140 or so publicly acknowledged participants this year are many of the usual suspects from Europe’s public sector: Former Maoist revolutionary and current president of the European Commission José Manuel Barroso, who recently claimed again that a federal EU would be a reality within a few years; International Monetary Fund (IMF) boss Christine Lagarde, who recently dodged corruption charges in France; Bilderberg leader Mario Monti, appointed by bankers and EU officials rather than voters to serve as Prime Minister of Italy; “Commander” Olivier de Bavinchove with the fledgling European military force known as Eurocorps; and many others. More than a few top political leaders and even royalty will also be attending.

From the private sector in Europe, numerous business chiefs and banking magnates will also be in attendance. Among them: Chairman Peter Mandelson of banking behemoth Lazard International; Editor-in-Chief John Micklethwait with the increasingly discredited establishment magazine The Economist; Peter Sutherland, chairman of Goldman Sachs International; and many more. Multiple CEOs from banking, energy, finance, and other sectors will also be in attendance.

Attendees from the United States, meanwhile, also include a virtual “who’s who” list of the political, media, and business establishment. Many of the figures have long and dubious careers in government and the private sector, as well as in powerful so-called “think tanks” and non-profit foundations notorious for attacking U.S. liberties and national sovereignty. Unsurprisingly, virtually all of the American attendees wield tremendous influence both in the United States and abroad within their respective fields. 

Among this year’s American participants: Vice Chairman Michael Evans with Goldman Sachs; former Obama administration Treasury boss Timothy Geithner; Washington Post CEO Donald Graham; former Secretary of State and population control zealot Henry Kissinger, a top establishment figure who openly and regularly calls for a “New World Order” and was recently exposed boasting about his illegal and unconstitutional activities in official documents; President Jessica Mathews of the controversial Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; neocon extraordinaire Richard Perle with the American Enterprise Institute; retired Army general and disgraced former CIA boss David Petraeus; ex-Treasury chief Robert Rubin, who also serves as co-chairman of the global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations; Google boss Eric Schmidt; and more.         

When they receive any attention at all, the meetings have largely been portrayed in the establishment press as some sort of gathering for super-capitalists and their lackeys only. That characterization, however, is only partially accurate, as money does not appear to be among the most important criteria for receiving an invitation. As in years past, this year’s guest list actually includes more than a few prominent socialists including Secretary General António José Seguro with the Portuguese Socialist Party and Party Leader Stefan Löfven with the Swedish Social Democratic Party, among others.

Representatives of the ruthless communist dictatorship ruling mainland China, which Bilderberg luminary David Rockefeller openly praised in the New York Times after tens of millions of innocent people were exterminated, have also attended the meetings in years past. At least one Russian “oligarch” was invited in 2011, too.

In recent years, media reports about the shadowy conference have been proliferating – a stark contrast with decades of virtual blackouts on the gathering of some of the world’s most powerful figures. This year has seen an even greater explosion of interest among the press, with news outlets around the world openly reporting on the confab even before it officially begins on June 6. Major media sources have also started calling for more transparency amid fears that representative government is being undermined by the secretive meetings. Large numbers of protesters, too, are expected to converge on this year’s meeting, which will run until June 9 in Watford, near London.     

Despite claims that no official decisions are made at Bilderberg, growing amounts of evidence suggest the opposite is true. The emerging Brussels-based super-state, which is desperately seeking to become an all-powerful regime ruling over the formerly sovereign nations of Europe, for example, has been widely attributed to Bilderberg efforts – even by participants themselves. The single euro currency, increasingly unstable, was also brought about in a similar fashion, insiders have admitted.

Anecdotal evidence, meanwhile, appears to show that the meetings wield tremendous power over political affairs even in the United States. Consider Bill Clinton, for example; he attended the summit as a little-known governor in 1991, yet became president the following year. Barack Obama reportedly went in 2008 before being elected president, too. In Europe, similar phenomena have become evident as well. 

While the true agenda and purpose of this year’s Bilderberg conference will almost certainly remain hidden, at least for a long time to come, analysts who track the meetings closely say some participants are pushing for more openness. However, even if Bilderberg were to completely disappear as an annual event, the power-brokers behind it are unlikely to be going anywhere anytime soon – especially not if humanity continues to allow itself to be ruled by unaccountable, out-of-touch “elites.”

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

U.S. Bilderberg Attendees Violating Federal Law, Activists Say

Protests Planned for Bilderberg Meeting

Bilderberg-picked EU Leader Van Rompuy Calls for Global Governance With Russia

Awareness of Bilderberg Cabal Explodes in 2011

Elite Bilderberg 2011 Meeting Draws Scrutiny

Bilderberg Leader Mario Monti Takes Over Italy in “Coup”

U.S.-backed Syrian Opposition Linked to Bilderberg, CFR, Goldman Sachs & George Soros

After Bilderberg Meeting, Facebook Official Says End Internet Anonymity

Bilderberger Confab in United States Goes Unreported … Again

Bush, Bilderbergers Push EU Membership for Turkey

World Bank Insider Blows Whistle on Corruption, Federal Reserve

WikiLeaks’ “Kissinger Cables” Drop and How TNA Scooped Mainstream Media

This article originally appeared on: The New American

UN Gun Control Treaty Signing Period Opens; U.S. "Looks Forward" to Signing

0

On Monday, June 3, 67 countries signed the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty. It’s been just two months since representatives of the United States of America joined the delegations of 153 other nations in voting to approve the treaty at the General Assembly.

By a vote of 154-3 (with 23 abstentions), the UN governing body adopted the treaty, overcoming an earlier failure to adopt the global gun control agreement by consensus during the conference attended by this reporter.

The United States of America was noticeably absent, however, from the line-up of countries that formally signed the treaty on Monday.

Considering the events of Monday as a landmark moment on the road to global “peace and security,” UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon congratulated the delegations who showed up at UN headquarters to sign the treaty. “I commend all of you on achieving this great step forward in strengthening the rule of law in the field of disarmament,” said Moon. “From now on,” he added, “weapons and ammunition should only cross borders after the exporter confirms that the transfer complies with internationally agreed standards.”

UN High Representative for Disarmament Affairs Angela Kane echoed the secretary general’s sentiments in her own statement. “It [the Arms Trade Treaty] requires States to regulate arms brokering and to assess the risk that exports of arms and ammunition would be used in the commission of grave violations of international humanitarian law or human rights law,” Kane explained. “And it encourages international cooperation and assistance in order to ensure that all States Parties will have the information and the capacity to implement the Treaty.”

Despite the globalists’ glee, thankfully there yet remain U.S. federal lawmakers determined to prevent the UN from infringing upon the right to keep and bear arms protected by the Second Amendment.

Representative Mike Kelly (R-Pa.) issued a statement on May 30 regarding a bipartisan letter he authored and submitted to President Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry petitioning the administration not to sign the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

The letter is signed by a total of 130 members of Congress – including Armed Services Committee Chairman Buck McKeon (R-Calif.), Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.), and Rules Committee Chairman Pete Sessions (R-Texas) – and declares all of the signatories’ opposition to “both the ratification of the Arms Trade Treaty and any effort to treat it as internationally or domestically binding upon the United States.”

Rep. Kelly further states in the letter,

As the signing period for the ATT gets underway next week, President Obama has an opportunity to take a monumental stand for our national sovereignty and our Constitutional rights. The ATT threatens both of these things and should be fully rejected. Any treaty that would put the United States – the world’s defender of peace and freedom – on equal footing with the world’s worst dictatorships and terror-sponsors ought to be condemned, dismissed, and ultimately denied our country’s signature. I sincerely hope the administration will listen to the very real objections my colleagues from both parties in Congress share and rightly decide that joining the ATT is not at all in America’s interest.

Ratification of the treaty faces an uphill battle in the Senate, as well. As The New American reported in March, by a vote of 53-46, the Senate passed an amendment to the budget bill sponsored by Senator Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.). The measure aims “to uphold Second Amendment rights and prevent the United States from entering into the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.”

A resolution of similar intent sponsored by Senator Jerry Moran (R-Kan.) is currently pending before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Moran’s measure declares that it is the sense of Congress that:

the President should not sign the Arms Trade Treaty, and that, if he transmits the treaty with his signature to the Senate, the Senate should not ratify the Arms Trade Treaty; and

until the Arms Trade Treaty has been signed by the President, received the advice and consent of the Senate, and has been the subject of implementing legislation by Congress, no Federal funds should be appropriated or authorized to implement the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement, or to conduct activities relevant to the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement.

On Monday, Secretary of State John Kerry sought to squelch the opposition in the Senate and reassure citizens that the U.S. delegation to the UN would not surrender the sovereignty and constitutional rights of Americans. “The ATT will not undermine the legitimate international trade in conventional weapons, interfere with national sovereignty, or infringe on the rights of American citizens, including our Second Amendment rights,” Kerry claimed.

In an earlier statement, Kerry expressed similar sentiments. The United Nations approved “a strong, effective and implementable Arms Trade Treaty that can strengthen global security while protecting the sovereign right of states to conduct legitimate arms trade,” said Secretary Kerry in a statement.

“Nothing in this treaty could ever infringe on the rights of American citizens under our domestic law or the Constitution, including the Second Amendment,” he added.

As we have reported, several provisions of this treaty significantly diminish the scope of the right to keep and bear arms.

First, the Arms Trade Treaty grants a monopoly over all weaponry in the hands of the very entity (approved regimes) responsible for over 300 million murders in the 20th century. 

Furthermore, the treaty leaves private citizens powerless to oppose future slaughters. 

An irrefutable fact of armed violence unaddressed by the UN in its gun grab is that all the murders committed by all the serial killers in history don’t amount to a fraction of the brutal killings committed by “authorized state parties” using the very weapons over which they will exercise absolute control under the terms of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 2 of the treaty defines the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions. The right to own, buy, sell, trade, or transfer all means of armed resistance, including handguns, is denied to civilians by this section of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 3 places the “ammunition/munitions fired, launched or delivered by the conventional arms covered under Article 2” within the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions, as well.

Article 4 rounds out the regulations, also placing all “parts and components” of weapons within the scheme.

Perhaps the most immediate threat to the rights of gun owners in the Arms Trade Treaty is found in Article 5. Under the title of “General Implementation,” Article 5 mandates that all countries participating in the treaty “shall establish and maintain a national control system, including a national control list.”

This list should “apply the provisions of this Treaty to the broadest range of conventional arms.”

Mark it down: Within months, the federal government (likely under the management of the Department of Homeland Security) will begin compiling a list of who owns, buys, sells, trades, or transfers any firearm, as well as the ammunition, parts, and components of those weapons.

After creating this database, the federal government will be required under the provisions of Article 5(4) of the Arms Trade Treaty to “provide its national control list to the Secretariat, which shall make it available to other States Parties.”

That’s right. The UN demands that the list of gun and ammunition owners not only be in the hands of our own government, but be sent to foreign regimes, as well. This provision will guarantee that should an American owner of a legally purchased firearm decide to emigrate, he will be on the radar of the ruling regime in his new home.

Americans are right to recognize this registry as the first step toward confiscation. Without such a registry, it would be impossible to monitor weapons transfers effectively because governments can’t track weapons exchanges and transfers unless they know who has them to begin with.

Article 12 adds to the record-keeping requirement, mandating that the list include “the quantity, value, model/type, authorized international transfers of conventional arms,” as well as the identity of the “end users” of these items.

In very clear terms, the Arms Trade Treaty requires that the federal government of the United States force gun owners to add their names to the national registry. Citizens will be required to report the amount and type of all firearms and ammunition they possess.

Section 4 of Article 12 requires that the list be kept for at least 10 years.

Although the White House has not announced when the president will sign the document, Secretary Kerry said that in the United States “we look forward to signing it [the Arms Trade Treaty] as soon as the process of conforming the official translations is completed satisfactorily.”

The fight for the right to keep and bear arms is just beginning. As explained by the NRA’s Institute for Legislative Action (NRA-ILA):

Once a treaty has been signed, it normally remains available for the Senate to ratify in perpetuity, unless a later president withdraws from it. This means that American gun owners must remain vigilant in ensuring this treaty is never ratified.

Citizens determined to prevent unelected, unaccountable globalist bureaucrats from doing a “victory lap” around the Second Amendment must pressure elected officials on the federal level to oppose ratification and encourage state lawmakers to pass laws nullifying any attempt by the federal government to unconstitutionally infringe upon the God-given rights protected by the Second Amendment.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Louisiana Legislature Passes Bill Promoting Student-led Prayer in Schools

0

The Louisiana State Legislature has given its final approval to a bill that affirms the right of students to hold prayer meetings in the state’s public schools. On June 1 the state Senate voted unanimously in favor of House Bill 724, which was previously approved by the state Assembly. Introduced in the Senate by Democrat Katrina Jackson, the bill confirms that students of any faith background can receive permission from school officials to use classrooms, assembly halls, or other available space for prayer or reflection. Additionally, noted the Shreveport Times, “a teacher or school administrator, parent or someone from the community may be invited to participate or supervise.”

Another of the bill’s sponsors, Democratic Senator Sharon Broome, conceded that students can already do what the bill specifies, but she said that many are not aware of their rights, or have been intimidated into silence by secular groups attempting stop religious expression. Broome told the Times that she believes more prayer in schools is needed “with all the challenges young people face today.” Republican Senator Mike Walsworth, another of the bill’s supporters, said that when students become aware of the law, “I think more will gather together at a more peaceful time, holding hands.”

While the bill does not change the present climate for religious expression in Louisiana’s public schools, the atheist group Americans United for Separation of Church and State (AU) nonetheless took the opportunity to criticize the state legislature for publicly affirming the right of students to pray. “Let’s get something straight,” simpered the AU atheists in a statement. “Truly voluntary student prayer has always been legal in public schools. Neither the Constitution, nor the Supreme Court has ever said otherwise. But this divisive bill goes far beyond that fact and pushes school districts into problematic territory.”

The secular group complained that with the passage of H.B. 724, “the Louisiana legislature has invited sectarian tensions into a place where all children should feel welcome regardless of their feelings about faith. It is shameful that not one single Louisiana legislator had the courage to stand up and say this bill is wrong.” The AU concluded by issuing its predictable subtle threat, warning that “we’ll be watching carefully to see how this measure plays out at the local level. If it results in abuses of the rights of students, lawsuits are almost certain to occur.”

Meanwhile, while the AU and other atheist attack groups weren’t watching, a South Carolina high school valedictorian took the law into his own hands, setting aside his school-district approved graduation speech in front of parents, teachers, and school officials, and replacing it with a bold recitation of the Lord’s Prayer.

On June 1 Roy Costner IV, valedictorian of Liberty High School in Pickens County, South Carolina, stepped up to the podium at his high school graduation with approved speech in hand. The school board had previously decided to halt the tradition of prayer at the school’s graduation ceremony, citing threats from both the ACLU and the Freedom From Religion Foundation.

But, as reported by the Christian News Network, moments after beginning to speak from his prepared script, Costner shifted gears, thanking his parents for raising him as a Christian. “Those that we look up to, they have helped carve and mold us into the young adults that we are today,” Costner told his audience. “I’m so glad that both of my parents led me to the Lord at a young age.”

Costner then told those assembled, “I think most of you will understand when I say,” following up with, “Our Father, who art in Heaven, hallowed be Thy name,. Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done, on earth as it is in heaven.”

Reported the Christian News Network: “As attendees realized that Costner was reciting the Lord’s Prayer, applause began to break out in the coliseum. Within seconds, the applause was accompanied by loud cheers. ‘Lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil,’ he continued. ‘For Thine is the Kingdom and the power and the glory, forever and ever. Amen.’”

Pickens County School District spokesman John Eby told local reporters covering the story that Costner would not be disciplined for his impromptu acknowledgement of God. “The bottom line is, we’re not going to punish students for expressing their religious faith,” Eby said. “He’s a graduate now. There’s nothing we can do about it, even if we wanted to.”

As for the AU, ACLU, Freedom From Religion Foundation, and other atheist complainers, all declined to weigh in on the incident. However, less than a week after Costner’s speech nearly 45,000 individuals had logged on to YouTube to view the clip (below) of Costner’s reverent display and to offer overwhelming support for his humble defiance of those attempting to silence expressions of faith in the public square.

“Brilliant young man!” posted one individual in response to the video. “Bless you for standing up for your right!” Wrote another: “That is what the 1st Amendment is all about,” followed by another comment that read: “Well played sir! Congratulations on that!” Even a self-identified atheist responded to the video with, “I applaud this man.”

[EMBED YOU TUBE VIDEO]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1nIr4zBz18E&feature=player_embedded

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Susan Rice to Replace Tom Donilon as National Security Advisor

0

National Security Advisor Thomas E. Donilon will resign his post next month and will be replaced by U.S. Ambassador to the UN Susan E. Rice (shown), White House officials announced on June 5. The Washington Post and other news sources reported that Donilon’s resignation will become effective in early July.

A report in the Los Angeles Times noted that Donilon has been a member of President Obama’s national security staff for four years and replaced Gen. James Jones as Obama’s national security advisor (officially called the assistant to the president for national security affairs) in 2010. 

The Times reported that Donilon helped to formulate the Obama administration’s policy for drawdown in Afghanistan and that he advised caution in the U.S. raid conducted to kill Osama bin Laden.

Donilon was a former chief of staff to Secretary of State Warren Christopher, during the Clinton administration. In one of his last official acts, he traveled to Beijing in May to help lay the groundwork for the president’s upcoming summit with Chinese President Xi Jinping.

An AP report carried by the Boston Globe recalled that Rice, described as “a close Obama confidante,” came under intense criticism from Republicans during investigations into the deadly attack on a U.S. compound in Benghazi resulting in the deaths of the United States Ambassador to Libya J. Christopher Stevens and three others. Relying on incorrect information provided by the intelligence community, Rice said in television interviews that the attacks were likely spontaneous, which was later proven incorrect.

The president had proposed Rice as a possible replacement for retiring Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, but her mixed and sometimes inaccurate statements concerning the Benghazi attack made her a lighting rod for criticism. On November 19, 2012, 97 House Republicans sent a letter to President Obama saying that Rice’s statements about Benghazi were “misleading” and that she should therefore not be considered a candidate to succeed Clinton as secretary of state.

On December 13, 2012, she announced that she was withdrawing her name from consideration saying that if nominated “the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive, and costly.”

Obama then submitted the name of John Kerry for the cabinet position at State and the well-known former chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee won easy confirmation.

Unlike the secretary of state post, the position of national security advisor does not require Senate confirmation.

The Post report observed that some of Rice’s toughest critics have indicated that they are prepared to cooperate with Rice in her new position.

“She’s going to have her plate full, if she’s chosen,” said Senator Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) “I will not be petty. I will put my differences on Benghazi aside and work with her.”

The Globe article reported that Obama will also nominate Samantha Power, a graduate of Yale University and Harvard Law School identified as “a human rights expert and former White House adviser,” to replace Rice at the UN. 

Power won a Pulitzer Prize for her book, A Problem From Hell, about the U.S. response to genocide. The Post reported that she served as a senior director for multilateral affairs and human rights on the National Security Council during Obama’s first term, continuing into the beginning of his second term.

She wrote in an article critical of the Security Council in The New Republic in 2003: “The U.N. Security Council is anachronistic, undemocratic, and consists of countries that lack the standing to be considered good faith arbiters of how to balance the stability against democracy, peace against justice, and security against human rights.”

The position of ambassador to the United Nations will require Senate confirmation.

The president’s decision to replace Donilon with Rice continues a long-standing practice among presidents of both parties in recent decades to move members of the internationalist Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) into top position. Both Donilon and Rice are CFR members. 

A look at previous national security advisors also turns up a heavy dose of CFR members, including: Stephen Hadley (2005-2009), Condoleezza Rice (2001-2005), Samuel R. Berger (1997-2001), Brent Scowcroft (1989-1993), Colin Powell (1987-1989), Frank Carlucci (1986-1987), Robert C. McFarlane (1983-1985), Richard V. Allen (1981-1982), Zbigniew Brzezinski (1977-1981), Henry Kissinger (1969-1975), Walt Rostow (1966-1969), McGeorge Bundy (1961-1966), Gordon Gray (1958-1961), and Dillon Anderson (1955-1966). The first National Security Director, Robert Cutler (1953-1955 and 1957-1958) wrote an article for the April 1956 issue of Foreign Affairs (the CFR’s official publication) entitled “The Development of the National Security Council.”

Photo of Susan Rice: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

California Insurance Rates to Shoot Up Under ObamaCare

0

“What we know for sure the [Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act] will do is that it will lower the cost of buying non-group health insurance,” ObamaCare architect Jon Gruber told the Washington Post’s Ezra Klein in 2009.

But as insurance companies release their proposed rates for 2014 – the year that most of ObamaCare actually goes into effect – it is becoming increasingly clear that the law is, in fact, causing individual insurance rates to skyrocket. Maryland’s largest insurer of individuals, for instance, has proposed a 25-percent rate hike for next year. And new insurer proposals from California, despite the state’s best efforts to portray them otherwise, show that individual rates in the Golden State are likely to experience even greater increases.

On May 23, Covered California, the state’s insurance exchange, issued a press release announcing that in 2014, 13 health plans will be available to individuals via the exchange. Then, through some sleight-of-hand, the exchange went on to claim that the premiums for these plans would be either slightly higher or significantly lower than comparable existing plans.

“It is difficult to make a direct comparison of these rates to existing premiums in the commercial individual market because in 2014, there will be new standard benefit designs under the Affordable Care Act, and the actual change in an individual’s premium will depend on the person’s current insurance coverage,” Covered California wrote.

In other words, because ObamaCare piles on so many mandates, individual plans in 2014 will be significantly different from those in 2013, complicating the matter of comparing the plans’ premiums.

The exchange came up with a seemingly ingenious but actually disingenuous way around this problem:

Covered California believes that a valuable frame of reference for its premiums, is comparing them to the small employer market in California. Both the small employer market and Covered California are competitive markets, and offer guaranteed issue – you cannot be denied for pre-existing condition[s].

The rates submitted to Covered California for the 2014 individual market ranged from two percent above to 29 percent below the 2013 average premium for small employer plans in California’s most populous regions….

“This is a home run for consumers in every region of California,” said Peter V. Lee, Executive Director of Covered California. “Our active negotiating will not only benefit potential enrollees to Covered California, but will benefit all Californians by making health care affordable.”

The problem with this approach is that it compares this year’s small-business rates to next year’s individual rates and finds little difference between the two (or even a sizeable year-over-year decrease). That is like claiming that a small wheat crop this year will not cause bread prices to rise next year because next year’s bread price will resemble this year’s already higher milk price.

“Covered California is creating for itself a very favorable and already higher baseline from which to compare next year’s individual health insurance premiums,” observed Bloomberg View columnist Lanhee Chen. “That’s how they’re able to create the appearance that Obamacare’s reforms will lower individual premiums.”

“To put it simply: Covered California is trying to make consumers think they’re getting more for less when, in fact, they’re just getting the same while paying more.”

How much more? Avik Roy of Forbes ran the numbers for a 25-year-old male nonsmoker, the sort of person likely to obtain the lowest rates on the individual market. He found that the current “median cost of the five cheapest plans was only $92” per month, while under ObamaCare, the two least expensive plans for that same individual will cost, on average, $184 a month and $205 a month. “In other words,” he wrote, “for the typical 25-year-old male non-smoking Californian, Obamacare will drive premiums up by between 100 and 123 percent.”

Worse still, those over 30 cannot participate in the very cheapest plan at all under ObamaCare. Thus, Roy calculated, for a 40-year-old male nonsmoker, his least expensive coverage option will rise from an average of $121 a month to an average of $261 a month – a 116-percent increase.

Overall, Roy found that individual premiums in California are likely to grow by anywhere from 64 percent to 146 percent, depending on the individual’s age, health, location, and current level of coverage.

Chen did his own comparison using an actual individual health plan that very much resembles what will be available next year. The “hypothetical male living in San Francisco and making more than $46,000 a year” can today “buy a PPO plan from a major insurer with a $5,000 deductible, 30 percent coinsurance, a $10 co-pay for generic prescription drugs, and a $7,000 out-of-pocket maximum for $177 a month,” he wrote.

Meanwhile, the cheapest plan on the exchange offering “nearly the same benefits, including a slightly lower out-of-pocket maximum of $6,350, will cost him between $245 and $270 a month,” Chen found. “That’s anywhere from 38 percent to 53 percent more than he’ll have to pay this year for comparable coverage! Sounds a lot different than the possible 29 percent ‘decrease’ touted by Covered California in their faulty comparison.”

In short, any fair comparison of pre- and post-ObamaCare individual rates in California shows that they will be shooting up significantly next year. And as the House Energy and Commerce Committee has found more than once, they will probably do the same thing in most other states.

Even the Obama administration has given up claiming that the healthcare law will bring down insurance premiums. “After extensive research,” the New York Times reported, “the administration said it was unwise to tell consumers that they could get ‘health insurance that fits your budget.’ That message, it said, is ‘seen as highly motivational, but not as believable.’”

This has left ObamaCare supporters to try a new tack: arguing that while insurance rates may increase significantly, the shock will be minimal for low-income individuals because they will get subsidies to buy insurance. While that is true, as Roy points out, those not eligible for subsidies will “face a double-whammy: higher taxes to pay for those subsidies, and higher indvidual-market [sic] insurance costs for [themselves].”

In addition, those who are not subsidized will have an even more powerful incentive not to buy coverage considering that the penalty for not having insurance will be far lower than the cost of insurance. Much of ObamaCare’s success depends on having a large pool of young and healthy individuals buying insurance to offset insurers’ costs of covering all the old and unhealthy people they now must accept at the same rates. If the young and healthy decide to forego coverage, insurers will be stuck paying vastly more in benefits than they receive in premiums – a plainly untenable situation.

The ObamaCare house of cards is already teetering on the brink of disaster. The only question remaining is how elected officials will respond when it finally comes crashing down. Will they repeal it? Or will they try to “fix” it with more interventions, culminating in a complete federal takeover of the healthcare system – and even greater disaster?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Victims of Illegal Immigrant Violence Also Oppose Amnesty Bill

0

There are plenty of obvious reasons to oppose S. 744, the latest “comprehensive immigration reform” or amnesty bill. These reasons include the loss of U.S. sovereignty as borders are gradually erased through planned non-enforcement, the projected expenditure of trillions of taxpayer dollars over the next 25 years for an expansion of entitlement and welfare programs to accommodate illegals beyond current taxpayer-provided “free” medical care and education, and lower wages and higher unemployment for U.S. workers in an increasingly tight job market resulting from an unprecedented influx of millions of illegal immigrants. But what about the disturbing tendency of S. 744 to protect dangerous illegal immigrants, with the predictable consequence of more and more victims of criminal illegal immigrants?

A daughter of a legal immigrant, Maria Espinoza is the founder and director of The Remembrance Project, a 501(c)(3) non-profit, “created in 2009 to honor and remember Americans who have been killed by illegal aliens.” According to her most recent press release, S. 744 “is a disaster in every possible respect”:

As ICE officers and USCIS officers have warned us, this bill will legalize dangerous aliens who have been in and out of prison, who have been previously deported, who have lied to authorities, who have proven they care nothing about our laws, and who have failed to appear in court. This bill also makes it impossible to deport virtually anybody in the future – guaranteeing criminals will take advantage of S. 744 to remain in the country and never leave. It will put innocent civilians in more danger, and it will allow criminal gangs to continue preying upon the innocent.

Our federal legislators seem to have deliberately ignored the dangerous implications of the deliberate relaxation of current law enforcement in S. 744, especially for the victims of criminal illegals. According to Espinoza,

Their bill also completely ignores our interior enforcement needs. It allows for the dangerous sanctuary city policies to continue to operate, it provides no resources for our ICE officers and border patrol agents; and it, in fact, handcuffs our ICE officers from doing their jobs. Any responsible immigration bill would empower ICE officers and all law enforcement – and assist them in protecting our families.

Senator Jeff Sessions (R-Ala.) agrees that this bill effectively federalizes law enforcement in favor of criminal illegal immigrants:

Not only does the Gang of Eight’s bill allow the Secretary of Homeland Security to decide for herself whether weak, undefined enforcement measures (“[border security] triggers”) are met, but it grants her unprecedented discretion in determining whether an alien is allowed to enter the country, whether future illegal aliens can be removed from the country, and who is eligible for amnesty in the bill. The net effect of these waivers and discretionary authority is to permanently hamstring and undermine law enforcement and create a new, endless bureaucracy surrounding immigration proceedings. These provisions, carefully crafted by special interest immigration attorneys, serve only one purpose: to weaken current law and make future enforcement impossible.

For instance, this bill would allow the Secretary to overlook convictions for crimes related to gang activity, child abuse, domestic violence, and drunk driving in determining whether an individual is eligible for admission to the country if the person’s admission serves “humanitarian purposes,” “ensure[s] family unity,” or is in the “public interest.” These standards are so broad as to render most current legal restrictions meaningless.

After identifying a series of S. 744 provisions that effectively gut current laws protecting us from dangerous illegal aliens, Senator Sessions summarizes his assessment of the bill with an eye-opening hypothetical example of the kind of miscarriage of justice that would be possible under S. 744:

Rather than enhance border security and ensure future enforcement of the law, S. 744 rewards illegal aliens with criminal records, and creates an incentive for people to illegally enter the United States in the future. In essence, if S. 744 passes as currently drafted, the following scenario is not at all unlikely: An individual who has previously been convicted of a crime and subsequently removed from the United States illegally crosses the border at one of the six sectors not addressed by S. 744. The United States Border Patrol apprehends that individual, and rather than simply expediently removing him from the United States, places that individual into removal proceedings before an Immigration Judge. The Immigration Judge appoints an attorney for the alien at taxpayer expense. The attorney assists the alien in demonstrating that any future removal would cause mere “hardship” to a qualifying relative. The Immigration Judge terminates the case and permits the individual to stay in the United States – presumably indefinitely.

Senator Sessions concludes, “Quite opposite from creating the ‘toughest’ enforcement in history as the proposal’s sponsors promised, this legislation would devastate enforcement and officer morale and disastrously undermine the rule of law for years to come.”

In her press release, Espinoza accuses the authors of S. 744 of working “hand-in-hand with rich businessmen and amnesty advocates while never once considering the rights of the victims of illegal alien violence. Their decisions to provide amnesty to criminal aliens – including gang members – is a slap in the face to every single victim of illegal alien violence.” She concludes, “Congress needs to shred this bill and go back to the drawing board with American families as their priority. They need to listen to the victims of illegal alien violence. If they don’t, there will continue to be thousands more victims as a result of this bill.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Slowing Economy Confirmed

0

A report on the U.S. job market from Automatic Data Processing (ADP) on Wednesday morning surprised economists once again by coming in substantially below their expectations. The 135,000 new private-sector jobs created in May were way below the 170,000 estimated by economists polled by Dow Jones Newswires. Mark Zandi, chief economist for Moody’s Analytics, which produces the report for ADP, tried to put a positive spin on the disappointment:

The job market continues to expand but growth has slowed since the first of the year.

The softer job market this spring is largely due to significant fiscal drag from [January’s payroll and income] tax increases and [from] government spending cuts.

A closer look behind the headlines reveals that all of the new jobs were in the service sector while manufacturing actually declined. And only four out of 10 of those jobs came from small businesses with fewer than 50 employees. Medium and large employers made up the rest.

On Monday the Institute for Supply Management (ISM) noted that economic activity in the manufacturing sector contracted for the first time since last November, with key elements of its various internal indexes declining significantly. Its primary indicator, the PMI, dropped by nearly two points, to 49 (50 is neutral), while new orders fell even further, from 52.3 to 48.8. Its production index lost even more ground from April, dropping to 48.6 from 53.5. Its backlog of orders index slowed by five points, contracting from 53 to 48, indicating further slowing in the manufacturing sector in the months to come. ISM quoted typical comments from its customers, including this from a maker of fabricated metal products, “General economy seems sluggish and pensive,” while a supplier of heavy machinery said the “downturn in European and Chinese markets is having a negative effect on our business.”

The Baltic Dry Index provides of measure of shipping activity worldwide by comparing demand for cargo ships with the available supply and is considered to be a leading economic indicator because it predicts future economic activity. From a high of 940 in mid-March, the BDI has declined sharply since then to just over 800.

Steve Hanke, a Cato scholar, isn’t surprised by any of this. It’s the unintended consequences of following blindly the Keynesian “remedies” for a soft economy by reducing interest rates through expanding the money supply. This often causes entrepreneurs to make investments that they otherwise wouldn’t, simply because the cost of capital is so cheap. It’s the same belief that caused many homeowners to buy homes they couldn’t afford just simply because terms were so liberal and interest rates were so low.

But this time it isn’t working. Entrepreneurs have gotten burned before, and many have learned their lesson. And, Hanke says, banks aren’t willing to lend, even if an entrepreneur decides to try to borrow. Says Hanke:

As it turns out, the Fed’s “stimulus” policies are actually exacerbating the credit crunch. Since credit is a source of working capital for businesses, a credit crunch acts like a supply constraint on the economy. This has been the case particularly for smaller firms in the U.S. economy.

Hanke explains that when a borrower seeks funds for his enterprise, his banker must assess the risk his bank is willing to assume and whether or not he can sell part of the risk through the “interbank market.” But that market isn’t functioning now, and so rather than risk the bank’s capital, he prefers to keep it safe, usually at the Federal Reserve.

The impact of this Keynesian attempt to jump-start the economy by trying to fool investors into taking risks they otherwise wouldn’t is falling directly on the primary job creators in the economy: small businesses. Hanke points out:

These small businesses make up a big chunk of the U.S. economy – 49.2% of private sector employment and 46% of private sector GDP.

The untold story is that the zero-interest-rate trap has left [small and medium-sized companies] in a financial straitjacket.

The reports from the ADP and the ISM, along with the Baltic Dry Index, merely measure the failure of the Fed’s attempt to stimulate, and are one more indication of how the private market has become non-functional in the process. Let’s not look for jobs to come from small businesses or for growth in the economy until the Fed stops its Keynesian “remedies.”

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Cooking Climate Consensus Data: “97% of Scientists Affirm AGW" Debunked

0

The survey by Australian global-warming activist John Cook, released recently with a massive media sendoff, is rapidly melting, as scientists and statisticians subject it to analysis. And now it’s leaking out that Cook’s e-mails show he was scheming on this fraudulent survey to promote a leftist political agenda for well over a year. Cook made a big media splash in May with the publication of a study by him and several co-authors claiming to prove that climate scientists overwhelmingly support the theory that human activity is warming the planet to dangerous levels. Cook’s claims received their biggest boost on May 16, when President Barack Obama tweeted: “Ninety-seven percent of scientists agree:#climate change is real, man-made and dangerous.” 

The mainstream media and climate-alarmist blogosphere uncritically accepted the Cook study and trumpeted the consensus claims as gospel. We reported on May 21 (“Global Warming ‘Consensus’: Cooking the Books”) on the critiques of the Cook study by experts who show that Cook cooked the data. Out of the nearly 12,000 scientific papers Cook’s team evaluated, only 65 endorsed Cook’s alarmist position. That’s less than one percent, not 97 percent. Moreover, as we reported, the Cook study was flawed from the beginning, using selection parameters designed to weight the outcome in favor of the alarmist position.

In a May 22 follow-up article (“Climate ‘Consensus’ Con Game: Desperate Effort Before Release of UN Report”) The New American reported on additional problems with the Cook study and cited a large and growing list of eminent climate scientists – including Nobel Prize recipients and scientists who served on the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) – who challenge the claim that there is any “scientific consensus” on climate change, or that “the science is settled” in favor of the Al Gore alarmist position.

Oops! Guess We Forgot Those

Now comes another devastating analysis of Cook’s cooked data from a big name in the climate science community: Professor Richard S. J. Tol. Dr. Tol is a professor of the economics of climate change at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam, Netherlands, and a professor of economics at the University of Sussex, England. He has also served on the UN’s IPCC.

Dr. Tol has statistically deconstructed the 97 percent consensus myth of Cook et al.

Professor Tol utilizes four graphs to demonstrate the biased methods utilized by the Cook team to skew the results of their “research.” One of the major “errors” of the study (whether intentional or the result of incompetence) was the use of the term “global climate change” to search the scientific database for papers that were included in the 12,000 tabulated by Cook and his co-authors.

In his first graph, Dr. Tol points out that by including “global” before “climate change,” Cook et al “dropped 75% of papers and changed disciplinary distribution.”

In his second graph, Dr. Tol demonstrates that by including “global” before “climate change,” the supposedly authoritative Cook study conveniently “dropped many papers by eminent climate researchers.” And Tol lists around 50 of those researchers who were “dropped.” These, of course, represent only a small sampling of the thousands of scientists who have expressed various levels of disagreement with the hysterical climate pronouncements of the IPCC, Al Gore, and John Cook.

Tol’s third graph shows that by including “global” before “climate change” the Cook team “dropped 33 of the 50 most cited papers.”

In his fourth graph, Dr. Tol shows that the Cook team also skewed the results of their findings by the database they chose to draw papers from, using the Web of Science (WoS) rather than SciVerse Scopus. “Choosing exclusive WoS over inclusive Scopus, Cook et al. dropped 35% of papers and changed disciplinary distribution,” Tol observes.

Another E-mail Scandal Reveals Cook’s “97 Percent” Scam

Populartechnology.net has posted e-mails from John Cook’s Skeptical Science website concerning what Cook calls “The Consensus Project” or TCP. The e-mails, from early 2012, reveal the huge promotional campaign Cook was rolling out to publicize the consensus study – before he had even done the study. It is also evident from the e-mails that Cook knew he was cooking the data to reach a preconceived conclusion. In his “Introduction to TCP” e-mail of January 19, 2012, Cook explains to team members:

It’s essential that the public understands that there’s a scientific consensus on AGW [anthropogenic (man-made) global warming]. So Jim Powell, Dana and I have been working on something over the last few months that we hope will have a game changing impact on the public perception of consensus. Basically, we hope to establish that not only is there a consensus, there is a strengthening consensus. Deniers like to portray the myth that the consensus is crumbling, that the tide is turning.

Right from the get-go, it is apparent that Cook is planning to cook up a “game changing” study that will prove the “scientific consensus” he wants the public to accept. Typical of Cook and activists of his ilk is their use of “deniers” when referring to their opposition, an attempt to smear scientists who hold different opinions by equating them with Nazi holocaust deniers. It is hardly the mark of professional civility and collegiality one expects from true scientists.

Cook’s “Introduction” admits that “TCP is basically an update and expansion of Naomi Oreskes’ survey of the peer-reviewed literature with deeper analysis.” That is an interesting admission, since the 2004 Oreskes study – which was the original source for the 97 percent claim – was exposed for the same methodological flaws. Dr. Benny Peiser, a social science professor at John Moores University and visiting fellow at the University of Buckingham, eviscerated the Oreskes study, pointing out that Oreskes had falsified the so-called consensus by her faulty selection criteria in choosing papers to include in her survey. (See here and here.)

In his “Introduction to TCP,” Cook acknowledges that probably only half of the 12,000 papers they’ve selected will either explicitly or implicitly endorse AGW alarmism. But over time, he expects online volunteers to “process” many of the 6,000 non-endorsement papers, “converting” them into endorsements! Here’s Cook: 

I anticipate there will be around 6000 “neutral” papers. So what I was thinking of doing next was a public crowd sourcing project where the public are given the list of neutral papers and links to the full paper – if they find evidence of an endorsement, they submit it to SkS (Skeptical Science)…. Thus over time, we would gradually process the 6000 neutral papers, converting many of them to endorsement papers – and make regular announcements like “hey the consensus just went from 99.75% to 99.8%, here are the latest papers with quotes.”

Cook went on to sketch out an entire promotional campaign utilizing press releases, major media programs, booklets, Kindle/iBooks, blogs, etc. “We beat the consensus drum often and regularly and make SkS the home of the perceived strengthening consensus,” Cook advised.

At least one of the members of his team seems to have recognized that Cook had the emphasis all backwards. Ari Jokimäki responded: 

I have to say that I find this planning of huge marketing strategies somewhat strange when we don’t even have our results in and the research subject is not that revolutionary either (just summarizing existing research). 

“It’s Official; We’re All a Bunch of Leftists” – John Cook

The fanatical AGW commitment of Cook and his coauthors appears to be driven by their leftist ideological devotion. Populartechnology.net provides downloads from the Skeptical Science forum thread entitled, “Political Compass,” in which frequent Skeptical Science commentators and moderators took a political quiz revealing (much to their mock surprise) they all share the same left-wing political ideology. “I’m a damn dirty commie,” said Dana Nuccitelli, one of Cook’s coauthors, after seeing his quiz results. 

Here are comments from some of the other SkS team members: 

“OMG, I’m a closet Leftist!”  exclaimed Daniel Bailey.

“It seems I am on par with Nelson Mandela,” remarked “perseus.”

“I’m still something of leftie, despite all those years in business,” said Andy S.

“The Criticisms of the Skeptics are right – SkSers are obviously all pinko/liberals,” admitted Glenn Tamblyn.

“It’s official, we’re all a bunch of leftists,” said John Cook. 

“Consensus Drums” Aimed at Aiding UN Agenda

However, the fact that the claims of the Cook/Skeptical Science survey have been exploded as bogus and the fact that the Cook/Skeptical Science team have been exposed as self-described “commies,” “leftists,” and “pinko/liberals” haven’t stopped the MSM commentators from citing their fraudulent “research” as gospel. Incredibly, Prof. Eric Alterman of the left-wing Nation magazine cited the Cook survey in a June 4 posting on the left-wing ThinkProgress.org (“Think Again: Blame The News For The Public’s Ignorance About The Climate”) to condemn the mainstream media for not being sufficiently alarmist when in comes to global warming!

Yes, we’ve only been marinating 24/7 for two decades in increasingly hysterical media predictions and pronouncements about the coming AGW apocalypse – and the American public still hasn’t bought the false “consensus.” However, with the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) now engaged in another conference in Bonn, Germany, and the UN’s IPCC set to release a new series of reports, we can expect that the Cooked-up consensus results will be cited endlessly. Or, as Cook himself put it: “We beat the consensus drum often and regularly.” 

Related articles:

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

Global Warming “Consensus”: Cooking the Books

Climate “Consensus” Con Game: Desperate Effort Before Release of UN Report

Climate-change Computer Models Fail Again – and Again, and Again

Study Shows Global Warming Data Skewed by Bad Monitoring

New Report: Man-made Global Warming Is a Farce (“Extreme Weather” 2012)

Blaming Climate Change for Hurricane Sandy

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Iowa City Moves to Ban Surveillance Technology Tools

0

Lawmakers in Iowa City, Iowa, unanimously passed an ordinance on Tuesday that restricts the use of traffic enforcement cameras, drones, and automatic license plate recognitions systems. A second and third vote on the ordinance will take place June 18. It is reportedly the first municipal bill in the country to simultaneously ban all three law enforcement tools.

While red light cameras and drones have long been the subject of controversy for various reasons, lawmakers in Iowa City are addressing in particular the privacy concerns connected with the use of such devices. According to the website arstechnica.com, “Privacy experts say that they’ve never seen a law at any level of government that’s comparable to what Iowa City has proposed, and not just because it’s a three-in-one privacy-minded bill.”

The bill currently reads:

The City shall not:

A. Use any automatic traffic surveillance system or device, automatic license plate recognition system or device, or domestic drone system or device for the enforcement of a qualified traffic law violation, unless a peace officer or Parking Enforcement Attendant is present at the scene, witnesses the event, and personally issues the ticket to the alleged violator at the time and location of the vehicle.

Iowa City’s ordinance was proposed by a citizen group called Stop Big Brother, comprised of Iowa City residents who oppose the increased use of surveillance technology. The group’s website declares:

Surveillance technology, and in particular traffic surveillance technology, is increasingly being pushed by technology vendors and device manufacturers to municipalities across the country under the banner of increased public safety. At its core, though, traffic surveillance has little to do with safety and everything to do with revenue. Worse yet, our liberties, constitutional rights, and this country’s founding principles all end up being the collateral damage.

Stop Big Brother’s initiative has the support of the American Civil Liberties Union, which submitted a legal argument on behalf of the group’s founders, Aleksey Gurtovoy and Martha Hampel, last year when they filed an affidavit to start the initiative.

Though Iowa City does not currently use drones to enforce traffic law, Gurtovoy asserts that the group is being “proactive.”

“The city might say they have no plans (for drones or license plate readers) but it’s been our experience that this can change in a very short amount of time,” Gurtovoy told arstechnica.com. “What usually happens is that someone comes into the city and says that [the city] could use this tech to ‘benefit’ the public.”

City attorney Eleanor Dilkes fully expected the ordinance to pass in the first vote, as well as the second and third.

“The city manager and I talked and that was the recommendation, as that it does not affect our current operations and that its only binding after a period of two years,” said Dilkes, who affirms that the city has no plans to purchase drones or license plate readers at this time.

If the ordinance passes the second and third votes, the law would go into effect on June 27.

Privacy advocates are celebrating the efforts in Iowa City.

Lee Tien, staff attorney at the Electronic Frontier Foundation, called the ordinance “pretty awesome to see.”

Woodrow Hartzog, law professor at the Cumberland School of Law at Samford University, touted a number of benefits the bill provides:

This ordinance would seemingly prevent a host of activities deemed dubious by some citizens, including tickets from red light cameras and automated tickets for moving violations issued via the mail. The ordinance also provides robust privacy protections for citizens by limiting the storage, use, and distribution of data collected by these automated systems to reasons directly pertaining to traffic other criminal violations enforced by an officer on the scene. This ordinance is one of the most comprehensive and vigorous attempts I’ve seen to combat automated law enforcement and surveillance, a practice that is being increasingly rejected by citizens over privacy and due process concerns, among other things.

But Linda Lye of the ACLU of Northern California, a leading proponent on restrictions for the use of domestic drones, believes that the language in the ordinance specifically addressing drones should be even stronger.

“The scope of the restriction is not all that broad,” she told arstechnica.com, “as it limits use of surveillance devices for parking enforcement (unless an officer is personally present) but doesn’t limit use of drones, etc. for other purposes.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Time For a Raise in the Minimum Wage

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

The 50th anniversary of Martin Luther King Jr.‘s “I Have a Dream” speech is rapidly approaching, commemorating the historic Aug. 28, 1963, March on Washington.

Related Entries

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

‘Syria intl. confab may be held in July’

0

UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says an international conference to solve the crisis in Syria may be held in July.

“We have come to the conclusion today that it will not be possible to hold this conference in June. We will be continuing our consultations with Russia and the United States to see about windows of opportunity to hold the conference as soon as possible — hopefully in July,” Brahimi said at a news conference after holding preparatory talks with delegations from the United Nations, US, and Russia in Geneva on Wednesday.

The peace talks had originally been planned to be held in June.

Å“The goal of the conference will be to achieve a political solution to the conflict in Syria through a comprehensive agreement between the government of Syria and the Syrian oppositions,” Brahimi said, adding that another preparatory meeting would be held on June 25.

Meanwhile, the Russian Foreign Ministry renewed Moscowâ„¢s call for the participation of Iran in the talks.

Å“This is a matter of principle because the composition of the conference should be balanced,” Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov told the ITAR-TASS news agency.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Communication surveillance undermines privacy, freedom of expression — UN report

0

The widespread use of surveillance technologies to monitor peoples’ communications violates the human rights to privacy and freedom of expression, the UN’s Special Rapporteur on Freedom of Expression and Opinion stated in his report.

Rapporteur, Frank La Rue, presented his report to the United
Nations Human Rights Council in Geneva on Tuesday.

The document underlined that there’s no way to ensure freedom of
expression without respect of privacy in communications and
called for global attention towards the increased use of
surveillance technologies by many governments.  

“The right to privacy is often understood as an essential
requirement for the realization of the right to freedom of
expression. Undue interference with individuals’ privacy can both
directly and indirectly limit the free development and exchange
of ideas,”
the report stated.

La Rue praised the technological innovations, which promote fast,
anonymous, cross-cultural dialogues around the world, but warned
that the same technologies can backfire as concerns about
national security and criminal activity may lead to previously
unseen scale of state surveillance intrusions.

“The Internet has facilitated the development of large amounts
of transactional data by and about individuals. This information,
known as communications data or metadata, includes personal
information on individuals, their location and online activities,
and logs and related information about the e-mails and messages
they send or receive.”

The rapporteur stressed that this communications data is
“storable, accessible and searchable” and when it’s
combined and used by the state it can be “both highly
revelatory and invasive”.

According to La Rue, governments are in possession of multiple
instruments to breach communication privacy as access to the
stored content of an individual’s e-mails and messages can be
obtained through Internet companies and service providers.

Secret services can easily track the movements of mobile phones,
identify all individuals with a mobile phone within a designated
area and intercept calls and text messages.

Frank La Rue (AFP Photo / Orlando Sierra)

The majority of digital communication information flows through
fiber-optic cables, so by placing taps on them and applying word,
voice and speech recognition, the governments can achieve almost
complete control of communications, the report warns.

The document mentions Egypt and other governments confronted with
the Arab Spring as one of the most recent examples of such
technologies being used.

The report also noted that the surveillance of human rights
defenders or journalists has been “well documented” by the
governments of many countries.

“On these occasions, human rights defenders and political
activists report having their phone calls and e-mails monitored,
and their movements tracked. Journalists are also particularly
vulnerable to becoming targets of communications surveillance
because of their reliance on online communication. In order to
receive and pursue information from confidential sources,
including whistleblowers, journalists must be able to rely on the
privacy, security and anonymity of their communications.”

La Rue urged governments worldwide to review their national laws
regulating surveillance as they are often inadequate or simply
don’t exist — to ensuring privacy in communication is
protected.  

“Communications surveillance should be regarded as a highly
intrusive act that potentially interferes with the rights to
freedom of expression and privacy and threatens the foundations
of a democratic society. Legislation must stipulate that State
surveillance of communications must only occur under the most
exceptional circumstances and exclusively under the supervision
of an independent judicial authority.”

The document stressed that individuals should be allowed all
technological means to secure their communications and
government’s “should not interfere with the use of encryption
technologies, nor compel the provision of encryption keys”.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama’s Season of Challenge

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/obamas_season_of_challenge_20130605/

Posted on Jun 5, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

‘Qusayr’s liberation blow to Israel, US’

0

The image shows a view of a street in the town of Qusayr in Syria’s central Homs province on June 5, 2013.

Lebanonâ„¢s Hezbollah resistance movement says the Syrian armyâ„¢s capture of the strategic town of Qusayr is a major blow to the Israeli regime and the United States.

Hezbollah Deputy Secretary General Sheikh Naim Qassem made the remarks in a statement issued after the Syrian army gained full control of the town on Wednesday.

“The battle today has only one significance, and that is the fight against Israel, and those who support its plans,” Qassem said, adding, “Today we proved without any doubt that the gamble to topple Syria is a delusional plan.”

The Hezbollah deputy secretary general also called for a political solution to end the unrest in Syria.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

TSA 'cannot justify' cost, objectivity of screening

0

The US Transportation Security Administration is unable to prove that an expensive and controversial pat-down program does not screen airline passengers based on race, according to a report by the inspector general in the Department of Homeland Security.

The Screening of Passengers by Observation Technique (SPOT)
program was instituted in 2004 and has long been criticized for
allowing untrained officers to use race as an excuse to
scrutinize travelers. The inspector general found there is no
sufficient way to gauge the program’s effectiveness, and to boot,
the program lacks financial foresight. 

“As a result, the TSA cannot ensure that passengers at
United States airports are screened objectively, show that the
program is cost-effective, or reasonably justify the program’s
expansion
,” the inspector general said in the report
released Tuesday. 

It is illegal in the US to screen passengers based on their race,
ethnicity or religion. 

Reuters / Patrick T. Fallon

The “behavioral detection program” was imagined as
another method for the TSA to identify potential terrorists
before they passed through an airport’s security gate. Agents
would try to engage travellers in conversation, attempting to
decipher non-verbal cues indicating nervousness or hesitancy to
speak with the TSA. They currently do so, often by walking
through a security line, but without any training on what
behavior indicates that someone is a threat. 

Thirty TSA officers who worked in Boston’s Logan Airport
complained to the American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts
last year that the program was used to question Hispanics
traveling to Florida and African-American men wearing backwards
baseball hats. 

Those officers reported questioning the passengers based on
demands from superiors in upper management, who hoped the closer
inspection would yield arrests on outstanding warrants or
immigration issues, among other charges. 

Law enforcement, acting on referrals from TSA officers, made
1,083 arrests in the first 4.5 years of the SPOT program. Not one
of those arrests, according to Bloomberg News, was for
terrorism-related charges. 

More than 2,800 TSA agents work in the SPOT program, which has so
far cost American taxpayers $878 million.

This article originally appeared on: RT

International Gathering Calls for UN Troops to Leave Haiti

0

Delegates from across Haiti and the world gathered in Port-au-Prince for a Continental Conference on May 31 and Jun. 1 to map out a world-wide campaign to bring a rapid end to the United Nations Mission to Stabilize Haiti (MINUSTAH), a 9,000-member military force which has occupied Haiti since Jun. 1, 2004.

The delegates met for the two days at the Plaza Hotel, addressed a rally of several hundred people on May 31 on the Dessalines Plaza of the Champ de Mars, and spoke on several radio shows, including Ranmase, Radio Caraïbes’s highly popular Saturday morning round-table.

“Haitians, this is a battle for our dignity and pride as a people,” Sen. Moïse Jean-Charles, who was a guiding force behind the conference, declared to the enthusiastic outdoor rally in the capital’s main square. Haiti’s founding father General Jean-Jacques “Dessalines fought for us to be masters of this little patch of land. How can we be occupied by a foreign army over 200 years later? We cannot. We will not.”

By the end of the second day of meetings, which included statements and testimony of organizations from all over Haiti, the delegates unanimously approved the following resolution and vowed to continue their struggle.

Resolution of the Continental Conference in Haiti for the Withdrawal of UN-MINUSTAH Troops

To the Governments of Latin America and the Caribbean,

To All the Governments Involved in the Occupation of Haiti

We — the 140 delegates at the conference coming from Haiti, Martinique, Guadeloupe, Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, El Salvador, the United States, Algeria, and France, mandated by our respective organizations and associations — have received messages of support from Guadeloupe, St. Lucia, Martinique, Trinidad and Tobago, the United States, Ecuador, Peru, Brazil, Bolivia (1) and France, among other countries.

...

On May 31 and June 1, 2013 — after nine years of UN-MINUSTAH occupation of Haiti, the first black republic in the world, established in 1804 after a war of liberation against the French colonial power — we met in Port-au-Prince in response to the call issued by the Host Committee of the Continental Conference in Haiti for the Withdrawal of UN-MINUSTAH Troops: “To Defend Haiti Is to Defend Ourselves.”

1 — We heard the testimonies from Haitian citizens and organizations on the consequences of these nine years of occupation.

The speakers who testified confirmed that the abuses by the MINUSTAH forces continue: rape of the youth in Cayes (Port Salut) by Uruguayan MINUSTAH soldiers, repression of union activities and social protests, proliferation of drug trafficking and distribution of fire-arms.

The testimonies confirmed that the troops are in Haiti to protect the interests of the multinational corporations from the United States and its allies — interests expressed, in particular, in the various [U.S.] HOPE laws (2), but also through the shameless exploitation of workers in export-processing zones and the looting of the country, especially its mineral resources.

The testimonies also noted that three years after the earthquake of January 2010, there are hundreds of thousands of Haitians still living in tents in deplorable conditions — and this on top of the massive cholera epidemic brought into Haiti by MINUSTAH troops from Nepal, an epidemic that has already taken the lives of 9,000 Haitians and infected hundreds of thousands of others.

...

2 — We also learned about and discussed the report dated March 8, 2013, presented to the United Nations Security Council by the UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon (3).

– The UN Secretary-General’s Report states that MINUSTAH is in Haiti to ensure “security” – but whose security? The Report goes on to state that the “UN Mission is faced with widespread and repeated civil unrest, mainly linked to socioeconomic grievances.” The Report also notes that there have been “[f]requent anti-Government demonstrations . . . against the high cost of living, food insecurity and the failure to deliver basic services. From August to October 2012, the number of demonstrations held per month tripled from 22 to 64.”

– But then the UN Secretary-General’s Report concludes that there is a “need to strengthen the national police and judiciary” and that this “remains a key prerequisite for the Mission’s eventual withdrawal from Haiti.” In other words, if the forces of repression are not strengthened, the MINUSTAH troops would not get out of Haiti.

As an example of why the UN presence is still needed, the UN Secretary-General points to the “[r]iots in Jérémie (Grand-Anse Department) late in November 2012 and in January 2013 [which] underscored the need for MINUSTAH to continue to be able to airlift a quick reaction force to remote areas in support of the national police.”

But these “riots” were in fact mobilizations of the people demanding the completion of the road between Cayes and Jérémie — a road needed to break the region out of its isolation; construction on this road had begun more than three years earlier but was abandoned by the Brazilian OAS construction company....

– The UN Secretary-General also emphasizes the need for legislative (Senate) and municipal elections and for preparing the 2015 presidential elections. But he openly acknowledges that neither the previous elections nor the next ones will be organized by Haitian institutions.

In fact, the U.S. government, through the edifice of the MINUSTAH occupation, persists in trampling upon the rights of the Haitian people, in violation of the Haitian Constitution and the very Charter of the United Nations.

What’s more, the UN Secretary-General’s Report has the gall to state that the UN-MINUSTAH forces are “working to eliminate” the cholera epidemic. These words were stated just a few weeks after the UN refused to take responsibility for the epidemic that was transmitted by the Nepalese troops of MINUSTAH. These words were stated shortly after the UN refused to pay reparations to the victims of the epidemic — under the guise of “diplomatic immunity” of its personnel.

Therefore, it is with horror that we read in the Report, following a series of disclosures that constitute a real indictment against the MINUSTAH occupation of Haiti, the defense by the UN Secretary-General of the decision to maintain the UN-MINUSTAH occupation of Haiti until 2016.

This is unacceptable! This is unbearable!

...3 — To the governments of the countries of UNASUR (Union of South American Nations):

We appeal to the governments of the countries of UNASUR, whose founding treaty affirms “full respect for the sovereignty, territorial integrity and inviolability of States and self-determination of peoples.”

To the governments of the countries of CELAC (Community of Latin American and Caribbean States):

We appeal to the governments of the countries of CELAC, whose Caracas Declaration also reaffirms the defense of national and popular sovereignty, and moreover welcomes the “more than 200 years of independence of Haiti” and recalls the aid given by the Haitian people to Simon Bolivar in his struggle for independence against the Spanish colonial power.

MINUSTAH is the negation of all that. MINUSTAH is an occupying force in the interests of U.S. multinationals. The so-called “peace” mission of MINUSTAH is a “peace” mission to exploit the workers, the youth, and the natural resources of Haiti.

Our conference was also addressed by delegates from the United States and France, whose governments are permanent members of the Security Council. They denounced the heinous roles of their governments in this occupation — an occupation that is also against the interests of the workers and peoples in the United States and France. The U.S. delegates, in particular, denounced the coup d’etat of February 29, 2004, that overthrew President Jean-Bertrand Aristide.

The conference concluded that the military occupation of Haiti is part and parcel of the policies of U.S. imperialism and its allies in response to, and as a consequence of, the crisis of the capitalist system, which is accelerating and in this process furthering its policies of war and looting of peoples worldwide, while trampling upon the freedom and sovereignty of nations.

We also wish to recall the following facts:

– On September 20, 2011, the Haitian Senate unanimously passed a resolution calling upon the Haitian government to “put forward before the Security Council of the United Nations the formal request for a gradual, orderly and definitive withdrawal of all components of MINUSTAH in a period not exceeding one year, or no later than October 15, 2012.”

– In a hearing on July 10, 2012, the Foreign Affairs Minister of Brazil — the country in command of the MINUSTAH troops — stated: “I believe that MINUSTAH has already extended its mission longer than desirable.”

– In October 2012, a delegation was received at the United Nations by Mr. William Gardner, then representative of UN Secretary-General Mr. Ban Ki-moon. Mr. Gardner stated that “the UN Security Council would soon take steps to reduce the number of troops in Haiti.”

A year later, where do we stand?

– In Argentina, in April 2013, at a hearing at the Foreign Affairs Ministry, Argentine diplomat Pablo Tettamanti stated: “It is now a problem of internal security in Haiti, and the MINUSTAH forces are not there for that. Before, it was justified, but not now, because the protests are internal affairs of Haiti, and we have nothing to do with that.”

– Even the interim director of the MINUSTAH forces, Mr. Nigel Fisher, said in an interview in February 2013 that “the presence of MINUSTAH in Haiti is leading to a ‘dead end’.”

– Once again, on May 28, 2013, the Haitian Senate passed a resolution calling “for the withdrawal of MINUSTAH. ”

FOR THE IMMEDIATE WITHDRAWAL OF MINUSTAH!

It follows from these observations that the only measure consistent with the sovereignty of the Haitian people and the Haitian nation is the immediate withdrawal of UN-MINUSTAH troops from Haiti!

It is now, right now, that each and every government can and must decide to withdraw its troops. Not one more day for MINUSTAH in Haiti!

As part of the effort to expand our campaign for the immediate withdrawal of MINUSTAH from Haiti with the broadest unity and determination, the bearers of this Open Letter have been mandated by our Conference to convey to you our urgent and unanimous demands:

– Withdraw your troops from Haiti immediately!

– Vote at the UN against the renewal of the presence of MINUSTAH in Haiti!

– Show your solidarity with the Haitian people by requiring UN compensation/reparations for the victims of cholera!

To Defend Haiti Is to Defend Ourselves!

4 — We, delegates from Haiti, Martinique, Guadeloupe, Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, El Salvador, the United States, Algeria, and France, meeting in Port-au-Prince in the framework of the Continental Conference for the Withdrawal of MINUSTAH Troops — with the support of organizations, associations, and personalities in a dozen countries, including Uruguay (4);

– Welcome all the mobilizations and activities demanding the withdrawal of UN troops from Haiti that are taking place across the continent this June 1, 2013 — the 9th anniversary of the occupation of Haiti;

– Resolve to constitute a “To Defend Haiti Is to Defend Ourselves! Continental Coordinating Committee” to continue and strengthen the solidarity and unity of the people through an ongoing campaign for the withdrawal of the UN-MINUSTAH troops occupying the Haitian soil.

The Coordinating Committee will aim to strengthen the coordination between the organizations already involved in this fight: the Association of Workers and Peoples of the Caribbean (ATPC); the Sao Paulo Committee “To Defend Haiti Is to Defend Ourselves”; the Guadeloupe-Haiti Campaign Committee, New York; the Host Committee of the Continental Conference in Haiti and the Mexican Committee For the Withdrawal of UN Troops from Haiti, among the many others, and to allow the emergence of other such committees.

– Propose toward this end a Week of Continental Action on July 29 to August 3, 2013 – with mobilizations in all countries, including rallies, demonstrations, delegations to governments, petitions, etc.

– We pledge as of now, if these actions prove to be insufficient to attain our demands, to prepare the sending of an even broader delegation to the UN headquarters in New York in October 2013, at the time of the ratification of the renewal of UN-MINUSTAH mandate in Haiti.

Endnotes

(1) An entire radio program in Bolivia was devoted to this conference in Haiti.

(2) HOPE: Haiti Opportunity Partnership Encouragement act

(3) Report of the Secretary-General on the United Nations Stabilization Mission in Haiti (S/2013/139), March 8, 2013

(4) At the initiative of the PIT-CNT trade union federation, several Uruguayan organizations participated in much of the Haiti conference via Skype.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Afghan massacre soldier escapes death

0

Staff Sgt. Robert Bales (L) at the National Training Center in Fort Irwin, California (file photo)

A military judge has accepted a US soldier’s guilty plea in the massacre of 16 Afghan villagers, ruling that he would not face the death penalty.

“In accordance with your plea of guilty this court martial finds you… guilty of all remaining charges,” judge Colonel Jeffery Nance said on Wednesday.

The judge ordered that Staff Sgt. Robert Bales, who admitted 16 counts of premeditated murder over the massacre in southern Afghanistan in March 2012, should spend the rest of his life behind bars without eligibility for parole.

Bales pleaded guilty to “horrible” massacre in return for escaping the death penalty.

“I formed the intent to kill and then did kill by shooting with a firearm and burning her,” he read from a statement, which detailed each murder in the same wording, in a military courtroom at Joint Base Lewis-McChord south of Seattle in the US state of Washington.

Asked why he had killed the villagers, he said, “Sir, as far as why, I’ve asked that question a million times since then. There’s not a good reason in this world for why I did the horrible things I did.”

Bales’ lawyers had reportedly reached a deal with military prosecutors not to seek a death penalty for their client in exchange for his guilty plea.

Following the announcement, the families of the victims voiced their anger, saying that he deserved the death penalty.

The prosecutors sought the death penalty against Bales last November.

Bales had been charged with shooting or stabbing to death the Afghan civilians after walking off a US outpost in the Panjwai district of Kandahar Province in the early hours of March 11, 2012.

While the US Army insists that Bales acted alone, an Afghan fact-finding mission has found that the trooper was not the only perpetrator of the crime and that up to 20 US soldiers were involved in the carnage.

DB/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghan massacre soldier escapes death

0

Staff Sgt. Robert Bales (L) at the National Training Center in Fort Irwin, California (file photo)

A military judge has accepted a US soldier’s guilty plea in the massacre of 16 Afghan villagers, ruling that he would not face the death penalty.

“In accordance with your plea of guilty this court martial finds you… guilty of all remaining charges,” judge Colonel Jeffery Nance said on Wednesday.

The judge ordered that Staff Sgt. Robert Bales, who admitted 16 counts of premeditated murder over the massacre in southern Afghanistan in March 2012, should spend the rest of his life behind bars without eligibility for parole.

Bales pleaded guilty to “horrible” massacre in return for escaping the death penalty.

“I formed the intent to kill and then did kill by shooting with a firearm and burning her,” he read from a statement, which detailed each murder in the same wording, in a military courtroom at Joint Base Lewis-McChord south of Seattle in the US state of Washington.

Asked why he had killed the villagers, he said, “Sir, as far as why, I’ve asked that question a million times since then. There’s not a good reason in this world for why I did the horrible things I did.”

Bales’ lawyers had reportedly reached a deal with military prosecutors not to seek a death penalty for their client in exchange for his guilty plea.

Following the announcement, the families of the victims voiced their anger, saying that he deserved the death penalty.

The prosecutors sought the death penalty against Bales last November.

Bales had been charged with shooting or stabbing to death the Afghan civilians after walking off a US outpost in the Panjwai district of Kandahar Province in the early hours of March 11, 2012.

While the US Army insists that Bales acted alone, an Afghan fact-finding mission has found that the trooper was not the only perpetrator of the crime and that up to 20 US soldiers were involved in the carnage.

DB/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IMF admits mistakes over Greece bailout

0

Headquarters of the International Monetary Fund in Washington, DC, United States (file photo)

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has admitted that it made serious mistakes in the handling of the sovereign debt crisis in Greece.

In an internal report published on Wednesday, the IMF said there were “notable failures” in preparing the first Greek rescue that forced a second, larger bailout, AFP reported.

The Washington-based organization said it underestimated the damage that fiscal austerity would do to the Greek economy in its earliest rescue of the nation in 2010.

Greece was granted a 110-billion-euro (145-billion-dollar) bailout by the so-called troika of IMF, European Commission (EC) and the European Central Bank (ECB) in May 2010.

Another 130-billion-euro (170-billion-dollar) rescue package was approved in February 2012.

The document said that the troika partners had coordination problems and differing levels of expertise and goals.

“Given the danger of contagion, the report judges the program to have been a necessity, even though the Fund had misgivings about debt sustainability,” it said.

“However, there were also notable failures. Market confidence was not restored, the banking system lost 30 percent of its deposits, and the economy encountered a much deeper-than-expected recession with exceptionally high unemployment,” it stated.

Greece has been at the epicenter of the eurozone debt crisis and is experiencing its sixth year of recession, while harsh austerity measures have left tens of thousands of people without jobs.

The eurozone country’s unemployment rate is 27 percent and economic activity remains well below its levels of half a decade ago.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

8 rockets fall on city in NE Lebanon

0

File photo shows a general view of Bekaa Valley near Baalbek town in eastern Lebanon.

At least eight grad rockets have fallen on the Lebanese city of Baalbek in the northeast of the country, Press TV repots.

The rockets were launched from Syria on Wednesday and landed on the city, which borders Syria.

Earlier in the day, the Syrian army gained control of the strategic town of Qusayr in the west of the country.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview recently broadcast on Turkish television, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pakistan’s New Premier Calls for Drone Strike Halt

0

Declan Walsh and Salman Masood
nytimes.com
June 5, 2013

nytimes.com
Nawaz Sharif took office as Pakistan’s prime minister for an unparalleled third time on Wednesday, vowing to tackle the country’s crippling electricity crisis and issuing an urgent call for the end of American drone strikes on Pakistani soil.

“The chapter of daily drone attacks should stop,” a grave-faced Mr. Sharif told the packed lower house of Parliament, where he won a comfortable majority of votes to become prime minister. “We respect the sovereignty of other countries, but others should also respect our sovereignty.”

Those comments resonated with many Pakistanis who view the C.I.A. missile strikes as a troubling symbol of American aggression — even if they occasionally kill Pakistan’s own enemies, like the country’s deputy Taliban leader, Wali ur-Rehman, who died in an attack last week.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:36 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Susan Rice and the Illusion of Change

0
<!–Eric Draitser–>

Eric Draitser is an independent geopolitical analyst based in New York City and the founder of StopImperialism.com.

The appointment of Susan Rice as national security adviser to Obama is instructive in the context of domestic partisan politics. But the true global significance of her appointment will be reflected in US policy in Syria, Africa, and around the world.

Rice, Obama and the Republicans

Undoubtedly the center of this story as presented in the
mainstream US media will be the continued conflict between Obama
and congressional Republicans who have used the attacks in
Benghazi, and Rice’s attempt to cover up the true nature of the
terrorist act, as ammunition in their political assault on the
administration. Conversely, Obama’s appointment will
be seen as a stern response to the Republican bid for “character
assassination” of Rice, as Obama no longer worries about a
reelection campaign.

As Mark Landler wrote in the
New York Times
, “[The appointment of Susan Rice] is also a
defiant gesture to Republicans who harshly criticized Ms. Rice
for presenting an erroneous account of the deadly attacks on the
American mission in Benghazi, Libya … For Ms. Rice, the
appointment amounts to redemption.” From the
perspective of the Obama administration, there are two core
political motivations in tapping Rice for the
position. 

First and foremost, it allows the President to present himself as
oppositional to Republicans, as a Democrat willing to stand his
ground and defend one of his own against political and personal
attacks. This point is not to be underestimated as
President Obama continues to be accused by principled
progressives of collusion and collaboration with Republicans on
deficit reduction, cuts to vital social programs and other
austerity-related policies. Essentially, Obama is able to
use Rice as a shield, deflecting attention away from his
destructive economic and political policies in favor of the much
more manageable “controversy” about Susan Rice.

U.S. President Barack Obama kisses Susan Rice after his announcement of Rice's appointment as his National Security Advisor and Samantha Power (L) as U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, during a statement in the Rose Garden of the White House in Washington, June 5, 2013 (Reuters / Joshua Roberts)

Additionally, by keeping Rice within the top leadership of the
administration, Obama also is able to create the false dichotomy
between African-American woman Susan Rice, and the almost
entirely white male Republican Party. In so doing,
Obama insulates himself and his administration further by adding
the socio-cultural element into the equation; Obama forces white
male Republicans to attack Rice and consequently, left liberals
to defend her. This kabuki theater politics has typified
the clever tactics of the current administration: playing to its
strengths by using the Republicans as a foil.

Of course, what should not be lost on readers is the fact that
not one of the “harshest” attacks on Susan Rice has ever
questioned the fundamental thinking that underlies her entire
world-view: that the United States must use military force,
hegemony, and coercion to maintain and expand its imperial
posture and protect the interests of Wall Street, London, and the
multinational corporations. Obama’s appointment of
Rice is far more than a “defiant gesture,” it is a validation and
ringing endorsement of the “humanitarian war” and “Responsibility
to Protect (R2P)” doctrine espoused by Rice since the Clinton
administration. It is an unequivocal affirmation of the
“righteousness” of US-NATO’s savage war on Libya and continued
destabilization and subversion of Syria. It is the
proclamation of a continued and sustained neo-colonial presence
in Africa. It is here that we can clearly identify the true
significance of this appointment. 

Syria, Africa and Beyond

As national security adviser, Susan Rice will be in perhaps the
most important foreign policy position, helping to craft US
policy rather than being merely the public face of US diplomacy,
as would have been her job as Secretary of State. Perhaps the
most pressing issue that Rice will address is the continued
conflict in Syria. As UN Ambassador, Rice has a long
track record of abrasive and inflammatory remarks disguised as
diplomacy but used to perpetuate and expand the conflict. 
As Rice

stated
publicly in February of 2012 after Russia and China
vetoed a one-sided, US-backed resolution which would have laid
the groundwork for intervention in Syria:

First of all, we all felt that it was outrageous in any
instance for Russia and China to veto a resolution that
was really a political expression of support for the Arab League
initiative and for the people of Syria and a condemnation
of violence…but it was even more outrageous that they  
would do so at a time when Assad was stepping up the killing in
such a horrific way.

Susan Rice, United States Ambassador to the United Nations, speaks to the media during a U.N. Security Council consultation on the latest development in North Korea April 5, 2009 at United Nations headquarters in New York City (Daniel Barry / Getty Images / AFP)

Not only does this statement demonstrate clearly the belligerent
and undiplomatic rhetoric that has been the hallmark of Susan
Rice’s tenure as UN ambassador, but it also lays bare the
inescapable fact that Rice is the embodiment of “liberal”
imperialism. While admonishing Russia and China for
“shielding a craven tyrant,” implicit in her remarks is that
human rights is merely the cover for intervention and the
expansion of US hegemony. In essence, Rice attacks Russia
and China for preventing the Libya scenario — complete with UN
quasi-authorization — being applied to Syria. She blasted
Moscow and Beijing for “obstruction” in the UN, illustrating in
the most transparent way possible that she, like her predecessors
and the Western ruling class, view the UN and all international
institutions as being subservient to the agenda of
Washington.

Rice, in fact, admitted this
publicly
when she stated that Washington would “intensify
efforts outside the Security Council.” She and the
administration cannot publicly acknowledge their military and
material support for the “rebels” in Syria despite the fact that
even the

NY Times
acknowledged in June of 2012 that, “A small number
of CIA officers are operating secretly in southern Turkey,
helping allies decide which Syrian opposition fighters will
receive arms.” However, as recently as last week,
Susan Rice was publicly posturing as if she and the
administration are being cautious in not arming the rebels. 
The duplicity and hypocrisy, like her abrasive tone and outright
lies, have been the hallmark of Rice’s tenure at the UN and will
now simply shift to the White House.

Her appointment as national security adviser, just a week after
the European Union chose to end the arms embargo on Syria, paints
a dangerous picture for the immediate future in
Syria. Not only will she be the principal individual
crafting policy, but she brings with her a cadre of advisors,
mentors, and confidantes — including Madeline Albright, Gayle
Smith, and Tony Lake — who have advocated for genocide in Iraq
and military interventions in the Balkans, Africa, and
elsewhere. This is the imperialist milieu from which Rice
emerges, and the world-view she brings with her to the national
security adviser position.

US President Barack Obama (2nd R) walks away with newly appointed National Security Advisor Susan Rice (2nd L), outgoing National Security Advisor Tom Donilon (R) and Obama's nominee for US Ambassador to the United Nations former aide Samantha Power (L) after an event in the Rose Garden at the White House in Washington, DC, June 5, 2013 (AFP Photo / Jim Watson)

Like Syria, Africa figures prominently in Obama and Rice’s
geostrategic agenda. In the last five years, Rice and
Obama have overseen a brutal war against the peaceful nation of
Libya, the expansion of terror networks and destabilization
throughout much of West Africa, the successful partition of Sudan
into two countries, and the continued expansion of US military
penetration of the continent in the form of AFRICOM, drone bases,
and much more. As Glen Ford wrote for

Black Agenda Report
in 2008:

Her [Rice’s] sole concern is projection of US
power by any means — or pretext — that is available…Rice’s
behavior in Africa has been morally inconsistent…after her
promotion to Assistant Secretary of State for Africa, she
failed to publicly advocate action against US allies  
Uganda and by then Tutsi-ruled Rwanda — the main perpetrators in
an ongoing war that has killed millions…Rice embraces a
policy that causes mass death and starvation in Somalia and
ongoing genocide in Congo.

These sorts of ideological and political positions indicate that
Rice means more of the same for US imperialism and
neo-colonialism in Africa. However, given the
accelerating nature of aggressive US policy on the continent, it
is safe to assume that Rice will be one of the principle
architects of an updated “security” strategy in Africa, one that
will utilize the vast military and political infrastructure
created by the US and its imperial partners. From drone
bases in Niger, Djibouti and elsewhere, and using regional
groupings and the African Union itself as proxies, Rice will
direct Obama to project military power on the continent in ways
that have yet to be seen in an attempt to solidify Washington’s
grip on the economic and political development of the
continent.

The appointment of Susan Rice as national security adviser is not
exactly a tremendous departure from current policy. 
There will be no fundamental reevaluation of US policy. 
Rather, Rice will go from international mouthpiece with a hand in
policy, to the primary voice shaping it and whispering in Obama’s
ear. Naturally, the absurd theater of US politics will take
center stage as Susan Rice makes it even easier for Republicans
to attack Obama on foreign policy and national security
issues. Of course, this is no concern for Rice, Obama and
the administration. 
If anything, it is precisely
what they want.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Video: IRS ‘Star Trek’ Spoof — Paid by Your Taxes

0

The IRS salutes the Original Series with your wallet.

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

A treasury report released Friday reveals the IRS spent approximately $50,000 on videos such as this Star Trek spoof for a training conference in Anaheim, California.

The IRS, however, is unsure of the exact costs because unlike the American taxpayer, the agency was not required to track and report expenses. Furthermore, the agency did not even file W-2s on all applicable employees attending the conference. With a sick sense of humor, the IRS organized the conference for their Small Business/Self-Employed division, which handles the taxpayers harassed the most for expense receipts.

The cost of this conference is not unusual for the agency. From 2010 to 2012, the IRS hosted 225 conferences across the nation, six of which cost over $1 million. The total cost for all of the conferences in this period topped $49 million.

Read the full treasury report here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 4:19 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

London Experiences Alex Jones

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

On Wednesday’s edition of the Alex Jones Show, Alex reported from the road as he prepared to confront members of the secretive globalist organization known as the Bilderberg group in Watford, England.

Alex also reported from the streets of the city of London with Prison Planet editors Paul Joseph Watson and Steve Watson, and Infowars reporter Lee Ann McAdoo.

As Alex attempted to conduct interviews for his daily radio show, dozens of people approached him to say, “Cheers.”

Follow Alex’s streaming video coverage of Bilderberg at ustream.tv/AlexJonesLive

or

on Youtube at the TheAlexJonesChannel and PrisonPlanetLive.

We’ve also got a dedicated Bilderberg page at: Infowars.com/bilderberg

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 3:52 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Graham: FBI hindered Congress’s 9/11 inquiry, withheld reports about Sarasota Saudis

0

Dan Christensen and Anthony Summers
Miami Herald
June 5, 2013

Former U.S. Sen. Bob Graham has accused the FBI in court papers of having impeded Congress’s Joint Inquiry into 9/11 by withholding information about a Florida connection to the al-Qaeda attacks that killed nearly 3,000 people.

The information, first reported by BrowardBulldog.org in 2011, includes a recently declassified FBI report that ties a Saudi family who once lived in Sarasota “to individuals associated with the terrorist attacks on 9/11/2001.”

“The FBI’s failure to call (to the Joint Inquiry’s attention) documents finding ‘many connections’ between Saudis living in the United States and individuals associated with the terrorist attack(s)…interfered with the Inquiry’s ability to complete its mission,” said Graham, co-chairman of the Joint Inquiry.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:01 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

BBC Demonizes Alex Jones

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

A BBC reporter admitted her job was to “provoke” Alex Jones following an interview in which the reporter attempted to characterise Bilderberg as a conspiracy theory.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 4:57 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

11 killed, 3 injured in Karachi violence

0

Pakistanis gather around the bodies of violence victims during a protest in southern Pakistani port city of Karachi on June 5, 2013.

Violence has claimed the lives of at least 11 people and injured three soldiers in Pakistan’s southern port city of Karachi.

Police said that they recovered four bodies from Malir area of the city early on Wednesday.

Officials say the victims have been kidnapped by unknown gunmen a few days earlier.

At least three paramilitary soldiers also sustained injuries in a grenade attack on Wednesday night.

On Tuesday, unidentified gunmen shot down seven people in various areas of the city.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for the attacks.

Thousands of people have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks in Pakistan since 2001 when the country entered an alliance with the US in so-called war against terrorism.

DB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Speedy pace brings first week of Manning trial to an early end

0

The first week of WikiLeaks source Bradley Manning’s military trial wrapped up Wednesday, recessing until next week when the court-martial of the Army private will resume with a new roster of witnesses scheduled to take the stand.

Day three of the court proceedings kicked off at Ft. Meade,
Maryland Wednesday morning, but concluded earlier than expected
after the prosecution breezed through a number of witnesses on
the docket. The court adjourned just after 3 p.m. following the
conclusion of testimonies from a handful of Army officers who
served close to Manning during his deployment in Iraq.

Col. Denise Lind, the military judge overseeing the
court-martial, said the court could recess until Monday when the
prosecution will again ask its witnesses to testify as to Private
first class Manning, a 25-year-old Army intelligence analyst
accused of sharing a trove of sensitive military files with the
website WikiLeaks. Manning could be sentenced to spend life in
prison if convicted of the most serious of charges, aiding the
enemy.

The quick pace of this week’s proceedings contrasted sharply with
how the trial has progressed in the months – and years – leading
up to this week. The court-martial began Monday at Ft. Meade
outside of Baltimore, but not before Manning spent more than
1,100 days in pretrial confinement. The trial is scheduled to
continue for another 11 weeks.

Army Specialist Jihrleah Showman was called to testify Wednesday
morning and answered questions about Pfc. Manning’s behavior and
attitude in Iraq. Manning was deployed to Forward Opoerating Base
Hammer outside of Baghdad in October 2009, and prosecutors say he
started harvesting the files later published by WikiLeaks just
weeks later.

Bradley Manning Support Network member Nathan Fuller was one of
the roughly 20 journalists in attendance for day three of the
court-martial, and wrote on Twitter that Showman testified that
the accused WikiLeaks source frequently talked about politics
with his Army colleagues, wanted to debate fellow soldiers about
US policy and came off on the “extreme Democractic side.”
Manning punched Showman in the face during a May 2010 outburst
and was demoted from specialist to private first class as a
result. He was arrested for his role in the intelligence leaking
two days after that demotion, but Fuller said the altercation was
never discussed during Wednesday’s hearing.

Other witnesses called Wednesday included Kyle Balonek and Hondo
Hack, two superiors who testified as to Pfc. Manning’s roel as an
intelligence analyst at FOB Hammer.

“Manning was one of if not the most organized intelligence
analysts he’s ever seen
,” Fuller recalled of Hack’s
testimony.

Court is expected to reconvene 9:30 a.m. Monday, June 10, and
continue through August. In an editorial last week, WikiLeaks
founder Julian Assange wrote, “The government has prepared for
a good show
.”

“The alleged act in respect of which Bradley Manning is
charged is an act of great conscience – the single most important
disclosure of subjugated history, ever
,” Assange wrote.

Manning could be sentenced to life in prison if convicted of
aiding the enemy, a charge the government says he is guilty of
because al-Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden requested and received
military files that the soldier supplied to Assange. Manning
admitted to uploading material to WikiLeaks earlier this year.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Judge excludes death for Robert Bales

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A military judge has accepted a US soldier’s guilty plea to massacre of 16 Afghan villagers, ruling that he would not face the death penalty.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Hundreds of Health Professionals to Obama: Act on 'Superbugs' Now

0

A group of nearly 800 health professionals has sent a letter to President Obama urging him to take action on the rampant overuse and misuse of antibiotics in livestock which has contributed to the rise in antibiotic-resistant “superbugs” and poses a massive threat to public health.

(Photo: Sparky/cc/flickr) “In our hospitals, and in our communities, antibiotics increasingly are failing to treat drug resistant superbugs,” stated David Wallinga, MD of the Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy and Healthy Food Action. “The huge overuse of these antibiotics on our farms, in meat production, is an important–and unaddressed–contributor to the problem.”

Livestock are given these antibiotics to encourage faster growth and to compensate for the overcrowded, unhealthy conditions the animals are confined to in the industrial agriculture system.

Antibiotics are so used, they write, “over 70 percent of total reported sales of medically important antibiotics in the United States” are used not for human but for animal use.

The group quotes the Director General of the World Health Organization, who warned last year that “a post-antibiotic era means, in effect, an end to modern medicine as we know it.” Similarly, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said earlier this year that there is an alarming rise in antibiotic-resistant, deadly “nightmare bacteria,” a warning echoed by Britain’s top health official, who said that antibiotic resistant “superbugs” pose a “catastrophic threat.”

The health professionals write that the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) actions on this issue are “stalled,” and that the current guidelines that merely encourage the pharmaceutical industry to phase out the overuse of antibiotics in livestock are inadequate.

They are asking Obama “to ensure that FDA moves immediately to use its regulatory authority to withdraw approvals for the non-therapeutic use (i.e., use of antibiotics for purposes other than disease treatment and disease control) of all medically-important antibiotics from food animal production, thus preserving their use for treating sick people.”

Obama must also “improve reporting of agricultural antibiotic sales and distribution, which can help illustrate current use patterns, explain resistance trends, and monitor progress in assuring responsible animal antibiotic use,” they write.

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

125 More Guards Head to Guantanamo to 'Help' With Solitary Confinement, Force-Feeding of Prisoners

0

(Photo: Justin Norman/cc/flickr)The U.S. Army Reserve is sending 125 troops from Puerto Rico to serve as additional guards at Guantánamo, the Associated Press reported on Wednesday.

These troops are currently in training in Texas for a month before heading to the prison, AP continues.

The reason these additional guards are needed, the Miami Herald reports, is due to the solitary confinement of nearly all the prisoners and the force-feeding of 39 prisoners on hunger strike.

“When you go to single cell, that takes more people,” the Herald reports Navy Capt. Robert Durand as saying.

________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Houston police chief testifies against fired officer accused of beating teen suspect

0

Associated Press
nydailynews.com
June 5, 2013

Houston’s police chief told jurors on Tuesday that the 2010 videotaped beating of a black teen burglary suspect made him “sick to my stomach” and gave the police department a “black eye.”

Police Chief Charles McClelland Jr. testified that fired officer Drew Ryser – one of four officers who were indicted in the case – mistreated the teen during his arrest and failed to follow proper procedures.

Ryser, 32, is on trial this week on a misdemeanor charge of official oppression. He faces up to a year in jail if convicted.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 4:20 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Dept. of Homeland Security: Laptops, Phones Can Be Searched Based on Hunches

0

washington.cbslocal.com
June 5, 2013

U.S. border agents should continue to be allowed to search a traveler’s laptop, cellphone or other electronic device and keep copies of any data on them based on no more than a hunch, according to an internal Homeland Security Department study. It contends limiting such searches would prevent the U.S. from detecting child pornographers or terrorists and expose the government to lawsuits.

The 23-page report, obtained by The Associated Press and the American Civil Liberties Union under the U.S. Freedom of Information Act, provides a rare glimpse of the Obama administration’s thinking on the long-standing but controversial practice of border agents and immigration officers searching and in some cases holding for weeks or months the digital devices of anyone trying to enter the U.S.

Since his election, President Barack Obama has taken an expansive view of legal authorities in the name of national security, asserting that he can order the deaths of U.S. citizens abroad who are suspected of terrorism without involvement by courts, investigate reporters as criminals and – in this case – read and copy the contents of computers carried by U.S. travelers without a good reason to suspect wrongdoing.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 4:17 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Underground city: Moscow police dig out over 200 undocumented migrants (VIDEO)

0



Published time: June 05, 2013 21:07

Moscow police raid illegal underground migrant ‘city’ (screenshot from AFP video)

Download video (12.86 MB)
Embed

Code

Moscow police have detained over 200 undocumented foreigners who lived and worked in an underground city made to keep them off the radar of city and federal officials – with a cafe, movie theater, casino and chicken coop.

When police raided the ‘city’ hidden beneath a market in the
capital, they discovered a vast garment complex with 122 sewing
machines.

While the workers -181 Vietnamese and 88 Central Asians – were
sewing brand-name clothes around the clock, people above ground
had no clue what was happening just under their feet. From
outside, the underground tailor shops looked like a normal
transport garage.

There was also time for entertainment in the hidden city. Police
found one room designed to be a Turkish café, with an oven and
brazier. There was also a movie theater with 35 seats and a poker
room. 

screenshot from AFP video

The raid itself was carried out on May 31, but police only
recently released video footage of the underground complex.

Raids on migrants are frequent in Russia’s capital, as Moscow is
a destination for millions of people from the former Soviet Union
and beyond seeking better work than is available at home. 

According to some estimates, Moscow is home to 10 migrants
working without a registration for every one working legally. The
Federal Migration Service believes that as many as 3 million
undocumented migrants may currently reside in Russia.

In 2012, federal authorities deported 16,000 foreigners from the
city for working without permits to do so.

screenshot from AFP video

screenshot from AFP video

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iowa City Moves to Ban Surveillance Technology Tools

0

Lawmakers in Iowa City, Iowa, unanimously passed an ordinance on Tuesday that restricts the use of traffic enforcement cameras, drones, and automatic license plate recognitions systems. A second and third vote on the ordinance will take place June 18. It is reportedly the first municipal bill in the country to simultaneously ban all three law enforcement tools.

While red light cameras and drones have long been the subject of controversy for various reasons, lawmakers in Iowa City are addressing in particular the privacy concerns connected with the use of such devices. According to the website arstechnica.com, “Privacy experts say that they’ve never seen a law at any level of government that’s comparable to what Iowa City has proposed, and not just because it’s a three-in-one privacy-minded bill.”

The bill currently reads:

The City shall not:

A. Use any automatic traffic surveillance system or device, automatic license plate recognition system or device, or domestic drone system or device for the enforcement of a qualified traffic law violation, unless a peace officer or Parking Enforcement Attendant is present at the scene, witnesses the event, and personally issues the ticket to the alleged violator at the time and location of the vehicle.

Iowa City’s ordinance was proposed by a citizen group called Stop Big Brother, comprised of Iowa City residents who oppose the increased use of surveillance technology. The group’s website declares:

Surveillance technology, and in particular traffic surveillance technology, is increasingly being pushed by technology vendors and device manufacturers to municipalities across the country under the banner of increased public safety. At its core, though, traffic surveillance has little to do with safety and everything to do with revenue. Worse yet, our liberties, constitutional rights, and this country’s founding principles all end up being the collateral damage.

Stop Big Brother’s initiative has the support of the American Civil Liberties Union, which submitted a legal argument on behalf of the group’s founders, Aleksey Gurtovoy and Martha Hampel, last year when they filed an affidavit to start the initiative.

Though Iowa City does not currently use drones to enforce traffic law, Gurtovoy asserts that the group is being “proactive.”

“The city might say they have no plans (for drones or license plate readers) but it’s been our experience that this can change in a very short amount of time,” Gurtovoy told arstechnica.com. “What usually happens is that someone comes into the city and says that [the city] could use this tech to ‘benefit’ the public.”

City attorney Eleanor Dilkes fully expected the ordinance to pass in the first vote, as well as the second and third.

“The city manager and I talked and that was the recommendation, as that it does not affect our current operations and that its only binding after a period of two years,” said Dilkes, who affirms that the city has no plans to purchase drones or license plate readers at this time.

If the ordinance passes the second and third votes, the law would go into effect on June 27.

Privacy advocates are celebrating the efforts in Iowa City.

Lee Tien, staff attorney at the Electronic Frontier Foundation, called the ordinance “pretty awesome to see.”

Woodrow Hartzog, law professor at the Cumberland School of Law at Samford University, touted a number of benefits the bill provides:

This ordinance would seemingly prevent a host of activities deemed dubious by some citizens, including tickets from red light cameras and automated tickets for moving violations issued via the mail. The ordinance also provides robust privacy protections for citizens by limiting the storage, use, and distribution of data collected by these automated systems to reasons directly pertaining to traffic other criminal violations enforced by an officer on the scene. This ordinance is one of the most comprehensive and vigorous attempts I’ve seen to combat automated law enforcement and surveillance, a practice that is being increasingly rejected by citizens over privacy and due process concerns, among other things.

But Linda Lye of the ACLU of Northern California, a leading proponent on restrictions for the use of domestic drones, believes that the language in the ordinance specifically addressing drones should be even stronger.

“The scope of the restriction is not all that broad,” she told arstechnica.com, “as it limits use of surveillance devices for parking enforcement (unless an officer is personally present) but doesn’t limit use of drones, etc. for other purposes.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Iran must attend Syria talks: Russia

0

The Russian Foreign Ministry has renewed Moscowâ„¢s call for the participation of Iran in an international conference on Syria that is expected to be held in Geneva.

Å“This is a matter of principle because the composition of the conference should be balanced,” Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov told the ITAR-TASS news agency on Wednesday.

Bogdanov acknowledged Washingtonâ„¢s opposition to inviting Iran to the peace conference, but insisted that Iranâ„¢s absence in the Geneva-1 talks last summer “was a mistake and it should not be repeated.”

Å“Iranians and other influential external players should be invited to the conference,” the diplomat stressed.

Å“The point is that two Syrian sides should negotiate and come to agreement and they should know that they are not abandoned, that there are sympathizing and supporting forces on both sides,” he added.

The remarks followed a trilateral meeting between UN envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi, Russian Deputy Foreign Ministers Gennady Gatilov and Bogdanov, and US Undersecretary of State for Political Affairs Wendy Sherman in Geneva.

US Undersecretary General for Political Affairs Jeffrey Feltman represented the United Nations at the meeting held to pave the way for the widely anticipated international peace conference on Syria.

After the preparatory talks, Brahimi told reporters that the senior diplomats had failed to set a date for the Geneve-2 talks and that the conference could happen “hopefully in July.”

The next preparatory trilateral meeting will be held in Geneva on June 25 at the same level.

On May 28, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov stressed the necessity of Iranâ„¢s presence in the upcoming Geneva talks. Å“The issue of Iran is key for us. Iran, without question, is one of the most important nations” he said.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants.

MRS/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama names Rice natl. security adviser

0

US President Barack Obama (L) announces the appointment of Susan Rice (2ndR) as his new national security advisor, as he stands with current National Security Advisor Tom Donilon (R) in the Rose Garden of the White House in Washington, June 5, 2013.

President Barack Obama has formally named US Ambassador to the United Nations Susan Rice as his new national security advisor, an appointment likely to inflame tensions with Republicans.

Obama made the announcement in a ceremony in the White House Rose Garden on Wednesday, AFP reported.

The US president praised Rice as an “exemplary public servant” who is “passionate and pragmatic” and a champion for justice and human dignity.

“Put simply, Susan exemplifies the finest tradition of American diplomacy and leadership,” Obama said.

Å“I’m deeply honored and humbled to serve our country as your national security adviser,” Rice said at the event.

Rice, a close Obama confidante, will replace Tom Donilon who is resigning at the beginning of July.

Obama also nominated Samantha Power, a longtime foreign policy adviser, to take over Riceâ„¢s role at the United Nations.

Rice became the target of Republicansâ„¢ criticism over the 2012 attacks on two US compounds in Benghazi, Libya, that killed four US citizens, including Ambassador Christopher Stevens.

Republicans have accused Rice of misleading the public over the nature of the attacks by describing them as the result of a spontaneous protest, rather than pre-planned attacks.

Republicans also alleged that she played down the Benghazi incident to protect Obama from criticism during a difficult reelection campaign.

Rice had been Obama’s first choice to succeed Secretary of State Hillary Clinton at the start of his second term but the furor over the Benghazi attacks made Rice withdraw her name.

Obama ultimately nominated former US Sen. John Kerry for the post.

MN/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

8 rockets fall on city in NE Lebanon

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Eight Grad rockets have fallen on the Lebanese city of Baalbek in the northeast of the country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

New York Shines Light on ‘Dark Money’ Donors

0

Non-profit organizations known as “dark money” groups will now have to step into the light in New York following a new rule issued by NY Attorney General Eric Schneiderman on Wednesday.

New York state Attorney General Eric Schneiderman (AP) “When people spend money to try to influence our elections, the public needs to know where that money is coming from, and how it is being spent,” Schneiderman told the Associated Press.

“Simply put, transparency reduces the likelihood of corruption.”

Schneiderman announced Wednesday that nonprofit groups in the state, including 501(c)(4)s, will now have to “disclose their political spending, identify donors and detail expenditures such as broadcast and print advertising used in New York campaigns and to push certain issues” if they spend over $10,000 to influence New York campaigns “at any level,” AP reports.

Although “dark money” spending is hard to track, it has been calculated that since the U.S. Supreme Court’s 2010 Citizens United decision, 501(c)(4) organizations have spent more than $500 million on electioneering over the last two election cycles–most of it originating from corporations who donated money to groups “run by the likes of Karl Rove and the Koch brothers,” as Jim Hightower recently explained.

Schneiderman continued:

There is only one reason to funnel political spending through a 501(c)(4), and that is to hide the identity of the donor. By shining a light on this dark corner of our political system, New York will serve as a model for other states, and for the federal government, to protect the integrity of nonprofits and our democracy […]

By requiring nonprofits to disclose the extent and nature of their electioneering activities, we are protecting prospective donors from misleading solicitations, and giving voters more information about who is behind many of the ads they will see in this year’s elections, and elections to come.

The disclosed information will be posted on the Attorney General’s Office website.

However, while Schneider’s new rule seems to promise much for campaign finance transparency, much is still needed to be done in state legislatures, as well as in DC, to root out corporate influence in politics.

The Brennan Center for Justice writes Wednesday:

[In New York] The Assembly passed a campaign finance reform bill in May, which included key elements such as small donor public financing, robust disclosure, and independent oversight. A version of that measure has been introduced in the Senate, and the Independent Democratic Conference (IDC) introduced its own bill. But the IDC says it will not bring reform to a floor vote over the objections of the Republican caucus.

“Attorney General Schneiderman’s new disclosure policy offers a concrete solution to the explosive growth in secret non-profit political spending,” said NY LEAD member David L. Calone, President & CEO of Long Island-based Jove Equity Partners. “This is the kind of effective leadership that is sorely lacking in Albany. It is time to move beyond the partisan gridlock and legislative inaction that has paralyzed Albany for far too long. The Independent Democratic leadership in the Senate must act now and pass campaign finance reform.”

“I’ve seen firsthand how campaign finance reform, particularly small donor matching funds, has markedly improved New York City government. It will work statewide, too, but only if the IDC acts,” said Brennan Center Chief Counsel Frederick A.O. “Fritz” Schwarz, Jr., former Corporation Counsel under Mayor Ed Koch. “Now is the time for real leadership. Now is the time for Senator Klein and his IDC colleagues to do what they promised to do when they took power: bring a reform bill to a vote. And now is the time for Governor Cuomo to pressure the Senate to get real reform done.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Scientists Slam Keystone XL Review Process as Conflicts-of-Interest Probe Deepens

0

“Without merit.”

That’s what dozens of prominent scientists are saying about key parts of the US State Department’s supplemental environmental impact study (SEIS) of the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline.

What’s more, the growing concern over the scientific integrity of the State Department analysis comes as accusations of impropriety by at least one of the companies hired to perform the review.

As Inside Climate News reports, the letter from dozens of scientists–with expertise in the fields of climate change, public health and ecology–is “one of the more striking criticisms of the EIS to emerge from the bulging docket of more than a million public comments, which are being posted online by the State Department while it considers whether to adjust its findings.”

The draft SEIS, which was released in March, is now under review for final approval as the State Department also pours over the enormous number of public comments submitted following the draft’s release. The climate justice group 350.org claims that they and other anti-pipeline groups were able to collect and submit over one million comments against the project.

“Despite the claims of the EIS that the environmental impacts are minor these assertions are not supported by the science,” the scientists wrote in their official submission to the State Department.

“The assertion that the tar sands will not significantly increase global warming is simply not supported by the facts,” they wrote.

And concluded, “Our scientific judgment is that the actual and potential environmental damage are sufficiently severe to reject the Keystone XL pipeline proposal in order to protect the climate human health and the multiple ecosystems this project threatens.”

Inside Climate News adds:

Many of the 29 signatories, like retired NASA scientist James Hansen and Penn State professor of meteorology Michael Mann, are already well known for their opposition to the pipeline. Fourteen of the signatories were among a group of 18 leading climate scientists who wrote President Obama in January urging him not to approve the pipeline.

Several have played prominent roles in the decades-long work of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, or IPCC, which has produced the overarching scientific consensus on the risks of climate change due to human pollution, mostly from burning fossil fuels.

This letter is significant not only because the group of luminaries is large and their arguments elaborate, but because they wrote specifically to discredit the justification for the pipeline laid out in the State Department’s March 1 draft environmental impact statement, or EIS. The controversial draft EIS said the pipeline wouldn’t have much effect on the environment or climate. It was widely seen as opening the door to the project, which would carry tar sands oil from Alberta to refineries on the Gulf Coast.

Environmental groups and concerned citizens have been highly critical of the draft and controversary was heightened when it emerged that one of the firms hired by the State Dept. to conduct the environmental review, Environmental Resources Management (ERM), had done previous work for TransCanada, the Canadian pipeline company hoping to build the Keystone XL.

As the Huffington Post reports, the Inspector General at the State Department is now reviewing those allegations of conflict-of-interest.

______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Hundreds of Health Professionals to Obama: Act on ‘Superbugs’ Now

A group of nearly 800 health professionals has sent a letter to President Obama urging him to take action on the rampant overuse and misuse of antibiotics in livestock which has contributed to the rise in antibiotic-resistant “superbugs” and poses a massive threat to public health.

(Photo: Sparky/cc/flickr) “In our hospitals, and in our communities, antibiotics increasingly are failing to treat drug resistant superbugs,” stated David Wallinga, MD of the Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy and Healthy Food Action. “The huge overuse of these antibiotics on our farms, in meat production, is an important–and unaddressed–contributor to the problem.”

Livestock are given these antibiotics to encourage faster growth and to compensate for the overcrowded, unhealthy conditions the animals are confined to in the industrial agriculture system.

Antibiotics are so used, they write, “over 70 percent of total reported sales of medically important antibiotics in the United States” are used not for human but for animal use.

The group quotes the Director General of the World Health Organization, who warned last year that “a post-antibiotic era means, in effect, an end to modern medicine as we know it.” Similarly, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said earlier this year that there is an alarming rise in antibiotic-resistant, deadly “nightmare bacteria,” a warning echoed by Britain’s top health official, who said that antibiotic resistant “superbugs” pose a “catastrophic threat.”

The health professionals write that the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) actions on this issue are “stalled,” and that the current guidelines that merely encourage the pharmaceutical industry to phase out the overuse of antibiotics in livestock are inadequate.

They are asking Obama “to ensure that FDA moves immediately to use its regulatory authority to withdraw approvals for the non-therapeutic use (i.e., use of antibiotics for purposes other than disease treatment and disease control) of all medically-important antibiotics from food animal production, thus preserving their use for treating sick people.”

Obama must also “improve reporting of agricultural antibiotic sales and distribution, which can help illustrate current use patterns, explain resistance trends, and monitor progress in assuring responsible animal antibiotic use,” they write.

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Ten killed in army operation in N Mali

0

At least ten people have been killed in an operation launched by the Malian army against Tuareg rebels in the northern part of the West African country.

During the Wednesday fighting against the rebels of the National Movement for the Liberation of Azawad (MNLA), government troops succeeded to retake control of the village of Anefis, 113 kilometers (70 miles) south of the provincial capital Kidal.

“We counted 10 dead and have captured 28 prisoners,” said Malian army spokesman Souleymane Maiga. He added that two soldiers also sustained injuries during the clashes.

This was the first time that the Malian army engaged in war with the Tuareg rebels since the militant group invaded northern Mali last year, forcing the military to retreat from more than half of the country’s territory.

MNLA spokesman Mossa Ag Attaher, however, said that the rebels had lost just one fighter in the fighting and that they Å“have blown up several vehicles with soldiers inside” and Å“have taken dozens of Malians prisoner.”

MNLA vice-president Mahamadou Djeri Maiga also said the rebel group “never wanted to resolve the situation by war but, as this is so, we will defend ourselves until the end.”

Chaos broke out in the West African country after Malian President Amadou Toumani Toure was toppled in a military coup on March 22, 2012. The coup leaders said they mounted the coup in response to the government’s inability to contain the Tuareg rebellion in the north of the country, which had been going on for two months.

However, in the wake of the coup d’état, the Tuareg rebels took control of the entire northern desert region, but the Ansar Dine extremists then pushed them aside and took control of the region, which is larger than France or Texas.

France also launched a war in Mali on January 11, 2013 under the pretext of halting the advance of fighters in the country.

DB/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Interviews at Bilderberg 2013

0
  •   The Alex Jones Channel Alex Jones Show podcast Prison Planet TV Infowars.com Twitter Alex Jones' Facebook Infowars store

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Police chief Steve Lee and various protesters talk with Alex Jones and the Infowars team.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 3:27 pm

Tags:



  • Share this article


  • facebookRecommend on Facebook
  • twitterTweet about it
  • <a target=_blank rel="nofollow" target="_blank" href="http://digg.com/submit?url=http://www.infowars.com/interviews-at-bilderberg-2013/&title=Interviews at Bilderberg 2013&bodytext=Infowars.com | Police chief Steve Lee and various protesters talk with Alex Jones and the Infowars team.” title=”Interviews at Bilderberg 2013″>
    diggDigg this post


  • redditshare via Reddit
  • emailEmail



<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Pentagon Blackout: “Large American Military Force” Deployed to Syrian Border

0


Pentagons Protest

The catalyst for the next great war will likely occur somewhere in the middle east. The Americans know this. As do the Russians and the Chinese. And as with the last two ‘great wars,’ the groundwork is being laid well ahead of time.

A large American military force disembarked Tuesday, June 4, at the southern Jordanian port of Aqaba — ready for deployment on the kingdom’s Syrian border, DEBKAfile’s exclusive military sources report. The force made its way north along the Aqaba-Jerash-Ajilon mountain road bisecting Jordan from south to north, under heavy Jordanian military escort.

Our sources disclose that this American force numbers 1,000 troops, the largest to land in Jordan since the Syrian civil war erupted in March 2012. They are members of the 24th Marine Expeditionary Force carried aboard the USS Kearsageamphibious assault ship, which has been anchored off neighboring Israeli Eilat since mid-May. Upon landing, the marines took to the road in a convoy of armored vehicles including Hummers.

Washington and Amman have imposed a blackout on their arrival.

…

According to our US sources, the arrival of the US force in Jordan was not directly related to the regular exercise but decided on at an emergency meeting at the Pentagon on May 31, which was attended by top military and civilian Defense Department officials. Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, who is away from Washington, took part by video conference.

DebkaFile via Steve Quayle

Just last month the Russians, in response to a multi-year American Naval buildup, deployed the majority of their Pacific Fleet to the Mediterranean, and they are now shifting nuclear submarines to the region.

Sides are being taken, with Russia providing material support to the Assad regime and the United States providing money and weapons to the Free Syrian Army rebels, who sources claim are not only not Syrian, but likely operatives of America’s sworn enemy Al Queda.

There will be no draw down of troops or naval assets in the near future. Russia and the United States, as well as China, have strategic reasons for being in the region, and no one is going to pull back.

A terrible future lies ahead for the people of Syria and the greater world as this conflict continues to escalate.

Brandon Smith of Alt-Market.com puts forth an in depth analysis of the situation:

Using Vietnam and other proxy wars as a reference, here is how I believe the war in Syria is likely to progress over the coming months:

  1. Heavy weapons will be supplied to the insurgency, including anti-aircraft weapons, leading to increased casualties, especially civilian casualties.
  2. Assad will respond with expanded and deadly airstrikes and ground troops will advance with the aid of Hezbollah.
  3. Iran will begin openly supplying arms, and step up covert supplies of advisors and ground troops.
  4. Russia will increase arms shipments even further, including anti-ship, anti-tank and anti-aircraft missiles in order to dissuade U.S. and Israeli interests from sending their own forces into the area.
  5. Syrian insurgents will begin losing ground quickly. The UN will offer to “mediate” a ceasefire, but this will only be designed to allow the insurgents time to regroup, and for the U.S., EU and Israel to position themselves for attack.
  6. The UN ceasefire talks will be a wash, if they even take place. Israel will begin regular airstrikes in the name of stopping Iran and Hezbollah from interfering in the war, or to stop them from obtaining “chemical weapons.” The strikes will be aimed at Syrian military facilities and Syrian infrastructure. There will be many civilian casualties.
  7. Syria will respond with ground to air and ground to ground missiles. Israeli cities will see far more precise targeting than the scud missiles used by Iraq during Gulf I and Gulf II. Civilian deaths will be much higher than expected, despite common claims that Israeli missile defenses are the most advanced in the world (Israel has never faced the threat of advanced Russian missile systems).
  8. A no-fly zone will be announced over Syria, enforced by U.S. and Israeli planes, along with anti-aircraft batteries.
  9. A violent attack will take place in Israel, likely against a civilian population center (I would not be surprised if chemical weapons are involved). The attack will be blamed on the Assad government, or affiliated allies. It might be a real attack or it might be a false flag. In either case, the result will be the commitment of Israeli ground troops.
  10. I think it highly probable that Israel will be the first Western country to invade Syria. However, their involvement will immediately draw a declaration of war from Iran, and, increased ship movements from Russia, which maintains a strategic naval base off the coast of Tartus.
  11. Israel will be swallowed up in a strategic quandary, and will demand U.S. military action. The U.S. will supply that action. Combat will spread into cross-border battles in countries not directly engaged in the fight (as it did in Cambodia during Vietnam).
  12. China will respond with economic retaliation, dumping the U.S. dollar as the world reserve currency. Russia will respond by reducing petro-product exports to Europe and staging a massive naval presence in the region. From this point, all bets are off…

Now, the temptation here is for one to immediately take sides and to look at this conflict through the lens of “East vs. West.” This would be a mistake. The Syrian government has in the past acted in tyrannical fashion (though much of the latest accusations appear to be propaganda designed to lure the American public into rallying around another war).

Russia is just as restrictive an oligarchy as the U.S. or the EU. China’s society is a communist nightmare state and the average globalist’s aspiration for what they want America to become one day. Iran has many oppressive policies and is certainly not the kind of country I would ever want to live in. The Syrian insurgency is a mixture of immoral and unprincipled death squads and paid covert wet-work agents. The U.S. government is immorally supplying the cash and weapons for them to operate in the name of fighting the same kind of tyranny that is being instituting here at home.

The point is, there are no “good guys” in this story. There are no heroes; only the insiders, the outsiders, and the general public.

Full analysis at Alt Market: The Terrible Future of the Syrian War

Very few, if any, major conflicts throughout history erupted overnight.

Chess pieces were positioned for years, sometimes decades, before all-out conflict took place.

These people — our dear leaders in America, Russia, China, Syria and Iran among others — are actively pursuing a strategy that is going to get hundreds of millions of people killed.

They are going to take the world to war… again.

Get ready for it, because we are going to see it in our lifetimes.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 702 people
Date: June 5th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Henri Barbusse: “There will be Nothing Else on Earth but Preparation for War”

0

by Henri Barbusse

The following text was written by renowned French novelist Henri Barbusse in 1916 at the height of World War I. In 1914, at the age of 41, Barbusse enlisted in the French Army against Germany in World War I. He was wounded in the first year of the war.

The following text is an excerpt from his award winning Le Feu (translated by William Fitzwater Wray as Under Fire) in 1916. The novel depicts his life and the horrors of World War I.

While Barbusse does not provide a particularly optimistic perspective, his grim portrayal and understanding of the history of war, constitutes an important message to the anti-war movement. In many regard, it describes today’s world of profit driven militarization and global warfare.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, June 5, 2013. Thanks to Rick Rozoff, Stop Nato, for having brought this excerpt to our attention

*   *   *

War will come again after this one. It will come again as long as it can be determined by people other than those who fight. The same causes will produce the same effects, and the living will have to give up all hope.

We cannot say out of what historical conjunctions the final tempests will issue, nor by what fancy names the interchangeable ideals imposed on men will be known in that moment. But the cause – that will perhaps everywhere be fear of the nations’ real freedom. What we do know is that the tempests will come.ibarbus001p1

Armaments will increase every year amid dizzy enthusiasm. The relentless torture of precision seizes me. We do three years of military training; our children will do five, they will do ten. We pay two thousand million francs a year in preparation for war; we shall pay twenty, we shall pay fifty thousand millions. All that we have will be taken; it will be robbery, insolvency, bankruptcy. War kills wealth as it does men; it goes away in ruins and smoke, and one cannot fabricate gold any more than soldiers. We no longer know how to count; we no longer know anything. A billion – a million millions – the word appears to me printed on the emptiness of things. It sprang yesterday out of war, and I shrink in dismay from the new, incomprehensible word.

There will be nothing else on the earth but preparation for war. All living forces will be absorbed by it; it will monopolize all discovery, all science, all imagination. Supremacy in the air alone, the regular levies for the control of space, will suffice to squander a nation’s fortune. For aerial navigation, at its birth in the middle of envious circles, has become a rich prize which everybody desires, a prey they have immeasurably torn in pieces.

Other expenditure will dry up before that on destruction does, and other longings as well, and all the reasons for living. Such will be the sense of humanity’s last age.

The battlefields were prepared long ago. They cover entire provinces with one black city, with a great metallic reservoir of factories, where iron floors and furnaces tremble, bordered by a land of forests whose trees are steel, and of wells where sleeps the sharp blackness of snares; a country navigated by frantic groups of railway trains in parallel formation, and heavy as attacking columns. At whatever point you may be on the plain, even if you turn away, even if you take flight, the bright tentacles of the rails diverge and shine, and cloudy sheaves of wires rise into the air. Upon that territory of execution there rises and falls and writhes machinery so complex that it has not even names, so vast that it has not even shape; for aloft – above the booming whirlwinds which are linked from east to west in the glow of molten metal whose flashes are great as those of lighthouses, or in the pallor of scattered electric constellations – hardly can one make out the artificial outline of a mountain range, clapped upon space.

This immense city of immense low buildings, rectangular and dark, is not a city. They are assaulting tanks, which a feeble internal gesture sets in motion, ready for the rolling rush of their gigantic knee-caps. These endless cannon, thrust into pits which search into the fiery entrails of the earth, and stand there upright, hardly leaning so much as Pisa’s tower; and these slanting tubes, long as factory chimneys, so long that perspective distorts their lines and sometimes splays them like the trumpets of Apocalypse – these are not cannon; they are machine-guns, fed by continuous ribbons of trains which scoop out in entire regions –and upon a country, if need be – mountains of profundity.

In war, which was once like the open country and is now wholly like towns – and even like one immense building – one hardly sees the men. On the round-ways and the casemates, the footbridges and the movable platforms, among the labyrinth of concrete caves, above the regiment echelonned downwards in the gulf and enormously upright – one sees a haggard herd of wan and stooping men, men black and trickling, men issuing from the peaty turf of night, men who came there to save their country. They earthed themselves up in some zone of the vertical gorges, and one sees them, in this more accursed corner than those where the hurricane reels.

One senses this human material, in the cavities of those smooth grottoes, like Dante’s guilty shades. Infernal glimmers disclose ranged lines of them, as long as roads, slender and trembling spaces of night, which daylight and even sunshine leave befouled with darkness and cyclopean dirt. Solid clouds overhang them and hatchet-charged hurricanes, and leaping flashes set fire every second to the sky’s iron-mines up above the damned whose pale faces change not under the ashes of death. They wait, intent on the solemnity and the significance of that vast and heavy booming against which they are for the moment imprisoned. They will be down forever around the spot where they are. Like others before them, they will be shrouded in perfect oblivion. Their cries will rise above the earth no more than their lips…

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Bilderberg 2013 Countdown

0

Ellen Grace Jones
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Do you Bilderberg? Or rather, do you know Bilderberg? Nope? Well given the dark cloak of secrecy shrouding the shadowy annual conflab don’t feel bad for not getting the memo. For the uninitiated, each year the world’s elite bankers, royalty, parliamentarians and CEOs self-imprison themselves in some of the most luxurious hotels in the world for a weekend of, well, who knows…?

This year — this Thursday in fact — the Bilderberg Group is descending upon a small corner of Watford and will be holing themselves up at the plush Grove hotel. Not letting the fact my invitation was clearly lost in the post get me down, I will be blogging each day from the site to deliver gossip fresh from the Grove gates.

Now whilst they’d have us believe Bilderberg is just a jolly holiday constituting a few golf rounds, some hardcore breeze-shooting and most certainly hotel suite one-upmanship, the water-tight security, zero accountability and nebulous agenda could suggest it’s a shade more serious than that. Indeed, local residents nearby the Grove will be forced into flashing their passports to police simply to access their homes. That’s some pretty sticky red tape for an apparently, “small, flexible, informal and off-the-record international forum.” A consortium so clandestine it makes Freemasonry look like Watford Lions Club.

So which technocrats can we expect at the mega-summit in 2013? Only one thing’s assured: hardened Bilderberg veterans with a side order of young whipper-snappers. Each year the old guard (Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller, Queen Beatrix of Holland) woo iThe Huffington Postncreasingly more young blood into the warmth of the Bilderbosom. Recent years saw the appearance of Google chairman, Eric Schmidt, PayPal’s Peter Thiel, LinkedIn’s Reid Hoffman and Facebook co-founder, Chris Hughes at the Bilderparty.

Reading like a who’s-who of international capitalism, the 150 strong delegate list is always revealed pre-conference for our delectation. Representing Team GB in 2013 is George Osbourne, Ed Balls, Peter Mandelson, Ken Clarke, Barclays chairman, Marcus Agius, BP CEO, Robert Dudley and John Micklethwait, editor of the Economist. Mandelson is a regular and and Clarke is on the steering committee.

It was revealed last week who will be footing the mammoth security bill for this off-the-record meeting. Why it’s us of course! Oh the irony of the uber-elite scratching around in the Great Unwashed’s public purse to secure their weekend sojourn. An uber-elite whose combined wealth hasn’t been witnessed in Watford since Elton John threw the last Watford FC Christmas bash. Probably.

As people have awakened to the hush-hush conference’s existence, thousands of concerned citizens and activists will be flying in from all corners of the world to peacefully express their concern at Bilderberg this Thursday. The meeting’s unaccountability only serves to fuel speculation that (contrary to the ‘innocent meeting’ spin) Bilderberg is potentially used to steer geo-political policy. It is this fundamental gripe which underpins the pro-transparency protestors’ ire.

For the first time ever, 2013 welcomes the Bilderberg Fringe, an event within the grounds of the Grove which will showcase international speakers, acoustic music and spoken word. The application for a license to hold a larger festival at Cassiobury Park was rejected by local authorities. The Fringe will also play host to the first ever press area at Bilderberg.

What implications does Bilderberg have for global governance? We will likely never know for sure. This weekend, however, promises to be a frenzy of activity with activists, media and photographers clamouring to play Spot The Delegate as they zip by in a cavalcade of armoured vehicles.

If you want live Twitter updates from the Bilderberg circus and beyond follow me @EllenGraceJones as well as @Bilderberg_2013. For more information.

Ellen Grace Jones’ post first appeared at The Huffington Post. 

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 3:00 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

New York Shines Light on 'Dark Money' Donors

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Non-profit organizations known as “dark money” groups will now have to step into the light in New York State following a new rule issued by NY Attorney General Eric Schneiderman on Wednesday.

“When people spend money to try to influence our elections, the public needs to know where that money is coming from, and how it is being spent,” Schneiderman told the Associated Press.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Scientists Slam Keystone XL Review Process as Conflicts-of-Interest Probe Deepens

0

“Without merit.”

That’s what dozens of prominent scientists are saying about key parts of the US State Department’s supplemental environmental impact study (SEIS) of the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline.

What’s more, the growing concern over the scientific integrity of the State Department analysis comes as accusations of impropriety by at least one of the companies hired to perform the review.

As Inside Climate News reports, the letter from dozens of scientists–with expertise in the fields of climate change, public health and ecology–is “one of the more striking criticisms of the EIS to emerge from the bulging docket of more than a million public comments, which are being posted online by the State Department while it considers whether to adjust its findings.”

The draft SEIS, which was released in March, is now under review for final approval as the State Department also pours over the enormous number of public comments submitted following the draft’s release. The climate justice group 350.org claims that they and other anti-pipeline groups were able to collect and submit over one million comments against the project.

“Despite the claims of the EIS that the environmental impacts are minor these assertions are not supported by the science,” the scientists wrote in their official submission to the State Department.

“The assertion that the tar sands will not significantly increase global warming is simply not supported by the facts,” they wrote.

And concluded, “Our scientific judgment is that the actual and potential environmental damage are sufficiently severe to reject the Keystone XL pipeline proposal in order to protect the climate human health and the multiple ecosystems this project threatens.”

Inside Climate News adds:

Many of the 29 signatories, like retired NASA scientist James Hansen and Penn State professor of meteorology Michael Mann, are already well known for their opposition to the pipeline. Fourteen of the signatories were among a group of 18 leading climate scientists who wrote President Obama in January urging him not to approve the pipeline.

Several have played prominent roles in the decades-long work of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, or IPCC, which has produced the overarching scientific consensus on the risks of climate change due to human pollution, mostly from burning fossil fuels.

This letter is significant not only because the group of luminaries is large and their arguments elaborate, but because they wrote specifically to discredit the justification for the pipeline laid out in the State Department’s March 1 draft environmental impact statement, or EIS. The controversial draft EIS said the pipeline wouldn’t have much effect on the environment or climate. It was widely seen as opening the door to the project, which would carry tar sands oil from Alberta to refineries on the Gulf Coast.

Environmental groups and concerned citizens have been highly critical of the draft and controversary was heightened when it emerged that one of the firms hired by the State Dept. to conduct the environmental review, Environmental Resources Management (ERM), had done previous work for TransCanada, the Canadian pipeline company hoping to build the Keystone XL.

As the Huffington Post reports, the Inspector General at the State Department is now reviewing those allegations of conflict-of-interest.

______________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Slowing Economy Confirmed

0

A report on the U.S. job market from Automatic Data Processing (ADP) on Wednesday morning surprised economists once again by coming in substantially below their expectations. The 135,000 new private-sector jobs created in May were way below the 170,000 estimated by economists polled by Dow Jones Newswires. Mark Zandi, chief economist for Moody’s Analytics, which produces the report for ADP, tried to put a positive spin on the disappointment:

The job market continues to expand but growth has slowed since the first of the year.

The softer job market this spring is largely due to significant fiscal drag from [January’s payroll and income] tax increases and [from] government spending cuts.

A closer look behind the headlines reveals that all of the new jobs were in the service sector while manufacturing actually declined. And only four out of 10 of those jobs came from small businesses with fewer than 50 employees. Medium and large employers made up the rest.

On Monday the Institute for Supply Management (ISM) noted that economic activity in the manufacturing sector contracted for the first time since last November, with key elements of its various internal indexes declining significantly. Its primary indicator, the PMI, dropped by nearly two points, to 49 (50 is neutral), while new orders fell even further, from 52.3 to 48.8. Its production index lost even more ground from April, dropping to 48.6 from 53.5. Its backlog of orders index slowed by five points, contracting from 53 to 48, indicating further slowing in the manufacturing sector in the months to come. ISM quoted typical comments from its customers, including this from a maker of fabricated metal products, “General economy seems sluggish and pensive,” while a supplier of heavy machinery said the “downturn in European and Chinese markets is having a negative effect on our business.”

The Baltic Dry Index provides of measure of shipping activity worldwide by comparing demand for cargo ships with the available supply and is considered to be a leading economic indicator because it predicts future economic activity. From a high of 940 in mid-March, the BDI has declined sharply since then to just over 800.

Steve Hanke, a Cato scholar, isn’t surprised by any of this. It’s the unintended consequences of following blindly the Keynesian “remedies” for a soft economy by reducing interest rates through expanding the money supply. This often causes entrepreneurs to make investments that they otherwise wouldn’t, simply because the cost of capital is so cheap. It’s the same belief that caused many homeowners to buy homes they couldn’t afford just simply because terms were so liberal and interest rates were so low.

But this time it isn’t working. Entrepreneurs have gotten burned before, and many have learned their lesson. And, Hanke says, banks aren’t willing to lend, even if an entrepreneur decides to try to borrow. Says Hanke:

As it turns out, the Fed’s “stimulus” policies are actually exacerbating the credit crunch. Since credit is a source of working capital for businesses, a credit crunch acts like a supply constraint on the economy. This has been the case particularly for smaller firms in the U.S. economy.

Hanke explains that when a borrower seeks funds for his enterprise, his banker must assess the risk his bank is willing to assume and whether or not he can sell part of the risk through the “interbank market.” But that market isn’t functioning now, and so rather than risk the bank’s capital, he prefers to keep it safe, usually at the Federal Reserve.

The impact of this Keynesian attempt to jump-start the economy by trying to fool investors into taking risks they otherwise wouldn’t is falling directly on the primary job creators in the economy: small businesses. Hanke points out:

These small businesses make up a big chunk of the U.S. economy – 49.2% of private sector employment and 46% of private sector GDP.

The untold story is that the zero-interest-rate trap has left [small and medium-sized companies] in a financial straitjacket.

The reports from the ADP and the ISM, along with the Baltic Dry Index, merely measure the failure of the Fed’s attempt to stimulate, and are one more indication of how the private market has become non-functional in the process. Let’s not look for jobs to come from small businesses or for growth in the economy until the Fed stops its Keynesian “remedies.”

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Cooking Climate Consensus Data: “97% of Scientists Affirm AGW" Debunked

0

The survey by Australian global-warming activist John Cook, released recently with a massive media sendoff, is rapidly melting, as scientists and statisticians subject it to analysis. And now it’s leaking out that Cook’s e-mails show he was scheming on this fraudulent survey to promote a leftist political agenda for well over a year. Cook made a big media splash in May with the publication of a study by him and several co-authors claiming to prove that climate scientists overwhelmingly support the theory that human activity is warming the planet to dangerous levels. Cook’s claims received their biggest boost on May 16, when President Barack Obama tweeted: “Ninety-seven percent of scientists agree:#climate change is real, man-made and dangerous.” 

The mainstream media and climate-alarmist blogosphere uncritically accepted the Cook study and trumpeted the consensus claims as gospel. We reported on May 21 (“Global Warming ‘Consensus’: Cooking the Books”) on the critiques of the Cook study by experts who show that Cook cooked the data. Out of the nearly 12,000 scientific papers Cook’s team evaluated, only 65 endorsed Cook’s alarmist position. That’s less than one percent, not 97 percent. Moreover, as we reported, the Cook study was flawed from the beginning, using selection parameters designed to weight the outcome in favor of the alarmist position.

In a May 22 follow-up article (“Climate ‘Consensus’ Con Game: Desperate Effort Before Release of UN Report”) The New American reported on additional problems with the Cook study and cited a large and growing list of eminent climate scientists – including Nobel Prize recipients and scientists who served on the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) – who challenge the claim that there is any “scientific consensus” on climate change, or that “the science is settled” in favor of the Al Gore alarmist position.

Oops! Guess We Forgot Those

Now comes another devastating analysis of Cook’s cooked data from a big name in the climate science community: Professor Richard S. J. Tol. Dr. Tol is a professor of the economics of climate change at the Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam, Netherlands, and a professor of economics at the University of Sussex, England. He has also served on the UN’s IPCC.

Dr. Tol has statistically deconstructed the 97 percent consensus myth of Cook et al.

Professor Tol utilizes four graphs to demonstrate the biased methods utilized by the Cook team to skew the results of their “research.” One of the major “errors” of the study (whether intentional or the result of incompetence) was the use of the term “global climate change” to search the scientific database for papers that were included in the 12,000 tabulated by Cook and his co-authors.

In his first graph, Dr. Tol points out that by including “global” before “climate change,” Cook et al “dropped 75% of papers and changed disciplinary distribution.”

In his second graph, Dr. Tol demonstrates that by including “global” before “climate change,” the supposedly authoritative Cook study conveniently “dropped many papers by eminent climate researchers.” And Tol lists around 50 of those researchers who were “dropped.” These, of course, represent only a small sampling of the thousands of scientists who have expressed various levels of disagreement with the hysterical climate pronouncements of the IPCC, Al Gore, and John Cook.

Tol’s third graph shows that by including “global” before “climate change” the Cook team “dropped 33 of the 50 most cited papers.”

In his fourth graph, Dr. Tol shows that the Cook team also skewed the results of their findings by the database they chose to draw papers from, using the Web of Science (WoS) rather than SciVerse Scopus. “Choosing exclusive WoS over inclusive Scopus, Cook et al. dropped 35% of papers and changed disciplinary distribution,” Tol observes.

Another E-mail Scandal Reveals Cook’s “97 Percent” Scam

Populartechnology.net has posted e-mails from John Cook’s Skeptical Science website concerning what Cook calls “The Consensus Project” or TCP. The e-mails, from early 2012, reveal the huge promotional campaign Cook was rolling out to publicize the consensus study – before he had even done the study. It is also evident from the e-mails that Cook knew he was cooking the data to reach a preconceived conclusion. In his “Introduction to TCP” e-mail of January 19, 2012, Cook explains to team members:

It’s essential that the public understands that there’s a scientific consensus on AGW [anthropogenic (man-made) global warming]. So Jim Powell, Dana and I have been working on something over the last few months that we hope will have a game changing impact on the public perception of consensus. Basically, we hope to establish that not only is there a consensus, there is a strengthening consensus. Deniers like to portray the myth that the consensus is crumbling, that the tide is turning.

Right from the get-go, it is apparent that Cook is planning to cook up a “game changing” study that will prove the “scientific consensus” he wants the public to accept. Typical of Cook and activists of his ilk is their use of “deniers” when referring to their opposition, an attempt to smear scientists who hold different opinions by equating them with Nazi holocaust deniers. It is hardly the mark of professional civility and collegiality one expects from true scientists.

Cook’s “Introduction” admits that “TCP is basically an update and expansion of Naomi Oreskes’ survey of the peer-reviewed literature with deeper analysis.” That is an interesting admission, since the 2004 Oreskes study – which was the original source for the 97 percent claim – was exposed for the same methodological flaws. Dr. Benny Peiser, a social science professor at John Moores University and visiting fellow at the University of Buckingham, eviscerated the Oreskes study, pointing out that Oreskes had falsified the so-called consensus by her faulty selection criteria in choosing papers to include in her survey. (See here and here.)

In his “Introduction to TCP,” Cook acknowledges that probably only half of the 12,000 papers they’ve selected will either explicitly or implicitly endorse AGW alarmism. But over time, he expects online volunteers to “process” many of the 6,000 non-endorsement papers, “converting” them into endorsements! Here’s Cook: 

I anticipate there will be around 6000 “neutral” papers. So what I was thinking of doing next was a public crowd sourcing project where the public are given the list of neutral papers and links to the full paper – if they find evidence of an endorsement, they submit it to SkS (Skeptical Science)…. Thus over time, we would gradually process the 6000 neutral papers, converting many of them to endorsement papers – and make regular announcements like “hey the consensus just went from 99.75% to 99.8%, here are the latest papers with quotes.”

Cook went on to sketch out an entire promotional campaign utilizing press releases, major media programs, booklets, Kindle/iBooks, blogs, etc. “We beat the consensus drum often and regularly and make SkS the home of the perceived strengthening consensus,” Cook advised.

At least one of the members of his team seems to have recognized that Cook had the emphasis all backwards. Ari Jokimäki responded: 

I have to say that I find this planning of huge marketing strategies somewhat strange when we don’t even have our results in and the research subject is not that revolutionary either (just summarizing existing research). 

“It’s Official; We’re All a Bunch of Leftists” – John Cook

The fanatical AGW commitment of Cook and his coauthors appears to be driven by their leftist ideological devotion. Populartechnology.net provides downloads from the Skeptical Science forum thread entitled, “Political Compass,” in which frequent Skeptical Science commentators and moderators took a political quiz revealing (much to their mock surprise) they all share the same left-wing political ideology. “I’m a damn dirty commie,” said Dana Nuccitelli, one of Cook’s coauthors, after seeing his quiz results. 

Here are comments from some of the other SkS team members: 

“OMG, I’m a closet Leftist!”  exclaimed Daniel Bailey.

“It seems I am on par with Nelson Mandela,” remarked “perseus.”

“I’m still something of leftie, despite all those years in business,” said Andy S.

“The Criticisms of the Skeptics are right – SkSers are obviously all pinko/liberals,” admitted Glenn Tamblyn.

“It’s official, we’re all a bunch of leftists,” said John Cook. 

“Consensus Drums” Aimed at Aiding UN Agenda

However, the fact that the claims of the Cook/Skeptical Science survey have been exploded as bogus and the fact that the Cook/Skeptical Science team have been exposed as self-described “commies,” “leftists,” and “pinko/liberals” haven’t stopped the MSM commentators from citing their fraudulent “research” as gospel. Incredibly, Prof. Eric Alterman of the left-wing Nation magazine cited the Cook survey in a June 4 posting on the left-wing ThinkProgress.org (“Think Again: Blame The News For The Public’s Ignorance About The Climate”) to condemn the mainstream media for not being sufficiently alarmist when in comes to global warming!

Yes, we’ve only been marinating 24/7 for two decades in increasingly hysterical media predictions and pronouncements about the coming AGW apocalypse – and the American public still hasn’t bought the false “consensus.” However, with the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) now engaged in another conference in Bonn, Germany, and the UN’s IPCC set to release a new series of reports, we can expect that the Cooked-up consensus results will be cited endlessly. Or, as Cook himself put it: “We beat the consensus drum often and regularly.” 

Related articles:

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

Global Warming “Consensus”: Cooking the Books

Climate “Consensus” Con Game: Desperate Effort Before Release of UN Report

Climate-change Computer Models Fail Again – and Again, and Again

Study Shows Global Warming Data Skewed by Bad Monitoring

New Report: Man-made Global Warming Is a Farce (“Extreme Weather” 2012)

Blaming Climate Change for Hurricane Sandy

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Spotlight Shines on Bilderberg; Agenda Still Secret

0

Alex Newman

The infamous annual Bilderberg meetings, which bring together global power-brokers from government, business, finance, intelligence, royalty, media, central banking, academia, and more, are set to begin this week in the United Kingdom. In line with an apparent trend developing in recent years, the veil of secrecy surrounding the mere existence of the controversial confab has slowly been pierced as more and more major media outlets report on the gathering. Taxpayers will be picking up much of the tab, but the growing numbers of protesters and reporters seeking answers will not be allowed in.

Even though Bilderberg has recently started publicly offering some details about its secretive meetings – partial guest lists and supposed topics of discussion, for example – critics say the real agenda remains hidden from the public at large. Around the world, however, outraged citizens and even excluded leaders have become increasingly suspicious of the gathering, blasting what they perceive as the planet’s self-styled “elite” making decisions for humanity behind closed doors.

Of course, Bilderberg leaders try to frame the annual gathering as simply a forum to discuss global issues in private. Indeed, if it were known that attendees were formulating policy, at least American participants would likely be committing a felony by violating the Logan Act, which makes it a crime for Americans to formulate policy in secret with foreigners. Leaks and public statements by Bilderberg participants over the years, however, suggest that the meetings are about much more than just off-the-record discussions.

On the Bilderberg website, organizers offer few details. “Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America,” the site claims without mentioning the key role of Nazi SS member Prince Bernhard of Holland in founding the events. “Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

Commenting about the meetings themselves, Bilderberg claims online that the conference has always been a “forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.” Because the gathering is private and closed to the public, it continues, “participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions” so they can take time to “listen, reflect and gather insights.”

According to the Bilderberg site, key topics for discussion this year include economic growth and job creation in the United States and Europe. Also among the primary subjects: entitlement, debt, how “big data” is changing almost everything, nationalism, populism, U.S. foreign policy, Africa, cyber warfare, trends in medical research, online education, politics of the European Union, developments in the Middle East, and current affairs.

Of course, because Bilderberg is so secretive, there is no way to confirm that the few details and talking points provided on its website bear any resemblance to the truth. Indeed, critics say the site is not trustworthy, citing the fact that enormously influential attendees have been left off of the “official” list of participants posted on the site in previous years and the obvious point that many attendees are politicians. The brief Bilderberg statement concludes with this: “There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”

Among the 140 or so publicly acknowledged participants this year are many of the usual suspects from Europe’s public sector: Former Maoist revolutionary and current president of the European Commission José Manuel Barroso, who recently claimed again that a federal EU would be a reality within a few years; International Monetary Fund (IMF) boss Christine Lagarde, who recently dodged corruption charges in France; Bilderberg leader Mario Monti, appointed by bankers and EU officials rather than voters to serve as Prime Minister of Italy; “Commander” Olivier de Bavinchove with the fledgling European military force known as Eurocorps; and many others. More than a few top political leaders and even royalty will also be attending.

From the private sector in Europe, numerous business chiefs and banking magnates will also be in attendance. Among them: Chairman Peter Mandelson of banking behemoth Lazard International; Editor-in-Chief John Micklethwait with the increasingly discredited establishment magazine The Economist; Peter Sutherland, chairman of Goldman Sachs International; and many more. Multiple CEOs from banking, energy, finance, and other sectors will also be in attendance.

Attendees from the United States, meanwhile, also include a virtual “who’s who” list of the political, media, and business establishment. Many of the figures have long and dubious careers in government and the private sector, as well as in powerful so-called “think tanks” and non-profit foundations notorious for attacking U.S. liberties and national sovereignty. Unsurprisingly, virtually all of the American attendees wield tremendous influence both in the United States and abroad within their respective fields.

Among this year’s American participants: Vice Chairman Michael Evans with Goldman Sachs; former Obama administration Treasury boss Timothy Geithner; Washington Post CEO Donald Graham; former Secretary of State and population control zealot Henry Kissinger, a top establishment figure who openly and regularly calls for a “New World Order” and was recently exposed boasting about his illegal and unconstitutional activities in official documents; President Jessica Mathews of the controversial Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; neocon extraordinaire Richard Perle with the American Enterprise Institute; retired Army general and disgraced former CIA boss David Petraeus; ex-Treasury chief Robert Rubin, who also serves as co-chairman of the global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations; Google boss Eric Schmidt; and more.

When they receive any attention at all, the meetings have largely been portrayed in the establishment press as some sort of gathering for super-capitalists and their lackeys only. That characterization, however, is only partially accurate, as money does not appear to be among the most important criteria for receiving an invitation. As in years past, this year’s guest list actually includes more than a few prominent socialists including Secretary General António José Seguro with the Portuguese Socialist Party and Party Leader Stefan Löfven with the Swedish Social Democratic Party, among others.

Representatives of the ruthless communist dictatorship ruling mainland China, which Bilderberg luminary David Rockefeller openly praised in the New York Times after tens of millions of innocent people were exterminated, have also attended the meetings in years past. At least one Russian “oligarch” was invited in 2011, too.

In recent years, media reports about the shadowy conference have been proliferating – a stark contrast with decades of virtual blackouts on the gathering of some of the world’s most powerful figures. This year has seen an even greater explosion of interest among the press, with news outlets around the world openly reporting on the confab even before it officially begins on June 6. Major media sources have also started calling for more transparency amid fears that representative government is being undermined by the secretive meetings. Large numbers of protesters, too, are expected to converge on this year’s meeting, which will run until June 9 in Watford, near London.

Despite claims that no official decisions are made at Bilderberg, growing amounts of evidence suggest the opposite is true. The emerging Brussels-based super-state, which is desperately seeking to become an all-powerful regime ruling over the formerly sovereign nations of Europe, for example, has been widely attributed to Bilderberg efforts – even by participants themselves. The single euro currency, increasingly unstable, was also brought about in a similar fashion, insiders have admitted.

Anecdotal evidence, meanwhile, appears to show that the meetings wield tremendous power over political affairs even in the United States. Consider Bill Clinton, for example; he attended the summit as a little-known governor in 1991, yet became president the following year. Barack Obama reportedly went in 2008 before being elected president, too. In Europe, similar phenomena have become evident as well.

While the true agenda and purpose of this year’s Bilderberg conference will almost certainly remain hidden, at least for a long time to come, analysts who track the meetings closely say some participants are pushing for more openness. However, even if Bilderberg were to completely disappear as an annual event, the power-brokers behind it are unlikely to be going anywhere anytime soon – especially not if humanity continues to allow itself to be ruled by unaccountable, out-of-touch “elites.”

Originally published on: The New American

Accidental explosion kills 8 Taliban

0

At least eight Taliban militants have been killed and several others severely injured when their explosive devices went off prematurely in the troubled southern Afghanistan, the Interior Ministry says.

The Afghan Interior Ministry said in a statement that the deadly blast took place in the house of a Taliban local commander, Mullah Sababullah, in southern province of Zabul on Wednesday.

“A group of eight suicide bombers linked to the Taliban outfit were killed by the accidental blast of their own explosive material while they were organizing terrorist attacks in Now Bahar district of Zabul province today,” the statement read.

Sources say the death toll is expected to rise as some of the injured are said to be in critical condition.

The Taliban recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” across Afghanistan and vowed to increase their attacks on US-led troops stationed in the country as well as Afghan forces.

The US-led war in Afghanistan removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across Afghanistan, despite the presence of about many US-led troops there.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country.

The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

JR/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran will stand firm on nuclear right’

0

The Iranian ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) says the Iranian nation is determined to take advantage of peaceful nuclear energy despite the wave of political pressures and US-engineered sanctions.

Å“The Great nation of Iran will not permit anybody to deprive its present and future generation of inalienable right to peaceful nuclear energy, and therefore I can tell you that we will not yield to pressure, sanctions, threats of attack,” Ambassador Ali Asghar Soltanieh said at a press conference in Vienna on Wednesday.

Soltanieh stated that a recent report by the IAEA on the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear energy program is not acceptable as it is meant to create Å“political tension.”

He went on to say that the Israeli and US spy agencies constantly attempt to influence the IAEA reports on Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

Å“They are continuously giving the false information and allegations prepared by the CIA or the Mossad to the agency and keep the agency busy,” the Iranian envoy said.

Soltanieh added that Iran has always been fully committed to protocols that ban the proliferation of nuclear weapons.

Å“Our nuclear policy is very clear. The nuclear weapon does not have any place in our nuclear doctrine,” he said.

Weâ„¢ll continue our nuclear activities, including enrichment, without any interruption under the full scope safeguards [agreement] of the IAEA,” the Iranian diplomat said.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program and have used the unfounded accusation as a pretext to impose illegal sanctions on the Islamic Republic.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iranâ„¢s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Iranâ„¢s civilian nuclear program has been diverted to nuclear weapons production.

MKA/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

A BRIEF FOR ANIMALS – Paul Craig Roberts

The article below is reprinted from CounterPunch, January 12, 2011. Since the article was first published, Washington has added the slaughter of Libyans, Yemeni, and Syrians along with that of wolves to its accomplishments. An addendum describes the wicked new “sport” of “canned hunting.”

Hribal’s “Fear of the Animal Planet”
A Brief for Animals
by PAUL CRAIG ROBERTS

Jason Hribal in a book just off the CounterPunch/AK press, Fear of the Animal Planet: The Hidden History of Animal Resistance, regales the reader with tales of animal rebellion and escape from captivity. In Hribal’s account, when big cats, elephants, and orcas injure or kill their trainers and keepers they are inflicting retribution for the abuse and exploitation that they suffer.

One of Hribal’s most convincing examples is Tatiana, a Siberian tiger in the San Francisco zoo. On December 25, 2007, Tatiana cleared the 12 foot high wall of her enclosure to decimate the teenagers who enjoyed themselves tormenting her. Tatiana ripped one of her tormenters to pieces, and, during her 20 minutes of freedom, she searched the zoo grounds for the other two, ignoring zoo visitors, park employees, and emergency responders. As Hribal puts it, “Tatiana was singular in her purpose.” She could have killed any number of people, but ignored them in pursuit of her tormentors.

Obviously, Tatiana could have escaped from her enclosure whenever she had wished, but had accepted her situation until torment ended her acceptance.

Most people, were they to read Hribal’s book, would have a hard time with the intent that he ascribes to animals. Like the executives of circuses, zoos, and Sea World, most humans ascribe captive animal attacks to unpredictable wild instinct, to accident, or to the animal being spooked by noise or the behavior of some third party. Hribal confronts this view head on. Orcas purposely drown their trainers, and elephants purposely kill their keepers. Captive animals seek escape.

Hribal presents captive animals as exploited and abused slaves serving the profits of their owners. Just as human slaves ran away, captive animals run away. Hribal tells the stories of many animal escapes.

He also tells the story of animal executions. Animals that do not accept their slave status, rebel and cease to perform have been executed in the most barbaric and cruel ways. One can hardly be surprised in these days of “the war on terror” at human cruelty to animals when humans are equally cruel to humans. The video—allegedly leaked by Bradley Manning who is confined by the US military in conditions worse than captive animals—of American soldiers intentionally murdering news reporters and civilians for the fun of it, demonstrates the evil and wickedness that finds its home only in humans.

In contrast, animals do not commit wicked and evil acts. Satan’s sphere belongs to humans. Predator animals kill to eat, but, unlike human hunters, they do not kill for fun.

Lions bring down a wildebeest or an antelope; they do not decimate the entire herd.

In contrast, I have heard hunters describe shooting 1,000 doves in one morning and 500 prairie dogs in one afternoon. It was all done for the fun of killing. Humans get pleasure from killing, but there is no evidence than animals do.

So, we are faced with a paradox: a wicked life form holds a non-wicked life form in captivity. Why did God give the wicked dominion over the non-wicked?

A number of Hribal’s examples of animal abuse date back far in time. Today some of the human species who interact with animals follow a more respectful approach. If animals, as Hribal says, respond to their abuse with intelligence, would they not also respond to affection and respect with intelligence?

The answer seems to be that animals do. We have the case of Christian the lion, the cub rescued from Harrod’s department store in London by two Englishmen who raised an African male lion in their London apartment and exercised him on the Church green.

When Christian became too large to continue living in the London flat, the Englishmen consulted an expert, transported Christian to Africa and released him. A year or so later, the room mates who had raised Christian missed him and returned to Africa to find him. They were warned by conventional wisdom that Christian was now wild and would be a danger to them if they encountered him.

As the videos available on youtube show, when the men found Christian the lion was overcome with joy and lavished affection on his friends. Christian was forming a pride, and the wild lionesses were content with the human company and to be petted by men. The video shows them all—Christian, lionesses, cubs, and men curled up together taking a nap.

There are a number of videos available online of people who have raised cougars (mountain lions) and bob cats and live with them in their homes. Perhaps the most extraordinary story is that of Casey Anderson, a wildlife naturalist who found two
newborn grizzly cubs next to a dead mother bear and took them home to save.

One didn’t make it, but the other did. The photos on youtube document the interaction between humans and grizzly, considered by many the most dangerous and unpredictable of all wild animals, at least in North America. The 800-pound grizzly enjoys the family swimming pool, Thanksgiving dinner with the extended human family, serves as “best man” in the wedding of his human friend, and demonstrates genuine affection for the man who raised him. It is unclear whether the bear thinks he is human or that the humans are bears, but he, and they, are perfectly at ease with one another.

As this will strike many as unbelievable, see http://www.slideshare.net/Slyoldawg/family-raised-grizzly-bear-3399716
http://channel.nationalgeographic.com/wild/videos/meet-casey-and-brutus/
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/worldnews/article-1174259/Meet-Brutus-800lb-grizzly-bear-likes-eat-meals-dinner-table.html

Hribal’s book would have benefitted, in my opinion, from examining what appear to be successful human interactions with animals. Animals’ personalities differ, as do people’s personalities. Just as wives murder husbands, husbands murder wives, mothers murder children, and children murder mothers, animals can turn on their human companions. However, animals seldom turn on humans who treat them with respect and affection.

There are examples of humans interacting successfully with the great predator animals.
The story of Christian the lion is one, but there are others. The “lion man,” Kevin Richardson, did not raise many of the lions with whom he interacts, along with leopards and hyenas, all of whom accept him as one of them. Google Kevin Richardson and watch the extraordinary videos of Kevin’s acceptance by lions as a member of the pride.

Clearly, humans have very little understanding of other life forms and little respect for them. So that we can enjoy transportation in oversize vehicles that get 12 miles to the gallon, we destroy the Gulf of Mexico. What happens to the bird life and aquatic life is of no concern.

Some thoughtful people wonder if humans belong on planet earth. Humans are great destroyers of animal and plant life, water resources, and the soil itself. Some people think of humans as alien invaders of planet earth. If one looks at it in this way, it seems clear that humans have contributed nothing to the health of the planet or to its life forms.

The notion that the life of a human, regardless of the person’s intellect, accomplishment, and moral fiber, is superior to that of an elephant, tiger, lion, leopard, grizzly, orca, eagle, seal, or fox, is a form of hubris that keeps the human race confined in its ignorance.

Humans who fire-bomb civilian cities, drop nuclear bombs on civilian populations, act out ideological hatreds taught to them by sociopaths posing as pundits and journalists, and decimate their own kind out of total ignorance could be regarded as a life form that is inferior to wild animals.

Perhaps the human claim to moral superiority needs questioning. Without the presence of mankind, there would be no evil on the planet.

Many humans have difficulty with the idea that animals have rights. However, in the introduction to Hribal’s book, Jeffrey St. Clair reports that in Europe of the 13th-17th centuries animals had rights and were represented in court by attorneys. This suggests that those who are trying to stop the slaughter of wolves and to protect animal habitat are not modern-day crazies but are empathetic people operating from an old tradition.

Those trying to curtail the abuse of animals face a difficult task. As long as humanity has insufficient empathy for its own kind to stop the slaughter of Afghans, Iraqis, Pakistanis, and Palestinians, protection for animals is unlikely to move to the forefront.

Addendum: Recently, The Guardian brought to light a video on South Africa’s flourishing “canned hunting” business. Lion breeders make money first by selling tickets to tourists who enjoy holding and petting lion and tiger cubs. When the animals reach maturity, the right to “hunt” the tame animals is sold to wealthy white Europeans and Americans.

The “hunt” is conducted as follows. The tame lion, accustomed to humans, is put into a fenced enclosure. Then 3, 4 or 5 macho tough-guy white males shoot the unsuspecting lion and return home with their “trophy.” No doubt they describe to friends and associates and anyone who will listen their dangerous exploit.

This tells a lot about humans. One, they enjoy killing and will pay large sums of money for the pleasure of killing. Two, some business-minded people understand this and make money pandering to the human need to kill.

Canned hunting shows the human species in its worst light. There is no danger to the “hunter,” better described as a murderer. There is no empathy for other life forms. There is a need to brag and boast about never encountered dangers.

I have never seen the virtue in killing creatures that are more beautiful and magnificent than humans. However, in the 19th century, big game hunting required courage on the part of the human, which canned hunting does not require. Any coward can participate in canned hunting, and I suspect most of those who participate are cowards and morally defective as well.

In the 19th century there were no tame lions to shoot. The hunter walked the veldt with a guide. Each had double-barreled rifles, or four shots, assuming no misfire.

In the close quarters in which a lion might be encountered, if the hunter missed the charging lion, the guide could save the day, or the lion would prevail. There are actual accounts of lions being hit in vital areas, but completing the charge and killing the hunter before expiring itself.

Today, hunters have become risk-averse killers. They are too cowardly to hunt. They only want to kill. So they go on “canned hunts.” http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/video/2013/jun/03/lions-canned-hunting-south-africa-video

Little wonder that US “soldiers” can sit in front of screens thousands of miles away from the country under attack and push a button to send a hellfire missile to obliterate some poor Afghan or Pakistani farmers’ house and his wife and children. Or maybe it was a local medical center, a school room or aid workers.

Little wonder that the few remaining moral humans who expose these crimes–Bradley Manning, Julian Assange–are targets for destruction by the United States government, the epitome of evil.

In America the desire to kill is so great that wildlife refuges have been turned into killing fields. Pam Martens reports that thanks to President Clinton and the National Rifle Association, 300 of the 556 national refuges have been opened to what managers of refuges describe as “enjoyable recreation experiences” by which is meant that hunters are permitted to kill alligators, bobcats, cougars, blue and green wing teal, wood ducks, hooded merganzers along with many other species. In other words, an American wildlife refuge is a place where hunters can kill the wildlife. http://www.alternet.org/news-amp-politics/nra-turns-300-tax-funded-wildlife-refuges-killing-fields

About Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

The post A BRIEF FOR ANIMALS — Paul Craig Roberts appeared first on PaulCraigRoberts.org.

Obama appoints UN envoy Rice to national security position amid controversy

0

The American ambassador to the United Nations who came under attack for misrepresenting last year’s terrorist attack in Benghazi has been appointed to be the White House’s new national security advisor.

President Barack Obama confirmed Wednesday that Susan Rice will
walk away from her position as the United States envoy to the UN
in order to take on a new role within his administration.

The president made the remarks Wednesday afternoon from the Rose
Garden outside of the White House just hours after Tom Donilon,
Obama’s security advisor since October 2010, tendered his
resignation.

Rice was nominated by Obama to be the American ambassador to the
UN only weeks after he was elected to office in late 2008 and
previously served as assistant secretary of state for African
Affairs under President Bill Clinton.

Obama called the role of national security advisor “a
herculean task
” and “one of the most critical” in the
government during Wednesday’s remarks, adding that Rice would be
best fit for the role because she “exemplifies the finest
tradition of American diplomacy and leadership
.”

The appointment is expected to generate more than just a little
controversy, however, particularly in light of the comments Rice
made last year about the Benghazi incident that made her a
lightning rod for Republican criticism.

In the wake of the September 11, 2012 assault on the US consulate
in Benghazi, Libya, Rice went on several American talk shows and
described the event as a spontaneous response sparked by an
anti-Islamic video produced in California. Rice blamed the
storming of the building on a violent demonstration that erupted
outside of the consulate after a similar one broke out in Egypt,
but intelligence that later went public proved her assessment to
be wrong. Four Americans, including Ambassador Chris Stevens,
were killed in the assault.

More than one month after Rice first remarked publicly about the
Benghazi tragedy, she blamed talking points handed to her from
American intelligence officials for gaffe. She later admitted
that a spontaneous protest never occurred in Benghazi, and today
US officials attribute the attack to terrorists aligned with
al-Qaeda. Even as criticism grew, however, Rice was rumored in
late 2012 to replace outgoing secretary of state Hillary Clinton,
only for reports to trigger a major backlash from Republicans
livid about the Benghazi remarks. Nearly 100 lawmakers from the
GOP opposed the possibility of Rice replacing Sec. Clinton,
sparking the UN rep to withdraw her name from the pool of
potential candidates in December. Obama would later name Sen.
John Kerry (D-Massachusetts) as his new secretary of state.

During Wednesday’s press conference from the Rose Garden, Obama
said he was personally grateful for Donilon’s role as security
advisor, and said, “I’m proud that this work will be carried
on by another exemplary public servant
.”

“Susan understands that there is no substitute for American
leadership
,” Obama said, calling her “passionate,”
“pragmatic” and “a fierce champion for justice and
human dignity
” who “puts her country first.”

As the UN ambassador, Obama said Rice “reinvigorated American
diplomatic efforts
” and helped put tough sanctions in place
against Iran and North Korea.

Rice said she was “deeply honored and humbled” to be
appointed by the president, but said “we have vital
opportunities to seizes and ongoing challenges to confront
.”

“We have much more to accomplish on behalf of the American
people, and I look forward to continuing to serve on your
national security team to keep our nation strong and safe
,”
she said.

Perhaps first on the agenda for Rice, though, will be battling
the criticism that is already been delivered courtesy of her GOP
foes. Sen. Rand Paul (R-Kentucky) accused Rice of
“misleading” the public regarding the Benghazi attack and
questioned why the White House appointed her to such an important
role in the wake of the actions that are still used by members of
the Republican Party to target the Obama administration.

“How are they going to have the authority for people to
believe what they’re saying, when he’s promoting someone who
directly and deliberately misled the public over Benghazi
?”
Paul asked Fox.

“I can’t imagine that we would be keeping Ambassador Rice in
any significant position, much less promoting her to an important
position
,” he said

“Obviously I disagree [with Obama’s] appointment of Susan Rice
as Nat’l Security Adviser, but I’ll make every effort to work
[with] her on [important] issues
,” Sen. John McCain
(R-Arizona) wrote on Twitter.

Last month, Vice President Joe Biden praised Rice, adding that
even after Benghazi she had “the absolute, total, complete
confidence of the president
.”

Samantha Power, a former special assistant to the president and
senior director for multilateral affairs and human rights at the
National Security Council, has been asked to fill Rice’s shoes at
the UN headquarters in New York.

This article originally appeared on: RT

California Insurance Rates to Shoot Up Under ObamaCare

0

“What we know for sure the [Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act] will do is that it will lower the cost of buying non-group health insurance,” ObamaCare architect Jon Gruber told the Washington Post’s Ezra Klein in 2009.

But as insurance companies release their proposed rates for 2014 – the year that most of ObamaCare actually goes into effect – it is becoming increasingly clear that the law is, in fact, causing individual insurance rates to skyrocket. Maryland’s largest insurer of individuals, for instance, has proposed a 25-percent rate hike for next year. And new insurer proposals from California, despite the state’s best efforts to portray them otherwise, show that individual rates in the Golden State are likely to experience even greater increases.

On May 23, Covered California, the state’s insurance exchange, issued a press release announcing that in 2014, 13 health plans will be available to individuals via the exchange. Then, through some sleight-of-hand, the exchange went on to claim that the premiums for these plans would be either slightly higher or significantly lower than comparable existing plans.

“It is difficult to make a direct comparison of these rates to existing premiums in the commercial individual market because in 2014, there will be new standard benefit designs under the Affordable Care Act, and the actual change in an individual’s premium will depend on the person’s current insurance coverage,” Covered California wrote.

In other words, because ObamaCare piles on so many mandates, individual plans in 2014 will be significantly different from those in 2013, complicating the matter of comparing the plans’ premiums.

The exchange came up with a seemingly ingenious but actually disingenuous way around this problem:

Covered California believes that a valuable frame of reference for its premiums, is comparing them to the small employer market in California. Both the small employer market and Covered California are competitive markets, and offer guaranteed issue – you cannot be denied for pre-existing condition[s].

The rates submitted to Covered California for the 2014 individual market ranged from two percent above to 29 percent below the 2013 average premium for small employer plans in California’s most populous regions….

“This is a home run for consumers in every region of California,” said Peter V. Lee, Executive Director of Covered California. “Our active negotiating will not only benefit potential enrollees to Covered California, but will benefit all Californians by making health care affordable.”

The problem with this approach is that it compares this year’s small-business rates to next year’s individual rates and finds little difference between the two (or even a sizeable year-over-year decrease). That is like claiming that a small wheat crop this year will not cause bread prices to rise next year because next year’s bread price will resemble this year’s already higher milk price.

“Covered California is creating for itself a very favorable and already higher baseline from which to compare next year’s individual health insurance premiums,” observed Bloomberg View columnist Lanhee Chen. “That’s how they’re able to create the appearance that Obamacare’s reforms will lower individual premiums.”

“To put it simply: Covered California is trying to make consumers think they’re getting more for less when, in fact, they’re just getting the same while paying more.”

How much more? Avik Roy of Forbes ran the numbers for a 25-year-old male nonsmoker, the sort of person likely to obtain the lowest rates on the individual market. He found that the current “median cost of the five cheapest plans was only $92” per month, while under ObamaCare, the two least expensive plans for that same individual will cost, on average, $184 a month and $205 a month. “In other words,” he wrote, “for the typical 25-year-old male non-smoking Californian, Obamacare will drive premiums up by between 100 and 123 percent.”

Worse still, those over 30 cannot participate in the very cheapest plan at all under ObamaCare. Thus, Roy calculated, for a 40-year-old male nonsmoker, his least expensive coverage option will rise from an average of $121 a month to an average of $261 a month – a 116-percent increase.

Overall, Roy found that individual premiums in California are likely to grow by anywhere from 64 percent to 146 percent, depending on the individual’s age, health, location, and current level of coverage.

Chen did his own comparison using an actual individual health plan that very much resembles what will be available next year. The “hypothetical male living in San Francisco and making more than $46,000 a year” can today “buy a PPO plan from a major insurer with a $5,000 deductible, 30 percent coinsurance, a $10 co-pay for generic prescription drugs, and a $7,000 out-of-pocket maximum for $177 a month,” he wrote.

Meanwhile, the cheapest plan on the exchange offering “nearly the same benefits, including a slightly lower out-of-pocket maximum of $6,350, will cost him between $245 and $270 a month,” Chen found. “That’s anywhere from 38 percent to 53 percent more than he’ll have to pay this year for comparable coverage! Sounds a lot different than the possible 29 percent ‘decrease’ touted by Covered California in their faulty comparison.”

In short, any fair comparison of pre- and post-ObamaCare individual rates in California shows that they will be shooting up significantly next year. And as the House Energy and Commerce Committee has found more than once, they will probably do the same thing in most other states.

Even the Obama administration has given up claiming that the healthcare law will bring down insurance premiums. “After extensive research,” the New York Times reported, “the administration said it was unwise to tell consumers that they could get ‘health insurance that fits your budget.’ That message, it said, is ‘seen as highly motivational, but not as believable.’”

This has left ObamaCare supporters to try a new tack: arguing that while insurance rates may increase significantly, the shock will be minimal for low-income individuals because they will get subsidies to buy insurance. While that is true, as Roy points out, those not eligible for subsidies will “face a double-whammy: higher taxes to pay for those subsidies, and higher indvidual-market [sic] insurance costs for [themselves].”

In addition, those who are not subsidized will have an even more powerful incentive not to buy coverage considering that the penalty for not having insurance will be far lower than the cost of insurance. Much of ObamaCare’s success depends on having a large pool of young and healthy individuals buying insurance to offset insurers’ costs of covering all the old and unhealthy people they now must accept at the same rates. If the young and healthy decide to forego coverage, insurers will be stuck paying vastly more in benefits than they receive in premiums – a plainly untenable situation.

The ObamaCare house of cards is already teetering on the brink of disaster. The only question remaining is how elected officials will respond when it finally comes crashing down. Will they repeal it? Or will they try to “fix” it with more interventions, culminating in a complete federal takeover of the healthcare system – and even greater disaster?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Victims of Illegal Immigrant Violence Also Oppose Amnesty Bill

0

There are plenty of obvious reasons to oppose S. 744, the latest “comprehensive immigration reform” or amnesty bill. These reasons include the loss of U.S. sovereignty as borders are gradually erased through planned non-enforcement, the projected expenditure of trillions of taxpayer dollars over the next 25 years for an expansion of entitlement and welfare programs to accommodate illegals beyond current taxpayer-provided “free” medical care and education, and lower wages and higher unemployment for U.S. workers in an increasingly tight job market resulting from an unprecedented influx of millions of illegal immigrants. But what about the disturbing tendency of S. 744 to protect dangerous illegal immigrants, with the predictable consequence of more and more victims of criminal illegal immigrants?

A daughter of a legal immigrant, Maria Espinoza is the founder and director of The Remembrance Project, a 501(c)(3) non-profit, “created in 2009 to honor and remember Americans who have been killed by illegal aliens.” According to her most recent press release, S. 744 “is a disaster in every possible respect”:

As ICE officers and USCIS officers have warned us, this bill will legalize dangerous aliens who have been in and out of prison, who have been previously deported, who have lied to authorities, who have proven they care nothing about our laws, and who have failed to appear in court. This bill also makes it impossible to deport virtually anybody in the future – guaranteeing criminals will take advantage of S. 744 to remain in the country and never leave. It will put innocent civilians in more danger, and it will allow criminal gangs to continue preying upon the innocent.

Our federal legislators seem to have deliberately ignored the dangerous implications of the deliberate relaxation of current law enforcement in S. 744, especially for the victims of criminal illegals. According to Espinoza,

Their bill also completely ignores our interior enforcement needs. It allows for the dangerous sanctuary city policies to continue to operate, it provides no resources for our ICE officers and border patrol agents; and it, in fact, handcuffs our ICE officers from doing their jobs. Any responsible immigration bill would empower ICE officers and all law enforcement – and assist them in protecting our families.

Senator Jeff Sessions (R-Ala.) agrees that this bill effectively federalizes law enforcement in favor of criminal illegal immigrants:

Not only does the Gang of Eight’s bill allow the Secretary of Homeland Security to decide for herself whether weak, undefined enforcement measures (“[border security] triggers”) are met, but it grants her unprecedented discretion in determining whether an alien is allowed to enter the country, whether future illegal aliens can be removed from the country, and who is eligible for amnesty in the bill. The net effect of these waivers and discretionary authority is to permanently hamstring and undermine law enforcement and create a new, endless bureaucracy surrounding immigration proceedings. These provisions, carefully crafted by special interest immigration attorneys, serve only one purpose: to weaken current law and make future enforcement impossible.

For instance, this bill would allow the Secretary to overlook convictions for crimes related to gang activity, child abuse, domestic violence, and drunk driving in determining whether an individual is eligible for admission to the country if the person’s admission serves “humanitarian purposes,” “ensure[s] family unity,” or is in the “public interest.” These standards are so broad as to render most current legal restrictions meaningless.

After identifying a series of S. 744 provisions that effectively gut current laws protecting us from dangerous illegal aliens, Senator Sessions summarizes his assessment of the bill with an eye-opening hypothetical example of the kind of miscarriage of justice that would be possible under S. 744:

Rather than enhance border security and ensure future enforcement of the law, S. 744 rewards illegal aliens with criminal records, and creates an incentive for people to illegally enter the United States in the future. In essence, if S. 744 passes as currently drafted, the following scenario is not at all unlikely: An individual who has previously been convicted of a crime and subsequently removed from the United States illegally crosses the border at one of the six sectors not addressed by S. 744. The United States Border Patrol apprehends that individual, and rather than simply expediently removing him from the United States, places that individual into removal proceedings before an Immigration Judge. The Immigration Judge appoints an attorney for the alien at taxpayer expense. The attorney assists the alien in demonstrating that any future removal would cause mere “hardship” to a qualifying relative. The Immigration Judge terminates the case and permits the individual to stay in the United States – presumably indefinitely.

Senator Sessions concludes, “Quite opposite from creating the ‘toughest’ enforcement in history as the proposal’s sponsors promised, this legislation would devastate enforcement and officer morale and disastrously undermine the rule of law for years to come.”

In her press release, Espinoza accuses the authors of S. 744 of working “hand-in-hand with rich businessmen and amnesty advocates while never once considering the rights of the victims of illegal alien violence. Their decisions to provide amnesty to criminal aliens – including gang members – is a slap in the face to every single victim of illegal alien violence.” She concludes, “Congress needs to shred this bill and go back to the drawing board with American families as their priority. They need to listen to the victims of illegal alien violence. If they don’t, there will continue to be thousands more victims as a result of this bill.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

White House Shakeup: Susan Rice to National Security Advisor, Samantha Power to UN Ambassador

0

Susan Rice and Samantha PowerSusan Rice and Samantha Power

In a foreign policy shakeup at the White House today, President Obama is set to name UN Ambassador Susan Rice as his new National Security Advisor. Rice will replace Tom Donilon, who is resigning. Rice was reportedly going to be nominated Secretary of State but withdrew when Senate Republicans refused to confirm her because of her role in the Benghazi events of last year.

Obama will name Samantha Power to replace Rice as the US Ambassador to the United Nations.

* * *

“The terrorism of the suicide bomber and the terrorism of aerial bombardment are indeed morally equivalent. To say otherwise (as either side might) is to give one moral superiority over the other, and thus serve to perpetuate the horrors of our time.”
– Howard Zinn
Here are some progressive voices who have written about both Rice and Power in the past:

This past April, Chris Hedges wrote a piece titled “The Hijacking of Human Rights”:

Obama’s “…new wave of “humanitarian interventionists,” such as Samantha Power, Michael Ignatieff and Susan Rice, who naively see in the U.S. military a vehicle to create a better world. They know little of the reality of war or the actual inner workings of empire. They harbor a childish belief in the innate goodness and ultimate beneficence of American power. The deaths of hundreds of thousands of innocents, the horrendous suffering and violent terror inflicted in the name of their utopian goals in Iraq and Afghanistan, barely register on their moral calculus. This makes them at once oblivious and dangerous. “Innocence is a kind of insanity,” Graham Greene wrote in his novel “The Quiet American,” and those who destroy to build are “impregnably armored by … good intentions and … ignorance.”

Glenn Greenwald wrote last December 12th:

…What is remarkable is how so many Democrats are devoting so much energy to defending a possible Susan Rice nomination as Secretary of State without even pretending to care about her record and her beliefs. It’s not even part of the discussion. And now that some writers have begun examining that record, it’s not hard to see the reason for this omission.

Last week, former CIA analyst Ray McGovern extensively documented Rice’s long record of cheering for US wars, including being an outspoken and aggressive advocate of the attack on Iraq, support that persisted for many years. In a New York Times Op-Ed yesterday, Eritrean-American journalist Salem Solomon condemned Rice’s fondness for tyrants in Africa, while Black Agenda Report’s Glen Ford argued – with ample documentation – that her supporters “care not a whit for Africa, whose rape and depopulation has been the focus of Rice’s incredibly destructive career.” A New York Times news article from Monday separately suggests that Rice’s close ties to the ruling regime in Rwanda – that government “was her client when she worked at Intellibridge, a strategic analysis firm in Washington” – has led Washington to tacitly endorse its support for brutal rebels in the Congo.

Meanwhile, so-called “pro-Israel” groups have vocally supported her possible nomination due to her steadfast defense of Israel at the UN, hailing her as “an ardent defender of major Israeli positions in an unfriendly forum.” It was recently discovered that Rice “holds significant investments in more than a dozen Canadian oil companies and banks that would stand to benefit from expansion of the North American tar sands industry and construction of the proposed $7 billion Keystone XL pipeline,” and that “about a third of Rice’s personal net worth is tied up in oil producers, pipeline operators, and related energy industries north of the 49th parallel — including companies with poor environmental and safety records on both U.S. and Canadian soil.”

This is who progressives are devoting their energy to defending and the record they are attempting to further empower as Secretary of State. She’s essentially the classic pro-war, imperial technocrat who has advanced within the Foreign Policy Community by embracing and justifying its destructive orthodoxies.

Margaret Kimberly of Black Agenda Report wrote on December 13, 2012:

…The yearning to see a black face in one of the highest and most rarified places is a very deep one and not to be easily dismissed, but it is crucial to note that Rice is no different from John McCain in her beliefs of how the United States should conduct itself in the world. The facts against Rice and her predecessors are obscured by a corporate media which hides all the atrocities committed by the United States government, making the Rice story appear like nothing more than that of a high achieving black woman being slandered by evil racists.

The case against Rice or whomever is nominated by the president should be a case made against United States foreign policy and all of the people who now or ever were in charge of carrying it out. The presidents, secretaries of state, United Nations ambassadors, national security advisers and their ilk are held up as paragons of virtue, intelligence and moral rectitude. They emerge from elite institutions and are held up as the “best and the brightest” the country has to offer.

Ray McGovern wrote on December 4th, 2012:

…Rice’s biggest disqualification is the fact that she has shown little willingness to challenge the frequently wrongheaded conventional wisdom of Official Washington, including on the critical question of invading Iraq in 2003. At that pivotal moment, Rice essentially went with the flow, rather than standing up for the principles of international law or exposing the pro-war deceptions.

In fall 2002, as President George W. Bush and his administration were pounding the drums for war, Rice wasn’t exactly a profile in courage. A senior fellow at the centrist Brookings Institution, she echoed the neoconservative demands for “regime change” in Iraq and doubted the “need [for] a further [U.N. Security] Council resolution before we can enforce this and previous resolutions” on Iraq, according a compilation of her Iraq War comments compiled by the Institute for Public Accuracy.

In an NPR interview on Dec. 20, 2002, Rice joined the bellicose chorus, declaring: “It’s clear that Iraq poses a major threat. It’s clear that its weapons of mass destruction need to be dealt with forcefully, and that’s the path we’re on. I think the question becomes whether we can keep the diplomatic balls in the air and not drop any, even as we move forward, as we must, on the military side.”

Rice also was wowed by Secretary of State Colin Powell’s deceptive speech to the United Nations on Feb. 5, 2003. The next day, again on NPR, Rice said, “I think he has proved that Iraq has these weapons and is hiding them, and I don’t think many informed people doubted that.”

The late Howard Zinn wrote this letter to the Editor of the New York Times on August 19, 2007:

To the Editor:

Samantha Power has done extraordinary work in chronicling the genocides of our time, and in exposing how the Western powers were complicit by their inaction.

However, in her review of four books on terrorism, especially Talal Asad’s “On Suicide Bombing” (July 29), she claims a moral distinction between “inadvertent” killing of civilians in bombings and “deliberate” targeting of civilians in suicide attacks. Her position is not only illogical, but (against her intention, I believe) makes it easier to justify such bombings.

She believes that “there is a moral difference between setting out to destroy as many civilians as possible and killing civilians unintentionally and reluctantly in pursuit of a military objective.” Of course, there’s a difference, but is there a “moral” difference? That is, can you say one action is more reprehensible than the other?

In countless news briefings, Donald Rumsfeld and Dick Cheney, responding to reporters’ questions about civilian deaths in bombing, would say those deaths were “unintentional” or “inadvertent” or “accidental,” as if that disposed of the problem. In the Vietnam War, the massive deaths of civilians by bombing were justified in the same way by Lyndon Johnson, Hubert Humphrey, Richard Nixon and various generals.

These words are misleading because they assume an action is either “deliberate” or “unintentional.” There is something in between, for which the word is “inevitable.” If you engage in an action, like aerial bombing, in which you cannot possibly distinguish between combatants and civilians (as a former Air Force bombardier, I will attest to that), the deaths of civilians are inevitable, even if not “intentional.” Does that difference exonerate you morally?

The terrorism of the suicide bomber and the terrorism of aerial bombardment are indeed morally equivalent. To say otherwise (as either side might) is to give one moral superiority over the other, and thus serve to perpetuate the horrors of our time.

Howard Zinn

# # #

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Manning Trial Day 3: Live

0

Protesters march during a rally in support of Army Pfc. Bradley Manning military court, Saturday, June 1, 2013 (AP) Army whistleblower Pfc. Bradley Manning faces his third day on trial on Wednesday in a military courtroom in Fort Meade, Maryland.

Today will be the last day the court is in session until Monday, June 10.

Freedom of the Press Foundation (FPF) continues to upload transcripts from each session, after a successful campaign to get a stenographer in the courtroom.

Follow live tweets below for updates throughout the day:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

It’s on! Farmers begin suing Monsanto over genetic pollution of wheat crops

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 5, 2013

The next wave of farmer backlash against Monsanto has just been unleashed by Ernest Barnes, a wheat farmer in Morton County, Kansas. He filed suit this week in the U.S. District Court in Wichita, Kansas, alleging that Monsanto’s genetic pollution has financially damaged himself and other farmers.

Barnes’ case appears to be well supported by the facts: Last week the USDA announced the shock discovery that genetically engineered wheat strains from Monsanto’s open-field experiments had escaped and spread into commercial wheat farms. Almost immediately, Japan and South Korea cancelled wheat purchase contracts from the United States, and more cancellations are expected to follow. The more countries reject U.S. wheat due to GMO contamination (genetic pollution), the lower wheat prices will plunge and the more economic damage will be felt by U.S. farmers.

Monsanto now a confirmed genetic polluter

GMO wheat (i.e. “GE wheat”) has never been commercially grown in the United States… at least not on purpose. Experimental fields were approved by the USDA and planted across 16 U.S. states. Until now, it was not known that these GE wheat experiments escaped their designated field plots and began to spread as a form of self-replicating genetic pollution.

For the record, Natural News openly warned about this possibility in a 2012 article called, “Stop Out-of-Control Science.” There, I wrote:

Humanity has reached a tipping point of developing technology so profound that it can destroy the human race; yet this rise of “science” has in no way been matched by a rise in consciousness or ethics. Today, science operates with total disregard for the future of life on Earth, and it scoffs at the idea of balancing scientific “progress” with caution, ethics or reasonable safeguards. Unbridled experiments like GMOs have unleashed self-replicating genetic pollution that now threatens the integrity of food crops around the world, potentially threatening the global food supply.

Those words, it turns out, were prophetic. We are now faced with precisely this situation in the U.S. agricultural sector, and farmers are starting to feel the economic losses. GMOs are just one of several areas where so-called “science” actually threatens humanity with total destruction.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

See my infographic of all 12 dangerous sectors of science with this infographic:
http://www.naturalnews.com/Infographic-SOS-Stop-Out-of-Control-Scienc…

Monsanto engaged in genetic contamination

As Yahoo News reports:

The petition filed by Barnes claims Monsanto knew there was a high risk the genetically modified wheat it was testing could contaminate other varieties of wheat, and the company failed to follow proper procedures to keep the wheat contained.

Monsanto tested the wheat in many states, including Kansas, the top U.S. wheat-producing state, but did not disclose to farmers in those states that it was testing the controversial wheat there, the petition states.

Monsanto to sue the farmers?

Monsanto claims it will mount a “vigorous defense” against the lawsuit, expressing that it takes no responsibility whatsoever for all the genetic pollution it spews across America’s farm lands. If Monsanto’s genetically modified, toxin-producing crops just happen to infect your commercial crops, then that’s your fault!

In fact, I’m surprised Monsanto hasn’t announced plans to sue all these farmers for “stealing” its “intellectual property.” That’s what the company has done before, of course: sued farmers whose fields were contaminated by Monsanto’s genetic pollutants.

Is this not the height of corporate evil? When British Petroleum spills billions of gallons of oil in the Gulf of Mexico, it at least pretends to be sorry about it. But when Monsanto spews its genetic pollution all over the planet, it blames the farmers! It would be like if BP drove an oil tanker right into your front yard, dumped a thousand gallons of oil on your lawn, then sued you for stealing their oil.

That’s the Monsanto model. And it’s yet another example of the total runaway criminality of this evil corporation that frankly should have its corporate charter yanked. This is one business that deserves to be permanently put out of business and never allowed to operate again. When corporations become such arrogant, destructive and threatening monsters that stomp on our farmers and spew their genetic jizz all across the planet like a bunch of sicko ag perverts, something has gone terribly wrong and needs to be stopped.

The recent March Against Monsanto was only the beginning. I even foresee a day when millions of citizens from around the world engage in a far more aggressive march on the Monsanto headquarters and literally tear the place apart brick by brick until this corporate demon is permanently excised from our planet.

We are winning the war against Monsanto

I also predict – but do not condone this violence – that if Monsanto continues to engage in its crimes against farmers, nature and humanity, we are going to start seeing well-planned “acts of justice” against Monsanto executives, employees and scientists. I literally had a bizarre, disturbing dream the other night where a band of activists had kidnapped a Monsanto executive, tied him to a chair, and forced him to admit to all the crimes Monsanto has committed while being filmed on camera. The videos were then released on the internet. I realize this sounds a lot like the plot of a major motion picture, but I believe this could become reality if Monsanto continues on its current path.

Again, for the record, I do not condone the kidnapping of Monsanto executives. Kidnappings and executions are no way to resolve problems in a civilized society. If such an act actually takes place, it would actually hurt the anti-GMO movement and allow the government to paint all GMO protesters as “potential terrorists.” So if anyone out there is actually thinking of doing this, please redirect your energy and focus into non-violent protests and other similar actions that are already making tremendous progress. As I said recently on Natural News, I believe we have reached a tipping point of success against Monsanto. Let’s continue to pressure Monsanto in a grassroots, non-violent way, okay?

After all, we are winning this war against Monsanto and GMOs. They are in full retreat and completely surrounded… by the truth.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 2:13 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Israeli Settlements on Palestinian Land. Netanyahu and ‘Acts of Hooliganism’

0

One knows things are bad in Palestine when even Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, known for his brutal heavy-handiness against the Palestinians, has to decry what he calls ‘acts of hooliganism’ against them. These behaviors, known as price-tag attacks, are committed against Palestinians and Israeli security forces by Jewish youth living in violation of international law in Israeli settlements on Palestinian land. The point, apparently, is to extract a ‘price’ for actions taken against their illegal settlements. What actions Israeli security forces are taking, or have taken, were not mentioned.

In response, Mr. Netanyahu made this astounding statement: “I wish to condemn two phenomena that we have witnessed recently: Racism against Israeli Arabs and acts of hooliganism against Palestinians, without any provocation or justification”. He promised to “act with all legal means at our disposal to stop them.”

This writer finds these to be most bewildering statements. How, he asks himself, can Mr. Netanyahu decry ‘acts of hooliganism’, which include brutal and vicious assaults, when his Israel Defense Forces (IDF) comprise one of the most brutal and vicious terrorist organizations in the world, killing, maiming and terrorizing Palestinians, on their own land, on a daily basis? How can he promise, with a straight face, to ‘act with all legal means at our disposal to stop them’, when he continually shows his complete disdain for international law by increasing settlement activity on Palestinian land?

And Israel has now devised a new way to torture and humiliate Palestinians. It has somehow developed a horrible smelling substance, ostensibly for use in breaking up unruly crowds of Palestinian demonstrators. The liquid is sprayed on people, and the smell is so offensive that they flee from it.

Well, one supposes this is better than the rubber bullets, which are about the most benign weaponry Israel ever uses against Palestinians and internationals supporting them. Yet current reports indicate that IDF terrorists go into peaceful neighborhoods, and spray the putrid fumes on private homes, where the occupants are merely trying to live as normally as possible under cruel and horrific occupation. Business as usual for apartheid Israel.

But getting back to the original point, Mr. Netanyahu seems to define ‘hooliganism’ somewhat differently than this writer understands the term. Some minor vandalism, graffiti on walls or cars, etc., might be viewed as hooliganism, but the term seems to stop short of assault and battery, and attempted murder. So these rampaging Israeli youths, attacking Palestinians because they dare to object to the theft of their land, are not, in this writer’s view, hooligans. They are criminals, guilty of hate crimes, and should be prosecuted as such. But in an apartheid nation such as Israel, that just isn’t going to happen.

But perhaps these ‘childish’ expressions of displeasure on the part of Israeli youths are excusable. The director of Child and Adolescent Clinical Services, Ruth Pat-Horencyzyk, said that these ‘youngsters’ probably suffer the psychological effects of surviving terrorist acts.  Said she: “Those adolescents were exposed to terrorist attacks and developed post-traumatic symptoms… they tend to exercise twice as much risk-taking behaviors. Attacking innocent people just because they are Arabs, with no provocation whatsoever. And that’s very typical to people who feel in survival mode state.”

Since 2000, at least 8,000 Palestinian children have been arrested by the IDF. Have they, and all Palestinians, not also been ‘exposed to terrorist attacks and developed post-traumatic symptoms’? Is this only an excuse for Israeli youths living in illegal settlements to attack Palestinians, but isn’t seen as justification for any violence perpetrated by Palestinian youths, most, if not all, of whom experience horrific terrorist attacks on a frequent basis, including the destruction of their homes to make way for Israeli-only roads and settlements, constant harassment by IDF terrorists, and the continued humiliation of their parents? Is there no sympathy for them when they throw a rock at a U.S.-provided tank that is patrolling their street, taking their land and making them homeless?

Mr. Netanyahu and his co-Zionists will not be satisfied until every vestige of Palestinian existence is purged from Palestine. That in 2013, one country can, with impunity, perpetrate the horrors that Israel inflicts on the Palestinians is beyond shocking. Not in the U.S. , of course, where the American Israel Political Affairs Committee (AIPAC) has bought and paid for most of Congress and the White House. In those hallowed halls, such lofty concepts of ‘human rights’ and peoples’ right to self-determination are only offered conditionally. Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, widely seen as the frontrunner for the Democratic presidential nomination in 2016, said this about Syrian rebels in 2012: “…we cannot ask the opposition to unilaterally give up their struggle for justice, dignity, and self-determination.” Yet during Israel’s barbaric bombardment of the Gaza Strip in November of 2012, she made this amazing statement: “The rocket attacks from terrorist organizations inside Gaza on these (Israeli) cities and towns must end and a broader calm restored.” No comments now about not asking ‘the opposition (Palestine) to unilaterally give up their struggle for justice, dignity, and self-determination.’ Without a powerful lobby to influence and purchase U.S. so-called representatives, Palestinian human rights are not even considered.

If Mr. Netanyahu considers that barbaric assaults by Israeli youths on Palestinians are acts of hooliganism that must be stopped, he might want to consider his own such acts, on steroids, and think about stopping them. But no, a few words to the press to show his great concern, yearning for peace, desire for a fair and equitable solution, etc., etc., are always sufficient to mask his land theft, torture and terrorism towards the Palestinians. The U.S. press is always happy to report those oh-so-appealing sound bites, but somewhat more hesitant to inform their readers and listeners about the unspeakable sufferings endured by the Palestinians at the hands of apartheid Israel.

Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, the weak, spineless leader of Fatah which supposedly rules the West Bank, hesitates to petition the International Criminal Court for redress. Did he displease his U.S. puppet masters so severely last year, when he successfully petitioned the United Nations for recognition, that he dare not do it again? One can think of no other reason for him not to utilize Palestine’s new position in the United Nations to assist the suffering Palestinian people. Does he think Mr. Netanyahu will suddenly be filled with compassion for the Palestinians? Does he think U.S. president Barack Obama will decide to stop funding Israel and its terrorists? No, even Mr. Abbas is not so naïve.

It is long past time for Palestine’s incompetent and corrupt leadership to risk the financial wrath of the U.S. and go to the United Nations to seek redress for Israel’s countless crimes against Palestine. With each delay, more illegal settlements are planned and built, more Palestinian land is lost, and the prospects for a free, independent and prosperous Palestine fade. It is an unspeakable disgrace that the world community has tolerated this for so long, but it took a giant step toward rectifying the situation last November, when Palestine was admitted to the U.N. as a Non-Member Observer State. With Mr. Abbas recognized internationally as Palestine’s leader, the next move is his to make. That he has delayed this long only compounds his disgrace.
—
David Swanson’s books include “War Is A Lie.”

He blogs at http://davidswanson.org and http://warisacrime.org and works for http://rootsaction.org. He hosts Talk Nation Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @davidcnswanson and FaceBook.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Film – Secrets, Shadows and the Root of All Evil

0

The Infowar circa 500 BC

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

As the secretive and shadowy Bilderberg Group meets in Watford, UK, this Operation Paul Revere entry from Europe is based on Plato’s Allegory of the Cave – how human perception of reality is manipulated by others. In Plato’s story, people were chained to a wall in a cave, their “reality” merely shadows projected on the wall by their controllers. The InfoWar hasn’t changed much in 2500 years.

THE ROOT OF ALL EVIL: Operation Paul Revere Infowars.com Contest | (Plato’s Allegory of the Cave) from Rob Nelson on Vimeo.

Filmmaker Rob Nelson’s description:

What is really the root of all evil in our world? Is it money, as we are often told? Is it religion, or is it perhaps something more fundamental? This movie provides a different perspective on reality, challenging the idea of randomness and chance, exploring the idea of our lives being manipulated from behind the scenes. An idea that less people find controversial today, as absurdity runs rampant in our personal lives and in world events.

The movie also explains the mechanisms of denial, that keep us from expanding our awareness and from growing individually and collectively as a species.

The concept of manipulating human perception of reality was already explored in The Allegory of the Cave by Plato, in his book The Republic, written around 380 BC. Apart from Plato, the movie features Socrates and Aristotle, with their mindblowing insights that apply so accurately to our world today.

The Root of all Evil is an official entry in Alex Jones’s Operation Paul Revere Infowars.com Contest. We strongly recommend visiting infowars.com for more information about the contest and for unbiased world news.

Do you already feel TRULY free and fulfilled? Then you probably don’t need to watch this film. Do you feel confused or senselessly oppressed by society and your political leaders? Then this movie is for you.
If You liked the movie, please rate it and share with friends and fellow humans.

Happy Viewing!

All the entries for the Operation Paul Revere contest are in. We will be reviewing and posting entries until the winners are announced in July. Showcased videos are selected for general interest and their selection does not imply that they are finalists or have met all the contest requirements. All of the views expressed in the films are not necessarily endorsed by InfoWars.com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 1:36 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Alex Jones Talks to Police, Protesters at Bilderberg

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Alex breaks down the global elite’s foreign policy plan and their economic crimes.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 1:34 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Turkey: This is a Rebellion, No Yet A Revolution!

0

On May Day 2013, the police poured tonnes of tear gas on tens of thousands of workers and youth in different quarters of Istanbul, Turkey in order to stop them from approaching Taksim Square. The government had decided that this square, the traditional venue for May Day celebrations and home to daily political actions big and small, was to be shut to demonstrations this year because development work was being done on a massive scale involving huge excavated pits making it dangerous for crowds. In a ludicrous act, the governor of Istanbul stood atop a mound at the edge of one of those pits to hold a press conference in a desperate attempt to drive home the threat that these pits represented for people.

Exactly one month later, on Saturday June 1, the masses protesting against the urban plans behind this development work and against the government itself had captured the square and made it the freest part of Istanbul, or rather of Turkey! The police withdrew that afternoon from Taksim Square to abandon the place to the thronging crowds of protestors unfathomably numbering in the hundreds of thousands! It has now been three days and not one single soul has fallen into the scarecrow pit! The symbolism is striking: This is the biggest defeat for the AKP government and for Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan ever since the party came to power a decade ago.

This is a fact of momentous importance. Despite the deep contradictions within the Turkish bourgeoisie over the last decade, pitting the Westernist-secularist dominant wing against the newly ascendant Islamist wing, involving coup plots and imprisonment of top brass, it is not any force from within the ruling class, but the popular masses that teach Erdogan his first serious lesson! For the hundreds of thousands of people out on the streets and squares of at least 48 of the 91 provincial capital cities of the country and for the many millions behind them supporting the struggle morally from within their homes, nothing is taken for granted any more. This is a mass of people shining forth with self-confidence and a feeling that it is they who represent what is just and right. They defy all the conventions and limitations of the existing legal system regulating political activity.

Spontaneity and Heterogeneity

Yes, this is a rebellion, the revolt of a whole people against an oppressive government that has overseen processes of brutal capitalist exploitation over a full decade. But it is not yet a revolution. For the people do want to bring the government down (the major unifying slogan is “Erdogan resign!” or “Government resign!”), but are not organized, nor can they yet become organized so as to set up an alternative government that represents their aspirations and interests. This is not a struggle for power, but a gigantic movement that has taken the whole (or almost the whole, see below) country in its grip that cries out its grievances and wants to remove from the scene what it sees as the cause of all ills, the Erdogan government.

As in almost all the cases of revolutionary or pre-revolutionary outburst around the Mediterranean basin within the last five years (Greece December 2008, Tunisia and Egypt 2010-11, Spain 2011), the revolt in Turkey is also a totally spontaneous one uncontrolled by any single or several political or social organization. This is both a strength and a weakness. It is a strength in the early stages because it brings in the most incredible sections and layers of society without fear of manipulation by a political organization not to their liking. It is definitely a weakness in the long term since if the revolt were to turn into a revolution, this could only triumph under the leadership of one or more political parties with a strong following in the mass movement.

But even in the medium term (and, in this kind of concrete situation, when we talk about the medium term, we are talking weeks, if not days) it is also a weakness since it paradoxically leaves the movement vulnerable to the machinations of wings of the bourgeois political establishment that wish to recuperate the movement through more subtle methods (refused by Erdogan, who has persisted and signed) and this way put an early end to the rebellion before it starts to get out of hand and starts to threaten the bases of capitalist rule in the country. This kind of alternative has already started taking shape in the form of an alliance between Abdullah Gul, the president of the republic (of AKP origin himself), a political figure who is in political rivalry with Erdogan for the next presidential elections, and Kemal Kilicdaroglu, the leader of the CHP, the Turkish member of the misnamed Socialist International. Since Erdogan has departed on a tour of North African countries and since Bulent Arinc, deputy prime minister acting as prime minister temporarily, takes a line that is critical of Erdogan’s stance also, they will probably try to absorb the movement through some minor concessions to the mass movement in coming days, with Erdogan conveniently absent while soft methods alien to him are being implemented. Behind this kind of solution would stand at least TUSIAD, the organization of the pro-Western wing of finance capital, if not other organizations of the Turkish ruling classes. This kind of face saving resolution of the problem is made all the more urgent since even at this stage the capitalist economy is threatened by the situation Turkey finds itself in. On Monday, day four of the revolt but the first day when the Istanbul Stock Exchange was open, the markets took a nose dive, closing more than 10 per cent on a catastrophic day.

On the other hand, the movement itself is extremely heterogeneous both in class terms and in ideological-political orientation. In class composition, one can easily assert that this is a multi-class movement, with the modern sections of the petty-bourgeoisie totally immersed in a Western life style, the intelligentsia, the upper echelons of the proletariat and the youth in the forefront. The working-class proper is not oblivious to the movement, but has not yet either thrown its organized weight behind the movement or put forth its specific class demands.

Ideologically and politically three broad tendencies may be discerned, with infinite variations in each category. There is the ecological sensibility, unfortunately marred by the left liberalism (in the European sense of the term “liberal”) of great parts of the left in Turkey, which makes them easy prey to the machinations of what they would consider as the “democratic” and “civilized” wing of the bourgeoisie. There is, secondly, a very strong, one would even say dominant, Turkish nationalist tendency, ranging from the CHP through myriad Kemalist associations to the ex-Maoist, Kemalist, quasi-fascistic Labour Party. And, of course, there is the motley collection of Turkish socialist and revolutionary forces, skilled and seasoned in street fighting, but lacking in political acumen or programmatic horizon.

The aspirations of the three tendencies are very different from each other. For the ecological cum left liberal tendency, the great dream is Turkey’s accession to the European Union. So any deal that makes TUSIAD happy would possibly leave them satisfied as well. The nationalist tendency is divided between Atlanticism and a pro-EU stance, on the one hand, and a Eurasian orientation, on the other. However, both of these sub-currents are united against the creeping Islamization that the AKP has been carrying out successfully over a decade. They are all “republicans,” i.e. they defend Kemal Ataturk‘s principles and wish well to the pro-Western wing of the bourgeoisie, that is, the wing represented again by TUSIAD. (The contradiction that the reader may sense in two very different tendencies represented by the left liberals and the nationalists in their common support for TUSIAD is a contradiction that exists in real life!)

The socialist left in its majority unfortunately tail-ends either one or the other of the above tendencies. There is, of course, a third major tendency that supports the Kurdish cause, of which more in a moment. It is only if the major actors missing for the moment come into the fray that the left can even begin to pose an alternative solution to the crisis.

The Missing Actors

The fate of the great popular rebellion in Turkey will be decided by the following questions: Will the Kurdish movement join the rebellion or will it implicitly side with the AKP government? And will the core battalions of the working-class come forth with their class-based demands and forms of struggle?

On the first question, despite our whole-hearted support for the rights of the Kurdish people, including self-determination, we feel duty-bound to underline, without unfortunately being able to go into detail, that the Kurdish movement is on the wrong track in having accepted the terms of Erdogan for the so-called “peace” process. This will oblige them to support the expansionist and adventurist hegemonic role that the AKP government seeks to establish for Turkey in the whole region of the Middle East and North Africa and beyond. Even at this early stage, when the “peace” process has hardly covered any distance at all, it has also so far stopped them from supporting the popular rebellion because this would, they fear, throw cold water over their relations with the AKP government and spoil the whole “peace” process. This, one is forced to underline, is a most backward position for what was once a national revolutionary movement with Marxist leanings. In their defence, one should remember that for three decades, while the Kurdish masses were being persecuted and assassinated, most of the people out on the streets now were looking the other way, if not lending straightforward support to the criminal actions of the Turkish state.

Regarding the working-class, one should face the truth squarely and admit that at the polling booth, the core of the working-class has been voting for Erdogan and that major battalions of the class (from the metal workers to road and transport) are regimented by extremely bureaucratic unions that bow before the onslaught of the capitalist class and have recently sought to secure the conditions of their own existence through servitude to Erdogan. One most recent instance of such shameless capitulation was seen in the heat of the popular rebellion itself. The right-wing leadership of the largest metal workers union had refused the terms of the bosses’ organization and had proclaimed a strike applicable some time in June. It then signed that same collective bargaining agreement the very night when popular anger grabbed the streets of Istanbul. A coincidence? Not at all. The leader of this union has posed his candidacy for the position of leader of the largest labour confederation and is declaring his loyalty to Erdogan so that he can take the job!

However, the working-class does display tendencies toward joining the big revolt movement. There have been repeated marches, night after night, in different working-class neighbourhoods on the outskirts of cities such as Istanbul, Ankara and Antalya. If only this potential could be mustered to form an organized movement, the whole situation would promise to change from one of rebellion with uncertain horizons to a revolution with clear ends.

These are the hidden resources of the rebellion in Turkey. Should the working-class come into the fight with its specific demands and form of struggle, the whole balance of forces would change. The class struggle federation that represents public employees (KESK) had already declared a sector-wide strike for 5 June. Should this be taken up by the rest of the union movement and made into a general strike, the rebellion in Turkey would make a giant step forward.

The other reserve force is, of course, the Kurdish national movement. The cities of Turkish Kurdistan are as yet quiescent. Should they decide to join their brothers and sisters of the rest of Turkey, an explosion of unfathomable proportions would shake Turkey, the Middle East and beyond. –

Sungur Savran is based in Istanbul and is one of the editors of the newspaper Gercek (Truth) and the theoretical journal Devrimci Marksizm (Revolutionary Marxism), both published in Turkish. This article was written on 4 June, 2013.

1. “This is a revolt, not (yet) a revolution!” A reference to the famous conversation during the outbreak of the French Revolution between King Louis XVI and one of his advisors.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Obama Wants Whistleblowers Silenced

0

Sibel Edmonds founded the National Security Whistleblowers Coalition (NSWBC). She did so to aid “national security whistleblowers through a variety of methods.”

The ACLU called her “the most gagged person in the history of the United States.”

Since 1977, the Government Accountability Project (GAP) calls itself “the nation’s leading whistleblower protection and advocacy organization.”

“What is a Whistleblower,” it asks?

Anyone “who discloses information that (he or she) reasonably believes is evidence of illegality, gross waste or fraud, mismanagement, abuse of power, general wrongdoing, or a substantial and specific danger to public health and safety.”

“Typically, whistleblowers speak out to parties that can influence and rectify the situation.”

“These parties include the media, organizational managers, hotlines, or Congressional members/staff, to name a few.”

On April 1, activist lawyers launched the Whistleblowers Defense League (WDL). Founding members include Jay Leiderman, Dennis Roberts, and Jason Flores-Williams.

Center for Constitutional Rights President Emeritus Michael Ratner praised their initiative, saying:

“Every effort that focuses on the defense of whistleblowers, internet free speech activists, publishers and others persecuted by the US government is to be applauded.”

“This group joins many other(s) who are already defending those accused of shining light on the dark secrets of government and corporations.”

A WDL announcement said:

“We have entered a dangerous time in America. The FBI and Department of Justice are using harassment and prosecution as a tool to chill and silence journalism, on-line activism and dissent.”

Co-founder Jay Leiberman stressed that “People are being subpoenaed, indicted and incarcerated for simply exploring the truth.”

“The government has amended the constitution with fear.”

“In response, a nation-wide group of expert criminal defense attorneys have formed the Whistleblower Defense League to defend and encourage those willing to investigate and speak out against the corporate and political forces threatening our democracy.”

Candidate Obama promised transparency, accountability, and reform. President Obama targeted more whistleblowers than all his predecessors combined.

He usurped diktat powers to do so. He prioritizes police state harshness. On January 25, he issued a barely noticed memorandum titled:

“Presidential Memorandum — Rulemaking Concerning the Standards for Designating Positions in the Competitive Service as National Security Sensitive and Related Matters”

It pertains to proposed “amended regulations contained in the Office of Personnel Management’s notice of proposed rulemaking in 75 Fed. Reg. 77783 (December 14, 2010),”

Its purpose “is to clarify the requirements and procedures agencies should observe when designating national security positions as required under EO 10450, Security Requirements for Government Employment.”

National security positions are defined as “any position(s) in a department or agency, the occupant of which could bring about, by virtue of the nature of the position, a material adverse effect on the national security.”

“The purpose of the revisions is to clarify the categories of positions which, by virtue of the nature of their duties, have the potential to bring about a material adverse impact on the national security, whether or not the positions require access to classified information.”

Another purpose is to properly designate each position with regard to public trust and national security considerations.

Both are necessary, it says, “for determining appropriate investigative requirements.” Clarification is needed to decide when they’re required.

At issue is establishing standards to give federal officials authorization to fire employees without appeal. They can be designated ineligible to hole “noncritical sensitive” jobs for any reason or none at all.

They can be prosecuted for disclosing information the public has a right to know. Doing so can be called compromising national security.

Longstanding civil service law doesn’t matter. It’s fundamental for protecting whistleblower rights. One of the first laws enacted was the 1863 United False Claims Act. It targeted persons and federal contractors defrauding the government.

The 1978 Civil Service Reform Act (CSRA) abolished the Civil Service Commission. Three new agencies replaced it: the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), the Merit Systems Protection Board (MSPB), and the Federal Labor Relations Authority (FLRA).

OPM advises executive branch agencies. It issues human resources regulations.

FLRA’s responsible for federal employee rights. It focuses on issues related to collective bargaining.

MSPB handles federal employee appeals. It does so with regard to discipline, discrimination and dismissals.

CSRA prohibits discrimination based on marital status, race, religion, political activity or affiliation. Affected employees may petition the Office of Special Counsel.

The 1989 Whistleblower Protection Act protects federal employees who report misconduct. Federal agencies are prohibited from retaliating against those who do so.

Whistleblowers may report law or regulatory violations, gross mismanagement, waste, fraud and/or abuse, or acts endangering public health or safety.

The Office of Special Council is empowered to investigate whistleblower complaints.

The Merit Systems Protection Board adjudicates them.

The Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit is the only judicial body authorized to hear whistleblower case appeals. Since the Whistleblower Protection Act was revised in 1994, it ruled on 203 cases. Only three times did whistleblowers prevail.

At least 18 federal statutes protect private sector whistleblowers. They fall short of full protection. What corporations want they get.

They write legislation Congress passes. Sarbanes-Oxley, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, and Dodd-Frank are three of many examples.

On November 27, 2012, the Whistleblower Protection Enhancement Act (WPEA) became law.

Government Accountability Project Legal Director Tom Devine said:

“This reform took 13 years to pass because it can make so much difference against fraud, waste and abuse.”

“Government managers at all levels made pleas and repeatedly blocked the bill through procedural sabotage.”

“But once there were no more secret ‘holds,’ the WPEA passed unanimously, because no politician in a free society can openly oppose freedom of speech.”

Reforms enacted protect federal employees from reprisal for:

  • revealing it to co-workers or supervisors;
  • disclosing policy decision consequences; or
  • doing any or all of the above in relation to their position or duties.

Obama signed the legislation into law. He’s targeted whistleblowers more aggressively than all his predecessors combined. He circumvented or ignored legal provisions.

His January 25 memorandum makes it easier to do so. Whistleblower advocacy groups expressed concern.

During Obama’s first term, he targeted record numbers of government employees, journalists and others.

He did so on national security grounds. Prosecutions were for allegedly leaking classified information. True or false doesn’t matter.

At issue is revealing information Washington wants kept secret. Anyone challenging government authority is vulnerable. So are supporters of right over wrong.

A Final Comment

On May 24, The Government Accountability Project headlined “GAP Praises Long-Overdue Overhaul of Military Whistleblower Protection Enhancement Act of 2013 (MMPEA).”

On February 14, HR 704: Military Whistleblower Protection Enhancement Act was introduced. It was sent to committee. No further action was taken.

On May 24, Senator Mark Warner (D. VA) introduced a companion bill. It falls short of what’s needed. It relates to sexual assaults. They’re one of many abuses needing addressing and redress.

GAP Legal Director Tom Devine said:

“Sexual assaults in the military continue for the same reasons as other human rights violations — secrecy coupled with weak or nonexistent rights to challenge abuses of power.”

“For 25 years, the Military Whistleblower Protection Act has been so weak that GAP has advised soldiers not to file complaints under it.”

“This legislation would replace token rights with those equivalent to the civil service Whistleblower Protection Act.”

Enactment will be a step in the right direction. Doing so won’t protect whistleblower rights.

Stronger measures with teeth are needed. Everyone deserves them. Fundamental freedoms are on the line. They’re disappearing in plain sight.

Vitally important whistleblower rights alone are threatened. Legislation protecting them falls short of what’s needed. Obama wants laws entirely circumvented.

His January 25 memorandum addresses establishing new standards. He wants them overriding existing protections. He claims his mandate applies solely to positions deemed “sensitive.”

Proposed rules are vague. They provide wiggle room to target anyone for any reason or none at all. So-called “sensitive” positions include any potentially having “a material adverse impact” on national security.

Saying so is in the eye of the beholder. Virtually all government employees are vulnerable. So are journalists, military personnel, activists and others. First Amendment rights are threatened.

Anyone exposing government or military wrongdoing can be fired, fined, prosecuted, court martialed, and/or imprisoned.

Doing so reflects police state justice. America’s on a fast track toward institutionalizing it. It could arrive full-blown any time. Any pretext real or invented could justify it. Rogue states govern that way.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

http://www.dailycensored.com/obama-wants-all-whistleblowers-silenced/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Assad army retakes control of strategic Lebanon-bordering Qusayr

0

Syrian regime forces seize control of the strategically important town of Qusayr on the Lebanon border after a long battle with rebel fighters. Victory is being hailed as a turning point in the civil war, rebels blame defeat on the exiled Council.

Two weeks of fierce fighting has left Qusayr, once a city of 30,000, ruined with buildings
devastated and windows shattered. The dome of the local mosque
was damaged by rocket fire and the walls of a church smashed
open.

The opposition claims that more than 500 rebels died and 1,000
were wounded.

Humanitarian agencies earlier this week claimed nearly 1,500
wounded were trapped in the city during the series of attacks by
Assad forces backed by Hezbollah.  

A Syrian army's soldier walks in a street left in ruins with a national flag featuring Syria's President Bachar al-Assad on June 5, 2013 in the city of Qusayr in Syria's central Homs province (AFP Photo / Str)

Those who survived the counter-offensives escaped the city
through a corridor overnight, with the rebels completely losing
control of the border city. A security source with ties to
Syrian forces said Assad’s troops deliberately left an escape
route into nearby Debaa and the Lebanese border town of Arsal to
encourage rebel fighters to quit Qusayr.

The decision to withdraw was taken after a day of rocket fire
from the Syrian army and Hezbollah that “leveled what had
remained”
of Qusayr, Reuters said citing a rebel commander in
contact with the brigades.

“This victory will have a major impact on the entire course of
the fighting in Syria,”
Homs Governor Ahmad Munir told RT.
“The Syrian army liberated the province of Homs and regained
control over its entire territory, and seeks to extend it to the
rest of the country.”

However, the rebels claim that they will take revenge.

Asked by RT if that was true that Free Syrian Army is preparing
to fight back, Muhammad Fatih said “Yes, it’s true.”

“Now reinforcements are arriving from Aleppo, its suburbs and
other areas near Qusayr. We hope that everything will be decided
in the next few hours after the implementation of our planned
operations,”
he said.

At the same time, opposition group blamed the defeat on National
Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces (SC),
accusing exiled members of ignoring the situation in Syria and
being more concerned about money than fighting.

Experts believe the victory puts an end not only to rebel control
in Qusayr, but in the whole region.

The city of Aleppo, which has been in rebel hands for the last
year, is predicted to be the next city to be retaken by the
Syrian regime’s army.

Syrian army's soldiers walk in a street left in ruins on June 5, 2013 in the city of Qusayr in Syria's central Homs province (AFP Photo / Str)

“Now the Syrian army will try to regain control over the area
of Aleppo, using the fact that the Turkish army is currently
unable to provide active assistance to the rebels, given the
current unrest in Istanbul and other major Turkish cities,”

Wafeeq Ibrahim, Middle East expert from Beirut told RT. 

“In the coming days we are waiting reports of a new point, I
think it would be Aleppo,”
Ilyas Ibrahim, expert from
Damascus, told RT. “Thus, Qusayr was an important turning
point for the Arab Syrian army in the battle for the liberation
of all Syrian territories.”

Ibrahim believes that capturing Qusayr might also play role in
establishing peace in Lebanon.

“It will mark a new stage in the establishment of the peace
process in Lebanon. Of course, there will be an attempt on the
part of the armed opposition to change the balance of power, but
they will fail. The battle in Qusayr is remarkable as it is held
after the Syrian army was retreating for a long time. Winning the
Qusayr will free the area from Akruma in northern Syria to the
area Ursal, located to the east of the Bekaa Valley. Through this
area, as well as across the Turkish border, militants received
weapons and ammunition,”
he said.

According to UN figures, more than 80,000 people have been killed
since the uprising against Bashar Assad began in March 2011.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Endangering Democracy: Manning’s ‘Secrets’ v. Over-classification

0

The U.S. government wants to lock away Pvt. Bradley Manning for life because he released hundreds of thousands of classified documents that he believes revealed war crimes and other wrongdoing. But overlooked is how much damage over-classification does to the Republic, says Robert Parry.

I thought of Pvt. Bradley Manning when I recently received a response to one of my Freedom of Information Act requests to Ronald Reagan’s presidential library. I was seeking documents about President Reagan’s secret strategy of aiding Saddam Hussein’s Iraq in its war with Iran.

Reagan’s tilt to Iraq in the early 1980s — while his administration also was winking at Israeli weapons sales to Iran — was part of a clandestine U.S. approach to the region which generated huge profits for arms dealers while feeding sectarian violence and political animosities that echo to the present day. It seemed to me that it was way past time to know the full truth.

However, though many of the events in question are now more than 30 years old — and thus are commonly thought to be readily accessible under FOIA — the reality is that the U.S. government still makes seeing such documents extremely difficult.

The letter from the Reagan library said the archivists would not even begin to process my request for “128 months,” that is more than 10 years, and then the process would involve time-consuming declassification reviews in which various agencies with “equity” interests would each have to sign off, along with whoever the sitting president is.

And, were I to die or lose interest in the interim, the process would go back to square one, waiting for some other interested American citizen to put in a new request and starting the clock again. In other words, we might all be dead before these records will be open to the public.

There is an old saying that “justice delayed is justice denied,” but the concept also applies to historical accountability. History delayed can mean accountability denied.

Plus, there’s no guarantee that some hypothetical historian far into the future will fully understand what the documents mean once they are, hypothetically, released. Since the people who lived through the relevant era might have left the scene, references or details may not be understood. In other words, there’s a great danger that the history will be permanently lost.

Besides the loss of history, there is also a more immediate concern: If the American people don’t know what their government did — and who did it — they can be led down the same dangerous paths by the same people who created the dangers in the first place. On a geopolitical level, it’s a bit like one of those suspense stories in which the young heroine fleeing a serial killer is putting her misguided trust in the villain as he poses as a protector of her safety.

For instance, if the American people had been allowed a full understanding of what George H.W. Bush had done as Vice President and President, would they have been so gullible to have allowed his eldest son to elbow his way into the White House? It was their misguided trust in the elder George Bush that bought Junior the benefit of the doubt. [See Robert Parry’s Secrecy & Privilege.]

Similarly, if the American people knew the complete story about the neocons who were credentialed by the Reagan administration — including their role in Central American atrocities and their clever use of propaganda — would the public have been so easily duped into the Iraq invasion?

Or, if they knew that Robert Gates was a behind-the-scenes figure in some of the scandalous operations of the Reagan era — as much evidence suggests — would they have trusted him as a Wise Man brought in to counsel leaders, such as George W. Bush and Barack Obama on wars in Iraq and Afghanistan? Would his “words of wisdom” be fawningly transcribed by U.S. journalists? [See Parry’s America’s Stolen Narrative.]

Endangering Democracy

In other words, America’s overly classified history, which is locked away in government vaults for decades, is itself a threat to national security, not to mention an affront to anything close to a meaningful democracy. The hyper-secrecy also creates fertile ground for nutty conspiracy theories, further destabilizing the Republic.

So, the cavalier expression that I often heard in the 1980s when news executives grew bored with Iran-Contra and related scandals — “oh, let’s leave that for the historians!” — wasn’t just bad journalism; it was a threat to the nation and to the world.

To this day, Americans have gotten only glimpses of Reagan’s cynical policies in the Middle East. Snapshots have emerged from the Iran-Contra Affair, which exposed some of the clandestine arms shipments to Iran, and from a sworn affidavit by Howard Teicher, a staffer on Reagan’s National Security Council who disclosed some of the secret collaboration with Iraq.

But nothing close to the full history has ever been revealed — and many conflicting assertions remain, such as whether the Iran side of this operation originated from treacherous Republican-Iranian contacts behind President Jimmy Carter’s back before Election 1980 and whether Teicher’s affidavit is entirely accurate. That is where my FOIA request came in.

Which brings me back to Bradley Manning whose trial for leaking government secrets is set to begin on Monday, with the prosecution seeking life imprisonment for the young private who is accused of aiding the enemy. Most fair-minded people would agree that some of Manning’s information was beneficial to the public’s right to know, revealing details of human rights violations and exposing corrupt government officials around the world.

However, the conventional wisdom within U.S. government circles and the mainstream news media is that Manning’s wholesale release of secrets to WikiLeaks endangered civilians who collaborated with American forces in Afghanistan and elsewhere and impaired U.S. foreign policy by revealing the frank opinions of American diplomats.

Yet, while it may be true — although it remains unproven — that some innocents were put at risk and that U.S. diplomacy has been made more complicated, Manning’s unauthorized release of hundreds of thousands of documents must be weighed against the U.S. government’s hiding of hundreds of millions of documents.

The simple truth is that the vast majority of those “secret” documents do not represent any reasonable threat to national security. And, to the contrary, the continued over-classification represents a clear and present danger to the Republic, both because secrecy undermines democracy and because ignorance makes voters vulnerable to deceptive politicians who, in turn, can inflict serious harm on the real national security.

So, when you hear someone condemning Bradley Manning for releasing government secrets, you might think about my attempt to go through the proper channels to see 30-year-old documents on U.S. policy toward Iraq – and being told that I’ll have to wait at least “128 months.”

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his new book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Susan Rice to Replace Tom Donilon as National Security Advisor

0

National Security Advisor Thomas E. Donilon will resign his post next month and will be replaced by U.S. Ambassador to the UN Susan E. Rice (shown), White House officials announced on June 5. The Washington Post and other news sources reported that Donilon’s resignation will become effective in early July.

A report in the Los Angeles Times noted that Donilon has been a member of President Obama’s national security staff for four years and replaced Gen. James Jones as Obama’s national security advisor (officially called the assistant to the president for national security affairs) in 2010. 

The Times reported that Donilon helped to formulate the Obama administration’s policy for drawdown in Afghanistan and that he advised caution in the U.S. raid conducted to kill Osama bin Laden.

Donilon was a former chief of staff to Secretary of State Warren Christopher, during the Clinton administration. In one of his last official acts, he traveled to Beijing in May to help lay the groundwork for the president’s upcoming summit with Chinese President Xi Jinping.

An AP report carried by the Boston Globe recalled that Rice, described as “a close Obama confidante,” came under intense criticism from Republicans during investigations into the deadly attack on a U.S. compound in Benghazi resulting in the deaths of the United States Ambassador to Libya J. Christopher Stevens and three others. Relying on incorrect information provided by the intelligence community, Rice said in television interviews that the attacks were likely spontaneous, which was later proven incorrect.

The president had proposed Rice as a possible replacement for retiring Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, but her mixed and sometimes inaccurate statements concerning the Benghazi attack made her a lighting rod for criticism. On November 19, 2012, 97 House Republicans sent a letter to President Obama saying that Rice’s statements about Benghazi were “misleading” and that she should therefore not be considered a candidate to succeed Clinton as secretary of state.

On December 13, 2012, she announced that she was withdrawing her name from consideration saying that if nominated “the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive, and costly.”

Obama then submitted the name of John Kerry for the cabinet position at State and the well-known former chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee won easy confirmation.

Unlike the secretary of state post, the position of national security advisor does not require Senate confirmation.

The Post report observed that some of Rice’s toughest critics have indicated that they are prepared to cooperate with Rice in her new position.

“She’s going to have her plate full, if she’s chosen,” said Senator Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) “I will not be petty. I will put my differences on Benghazi aside and work with her.”

The Globe article reported that Obama will also nominate Samantha Power, a graduate of Yale University and Harvard Law School identified as “a human rights expert and former White House adviser,” to replace Rice at the UN. 

Power won a Pulitzer Prize for her book, A Problem From Hell, about the U.S. response to genocide. The Post reported that she served as a senior director for multilateral affairs and human rights on the National Security Council during Obama’s first term, continuing into the beginning of his second term.

She wrote in an article critical of the Security Council in The New Republic in 2003: “The U.N. Security Council is anachronistic, undemocratic, and consists of countries that lack the standing to be considered good faith arbiters of how to balance the stability against democracy, peace against justice, and security against human rights.”

The position of ambassador to the United Nations will require Senate confirmation.

The president’s decision to replace Donilon with Rice continues a long-standing practice among presidents of both parties in recent decades to move members of the internationalist Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) into top position. Both Donilon and Rice are CFR members. 

A look at previous national security advisors also turns up a heavy dose of CFR members, including: Stephen Hadley (2005-2009), Condoleezza Rice (2001-2005), Samuel R. Berger (1997-2001), Brent Scowcroft (1989-1993), Colin Powell (1987-1989), Frank Carlucci (1986-1987), Robert C. McFarlane (1983-1985), Richard V. Allen (1981-1982), Zbigniew Brzezinski (1977-1981), Henry Kissinger (1969-1975), Walt Rostow (1966-1969), McGeorge Bundy (1961-1966), Gordon Gray (1958-1961), and Dillon Anderson (1955-1966). The first National Security Director, Robert Cutler (1953-1955 and 1957-1958) wrote an article for the April 1956 issue of Foreign Affairs (the CFR’s official publication) entitled “The Development of the National Security Council.”

Photo of Susan Rice: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

More Signals of Slumping Manufacturing

0

Josh Mitchell and Jeffrey Sparshott
wsj.com
June 5, 2013

Trouble in the manufacturing sector has been mounting for months, and several signals this week indicated the pain could continue into the summer.

The latest data Wednesday showed that the manufacturing sector entered the spring on weaker footing even before the Institute for Supply Management’s factory-sector gauge, released Monday, indicated contraction last month.

Apart from the volatile transportation sector, new orders for factory goods fell 0.1% in April, after falling 2.8% in March, the Commerce Department said Wednesday. Among the biggest slumps was demand for computers, which dropped more than 9%.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 1:10 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

American soldier pleads guilty to murdering 16 Afghans

0

The American soldier charged with murdering 16 Afghan civilians a year ago near Kandahar province pleaded guilty in court on Wednesday.

Staff Sgt. Robert Bales, 39, entered the plea inside of a
military courtroom at Joint Base Lewis-McChord in Washington
state early Wednesday, the Associated Press reported from the
site.

According to the AP, a military judge will hear Bales’ firsthand
account of what happened during the March 2012 outburst before
deciding if the plea will be accepted by the court.

One of the attorney representing Bales, John Henry Browne, told
the AP that he expects his client will admit to “very specific
facts
.”

Bales was brought into custody last year after opening fire on
civilians residing within two tiny villages in southern
Afghanistan. He slipped away from his post at Camp Belambay in
Kandahar on the early morning of March 11 equipped with a 9 mm
pistol and an M-4 rifle outfitted with a grenade launcher, then
went on a rampage in the village of Alkozai. He returned after to
his camp covered in blood, told at another soldier about the
attack and then left to kill again, that time attacking civilians
in the village of Najiban.

Bales, an Ohio native and father of two, was charged with 16
counts of premeditated murder – one for each life he took.

In an email to USA TODAY this week, defense attorney Emma Scanlan
wrote that Bales “is ready to accept responsibility for what
he has done
.” Browne previously told reports that Bales would
offer the plea in hopes of avoiding the death penalty. He
apparently prepared a 50-page deal that a military judge will
have to review before that determination is made.

The AP wrote Wednesday afternoon that Bales pleaded guilty to all
16 counts, but came short of doing such for another charge lobbed
against him: impeding an investigation. If the judge accepts his
plea, a jury will likely decide later this summer the fate for
the soldier – life, or life without the possibility of parole.

According to an AP reporter at Joint Base Lewis-McCord, Col.
Jeffrey Nance went over a stipulation of facts signed by Bales,
then asked the soldier to confirm whether he understood the four
elements that apply to each of the 16 charges.

A press release issued by the Army stated that certain conditions
would have to apply for Bales to be subjected to the death
penalty, an option unlikely even if his plea is rejected and he’s
convicted of stricter crimes.

“For capital punishment to be imposed, the court-martial
members must unanimously find: the service member is guilty of
the eligible crime; at least one aggravating factor exists; and
that the aggravating factor must substantially outweigh any
extenuating or mitigating circumstances found by the
court-martial members
,” the statement read.

“Obviously, avoiding the death penalty is our number one goal.
We’ve accomplished that, assuming the judge accepts the plea, and
we believe he will
,” Browne told the AP earlier this week.

No members of the US military have been executed as a result of a
conviction since 1961, although five currently face that
possibility.

Bales was serving his fourth combat deployment with the
atrocities occurred last year, and his lawyer told the court
previously that he had been drinking alcohol and snorting Valium
on the night of the killings. Bales is reported to suffer from
post-traumatic stress disorder, and was facing foreclosure on his
home shortly before the time of the incident. Browne described
the soldier as “crazed” and “broken” last week, but
stopped short of labeling him legally insane.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Studies in Intelligence: New Articles from The CIA’s In-House Journal

0

The Presidential ban against CIA assassinations of foreign leaders, first enacted in 1976, reflected both moral and practical reasons – including concerns about retaliation against U.S. leaders – according to an article in the CIA’s in-house journal posted today by the National Security Archive. However, the U.S. government never spelled out the exact scope of the prohibition – at least by the time the article was written 20 years later – leaving U.S. presidents free to authorize the CIA to encourage foreign coups and engage in other operations “that endanger the lives of others,” according to the article.

First printed in the journal Studies in Intelligence in 1996, the piece was obtained through the Freedom of Information Act. It is one of 19 previously unreleased (including secret) journal items posted on the Web today for the first time, providing remarkable new details from insider perspectives, including:

  • A proposal for a far more draconian version of the Intelligence Identities Protection Act — including secret courts for intelligence officers accused of violating that law and criminalizing any revelation or purported revelation of a covert intelligence officer’s identity. (Document 7)
  • A description of how President Kennedy ordered Director of Central Intelligence John McCone to halt his effort to launch a second investigation of the actions of U-2 pilot Francis Gary Powers – who had been shot down during a May 1, 1960 overflight of the Soviet Union. (Document 11)
  • An account of how CIA and Army intelligence analyses in the late 1970s indicated that the U.S. had significantly underestimated North Korean military strength – and derailed President Carter’s plan to withdraw U.S. ground forces from South Korea. (Document 2)
  • A description of the evolution of the CIA’s role in counterterrorism – with the Directorate of Operations initially being the primary component dealing with terrorist issues, and the Directorate of Intelligence eventually emerging in a leading role. (Document 17)
  • A 2004 interview with current Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, John Brennan. (Document 15)

Archive Senior Fellow Jeffrey T. Richelson, who obtained the materials and authored the accompanying essay, commented: “Written by intelligence professionals, these articles are a window through which to glean new information and perspectives on the U.S. Intelligence Community, past and present.”

The CIA began publishing Studies in Intelligence in 1955 to help build an understanding within the agency of the intelligence profession based on the insights and recollections of practitioners. The items in today’s posting fall into a number of categories – legal issues, intelligence analysis, CIA-NSA relations, counterintelligence, interviews, intelligence support and liaison, and odds & ends.

New Revelations from Studies in Intelligence Articles

By Dr. Jeffrey T. Richelson

In 1955, at the suggestion of Sherman Kent, the head of the Board of National Estimates, the CIA launched a classified journal, titled Studies in Intelligence, “to promote a sense of professional identity, enhance proficiency, and build knowledge of intelligence cumulatively from the shared insights of its practitioners.”1The journal soon evolved into a quarterly containing articles whose classification, with rare exceptions, ranged from Unclassified to Secret. While the articles are not official statements of CIA or federal government views or policy, they do represent the thinking and recollections of an assortment of intelligence professionals.

Eventually, the CIA began declassifying some of the articles and releasing them to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). In 1992, the agency also published its first unclassified edition of Studies – available to anyone interested. In 2002, the CIA began posting on its website unclassified articles from classified issues of Studies – a practice that continues to this day.

Today, information about and copies of Studies articles can be found on the CIA website — in addition to the 1992 and beyond material. They appear in an index of declassified articles (which apparently only lists articles declassified by the CIA at its initiative); other indices which allow direct access to some of the declassified articles; and the CREST/Electronic Reading Room collection. Apparently not available electronically are articles that have been declassified in response to FOIA/Mandatory Declassification Requests or litigation.

FOIA/MDR and Litigation

Over the last decade, the author filed a series of FOIA requests, starting with a 2002 request for tables of contents of 1997-2002 issues of Studies as well as any unclassified articles that appeared in those issues. (As noted above, the CIA did not post unclassified articles from classified issues until sometime in 2002). Subsequent requests covered tables of contents for 1985-1996, and years subsequent to 2003. Tables of contents for those and other years were also obtained via litigation by the National Security Counselors organization.2

Classified articles of interest whose titles appeared in the declassified tables of contents were then requested under the FOIA. Today’s collection consists of articles obtained from those requests as well as some of the unclassified articles obtained from the 2002 request.

The collection would be more extensive had the CIA not denied, over a period of two years, requests (in their entirety) for 17 of 20 articles.3

Today’s Posted Articles

The 19 posted articles in this briefing book can be grouped into a number of categories – legal issues, intelligence analysis, CIA-NSA relations, counterintelligence, interviews, intelligence support and liaison, and odds & ends.

LEGAL

John Brennan, currently CIA director, previously served as director of the Terrorist Threat Integration Center. (Photo credit: CIA)
Legal issues covered in these Studies articles include prepublication review, the protection of the identities of U.S. intelligence officers, and assassination. The prepublication review process is treated (Document 18) by a former Directorate of Intelligence representative to the Publications Review Board, who offers an anodyne view of the process and an extensive list of “myths and realities.”4

The protection of intelligence officer identities is the subject of two articles. One (Document 8) provides a history of the Intelligence Identities Protection Act (IIPA) – from initial proposals, through opposition and revisions, to final passage. Another (Document 7) suggests that the legislation did not go nearly far enough. Thus, the author, who served as a law clerk in the CIA’s Office of General Counsel, asks: “if an intelligence officer may sign away his First Amendment right to free speech, then cannot the same officer also contract away his Sixth Amendment right to a public court?”

With respect to journalists, the author also suggests removing the limitations of the IIPA in prosecuting those who reveal the identity of a covert intelligence officer. While numerous newspapers and books have stated that the IIPA prohibits such disclosure, it actually only prohibits the disclosure by those who have had authorized access to such an identity (e.g. John Kiriakou) or who engage in a “pattern of activities” which seek to undermine/expose the U.S. intelligence effort.5 The author suggests criminalizing not only any disclosure but any purported disclosure — so that even an erroneous disclosure would be a criminal offense. Further, his suggested wording for amended legislation would seem to leave open the possibility of prosecution for disclosing information that might lead to such identification even if it was not explicit.

A 1996 article (Document 1) is a significant contrast to post-9/11 legal issues concerning targeted killings. Its focus is on the implications of the prohibition on assassination that appeared in President Gerald Ford’s 1976 executive order and subsequent executive orders on intelligence.6The article addresses the implications with regard to support for paramilitary operations, coup preparations (addressing the specific case of Panama and Gen. Manual Noriega), counterproliferation operations, and even deception operations directed at individuals – which might result in their imprisonment, torture, or execution by their own government. This is in sharp contrast to the discussion of legal issues in the Justice Department’s white paper on targeted killings, which focuses on the legal justification for a targeted killing of a U.S. citizen.

INTELLIGENCE ANALYSIS

Four articles deal with various aspects of intelligence analysis. In one case (Document 9), the article focuses on a subject of concern to many intelligence analysts during the Cold War — the cost of Soviet defense programs and the burden they imposed on the Soviet economy. Another (Document 13) examines intelligence analysis related to the Strategic Defense Initiative and successor missile defense programs.

A third article (Document 2), is the result of a CIA-funded study at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard – and illustrates the decades-long difficulty of producing reliable studies and estimates concerning North Korea. It examines the intelligence estimates produced by the CIA and Army concerning North Korean military strength – which significantly altered previous conclusions — and how they ultimately derailed President Carter’s plan to withdraw U.S. ground forces from South Korea.

Also, of contemporary relevance is the article (Document 17) on the inception and evolution of terrorism analysis in the CIA. The author notes that there was little pressure on the agency to produce terrorism analysis during its first quarter-century, and products such as the 1968 special national intelligence estimate, Terrorism and Internal Security in Israel and Jordan “were relative rarities.” The article goes on to describe increasing policy maker interest subsequent to the 1972 murder of Israeli Olympic athletes, and resulting Intelligence Community focus on the issue. He also describes how initially the Directorate of Operations’ clandestine collection activities were the principal element of the CIA’s counterterrorism activities – before the emergence of the Directorate of Intelligence as a key player in that effort.

CIA & NSA

Various works on intelligence have noted both the past competition and present cooperation between the CIA and National Security Agency.7 In “A Brave, New World” (Document 14), the author states that the CIA and NSA “are moving their strategic partnership beyond the optional cooperation of the past into a new era of collaboration,” and notes that the Director of Central Intelligence — George J. Tenet at the time — had viewed much of the success against al-Qaeda and its allies as the “direct result of CIA and NSA working together.”

He goes on to examine the origins of CIA-NSA discomfort in World War II and beyond, barriers to partnership, hints of change, the impact of the September 11, 2001 attacks, tangible results, asks if the partnership would last, and addresses the challenges ahead. Among the challenges identified are the development of joint strategic planning forums, increasing the pace and scope of efforts to find joint solutions to technical problems, and the incorporation of the concerns of line officers.

COUNTERINTELLIGENCE

Two articles address counterintelligence issues during very different portions of the CIA’s history. One (Document 19) addresses the roles of CIA counterintelligence chief (1954-1974) James J. Angleton and KGB defector Anatoliy Golitsyn in promulgating the thesis of widespread and successful Soviet deception against the West (the “Monster Plot”) and their impact on CIA operations and personnel. Among those whose lives or careers suffered were former KGB officer Alexandr Cherepanov (who was executed after the U.S. embassy returned materials he had provided), Yuri Nosenko (who was incarcerated by the CIA), and CIA officers Richard Kovich and David Murphy, who would each come under suspicion of being a Soviet mole. 8

Another treatment of counterintelligence (Document 16), by former chief of the National Clandestine Service Michael J. Sulick, focuses on counterintelligence in the counterterrorist effort. He argues that, because of how history played out, while counterintelligence failures during the Cold War were never exploited by the Soviet Union to launch attacks, similar failures against terrorist groups could result in “catastrophic” damage. Sulick goes on to discuss several topics: how terrorist groups operate like intelligence services; terrorist attempts to infiltrate their targets; the fact that there are now “more employees to worry about” because “personnel and facilities must also be defended from individuals with minimal or no clearance;” terrorist denial and deception; intelligence sharing; and further steps to be taken.

INTERVIEWS

Numerous issues of Studies have contained interviews with former or current senior intelligence personnel. In 1999, Studies published an extensive interview with John M. McMahon (Document 11), who joined the CIA in 1951, and eventually became Deputy Director for Operations, Deputy Director for Intelligence, and finally Deputy Director of Central Intelligence before retiring in 1986.

The interview covers his first years with the CIA in Germany, the U-2 program, the battle during the 1960s with the National Reconnaissance Office over satellite reconnaissance systems, a number of his senior positions (including DDO, DDI, and DDCI), relations with Congress, and covert action with regard to Iran and Afghanistan. With regard to U-2 pilot Francis Gary Powers (who was shot down in May 1960 over the Soviet Union, captured, and subsequently exchanged), he “did exactly what he was told,” McMahon noted. He went on to state that DCI John McCone was not convinced and planned to have Powers investigated for a second time — by the Air Force Office of Special Investigations — until President John F. Kennedy called McCone and ordered him not to pursue the matter.

The following year, Studies published an interview with then NSA director Lt. Gen. Michael V. Hayden (Document 12). Hayden spoke, inter alia, about his attempts to bring significant change to NSA, the impact of telecommunications change on NSA ( “our technological adversary is not a nation state but the global telecommunications industry”), the relationship between NSA and CIA, signals intelligence requirements, and limitations on NSA support to military commanders.

In 2004, current Director of the Central Intelligence Agency and then-director of the Terrorist Threat Integration Center (the predecessor of the National Counterterrorism Center) John Brennan was interviewed by Studies (Document 15) – an interview which focused on terrorism analysis. Brennan noted the TTIC had access to 26 unclassified and classified networks, and discussed whether “counterterrorism analysis” would represent a distinct career track; TTIC organization and practices as a model for the Intelligence Community; the need to break down the distinction between foreign and domestic intelligence; the distribution of terrorism analysis in the Intelligence Community; and information sharing.

INTELLIGENCE SUPPORT & LIAISON

Three articles deal with three aspects of intelligence support and liaison. One focuses on intelligence support to Congress, another on support to policymakers, and the third on support to military commanders. In “CIA’s Intelligence Sharing with Congress” (Document 3), the author describes “the phenomenon of the President’s own finished intelligence being used by Congress to question and attack the President’s foreign policy initiatives.” Specific examples include Indochina (during the Nixon administration), the Persian Gulf, and Haiti.

CIA support to executive branch policymakers is the subject of a 1998 article (Document 6), written by a CIA official who spent two years as the agency’s liaison to the State Department’s Ambassador-at-Large for the New Independent States – a position established “to improve the CIA’s ability to understand the policy priorities and concerns of the bureau.” Half of the four-page article is devoted to the author’s specification of six ways in which CIA support for senior policymakers could be improved – which include “living with the customer” and “early bird service.”

Intelligence support to military forces, in the form of National Intelligence Support Teams (NISTs) is the subject of an article (Document 5) in a 1998 issue of Studies. The author reviews the background and operation of NISTs, which combined personnel and provided support from key national and defense intelligence agencies (including CIA, the Defense Intelligence Agency, the National Security Agency, and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency) and provide support to commanders of joint task forces such as those involved with Operations UPHOLD DEMOCRACY (Haiti) and JOINT ENDEAVOR (Bosnia). In addition, the author makes a number of suggestions for improvements.

ODDS & ENDS

Two additional articles concern events separated by over two hundred years. One (Document 4), focuses on Britain’s penetration of the United States diplomatic mission to France during the Revolutionary War. Penetration involved British recruiting of agents with access to mission members, theft of a mission member’s journal and Britain’s control of agents ostensibly operating on behalf of the United States.

In November 1990, at its Langley headquarters, the CIA dedicated an encrypted sculpture named ‘Kryptos’ — a structure with several messages carved into its surface, but messages whose content was concealed through encryption. [Since that time three of the four messages contained in the sculpture have been solved.9 One of the individuals, from the Directorate of Intelligence, in a 1999 article (Document 10) a member of the Directorate of Intelligence describes his work in decrypting the message.


THE DOCUMENTS

Document 1: [Deleted], “Covert Action, Loss of Life and the Prohibition on Assassination, 1976-1996,” Studies in Intelligence, 40, 2 (1996). Classification Not Available.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

In this article, the author examines the effect of the decision no longer to employ assassination as an instrument of U.S. policy, and the issues the prohibition raised with respect to other CIA activities that might result in the loss of life. These include lethal operations that directly risk the loss of life, lethal operations indirectly risking loss of life (e.g. demolition of a facility when it is believed to be unoccupied), and nonlethal operations (e.g. deception) directed at identifiable persons.

Document 2: Joe Wood, “Persuading a President: Jimmy Carter and American Troops in Korea,” Studies in Intelligence, 40, 4 (1996). Classification Not Available.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

During his 1976 presidential campaign, Jimmy Carter promised to withdraw U.S. ground forces from South Korea. This article is the result of a case study prepared at Harvard’s John F. Kennedy School of Government, and funded by the CIA. It reports on the intelligence estimates and studies on North Korean military strength produced early in Carter’s administration, and how those estimates resulted in U.S. forces remaining in South Korea.

Document 3: [Deleted], “CIA’s Intelligence Sharing With Congress,” Studies in Intelligence, 41, 3 (1997). Classification Not Available.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This short article focuses on “the phenomenon of the President’s own intelligence being used to question and attack the President’s foreign policy initiatives.” Specific cases discussed concern Indochina, the Persian Gulf, and Haiti.

Document 4: [Deleted], “British Penetration of America’s First Diplomatic Mission,”Studies in Intelligence, 41, 4 (1997). Classification Not Available.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

The focus of this article is Britain’s penetration of the U.S. diplomatic mission in Paris during the Revolutionary War. Successes included recruiting several access agents to provide intelligence on mission activities as well as the theft of the journal of mission member Arthur Lee, and the mission’s “recruiting” agents who were actually under British control.

Document 5: Capt. James M. Lose, “The National Intelligence Support Team,” Studies in Intelligence, 42, 1 (1998) . Unclassified.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

The author reviews the background and operation of National Intelligence Support Teams (NISTs) – combining personnel from key national and defense intelligence agencies (including CIA, the Defense Intelligence Agency, the National Security Agency, and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency) – which provided support to commanders of joint task forces such as those involved with Operations UPHOLD DEMOCRACY (Haiti) and JOINT ENDEAVOR (Bosnia). In addition, the author makes a number of suggestions for improvements.

Document 6: [Deleted], “Increasing CIA’s Value Added to the Senior Policymaker,” Studies in Intelligence, 42, 2 (1998). Unclassified

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article is based on the author’s two years serving as the CIA’s liaison to a State Department component and focuses on his suggestions for increasing the CIA’s value to policymakers – including “living with the customer,” better service for “second tier” officials, one-stop shopping for “the facts,” stronger community partnerships, and “early bird” service.

Document 7: [Deleted], “Legislative and Judicial Safeguards for US Intelligence Personnel,” Studies in Intelligence, 42, 2 (1998). Unclassified.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

The author, who served as a law clerk with the CIA’s Office of the General Counsel, examines the history and enforcement of the Intelligence Identities Protection Act (IIPA), as well as exploring a number of options to enhance the protection of US intelligence personnel – including secret trials, and amending the IIPA to allow criminal penalties for any individual who reveals or purports to reveal the identity of covert intelligence personnel.

Document 8: [Deleted], “Passing the Intelligence Identities Protection Act of 1982,”Studies in Intelligence, 42, 3 (1998). Unclassified

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article provides a short history of the background behind the IIPA, the initial proposals for a law criminalizing the revelation of the identify of covert intelligence personnel, the various attempts to pass such legislation, opposition to some proposed provisions, and the ultimate passage of the IIPA.

Document 9: [Deleted], “Analyzing Soviet Defense Program, 1951-1990,” Studies in Intelligence, 42, 3 (1998). Unclassified

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article focuses on what was a major concern of some intelligence analysts during the Cold War – determining the actual cost of Soviet defense programs and the burden they placed on the Soviet economy. Among the author’s assertions was that “in every case, the [Intelligence Community] concluded that Soviet economic difficulties would impinge only marginally, if at all, on Soviet defense plans” and that “Only when Gorbachev’s perestroika was foundering was the idea of economic constraints on the defense budget gain a foothold in the national estimates arena, and even then the majority opinion rejected the notion that the USSR would unilaterally reduce its defense spending as it did in 1989.”

Document 10: [Deleted], “Cracking the Courtyard Crypto,” Studies in Intelligence, 43, 1 (1999). Unclassified.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

In 1990, the CIA unveiled a sculpture name “Kryptos” in the agency’s courtyard – a sculpture whose surface was covered with an encrypted message. This article, by a member of the Directorate of Intelligence, describes the process by which he deciphered most of the message.

Document 11: [Deleted], “An Interview with Former DDCI John N. McMahon,” Studies in Intelligence, 43, 1 (1999). Classification Not Available.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This interview, with John N. McMahon, who joined the CIA in 1951 and served in a variety of positions before he retired in 1986, covers his early days in the agency, the U-2 program, battles over satellite reconnaissance systems, as well as his tours as head of the clandestine service, the intelligence directorate, and as Deputy Director for Central Intelligence. In addition, he discusses the CIA-Congressional relationship as well as covert action with regard to Iran and Afghanistan.

Document 12: [Deleted], “An Interview with NSA Director Lt. Gen. Michael V. Hayden,”Studies in Intelligence , 44, 1 (2000). Secret/[Deleted]

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

In this interview, Michael Hayden, then the director of the National Security Agency, discusses his attempt to bring significant change to NSA, his belief that “our technological adversary is not a nation state but the global telecommunications industry,” the relationship between NSA and the CIA (also discussed in Document 14), and other topics.

Document 13: [Deleted], “Intelligence and US Missile Defense Planning,” Studies in Intelligence, 45, 2 (2001). Classification Not Available .

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

After providing a brief introduction to the early origins of missile defense, this article addresses the establishment of the Strategic Defense Initiative, the post-Cold War shift in U.S. missile defense emphasis and the challenges of providing intelligence on threats, technical issues, and foreign reactions.

Document 14: [Deleted], “A Brave, New World,” Studies in Intelligence, 48, 2 (2004).Classification Not Available .

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article addresses the relationship between the CIA and National Security Agency in the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. It notes the origins of CIA-NSA enmity going back to World War II, barriers that have existed to a partnership between the two agencies, hints of change in the late 1990s, and the impact of 9/11. Its final sections focus on tangible results, the likelihood that the partnership will last, and the challenges ahead.

Document 15: [Deleted], “An Interview with TTIC Director John Brennan,” Studies in Intelligence, 48. 4 (2004). Secret.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This interview with John Brennan, currently the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, was conducted in 2003 – when he was the director of the Terrorist Threat Integration Center (which was subsequently absorbed by the National Counterterrorism Center). Questions include those about the center’s access to intelligence data, counterterrorism analysis as a specialty, the different components of the Intelligence Community involved in counterterrorism analysis, and the division of responsibilities for different aspects of counterterrorism analysis.

Document 16: Michael J. Sulick, “Counterintelligence in the War Against Terrorism,”Studies in Intelligence, 48, 4 (2004). Secret/[Deleted].

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

The author, who served as CIA Associate Deputy Director for Operations and became chief of the National Clandestine Service in 2007, notes that whereas U.S. counterintelligence defeats during the Cold War were never exploited by the Soviet Union in an actual war, terrorists “can immediately exploit information gained through espionage to launch attacks.” He goes on to explore the subjects of “terrorists as intelligence operatives;” “exposing terrorist spies;” “more employees to worry about;” terrorist denial and deception; intelligence sharing; and further actions.

Document 17: [Deleted], “Terrorism Analysis in the CIA: The Gradual Awakening (1972-80),” Studies in Intelligence, 51, 1 (2007). Secret.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article, after discussing the emergence of terrorism as an international issue, traces the development of terrorism analysis in the CIA from the Truman to Nixon administrations. It covers increased policymaker interest in the subject (particularly following the murder of Israeli Olympic athletes by Palestinian terrorists in 1972), and the resulting increased Intelligence Community interest; the initially ascendant role of the Directorate of Operations; the Directorate of Intelligence’s subsequent larger role in terrorism analysis; and early analytical challenges.

Document 18: [Deleted], “CIA Prepublication Review in the Information Age,” Studies in Intelligence, 55, 3 (September 2011). Confidential.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

The author, who served as the first senior representative of the Directorate of Intelligence on the CIA Publication Review Board (PRB) offers an anodyne view of the publication review process. Topics covered include the origins and evolution of the PRB and review process, the impact of a vast increase in the number of submitted manuscripts, the meaning of the ‘appropriateness’ requirement, and “myths and realities of the process.” Asserted myths included that “the prepublication review process is unfair, arbitrary, capricious” and that “the PRB often doesn’t know what has already been released.”

Document 19: [Deleted], “James J. Angleton, Anatoliy Golitsyn, and the ‘Monster Plot’: Their Impact on CIA Personnel and Operations,” Studies in Intelligence, 55, 4 (December 2011). Secret.

Source: CIA Freedom of Information Act Release.

This article examines the roles of CIA counterintelligence chief James J. Angleton and KGB defector Anatoliy Golitsyn in the formulation of the “Monster Plot” – which asserted that the Soviet Union had conducted decades-long, massive and successful deception operations against the West, including the use of false defectors and volunteers. It then examines the impact of Angleton and Golitsyn’s thinking on a number of cases and individuals – including Yuriy Nosenko, Lee Harvey Oswald, and several CIA officers who were alleged to be possible Soviet moles.


NOTES

1. H, Bradford Westerfield, Inside CIA’s Private World: Declassified Articles from the Agency’s Internal Journal, 1955-1992 (New Haven: Yale University Press, 1995), pp. vii, xii-xiv.

2. The tables of contents, starting with the initial issue of Studies, can be found atwww.nationalsecuritylaw.org. A significant disparity existed between the CIA’s response to the 2010 FOIA request for 1985-1996 tables of contents and their response to National Security Counselors litigation. Approximately 130 more titles were released in response to litigation than to the author’s FOIA request. Some of the titles not released in response to the FOIA request but produced under litigation include: “Psychology of Treason,” “The Decline and Fall of the Shah,” “On Analytic Success and Failure,” “The DI’s Organizational Culture,” and “Observation Balloons and Reconnaissance Satellites.” “Psychology of Treason” actually appeared in the Westerfield collection (pp. 70-82) while “Observation Balloons and Reconnaissance Satellite” had been released in its entirety and could be found on the CIA’s website.

3. Articles denied in their entirety included “Overhead Imagery during the Yom Kippur War,””The Origins and Applications of Nuclear Intelligence,” “Sifting the Evidence on Vitaly Yurchenko,” “Iraq’s Nuclear Weapons Program,” and “The Need for Improved Strategic Counterintelligence Analysis.”

4. Various authors have found the PRB process less than reasonable. For example, see David H.Sharp, The CIA’s Greatest Covert Operation: Inside the Daring Mission to Recover a Nuclear-Armed Soviet Sub (Lawrence, Ks.: University Press of Kansas, 2012), pp. xi-xii; Robert Wallace and H. Keith Melton, Spycraft: The Secret History of the CIA’s Spytechs from Communism to Al-Qaeda (New York: Dutton, 2008), pp. xx-xxi.

5. Thus, the new head of the National Clandestine Service, who is still officially undercover, as well as the temporary head (also undercover) have been named without a violation of the law. See “CIA’s New Chief Spy Outed on Twitter,” www.gawker.com, accessed May 9, 2013.

6. Although it is often assumed that the first prohibition of assassination was Gerald Ford’s 1976 executive order, DCI’s Richard Helms and successor William Colby had issued internal directives prohibiting such action — Richard Helms, “Allegations of Assassinations,” March 6, 1972; William E. Colby, Subject: Policy Against Assassination,, August 29, 1973.

7. For example, see James R. Taylor, Deputy Director of Operations, National Security Agency, Subject: Thoughts on Strategic Issues for the Institution, April 9, 1999, Document 21 in Jeffrey T. Richelson (ed.), NSA Electronic Briefing Book #24, The NSA Declassified , March 11,2005,www.gwu.edu/~nsarchive/NSAEBB/NSAEBB24.

8. Two major accounts of Angleton and the Molehunt are: Tom Mangold, Cold Warrior — James Jesus Angleton: The CIA’s Master Spy Hunter (New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991), and David Wise, Molehunt: The Secret Search for Traitors that Shattered the CIA (New York: Random House, 1992).

9. On Kryptos, see “Flash Movie Text,” www.ciagov, accessed May 6, 2013; “Kryptos,” http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kryptos.

 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Housing Prices: Up Or Down? Recovery … Or Artificial Housing Bubble Which Is About to Pop?

0

CBS News noted in February:

Many of those real estate buyers aren’t your everyday bargain-hunters. They’re Wall Street and international investors. While the fast money is boosting the housing market, it also poses risks in a key sector of the economy that is just getting back on its feet.

Data show that investment trusts, private equity firms and other institutional investors are purchasing thousands of single-family homes. The idea is to fix them up, rent them out and, when prices rise, sell them.

***

Even at the peak of the bubble in 2005, only 11.5 percent of homes in Los Angeles were purchased by absentee buyers – now 25 percent are.

The next month, CBS News reported:

[Economist Dean Baker notes]: “The rate of increase is alarming. Certainly this cannot be sustained for any substantial period of time. At the moment it is being driven in most of these markets by investor purchases. With rents in no way keeping pace, the fundamentals in these markets will not support much higher prices. This could end badly for homeowners who may again be buying into a bubble.”

***

Much of the rebound in prices is attributable to institutional investors piling into housing – such players make up a much larger share of buyers than they did years ago, or should in a normal market.

Bloomberg point out:

Blackstone Group LP, the country’s biggest real estate investor—which has already invested $3.5 billion to buy 20,000 single-family homes — has obtained a credit line of $2.1 billion to buy even more. Meanwhile KKR & Co. just raised a $500 million fund for real estate investments. There seems to be no shortage of folks willing to provide money to invest in a housing upturn.

***

This latest report helps unravel a paradox of the current housing economy: With all the real estate investment action, you’d expect the number of new mortgage loans to be shooting upwards. No such luck. Look at the chart below, which shows new purchase mortgages through the 3rd quarter of 2012, using data from the Mortgage Bankers Association. For that quarter, buyers took out $129 billion in purchase loans. Not only is that much lower than the numbers from the boom, but it’s less the post-crash levels of 2009. You need to go back to the mid-1990s to get back to numbers like those (and they’re not adjusted for inflation).

[Indeed, mortgage applications are plunging.]

Forbes wrote:

Wall Street bulls have been helping fuel the home price surge in some of the hottest housing markets across the U.S.

The March MarketPulse report from CoreLogic examines the rise of institutional investors and the effects they are having on distressed inventory. The analysis, compiled by CoreLogic deputy chief economist Sam Khater, looked at 16 major U.S. housing markets where bank-owned inventory (REOs) have been relatively high since the housing bubble burst. He assessed whether local activity was comprised of mom-and-pop individual investors or institutional investors, defined as either entities that have purchased five-plus properties a year under the same name or under an incorporated name.

Here’s what Khater found: institutional investors have been targeting specific markets and then accelerating purchases of REOs in those markets, driving down distressed inventories and leading to notable increases in REO prices that have in turn led to larger market upticks. Institutional investors have focused buying efforts strongly on south and southwestern cities that were hit hardest by the foreclosure crisis. The cities where investors activity has been particularly robust in the past year are Atlanta, Ga., Detroit, Mich., Las Vegas, Nev., Phoenix, Ariz., and Calif.’s Los Angeles, Riverside and Sacramento.

Interestingly, many of these areas have welcomed notable year-over-year price increases as well – though none quite as much as Phoenix, which welcomed a nearly 23% uptick in prices throughout 2012, amid reports of frenzied bidding wars. The share of institutional investors in the desert metropolis was 16% in 2011; it jumped to 26% in 2012. Not surprisingly inventory levels plummeted as demand increased, putting upward pressure on prices that have created a ripple effect. Explains Khater:

“In Q4 2012, Phoenix REO prices were 37% higher than a year ago, followed by Las Vegas (30%) and several California markets. All six markets with rising shares of institutional investors experienced double-digit increases and were among the top nine for REO price appreciation.

“More importantly, the ripple effects are greatly impacting the broader market. Lower-end home prices in markets with rising shares of institutional investors are up 15% from a year ago, compared to only 6% for the remaining markets.”

Institutions are most active in five states: Florida, Georgia, Arizona, Nevada and California. Interestingly the metro area that welcomed the most institutional activity in 2012 was Miami, Fla., with firms funding 30% of all sales. Single-family home prices for the Miami metro area rose about 11% in 2012 (including distressed homes), according to CoreLogic.

Institutional investors accounted for 21% of all sales in Charlotte, N.C., 19% in Las Vegas, and 18% in Orlando.

Major investment firms have been setting aside billions of dollars for large scale acquisitions in single family housing since the downturn, with activity jumping in 2012 as analysts called a market bottom. The strategy: snap up dozens, hundreds, even thousands, of distressed homes, fix them up and rent them out for robust returns. JPMorgan Chase recently estimated that institutional investors had amassed a combined $10 billion for single family rentals.

***

JPMorgan Chase, which also offers its wealthiest clients the opportunity to invest directly in a rental portfolio of about 5,000 homes, says its clients can expect annual returns as high as 8%, according to Bloomberg. Colony Capital, a real estate equity company privately owned by billionaire Thomas Barrack, has allocated $2 billion for investments nationwide. It plans to sink more than $150 million per month this year into rental homes, including an anticipated 1,000 units in South Florida, after snapping up 5,000 across the country in 2012.

Waypoint Homes expects to own 10,000 homes by year’s end; it has already amassed upward of 3,300 properties. Other investors include BlackRock, which is making housing plays both stateside and in the E.U., Apollo Global Management, Och-Ziff Capital Management Group, KKR& Co, and Oaktree Capital Group – to name a few.

Even Buffett’s Berkshire Hathway has been building out a residential real estate brand called Berkshire Hathaway Home Services that it plans to franchise with joint venture partner Brookfield Asset Management this year. [Last year, Warren Buffett told CNBC: “If I had a way of buying a couple hundred thousand single-family homes I would load up on them. It is a very attractive asset class right now. I could buy them at distressed prices and find renters.”] The venture has amassed the loan portfolio of bankrupt Residential Capital, acquired realty firms like Prudential Real Estate and Real Living Real Estate, and bought out several construction companies like brick maker Jenkins Brick.

The Wall Street Journal noted:

U.S. housing recoveries almost always have been ignited by rising demand from families and individuals looking for a place to live. This recovery is different. Investors–including some big Wall Street players–are leading the way, say industry executives and analysts. Their role is noteworthy given that flippers and speculators were blamed for helping to inflate the housing bubble of the past decade.

Today’s investors are mostly buying with the intention of holding on to the homes and renting them out. As they pile into the housing market, they have set off a chain reaction that has stabilized prices and changed market psychology, industry executives and analysts say. Fear of buying homes when prices are dropping has been replaced by the fear of missing out on cheap homes.

***

Currently, cash buyers–largely investors–make up about 32% of sales nationally, according to the National Association of Realtors. In Southern California, a favorite target for investors, absentee buyers accounted for 31.4% of purchases last month, up from an average of less than 17% between 2000 and 2010, according to DataQuick MDA, a real-estate research firm.

While some firms have focused only on Sunbelt markets with newer housing stock, others are branching out. [Bloomberg makes the same point.] American Residential Properties Inc., which began amassing hundreds of homes in Phoenix four years ago, earlier this month bought 93 homes in Chicago’s southern suburbs, bringing its total there to around 300. On Friday, the company said it planned to raise $300 million in an initial public offering, according to a regulatory filing.

***

Colony American Homes, a subsidiary of Colony Capital. That has created “a big opportunity to rent homes to people who for whatever reason have chosen not to buy or can’t buy.” Colony has spent more than $1 billion on 8,000 homes in seven states, and Mr. Chang said it isn’t through buying. “In each of the markets we’re in, we think we can go deeper,” he said.

In April, the Washington Post pointed out:

Real estate executives say institutional investors – who in some cases are bidding on hundreds of homes a day – account for as much as 70 percent of sales in some Florida markets. Over the past two years, analysts say, they also have accounted for a majority of purchases in other parts of the country where housing prices are rebounding sharply.The influx of investors may explain why home prices have been rising in parts of the country most affected by the housing crash, despite high jobless rates and relatively few new mortgages being issued by lenders.

***

“I don’t know whether things are as good as they seem to be. A lot of properties are being occupied by institutional investors, not the end-user,” said Scott Kranz, co-principal of Title Capital Management, a firm that helps big investors scout, buy and manage homes in Florida. “The end-user would need to see a great increase in jobs, availability of mortgage money and a loosening of the reins that have been holding them back. But all the economic indicators are that we are not at that point.”

CNBC reported in May:

“If you think about all of the major institutions maybe owning 70,000 total homes compared to the market size of 14 million homes, the long term potential is enormous. Institutions are literally a fly on an elephant,” said Aaron Edelheit, CEO of The American Home, an Atlanta-based company that owns and manages about 2,500 homes. “We may look back and realize that the REO [real estate owned] to rental space was only the foundation for an exponentially larger industry with institutions owning hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of homes.”

The New York Times explained Monday:

The last time the housing market was this hot in Phoenix and Las Vegas, the buyers pushing up prices were mostly small time. Nowadays, they are big time – Wall Street big.

Large investment firms have spent billions of dollars over the last year buying homes in some of the nation’s most depressed markets. The influx has been so great, and the resulting price gains so big, that ordinary buyers are feeling squeezed out. Some are already wondering if prices will slump anew if the big money stops flowing.

“The growth is being propelled by institutional money,” said Suzanne Mistretta, an analyst at Fitch Ratings. “The question is how much the change in prices really reflects market demand, rather than one-off market shifts that may not be around in a couple years.”

***

With little fanfare, these and other financial companies have become significant landlords on Main Street. Most of the firms are renting out the homes, with the possibility of unloading them at a profit when prices rise far enough.***

These investors … are among the biggest buyers in struggling areas of the country where housing prices have been increasing the fastest. Those gains, in turn, have been at the leading edge of rising home prices nationwide.

***

Nationwide, 68 percent of the damaged homes sold in April went to investors, and only 19 percent to first-time home buyers, according to Campbell HousingPulse.

***

Joe Cusumano, a real estate agent in Riverside County, Calif., said that in recent months 90 percent of his business had been for companies like Invitation Homes, a Blackstone subsidiary. Home values in Riverside County have risen by 15 percent in the last year, according to CoreLogic.

The Trend Is Not Necessarily Our Trend

The Wall Street Journal notes that investors are helping to speed the transition from a homeowner to a rental society:

The rush of investors into the housing market follows a long push by federal policy makers to foster the American dream of homeownership that unraveled for some people in the housing crash. The homeownership rate fell to around 65% last year from 69% in 2005. “We’re clearly at the beginning of a rental boom,” says Christopher Thornberg of Beacon Economics. “We all saw there had to be a shift towards renting single-family units that owners could no longer afford. Investors played a critical role in that transformation.”

***

Around 12% of all U.S. households–more than 14 million people–rented a single-family home in 2011, up from 9% in 2004, according to the most recent U.S. Census figures. Three-fifths of people who lost their homes to foreclosure in the past five years ended up renting a house, said Ms. Zelman.

Similarly, the Washington Post notes:

“There is the possibility that Wall Street and the banks and the affluent 1 percent stand to gain the most from this,” said Jack McCabe, a real estate consultant based in Deerfield Beach, Fla. “Meanwhile, lower-income Americans will lose their opportunity for the American Dream of building wealth through owning a home.”

Will This End Badly?

CBS News noted in February:

No matter how you slice it, investors are taking up a bigger piece of the pie than they used to, helping to drive inventory down and push prices up. So what happens if they suddenly step out, as home prices get more expensive?

According to the National Association of Realtors, existing home sales rose 9.1 percent year-over-year in January. If investors exit the market altogether in areas where they account for 10 or 15 percent of sales, that would just about eliminate any of the substantial growth in home sales in those neighborhoods.

***

Some housing activists are crying foul over the investor-driven recovery in housing. Under this view, investors are taking away homes from people who otherwise would be able to buy an affordable property. Investment firms also act as a ready buyer for banks that opt for foreclosure and short sales over loan modifications that would keep homeowners in their homes.

Instead, these investors are setting up a new rental market, which could mean transience where there was once stability in neighborhoods across the country. Instead of people building equity in a home they secured at an inexpensive price, with some of the cheapest mortgage interest rates in history, these renters are pouring money back into the hands of investors while they struggle to purchase a home they can call their own.

If this is the case, the housing recovery as it appears today could be nothing more than a mirage.

In March, the Wall Street Journal pointed out:

Not everyone believes that the current level of investor activity is healthy. Some worry that investors will eventually flee the housing market if values erode again or if the expense of maintaining a large number of homes becomes onerous. “Are they going to continue to maintain them? Or are they going to dump them into the single-family market?” said Mr. Thornberg of Beacon Economics.

Some investors have a notorious history in the housing market. During California’s housing bust in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the federal government sold hundreds of homes in California’s San Bernardino and Riverside counties, about an hour east of Los Angeles. Some homes weren’t maintained, turning entire neighborhoods into shabby rental communities.

Yahoo’s Daily Ticker asked:

What happens when these investment firms leave the market?

“That’s a huge risk,” says The Daily Ticker’s Aaron Task. “If they decide…they don’t really want to be in this business all of a sudden you could have a ton of new homes coming back into the market and then that supply situation will get flipped very badly against the market itself.”

Former Budget Director and current deficit hawk David Stockman calls this Housing Bubble part two.

In April, the Washington Post wrote:

Big investors are pouring unprecedented amounts of money into real estate hard hit by the housing crash, bringing those moribund markets back to life but raising the prospect of another Wall Street-fueled bubble that won’t be sustainable.

***

Hedge funds, Wall Street investors and other institutions are crowding out individual home buyers.

If the chain of easy credit and dangerous leverage that started on Wall Street fanned the housing bubble and eventual crash, some analysts find it disturbing that major investors are the ones snapping up the bargains – and eventual big profits – left in its wake.

Indeed, numerous institutional investors are starting to cash out. And there are reportedly mass layoffs coming in the mortgage finance industry.

As the New York Times noted Monday:

In a sign of the potential peril ahead, some of the investment firms have recently taken the first steps to cash out.

The investment fund financed by Colony Capital filed last week to go public, the second firm to do so in May. Another early player in the business, the Carrington Holding Company, said last week that prices had risen too far, leading the firm to begin selling some of its holdings.

Fitch Ratings warned last Tuesday that prices for single-family homes in the regions with the biggest housing rebounds had been outpacing the growth rate in the local economies and “could stall or possibly reverse” if big investors start selling.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Syria Army keeps cleaning Qusayr

0

Syrian forces clash with foreign-backed militants in the western town of Qusayr, Homs Province. (File photo)

Syrian government forces are going ahead with their mop-up operation in Qusayr after they regained full control of the strategic town, Press TV reports.

The troops were reportedly defusing on Wednesday explosive devices planted by the Takfiri militants fighting against the government in different parts of the town.

More than 200 pickup trucks carrying militants left the town and moved to a nearby village in the north of Qusayr.

The government is trying to bring the town back to normal as soon as possible.

Syrian military forces have dismantled the terrorist network of the foreign-backed militants in the strategic area, which borders Lebanon.

Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

The Syrian Army also reported that it has obtained documents confirming the role of Arab and non-Arab countries in the Syria crisis.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside, and that the militants are supported by the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

MAM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FOTUS Confronts Heckler, But Where’s The Video?

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

When you’re playing Jacks in the schoolyard it’s OK to say, “Hey! Either do it my way or I’m gonna take my marbles and go home!” But when you’re the FOTUS you don’t just threaten to go home because you’re not getting your way. On Tuesday, Michelle Obama’s arrogant response to a heckler didn’t earn her any points for respect, it just made her look like a petulant, spoiled brat.

During a Democratic fundraiser in front of approximately 200 people, Mrs. Obama was heckled by a woman in the crowd who was calling for President Obama to issue an executive order that would bar federal contractors from discriminating against LGBT employees.

Instead of calmly waiting for the heckler to stop, as most professionals would have done, the First Lady decided to stomp her little foot and play the arrogant card. Mrs. Obama stepped away from the microphone and said, “One of the things I don’t do well is this.”

She then pointed at the heckler and told the crowd and delivered her ultimatum: They could listen to her or the heckler could have the microphone, “but I’m leaving. You all decide. You have one choice.”

The audience applauded Mrs. Obama and a woman in the crowd told the heckler, “You need to go!”

Surprisingly, there is no video available that shows the First Lady’s tirade.

The mainstream media’s using a graphic image to highlight the quotes, but they’re not using any audio and they’re not even using a current picture of Mrs. Obama. They do, however, make a point of saying there’s no video available.

There’s even an amateur video recorded by someone in the audience that cuts off just before the heckler steps in. And another amateur video looks like it’s been removed and replaced with something else. One of the commenters even says he’s been looking for a video for 30 minutes and can’t find anything.

In an age where somebody is recording every single thing that happens every single day, all around the world, it seem strange that there’s no video or audio recording of Mrs. Obama’s temper tantrum available anywhere on the Web. Especially since it’s obvious that somebody was recording this event.

Could it be that someone from the Democratic party realized you just can’t treat your campaign contributors like children? Were they afraid of the backlash when the public saw the ‘real’ First Lady in action? Did it finally occur to them that you have to at least try to make the sheeple believe you’re listening — until you cash their check?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 12:51 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Global Economic Crisis Drives China’s Pro-market Reforms

0

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) led by President Xi Jinping and Premier Li Keqiang have announced a third wave of pro-market reforms, aiming to open up state-run sectors of the economy to global capital.Li sent out the clearest message before his trip to Europe last month, pledging in a Swiss newspaper to “make an all-around effort to deepen market-oriented reform.” The National Reform and Development Commission has also outlined proposals including faster approval for investment projects, liberalisation of interest and exchange rates, and above all, private investment in state-run sectors such as finance, energy and telecoms. The policy is to be presented to the CCP Central Committee this autumn.

The driving forces behind the reform are intensifying economic and geo-political tensions unleashed by the global economic crisis. China’s export markets have collapsed as savage austerity, wage cuts, and mass joblessness hit workers’ purchasing power in the United States and Europe, slashing global demand for cheap consumer goods produced with super-exploited Chinese labour.

China’s “export-led” growth strategy has failed, its economy only kept afloat by the massive expansion of debt after Beijing passed a $650 billion stimulus package in 2008. The subsequent explosion of bank lending has driven total spending to trillions of dollars–miring local governments over $2 trillion in debt, cutting into profit rates, and inflating a housing bubble that could engulf China’s banking system.

Despite the flood of cheap credit, growth continues to slow: it is expected to hit 7 percent this year, well below the 8 percent minimum the CCP believes necessary to keep unemployment from rising.

The Xi-Li leadership also faces pressure from Washington, which is aggressively stepping up operations to militarily contain China with the Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia.” It aims to encircle China with hostile military alliances and bases, before China’s economic and technological growth would allow it to challenge Washington’s influence in the Western Pacific.

Free-market attacks on the working class are one area, however, on which US imperialism and the CCP bureaucracy can agree: CCP officials and transnational corporations in China want to drive up productivity and boost profits. There is also rising dissatisfaction in ruling circles with the pay raises the CCP was forced to grant after waves of strike struggles initiated by Honda auto workers in 2010, which have led international business to shift production towards India or Vietnam.

A major US demand is to dismantle China’s 120 largest “state monopolies”–a goal laid out in a report, China 2030, which Li worked on together with the World Bank last year. With state firms in strategic sectors such as energy, telecommunications and railways holding trillions of dollars of assets, their privatisation would be a major bonanza for top CCP bureaucrats–as well as for their business partners in Wall Street investment banks.

Many current and former CCP leaders’ children, active as private equity or investment banking executives in speculating on state-owned assets and resources, could take over huge assets in the new privatisations.

Xi and Li, who are implementing this policy, are fitting representatives of the parasitic “red aristocracy” which emerged inside the CCP since the restoration of capitalism under Deng Xiaoping in the 1980s. Xi represents one of the most hated social types in China: a “princeling,” a child of the previous generation of top bureaucrats who have amassed power and wealth since capitalist restoration.

A pupil of leading free-market economist Li Yining, Li Keqiang helped articulate the official doctrine in the 1990s that justified the last wave of privatisation that destroyed tens of millions of jobs.

China’s business elite, closely intertwined with CCP officialdom, is trying to break free of the remaining state structures inside which they accumulated their wealth. Free-market policies would not only permit intensified exploitation of workers and higher profit rates, but also give a firmer juridical foundation for the private wealth they have built up in China.

By adopting such a policy, the CCP is setting itself on a collision course with the working class. Pressures for higher output, wage cuts and high unemployment already lead to frequent clashes between strikers and police. So-called “mass incidents” doubled from 90,000 in 2006 to 180,000 in 2010, according to the latest figures.

Writing in the Western press, the CCP makes clear the dangers it foresees. Deng Yuwen, a former deputy head of the CCP Central Party School wrote in the Financial Times that if the government made any major policy mistake, “no one can guarantee that a revolution will not break out. Besides, even if a nationwide upheaval can be avoided, fierce social turbulence might still arise locally. If the ruling party fails to cope with these outbursts, they could snowball into a revolution.”

Intimations of coming revolutionary struggles of the working class testify to the historic bankruptcy of the CCP’s Stalinist perspective of “building socialism in a single country” after the 1949 revolution. In the final analysis, the CCP bureaucracy re-established capitalism, amid the social conflicts and working-class struggles of the 1970s, because–as the great Marxist Leon Trotsky had pointed out–it was impossible to find the resources within any individual country to build a socialist society.

Three decades later, the society created in China based on accessing the world economy through ties to Western capital has also been undermined by its own contradictions. The CCP looks abroad and sees rising risks of war with the United States and its allies, and at home sees the rising threat of working-class discontent and revolution.

The critical task is the development of a united, politically independent struggle by the international working class against the bankrupt capitalist order.

Chinese workers cannot trust various pseudo-left or “conservative” factions of the CCP who criticise the pro-market “reform” or warn about the takeover of China by “neo-imperialism.” They base themselves not on the standpoint of socialism, but on reactionary economic nationalism. They hope to transform the largest state enterprises into “national champions” like Samsung and Hyundai in South Korea, in which CCP leaders’ families would be the main owners.

Chinese workers must intervene independently, fighting together with their class brothers in America, throughout Asia-Pacific and the world, to put an end to the root of sweatshop exploitation, depression and war: capitalism and the nation-state system.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Watford Residents Forced to Show Papers

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

A day ahead of Bilderberg’s official start, security theater is in full swing as police appear to be asking residents of Watford, England to identify themselves just to travel on one of the byways located near the Grove Hotel.

Video streaming by Ustream

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 12:27 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Watford Residents Forced to Show Papers

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

A day ahead of Bilderberg’s official start, security theater is in full swing as police appear to be asking residents of Watford, England to identify themselves just to travel on one of the byways located near the Grove Hotel.

Video streaming by Ustream

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 12:27 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Hundreds rushed to hospital with suspected poisoning at Bangladeshi garment factory

0

As many as 600 Bangladesh factory employees have been hospitalized, reporting stomach pains and vomiting after drinking water, suspected to have been deliberately contaminated.

“Primarily we suspect the water supply of the Starlight
Sweaters factory was poisoned or contaminated,”
local
industrial police officer Mahfuzur Rahman told AFP on Wednesday.
The factory is located in Gazipur, a suburb just north of the
capital, Dhaka.

The estimate of 600 was cited to the news agency by the
administrative officer of the factory, with an official from
Bangladesh’s Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association
(BGMEA), stating that the contamination could well have been
deliberate.

“We are suspecting that it was poisoning of the water. It
could be some sort of pesticide,”
S M Mannan, a vice
president of the BGMEA, told AFP. He went on to state that the
factory has its own water supply from a deep-tube well so the
scope for contamination was almost nil. “Someone might have
mixed poison in the water,”
he said.

Global scrutiny over the conditions under which a number of
Bangladesh-produced items are made is intensifying after a
cluster of disasters at factories producing commercial goods.

1,129 people died in a disaster at the Rana Plaza Bangladeshi
garment factory in April, with bodies still being dragged from
the collapsed wreckage over a week later. The building was also
located in a northern suburb of Dhaka, called Savar. It was the
world’s most lethal industrial accident since the 1984 Bhopal
disaster in India.

Garment factory workers rest on the floor as they receive intravenous drips after falling sick from drinking contaminated water on the outskirts of Dhaka, on June 5, 2013. (AFP Photo)

Fires are common in the factories of Bangladesh’s garment
industry, which comprises about 80 percent of the country’s
exports. Bangladesh houses more than 4,500 factories dedicated to
churning out such goods. A fire last November killed 112 people.
The latest was in an 11-story building in Mirpu, located between
Dhaka and Savar, killing the company’s managing director and some
of his personal staff and friends.  

Despite Bangladesh factories’ proneness to disaster, Walmart and
Gap, both voiced opposition to a broad safety upgrade agreement
in mid-May, which included “dispute resolution
mechanisms.”
The new pact additionally called for retailers
to pay up to $500,000 a year toward the effort, and to halt
business with any Bangladesh factory that refuses to make safety
improvements.

If Walmart and Gap become signatories to the agreement, they may
leave themselves open to cases filed by US lawyers on behalf of
the workers in Bangladesh who suffer as a result of unsafe
working conditions.

Earlier on Wednesday, police fired rubber bullets and tear gas at
families protesting the death of their relatives in the April
disaster, who had gathered where the building once stood. They
have been calling for the authorities to publish a list of
missing workers so that their relatives can claim
compensation. 

“There were up to 1,000 protesters, they blocked a key highway
and staged a sit-in in front of the ruined site for nearly three
hours,”
local industrial police inspector Amjad Hossain told
Reuters.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Hundreds rushed to hospital with suspected poisoning at Bangladeshi garment factory

0

As many as 600 Bangladesh factory employees have been hospitalized, reporting stomach pains and vomiting after drinking water, suspected to have been deliberately contaminated.

“Primarily we suspect the water supply of the Starlight
Sweaters factory was poisoned or contaminated,”
local
industrial police officer Mahfuzur Rahman told AFP on Wednesday.
The factory is located in Gazipur, a suburb just north of the
capital, Dhaka.

The estimate of 600 was cited to the news agency by the
administrative officer of the factory, with an official from
Bangladesh’s Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association
(BGMEA), stating that the contamination could well have been
deliberate.

“We are suspecting that it was poisoning of the water. It
could be some sort of pesticide,”
S M Mannan, a vice
president of the BGMEA, told AFP. He went on to state that the
factory has its own water supply from a deep-tube well so the
scope for contamination was almost nil. “Someone might have
mixed poison in the water,”
he said.

Global scrutiny over the conditions under which a number of
Bangladesh-produced items are made is intensifying after a
cluster of disasters at factories producing commercial goods.

1,129 people died in a disaster at the Rana Plaza Bangladeshi
garment factory in April, with bodies still being dragged from
the collapsed wreckage over a week later. The building was also
located in a northern suburb of Dhaka, called Savar. It was the
world’s most lethal industrial accident since the 1984 Bhopal
disaster in India.

Garment factory workers rest on the floor as they receive intravenous drips after falling sick from drinking contaminated water on the outskirts of Dhaka, on June 5, 2013. (AFP Photo)

Fires are common in the factories of Bangladesh’s garment
industry, which comprises about 80 percent of the country’s
exports. Bangladesh houses more than 4,500 factories dedicated to
churning out such goods. A fire last November killed 112 people.
The latest was in an 11-story building in Mirpu, located between
Dhaka and Savar, killing the company’s managing director and some
of his personal staff and friends.  

Despite Bangladesh factories’ proneness to disaster, Walmart and
Gap, both voiced opposition to a broad safety upgrade agreement
in mid-May, which included “dispute resolution
mechanisms.”
The new pact additionally called for retailers
to pay up to $500,000 a year toward the effort, and to halt
business with any Bangladesh factory that refuses to make safety
improvements.

If Walmart and Gap become signatories to the agreement, they may
leave themselves open to cases filed by US lawyers on behalf of
the workers in Bangladesh who suffer as a result of unsafe
working conditions.

Earlier on Wednesday, police fired rubber bullets and tear gas at
families protesting the death of their relatives in the April
disaster, who had gathered where the building once stood. They
have been calling for the authorities to publish a list of
missing workers so that their relatives can claim
compensation. 

“There were up to 1,000 protesters, they blocked a key highway
and staged a sit-in in front of the ruined site for nearly three
hours,”
local industrial police inspector Amjad Hossain told
Reuters.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Is the International Criminal Court Guilty of “International Racial Profiling”?

0

The ICC has managed to indict only Africans for crimes against humanity, “while ignoring numerous civilian deaths caused by U.S. air strikes in Afghanistan and other crimes committed by non-Africans.”

The U.S. military has been blamed for training Congolese soldiers who raped scores of civilians in the little village of Minova. As a consequence the prosecutor for the International Criminal Court (ICC) now has a new opportunity to dispel the widely-held belief that the court’s mission is to target only Africans and to ignore the crimes of imperialists. Many would likely be shocked if the ICC prosecutor were to investigate and interrogate any U.S. military personnel who trained the soldiers who committed the rapes.

The ICC was presumably established to pierce the sovereign shields that have historically protected soldiers and government officials — including heads of state — from efforts to hold them individually responsible for genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes and criminal aggression. The fantasy of a U.S. president standing before the court having to answer for imperialist crimes may never become reality. That’s because unless a country has signed on to the “Rome Statute” (the treaty that created the International Criminal Court) that country is usually beyond the court’s reach.

President Clinton had reservations about the court, but he nevertheless took the first step toward signing on. President Bush later withdrew from the court altogether. Since then, the International Criminal Court has indicted a substantial number of African government officials while ignoring numerous civilian deaths caused by U.S. air strikes in Afghanistan and other crimes committed by non-Africans. Some have characterized this as international racial profiling, and it has caused considerable resentment throughout Africa.

Acknowledgment that the U.S. provided training to soldiers involved in the wanton, mass rapes adds another dimension to these crimes. A special United Nations human rights report says that at least 135 women were sexually assaulted by members of Congo’s army as troops fled from a battle with the M23 rebel group. Reuters news service quoted a U.N. official as saying: “We do know in the U.N. which are the two battalions [involved in the rapes]. Interestingly, one of them was trained by the Americans — that’s what the American ambassador himself told me.” It has been reported that U.S. Africa Command (AFRICOM) also acknowledged that the U.S. trained a Congolese light infantry battalion in 2010.

The UN report says: “Some of the human rights violations documented in this report may, as a result of their type and nature constitute war crimes and crimes against humanity as defined by Articles 7 and 8 of the Rome Statute…” It remains to be seen whether there will be an ICC investigation of these crimes, and if so whether it will delve into the U.S. connection.

If Congolese soldiers are prosecuted, it is important to determine the U.S. role, if any, in the commission of these crimes, even if the prosecutor concludes that in this case the U.S. is not subject to ICC jurisdiction. This is because Article 28 of the Rome Statute provides in relevant part that a military commander “or person effectively acting as a military commander shall be criminally responsible for crimes…committed by forces under his or her effective command and control…as a result of his or her failure to exercise control properly over such forces…”

The court’s perspective on these crimes could be significantly affected by evidence of what these soldiers were ordered to do — or not do. It has been reported that the soldiers were drunk and openly planning to engage in mass rape. Were AFRICOM advisors on the ground with the troops, and did they know any of this? If so, did soldiers infer from the conduct of these advisors or other commanders that there was a green light to commit the crimes?

It may well be that AFRICOM personnel were nowhere near the scene of the crimes, and they had no direct knowledge of what happened. But an honest criminal investigation demands at a minimum that AFRICOM answer questions about a battalion that it trained. If AFRICOM personnel were not on the ground monitoring these troops, given past experiences with trainees and client soldiers who have gone rogue in Mali, Libya and elsewhere, U.S. military advisors should have known the risks of leaving such soldiers unattended. An impartial prosecutor should be willing to ask these hard questions without fear or hesitation. The Obama administration, which claims that it has moved the U.S. from hostility to “positive engagement” with the ICC should be willing to allow military personnel to answer the prosecutor’s questions.

In response to the pointed assertion that the ICC will not try British prime ministers or U.S. presidents, ICC prosecutor Fatou Bensouda said: “…our job is not to violate the due processes of law or to pick on individuals, as to who to prosecute or who not to prosecute. The office of the prosecutor is there for all the 121 States Parties, acting in full independence and impartiality.” If that is true, it’s time to put up or shut up. Even if in the end there is a determination in this case that an indictment of U.S. military personnel is not legally permissible, there are many Africans who would find it gratifying to — for at least one time — see AFRICOM confronted, interrogated, publicly exposed and made to squirm.

Mark P. Fancher is an attorney who writes frequently about armed conflicts in Africa. He can be contacted at mfancher@comcast.net. 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'Germany sticks to NATO drone plan'

0

German Defense Minister Thomas de Maiziere arrives at a NATO defense ministersâ„¢ meeting in Brussels on June 4, 2013.

German Defense Minister Thomas de Maiziere says his country will respect its commitment to assisting in funding NATO drones, despite the countryâ„¢s abandonment of a plan to buy its own unmanned reconnaissance planes.

Å“We have signed an agreement and Germany usually sticks to its agreements,” De Maiziere said Tuesday as he went into a NATO defense ministers’ meeting in Brussels.

Berlin gave up buying Euro Hawk reconnaissance drones on May 14. European Aeronautic Defense and Space Company N.V. (EADS) and Northrop Grumman manufacture the drones.

The German minister has come under criticism for the canceled project as opposition politicians say that 680 million euros (USD 875 million) have been squandered on the drone project.

German opposition parties also accuse de Maiziere, who is closely allied to Chancellor Angela Merkel, of holding back information on the cancellation, four months before a general election in the country.

Germanyâ„¢s armed forces have already been in possession of one prototype Euro Hawk and intended to purchase four other drones. Europeâ„¢s powerhouse had allocated over one billion euros for the purchase and development of the aircraft.

However, the German Army ultimately said it would not procure the drones due to their failure in meeting security requirements.

The decision not to purchase the planes raised concerns over whether Berlin would go on supporting NATOâ„¢s plan to obtain five high-altitude unmanned Global Hawks, also from Northrop Grumman. The acquirement of the planes is part of the Alliance Ground Surveillance (AGS) project.

Å“We will now look at the consequences of the Euro Hawk decision on the AGS,” de Maiziere said.

In 2012, the German parliament’s budget committee gave its consent to contribution of 483 million euro (USD 630 million) to the NATO drone project.

In May 2012, Northrop Grumman inked a USD 1.7 billion contract with NATO for a new surveillance and intelligence system that will comprise five drones and transportable ground stations.

Germany, along with 13 other NATO states, agreed to pay for the new system which is set to be ready between 2015 and 2017.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey police fire tear gas at demos

0

Anti-government protesters including union workers demonstrate in Turkish capital Ankara, on June 5, 2013.

Turkish police have fired tear gas to disperse protesters demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan in the capital Ankara.

On Wednesday, thousands of protesters including union workers gathered near Kizilay square in the city and clashed with riot police who responded with tear gas.

At least four people passed out after teargas blew into nearby restaurants.

Two major trade union confederations also started a two-day strike on Tuesday.

The strike, which involves 600,000 union members, is a major public support for the protesters who are standing their ground despite police harsh crackdown.

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

The unrest in Turkey began after police broke up a sit-in which was held in Taksim Square on May 31 in protest against the planned demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters said Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last public green space.

At least four people have been killed and more than a thousand injured since the beginning of anti-government protests in Turkey. Authorities say over 2,000 people have been also detained.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mau Mau victims seek UK compensation

0

Kenyans, mistreated under British colonial rule, are seeking compensation from the UK.

More than 8,000 Kenyans, severely mistreated under British colonial rule during the 1950s Mau Mau uprising, are seeking compensation from the UK.

According to the reports, thousands of names have been submitted to the Law Society of Kenya (LSK), seeking multi-million pound compensation from the British government.

“The Law Society of Kenya has received lists of ex-Mau Mau fighters seeking compensation running into billions of shillings from the British government,” LSK chief Apollo Mboya said in a statement.

More names are expected to be submitted from the Kenya Human Rights Commission, the statement added.

There are also reports that Britain agreed on a compensation settlement totaling £14 million. Britainâ„¢s Foreign Office, however, has refused to comment on the issue.

At least 10,000 people died during the 1952-1960 Mau Mau uprising against British colonial rule, with some sources giving far higher estimates.

The British government has admitted to British forcesâ„¢ torturing of detainees at the time following disclosure of a vast archive of colonial-era documents which the Foreign Office had kept secret for decades.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Louisiana Legislature Passes Bill Promoting Student-led Prayer in Schools

0

The Louisiana State Legislature has given its final approval to a bill that affirms the right of students to hold prayer meetings in the state’s public schools. On June 1 the state Senate voted unanimously in favor of House Bill 724, which was previously approved by the state Assembly. Introduced in the Senate by Democrat Katrina Jackson, the bill confirms that students of any faith background can receive permission from school officials to use classrooms, assembly halls, or other available space for prayer or reflection. Additionally, noted the Shreveport Times, “a teacher or school administrator, parent or someone from the community may be invited to participate or supervise.”

Another of the bill’s sponsors, Democratic Senator Sharon Broome, conceded that students can already do what the bill specifies, but she said that many are not aware of their rights, or have been intimidated into silence by secular groups attempting stop religious expression. Broome told the Times that she believes more prayer in schools is needed “with all the challenges young people face today.” Republican Senator Mike Walsworth, another of the bill’s supporters, said that when students become aware of the law, “I think more will gather together at a more peaceful time, holding hands.”

While the bill does not change the present climate for religious expression in Louisiana’s public schools, the atheist group Americans United for Separation of Church and State (AU) nonetheless took the opportunity to criticize the state legislature for publicly affirming the right of students to pray. “Let’s get something straight,” simpered the AU atheists in a statement. “Truly voluntary student prayer has always been legal in public schools. Neither the Constitution, nor the Supreme Court has ever said otherwise. But this divisive bill goes far beyond that fact and pushes school districts into problematic territory.”

The secular group complained that with the passage of H.B. 724, “the Louisiana legislature has invited sectarian tensions into a place where all children should feel welcome regardless of their feelings about faith. It is shameful that not one single Louisiana legislator had the courage to stand up and say this bill is wrong.” The AU concluded by issuing its predictable subtle threat, warning that “we’ll be watching carefully to see how this measure plays out at the local level. If it results in abuses of the rights of students, lawsuits are almost certain to occur.”

Meanwhile, while the AU and other atheist attack groups weren’t watching, a South Carolina high school valedictorian took the law into his own hands, setting aside his school-district approved graduation speech in front of parents, teachers, and school officials, and replacing it with a bold recitation of the Lord’s Prayer.

On June 1 Roy Costner IV, valedictorian of Liberty High School in Pickens County, South Carolina, stepped up to the podium at his high school graduation with approved speech in hand. The school board had previously decided to halt the tradition of prayer at the school’s graduation ceremony, citing threats from both the ACLU and the Freedom From Religion Foundation.

But, as reported by the Christian News Network, moments after beginning to speak from his prepared script, Costner shifted gears, thanking his parents for raising him as a Christian. “Those that we look up to, they have helped carve and mold us into the young adults that we are today,” Costner told his audience. “I’m so glad that both of my parents led me to the Lord at a young age.”

Costner then told those assembled, “I think most of you will understand when I say,” following up with, “Our Father, who art in Heaven, hallowed be Thy name,. Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done, on earth as it is in heaven.”

Reported the Christian News Network: “As attendees realized that Costner was reciting the Lord’s Prayer, applause began to break out in the coliseum. Within seconds, the applause was accompanied by loud cheers. ‘Lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil,’ he continued. ‘For Thine is the Kingdom and the power and the glory, forever and ever. Amen.’”

Pickens County School District spokesman John Eby told local reporters covering the story that Costner would not be disciplined for his impromptu acknowledgement of God. “The bottom line is, we’re not going to punish students for expressing their religious faith,” Eby said. “He’s a graduate now. There’s nothing we can do about it, even if we wanted to.”

As for the AU, ACLU, Freedom From Religion Foundation, and other atheist complainers, all declined to weigh in on the incident. However, less than a week after Costner’s speech nearly 45,000 individuals had logged on to YouTube to view the clip (below) of Costner’s reverent display and to offer overwhelming support for his humble defiance of those attempting to silence expressions of faith in the public square.

“Brilliant young man!” posted one individual in response to the video. “Bless you for standing up for your right!” Wrote another: “That is what the 1st Amendment is all about,” followed by another comment that read: “Well played sir! Congratulations on that!” Even a self-identified atheist responded to the video with, “I applaud this man.”

[EMBED YOU TUBE VIDEO]

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1nIr4zBz18E&feature=player_embedded

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The covert op to destroy the word “freedom”

0

Jon Rappoport
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

These days, “freedom” mainly refers to fairy-tale mass movements.

We’re supposed to believe it happens this way: A bunch of students sitting in a cafe suddenly go to their cell phones, pop over to Facebook, and say, “Hey, wanna be free?” And a Republic is born. Poof.

The evil dictator grabs a suitcase full of gold bars, wires half a billion dollars from the State treasury to his private account, makes a dash for the airport, and flees to Paris.

In the other popular version, rugged freedom fighters emerge from the forest with copies of John Locke tucked in their luggage, storm the capitol, engage the national police, and after a prolonged battle, pin a copy of the Bill of Rights on the dictator’s riddled corpse.

Or something like that.

But even in the preposterous fairy tales, nothing much is said about freedom of the individual. No, it’s all about the right to vote for a new candidate. Free elections. Democracy.

In other words, the people can now select a president who is sold out to the same people who backed the dictator. Maybe a slightly different group of bankers gets into the act.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

The independent individual? Never heard of him. No such thing.

What’s important is the president of a country like America, thousands of miles away, can stand up on his hind legs and say, “We support freedom around the world.”

When you stop and think about it, this bait and switch works because of the impact the word FREEDOM has on the minds of the population.

Say it and they stand up and salute. It doesn’t matter how far the word is being twisted. As long as the people like it and respond to it, you could be referring to a mass slaughter.

And if, by chance, the people don’t like a mass movement that trumpets freedom, because they recognize a deception, the media will call it freedom 24/7 anyway, because they’re paid to.

Political leaders who preach and teach about the need for “mass freedom movements” are never part of those groups. That tells you how deep the public trance can go. Relatively few people say, “Look, the president isn’t with the group. He’s separate. So how can he tell us what to think, what to do?”

It’s like a 400-pound man making diet recommendations.

Next, we have the mixing and churning of the words “freedom” and “rights.”

“I have the right to freebies. If I get them, I’m free. That’s what freedom means.”

Or: “I have freedom, which means rights, and I have the right to get freebies.”

These are actual modern definitions of freedom. Many people understand freedom in these terms and only these terms.

Here’s an example: people in poor countries have a right to food; they have a right to eat, not to starve; how can you be free if you’re starving?

That is very convincing to those who can’t think their way out of a wet paper bag.

A correct analysis would go this way: people in Uganda are starving. They have no right to food. This isn’t about food aid to Uganda. That isn’t a right, and it doesn’t solve the problem. People in Uganda have a right to fertile land, because it was stolen from them by their government and by mega-corporations and bankers. The theft was a crime. If we focus on the right to eat, then we end up supporting food aid from the outside as the big solution, and this plays directly into the hands of the thieves who stole the land. The thieves keep the land. The people of Uganda get a handout. And nothing is solved.

But that’s too on-target. It exposes the criminals. Therefore, these criminals relentlessly promote food aid as the altruistic thing to do, because it will keep them hidden and in control.

Mega-criminals twist the meaning of freedom to suit their purposes, and they succeed because they appear to be humanitarians. They are humanitarians in the same way that Stalin was a generous loving papa.

Potentially, there is a real Bill of Rights waiting for the people of Uganda. But they will have to make it happen. And that battle, that revolution will make the degree of difficulty of the American Revolution look like a Sunday picnic on the Charles River.

Should the US government assist the people of Uganda in a true revolution for true freedom? That’s asking a psychopath (the US government) to change its basic mindset because it’s the right thing to do.

Finally, we have this twist. Freedom doesn’t exist at all. If it did, it would only pertain to the individual, and since The Individual is a mythical construct with no meaning, freedom is also a myth.

“This is a breakthrough in understanding,” say many academics. “Based on this discovery, we can realize our destiny by equally sharing everything with everybody.”

Never mind the massive non-logic in that assessment. It’s not an attempt at reasoning. It’s propaganda disguised as advanced insight.

Who will decide who “everybody” is? Who will decide precisely what “equally sharing” means? Who will decide what “everything” amounts to? Who will run the show? Somebody has to.

The answers and the commands aren’t going to drop down from the sky.

Of the last few presidents, you could argue about which one most extensively strangled the original meaning of freedom. I’d pick Obama in that contest. Bush and Clinton are right up there. Obama voices more lofty pretensions (while acting as Monsanto’s man in Washington and taking on the role of Dr. Drone-Strike).

Elite players far higher on the food chain than American presidents have made their choice. They believe freedom doesn’t exist, except for themselves. To them, the masses are wild animals who merely act out their impulses. Leaders who can substitute new mind programming for old programming must act decisively and make satisfied androids out of the animals.

Meanwhile, to quote from a recent article of mine:

The independent individual who is an artist of reality sees one genuine emotion after another parlayed into flashes of cheap sentiment.

He doesn’t surrender.

The artist is able to spot the Collective. He opposes it.

This opposition can’t be settled and resolved with some absurd “rainbow philosophy” that pretends to include everybody. It can’t be dismissed or merged in a melting lump of happy-happy cosmic cheese.

Those pseudo-philosophers who speak about consciousness as if it were one all-embracing ocean, within which we are merely tiny and ineffectual drops of water, have already developed a convenient amnesia about the artist.

Down through time, in the face of every system devised by the priest-class and the issuers of money, the artist has said no.

He has asserted his power.

This is the natural mantle worn by the person who invents, imagines, improvises, creates: power.

The artist not only sees, with great clarity, the brain-dead gatherings of Collectives; he not only sees how they are built; he not only sees how they import and twist the highest ideals to flesh out their slave-programs and objectives; he not only rejects all this; he creates something entirely different.

The artist proliferates. He doesn’t reduce.

The artist isn’t looking for the “one thing” that will unite us all under a banner of harmony. He knows all such harmonies produce mass hypnosis.

The artist rebels. In rebelling, he reveals the uniqueness of the individual. He doesn’t pay lip service to this uniqueness. He demonstrates it.

Whether in art, science, philosophy, healing, or any other field of human endeavor, the person who lives by and through imagination creates new realities. As the artist, he challenges the status quo on every level.

Humanity on this planet has been undergoing a transformation into one ten-billion-member cult. You can find its leaders just by listening to their voices and their sentiments. They all come from the same manual.

Today, we have “the Global outlook.” This is the silky cover for drawing in populations to a perverse dream of unity for all.

“We will harmonize the world.”

This is exactly the kind of program the artist has always rejected.

The artist says: there are are an infinity of worlds.

When that message is lost, we lose what we are and enter into amnesia.

ROBOT OR FREE?

Jon Rappoport
The author of an explosive collection, THE MATRIX REVEALED, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at www.nomorefakenews.com
.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 12:13 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gagarin space drama based on secret Soviet archive hits Russian theaters

0

A blockbuster Russian drama about the first man in space, Yuri Gagarin, has hit the big screen. The $7 million film is more factual than fictional, based on recently released secret archive material on the legendary Soviet cosmonaut.

The film first premiered in Moscow on April 12 and was
screened at the UN’s Vienna International Center, and is now
hitting Russian wide screens.


 

According to the film’s crew, ‘Gagarin: The First in
Space’
tells the story of the race to be the first to put a
human in space — the Cold War confrontation between the two
superpowers, the USSR and US. Film producer and co-writer Oleg
Kapanets, who has worked in Hollywood since 1992, said that the
complicated project took six years of hard work.

“A lot of books have been written about Yuri Gagarin, so we
took our time rereading numerous documentary accounts and
autobiographical materials about him,”
he said at a Moscow
press conference for the film. “We wanted to pick up some
extraordinary moments of his life and piece them together. The
challenge was to translate the material into the language of film
to appeal to audiences. In the long run we chose the main theme
of the film to be the flight itself and the man behind
it.” 

image from http://www.kinopoisk.ru

Kapanets also explained how troves of material from secret
Russian archives were revealed for the 50th anniversary of the
first manned spaceflight: “This is how we’ve discovered
several sketches of the rockets and of the capsule that we later
recreated in our film in accordance with the released
data.”

In 1960 fighter pilot Gagarin was shortlisted for the
Vostok 1 program built on the success of Sputnik 1. Yuri’s
closest rival for selection was German Titov. The promising
cosmonauts did their best to impress their space program director
Sergey Korolev.  

The film producer said they had also worked with a number of
space experts and turned for advice to the legendary cosmonauts
from the first cosmonaut team, such as Aleksey Leonov and Boris
Volynovm during the shooting. “We tested facts from books and
witness accounts on them,”
Kapanets explained.

Vadim Michman — the actor playing the second man in space, Titov
— said he could not imagine what the Russian cosmonauts felt when
they first went into space: “What they did to fly into space,
and how they did it… Not everyone can even come to think of
it.”

After his historic flight, Gagarin became a worldwide celebrity
and was never far from the spotlight. He visited several
countries and was pictured with film celebrities and stars like
Gina Lollobrigida, or political leaders like Fidel Castro and Che
Gevara, but never forgot about his childhood friends and family.
Those who knew him personally said that even after he had
“skyrocketed” into fame, stardom meant nothing to the
first man to orbit the earth.

Gagarin tragically died in a military training flight on March
27, 1968, at 34 years of age. “A separate movie about
Gagarin’s death could be made. There’s yet a lot to
discover,”
Kapanets said.

Kapanets added that the release of ‘Gagarin: The First in
Space’
is well-timed to help close a widening generation gap:
“If children fail to know who Gagarin is, we’ll lose ourselves
as a nation.”

image from http://www.kinopoisk.ru

On April 12, 1961, Soviet cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin blasted
off in a Vostok rocket, becoming the first human in space and
orbiting Earth for 108 minutes. Over 50 years after the legendary
voyage, Gagarin’s courage continues to serve as a role model and
source of inspiration for space explorers across the world. In
2011, the UN deemed April 12 the International Day of Human Space
Flight.

For decades, Russia’s space program has been primarily
oriented towards manned space flights, which comprise 58 percent
of the space budget. Russia must “keep the leader’s experience
of the manned flights and catch up in other space exploration
programs,”
President Vladimir Putin said in April of this
year.

By 2020, the Russian government plans to allocate up to $52
billion for the national space industry. And by 2030, the
turnover of the space industry globally could grow fivefold,
reaching $1.5 trillion from its current $300-400 billion.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Manning Trial Day 3: Live

0

Protesters march during a rally in support of Army Pfc. Bradley Manning military court, Saturday, June 1, 2013 (AP) Army whistleblower Pfc. Bradley Manning faces his third day on trial on Wednesday in a military courtroom in Fort Meade, Maryland.

Today will be the last day the court is in session until Monday, June 10.

Freedom of the Press Foundation (FPF) continues to upload transcripts from each session, after a successful campaign to get a stenographer in the courtroom.

Follow live tweets below for updates throughout the day:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Former Slovenia PM gets jail for bribery

0

Former Slovenian Prime Minister Janez Jansa has been sentenced to two years in jail on charges of soliciting bribes in the recession-hit country’s largest defense agreement in 2006.

On Wednesday, Slovenian judge Barbara Klajnsek said Jansa had been found Å“guilty on the charges of giving or receiving bribery or bribery promises in the acquisition of armored vehicles” from Finnish defense firm Patria.

He was also fined USD 48,350 (37,000 euros) at the end of the 21-month trial along with two other defendants.

However, Jansa has denied the charges, saying he would appeal against what he described as a politically motivated ruling.

Under the 2006 deal worth 278 million euros, Patria was to provide Slovenia with 135 armored vehicles as part of Ljubljanaâ„¢s efforts to modernize its military. But, the deal was scrapped after the corruption accusations surfaced.

The former premier lost a vote of confidence in March after only a year in office amid nationwide protests over allegations of tax fraud and a financial crisis gripping the European country.

Jansaâ„¢s recent charges amounted to more public outrage at a corrupt political figure while the crisis-hit country is grappling with recession and struggling to avoid becoming another eurozone country in need of a bailout.

The All-Slovenian Uprising, the organizer of protest rallies against Jansa’s administration, also hailed Wednesday’s verdict, describing it a Å“landmark decision in the process of cleaning the Slovenian political landscape.”

Meanwhile, hundreds of Jansaâ„¢s backers staged a protest outside the court to express support for the former premier, slamming the verdict as Å“political vengeance.”

Slovenia — which was an economic star among EU newcomers when it joined in 2004 and adopted the euro as its currency in 2007 — was badly hit by the global crisis and fell back into recession in the third quarter of the 2012 amid lower export demand and budget cuts.

MKA/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Woman in Red’ Pepper Sprayed by Turkish Police Becomes Symbol of Resistance

0

Rob Williams
independent.co.uk
June 5, 2013

The incongruity of the woman at the centre of the image is striking; dressed in a red cotton summer dress, shopping bag over one shoulder, she appears almost to have wandered into the scene by accident.

The photograph of an unnamed woman wearing a red dress being pepper sprayed by police in Turkey has since gone viral and has become a symbol of the “Occupy Gezi” protests.

Endlessly shared on social media and replicated as a cartoon on posters and stickers, the image of the woman in red has become the leitmotif for female protesters during days of violent anti-government demonstrations in Istanbul.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:52 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Financial Scandals Draw Heat On Bilderberg Secrecy

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Secrecy at the Bilderberg conference — where corporate kingpins, government officials, and royals meet — is receiving renewed attention following the LIBOR scandal and a more recent one at the House of Lords.

Alex Jones and Gerald Celente on LIBOR scandal.

In the latter case, two members of the Labor Party, Brian Mackenzie and Jack Cunningham, and Ulster Unionist member John Laird were summarily suspended by their parties after they were caught lobbying for cash while pretending to represent a solar energy firm. Another British politician, lawmaker Patrick Mercer, hastily departed the Conservative parliamentary caucus as allegations of lobbying irregularities surfaced and were highlighted in a recent BBC documentary.

Recently discovered flimflams perpetuated by members of the British government add yet another slimy dimension to the corrupt and criminal nature of the ruling elite. The mother of all financial scandals, the LIBOR scandal, revealed the length banksters will go to in their efforts to game the system, even if the result is serious damage to the financial system.

LIBOR, short for London Interbank Offered Rate, is an average interest rate calculated through submissions of interest rates by major banks in London. In order to rake in obscene profits from this system, banksters inflated and deflated interest rates to give the false impression that they were credit worthy. LIBOR represents a massive Mount Everest of derivatives totaling more than $350 trillion, or approximately half the “value” of the entire toxic derivative heap. The severity of this scam, which seriously endangered the entire financial system, was exposed in June, 2012, after multiple multiple criminal settlements by Barclays Bank were made public.

LIBOR, and to a lesser extent the British House of Lords scandal, have eroded what little remains of public confidence in politicians, bankers and the heads of corporations. In the United States and Britain, many are clamoring for so-called “transparency in government,” something that is largely contradictory, an oxymoron. Government instinctively engages in mass deception of the public, especially in economic matters, and calls for “reform” will ultimately fall by the wayside short of a concerted effort to draw attention to bankster scams by activists, the public and the media. Because the global elite controls governments in the United States, Britain and Europe, we can expect any change to be tough going.

As LIBOR amply demonstrated, bankers thrive under a veil of secrecy. Not surprisingly, investment bankers occupy the Bilderberg core, primarily the following — Josef Ackermann, former chief executive of Deutsche Bank, who is on the Bilderberg steering committee; the ex-Lehman bankster Roger Altman, currently chairman of Evercore Partners; and notably Marcus Agius, ex-chairman of Barclays, who fell on his sword, if metaphorically, after the LIBOR scandal.

Other banksters from the Bilderberg rogue’s gallery include Peter Sutherland, managing director at Goldman Sachs International in London, Douglas Flint of HSBC, Henry Kravis, co-founder of private equity firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, and Kenneth Jacobs, chief executive of the investment bank Lazard.

Bilderberg Grand Poobah and Rockefeller family patriarch, David Rockefeller, sits at the center of the financial mafia constellation as Chairman Emeritus of Chase Manhattan Bank, now JP Morgan Chase, the bank that innovated the credit derivative, a tool designed to take down the entire financial system ahead of a planned economic and social reformulation based on world government and a high-tech authoritarian control apparatus now going into place.

It remains to be seen if the LIBOR and more recent House of Lords scandals will result in concrete efforts to make bankster criminal operations transparent to the public.

With each passing year we are witnessing increased activist concentration on Bilderberg secrecy. We may yet realize substantial changes, if only cosmetic in nature. For instance, as Paul Joseph Watson noted earlier today, a source close to Bilderberg insiders has reported that a “number of Bilderberg members, presumably the newer and younger attendees, are unhappy at the way the group has conducted its activities with total contempt for the democratic process” and this may produce tangible results.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 12:03 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

GOP Senator Inadvertently Explains Why Women Are Better Suited For Combat Than Men

5

On Tuesday, Sen. Saxby Chambliss (R-GA) helpfully explained that young men are so hormonally driven that they can’t act rationally. Cursed with a “hormone level created by nature,” they are just wired to lose control of themselves and rape.

Addressing the subject of military rape, the Georgia Republican offered a briefing on biology to his colleagues on the Senate Armed Services Committee:

“The young folks who are coming into each of your services are anywhere from 17 to 22 or 23. Gee whiz, the hormone level created by nature sets in place the possibility for these types of things to occur. So we’ve got to be very careful how we address it on our side.”

Well now! For a long time, conservatives have argued that it was women who were too hormonal and irrational for combat. But Chambliss has set them straight. It’s really young men who can’t be relied upon to control their emotions and urges under pressure.

It’s true that Chambliss doesn’t have first-hand experience of combat because he got a medical deferrment during Vietnam, so he wasn’t exactly tearing it up on the battlefield. But still, it seems like he’s onto something here. Do we really want people who are prone to violent hormonal outbreaks doing a job that requires concentration and steady nerves?

I think not. Female troops have already been unofficially serving in combat for decades, and they have distinguished themselves on the battlefield in Iraq and Afghanistan as pilots and in military police units. One hundred-fifty-two have been killed, and nearly 900 wounded. Tanya Biank, author of Undaunted: The Real Story of America’s Servicewomen, explains that women soldiers have exceeded all expectations, despite particular challenges that men don’t face, such as wearing armor that was not designed for their bodies: “They have performed phenomenally. They have done more than just pull their own weight.”

Perhaps they could perform even better without dealing with the hazard of young men who can’t control their irrational impulses.

The stakes are pretty high, so we had better look at the science, too. It turns out that scientific evidence supports the Chambliss theory that compared to women, men are irrational. According to a study from Arizona State University, for example, women demonstrate an evolutionary trait of being superior to men in not letting passing moods influence their “rational decisions.” Can we afford to let people whose mood swings rule their behavior operate dangerous equipment and deploy weapons? It just doesn’t seem safe.

Violent crime experts have suggested that people who rape may be particularly emotionally reactive, insecure and have difficulty dealing with anger. That kind of mental instability really doesn’t belong on the front lines. Performing critical tasks in stressful situations requires strong coping mechanisms, maturity and self-discipline. As Chambliss reminds us, young men just don’t seem to have what it takes.

Combat also requires teamwork and loyalty toward fellow soldiers. And yet in Iraq, women serving in the U.S. military are more likely to be raped by a fellow soldier than killed by enemy fire. How we expect our military to have functioning, cohesive units when young men naturally harbor urges to attack other troops? We should probably just get rid of them and let them do something useful, like maybe answering the phone or sorting the mail.

Research has shown that women may have superior collaborative skills as well as communication skills. There’s even a study showing that when a group includes more women, its collective intelligence rises. All this would be pretty handy in executing a complex mission, wouldn’t it?

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

How to Destroy a Planet Without Really Trying

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

By Noam Chomsky, TomDispatch

Imagine you’re an historian 100 years from now—assuming there are any historians 100 years from now, which is not obvious—and you’re looking back at what’s happening today. For the first time in the history of the human species, you’d see we have clearly developed the capacity to destroy ourselves.

Related Entries

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

White House Shake Up: Susan Rice New National Security Advisor, Samantha Power New UN Ambassador

0

In a foreign policy shakeup at the White House today, President Obama is set to name UN Ambassador Susan Rice as his new National Security Advisor. Rice will replace Tom Donilon, who is resigning. Rice was reportedly going to be nominated Secretary of State but withdrew when Senate Republicans refused to confirm her because of her role in the Benghazi events of last year.

Obama will name Samantha Power to replace Rice as the US Ambassador to the United Nations.

* * *

“The terrorism of the suicide bomber and the terrorism of aerial bombardment are indeed morally equivalent. To say otherwise (as either side might) is to give one moral superiority over the other, and thus serve to perpetuate the horrors of our time.”
– Howard Zinn
Here are some progressive voices who have written about both Rice and Power in the past:

This April, Chris Hedges wrote a piece title “The Hijacking of Human Rights”:

Obama’s “…new wave of “humanitarian interventionists,” such as Samantha Power, Michael Ignatieff and Susan Rice, who naively see in the U.S. military a vehicle to create a better world. They know little of the reality of war or the actual inner workings of empire. They harbor a childish belief in the innate goodness and ultimate beneficence of American power. The deaths of hundreds of thousands of innocents, the horrendous suffering and violent terror inflicted in the name of their utopian goals in Iraq and Afghanistan, barely register on their moral calculus. This makes them at once oblivious and dangerous. “Innocence is a kind of insanity,” Graham Greene wrote in his novel “The Quiet American,” and those who destroy to build are “impregnably armored by … good intentions and … ignorance.”

Glenn Greenwald wrote last December 12th:

…What is remarkable is how so many Democrats are devoting so much energy to defending a possible Susan Rice nomination as Secretary of State without even pretending to care about her record and her beliefs. It’s not even part of the discussion. And now that some writers have begun examining that record, it’s not hard to see the reason for this omission.

Last week, former CIA analyst Ray McGovern extensively documented Rice’s long record of cheering for US wars, including being an outspoken and aggressive advocate of the attack on Iraq, support that persisted for many years. In a New York Times Op-Ed yesterday, Eritrean-American journalist Salem Solomon condemned Rice’s fondness for tyrants in Africa, while Black Agenda Report’s Glen Ford argued – with ample documentation – that her supporters “care not a whit for Africa, whose rape and depopulation has been the focus of Rice’s incredibly destructive career.” A New York Times news article from Monday separately suggests that Rice’s close ties to the ruling regime in Rwanda – that government “was her client when she worked at Intellibridge, a strategic analysis firm in Washington” – has led Washington to tacitly endorse its support for brutal rebels in the Congo.

Meanwhile, so-called “pro-Israel” groups have vocally supported her possible nomination due to her steadfast defense of Israel at the UN, hailing her as “an ardent defender of major Israeli positions in an unfriendly forum.” It was recently discovered that Rice “holds significant investments in more than a dozen Canadian oil companies and banks that would stand to benefit from expansion of the North American tar sands industry and construction of the proposed $7 billion Keystone XL pipeline,” and that “about a third of Rice’s personal net worth is tied up in oil producers, pipeline operators, and related energy industries north of the 49th parallel — including companies with poor environmental and safety records on both U.S. and Canadian soil.”

This is who progressives are devoting their energy to defending and the record they are attempting to further empower as Secretary of State. She’s essentially the classic pro-war, imperial technocrat who has advanced within the Foreign Policy Community by embracing and justifying its destructive orthodoxies.

Margaret Kimberly of Black Agenda Report wrote on December 13, 2012:

…The yearning to see a black face in one of the highest and most rarified places is a very deep one and not to be easily dismissed, but it is crucial to note that Rice is no different from John McCain in her beliefs of how the United States should conduct itself in the world. The facts against Rice and her predecessors are obscured by a corporate media which hides all the atrocities committed by the United States government, making the Rice story appear like nothing more than that of a high achieving black woman being slandered by evil racists.

The case against Rice or whomever is nominated by the president should be a case made against United States foreign policy and all of the people who now or ever were in charge of carrying it out. The presidents, secretaries of state, United Nations ambassadors, national security advisers and their ilk are held up as paragons of virtue, intelligence and moral rectitude. They emerge from elite institutions and are held up as the “best and the brightest” the country has to offer.

Ray McGovern wrote on December 4th, 2012:

…Rice’s biggest disqualification is the fact that she has shown little willingness to challenge the frequently wrongheaded conventional wisdom of Official Washington, including on the critical question of invading Iraq in 2003. At that pivotal moment, Rice essentially went with the flow, rather than standing up for the principles of international law or exposing the pro-war deceptions.Susan Rice represents the worst of Washington’s conventional wisdom when it comes to foreign policy. (Reuters)

In fall 2002, as President George W. Bush and his administration were pounding the drums for war, Rice wasn’t exactly a profile in courage. A senior fellow at the centrist Brookings Institution, she echoed the neoconservative demands for “regime change” in Iraq and doubted the “need [for] a further [U.N. Security] Council resolution before we can enforce this and previous resolutions” on Iraq, according a compilation of her Iraq War comments compiled by the Institute for Public Accuracy.

In an NPR interview on Dec. 20, 2002, Rice joined the bellicose chorus, declaring: “It’s clear that Iraq poses a major threat. It’s clear that its weapons of mass destruction need to be dealt with forcefully, and that’s the path we’re on. I think the question becomes whether we can keep the diplomatic balls in the air and not drop any, even as we move forward, as we must, on the military side.”

Rice also was wowed by Secretary of State Colin Powell’s deceptive speech to the United Nations on Feb. 5, 2003. The next day, again on NPR, Rice said, “I think he has proved that Iraq has these weapons and is hiding them, and I don’t think many informed people doubted that.”

The late Howard Zinn wrote this letter to the Editor of the New York Times on August 19, 2007:

To the Editor:

Samantha Power has done extraordinary work in chronicling the genocides of our time, and in exposing how the Western powers were complicit by their inaction.

However, in her review of four books on terrorism, especially Talal Asad’s “On Suicide Bombing” (July 29), she claims a moral distinction between “inadvertent” killing of civilians in bombings and “deliberate” targeting of civilians in suicide attacks. Her position is not only illogical, but (against her intention, I believe) makes it easier to justify such bombings.

She believes that “there is a moral difference between setting out to destroy as many civilians as possible and killing civilians unintentionally and reluctantly in pursuit of a military objective.” Of course, there’s a difference, but is there a “moral” difference? That is, can you say one action is more reprehensible than the other?

In countless news briefings, Donald Rumsfeld and Dick Cheney, responding to reporters’ questions about civilian deaths in bombing, would say those deaths were “unintentional” or “inadvertent” or “accidental,” as if that disposed of the problem. In the Vietnam War, the massive deaths of civilians by bombing were justified in the same way by Lyndon Johnson, Hubert Humphrey, Richard Nixon and various generals.

These words are misleading because they assume an action is either “deliberate” or “unintentional.” There is something in between, for which the word is “inevitable.” If you engage in an action, like aerial bombing, in which you cannot possibly distinguish between combatants and civilians (as a former Air Force bombardier, I will attest to that), the deaths of civilians are inevitable, even if not “intentional.” Does that difference exonerate you morally?

The terrorism of the suicide bomber and the terrorism of aerial bombardment are indeed morally equivalent. To say otherwise (as either side might) is to give one moral superiority over the other, and thus serve to perpetuate the horrors of our time.

Howard Zinn

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Hotter Planet Creating 'Extraordinary' Wild Fires says Head of US Forest Service

0

(Twitpic: PB Post Photo)Climate change is worsening wildfires, lengthening the wildfire season and increasing their size, the head of the nation’s forest service warned Congress on Tuesday.

In testimony to the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, U.S. Forest Service Chief Thomas Tidwell said:

Around the world, the last two decades have seen fires that are extraordinary in their size, intensity and impacts. In Australia in 2009, the Black Saturday Bushfires killed 170 people. Domestically, Florida, Georgia, Utah, California, Texas, Arizona, New Mexico and Colorado, have all experienced the largest and/or the most destructive fires in their history just in the last six years. On average wildfires burn twice as many acres each year as compared to 40 years ago, and there are on average seven times as many fires over 10,000 acres per year.

In 2012 over 9.3 million acres burned in the United States. The fires of 2012 were massive in size, with 51 fires exceeding 40,000 acres. Of these large fires, 14 exceeded 100,000 acres. The increase in large fires in the west coincides with an increase in temperatures and early snow melt in recent years. This means longer fire seasons. The length of the fire season has increased by over two months since the 1970s.

“The largest issue we now face is how to adapt our management to anticipate climate change impacts and to mitigate their potential effects,” Tidwell told the committee.

Illustrating how climate change has quickly impacted on wildfires, Tidwell told the Guardian, “Ten years ago in New Mexico outside Los Alamos we had a fire get started. Over seven days, it burned 40,000 acres. In 2011, we had another fire. Las Conchas. It also burned 40,000 acres. It did it in 12 hours.”

Last week, Santa Barbara County fire Capt. David Sadecki said of the White Fire that burned nearly 2,000 acres in southern California, “It’s still spring–it’s not even summer–and it’s burning like it’s August or September.”

These increasingly severe wildfires have a monetary effect as well. Fire activities represented 13 percent of the U.S. Forest Service’s total agency budget in 1991, but that figure jumped to over 40 percent in 2012. 

In the most recent wildfire potential outlook released June 1 by the National Interagency Fire Center, warmer, drier than usual conditions are contributing to above normal potential for wildfires in large swathes of the west. And the most recent drought monitor shows dry conditions plaguing much of the western half of the country.

________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Monsanto Still Testing Genetically Modified Wheat in Two States

(Photo: luke chan/cc/flickr)

The news of Monsanto’s genetically modified (GM) wheat that turned up on an Oregon farm has brought repeated assurances that trials of this GM wheat stopped years ago.

But while the particular strain of its GM glyphosate-resistant wheat MON 71800 stopped, Monsanto resumed trials of other GM wheat in 2011, according to Bloomberg, which cites information posted in a U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) database.

Bloomberg reported that the corporate agriculture giant planted 150 acres of GM wheat in Hawaii last year and 300 acres of GM (also known as genetically engineered or GE) wheat in North Dakota this year. Monsanto did not disclose the specific herbicides these trial wheat crops are bred to tolerate, Bloomberg added.

These new GM trials, the seed giant told Bloomberg, are “an entirely different event” from the Monsanto wheat found on the Oregon farm.

In a statement last week, the company wrote, “Monsanto’s process for closing out the Roundup [glyphosate] Ready wheat program was rigorous, well-documented and audited.”

A FAQ sheet from the USDA’s Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), which regulates genetically modified organisms, also emphasizes the completion of “glyphosate-resistant wheat” field testing. It states, “There are no APHIS-authorized glyphosate-resistant GE wheat field trials being conducted in Oregon or any neighboring states at this time.”

“APHIS authorized over 100 field tests with this specific glyphosate-resistant wheat variety in years spanning from 1998 through 2005. Field tests were conducted in Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Washington, and Wyoming,” it continues.

This particular document does not mention field testing of other kinds of GE wheat taking place, which, according to Bloomberg‘s reporting, are in fact underway, though this other wheat may be genenetically engineered to be resistant to an herbicide other than glyphosate.

APHIS stated that “there are no GE wheat varieties approved for sale or in commercial production in the United States or elsewhere at this time.”

The discovery of the rogue wheat in Oregon has already caused international backlash, with Japan suspending some imports of US wheat, South Korea testing all of its US wheat imports, and the EU urging its members to test some of its US wheat imports.

And on Monday, a wheat farmer in Kansas filed suit against Monsanto, charging that he and other U.S. wheat farmers have been adversely affected by the resulting actions following the rogue wheat in Oregon. The petition states that the “plaintiff has been harmed by any and all Monsanto GE wheat because it has impacted wheat exports and the price of wheat.”

________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

"FrackNation": Koch Industries and the Ties That Bind

0

Part one of the DeSmogBlog investigation of “FrackNation” – a film made in response to “Gasland 2” – honed in on the past track records and funding streams of co-directors Phelim McAller and Ann McElhinney.

We revealed that Donors Trust/Donors Capital – the “dark money ATM of the right” – partially funded their first two films, “Mine Your Own Business” and “Not Evil, Just Wrong.”

We also revealed that “Not Evil,” a climate change denial documentary, was utilized by a partner of Americans for Prosperity (AFP) to push the Balanced Education for Everyone (BEE) campaign.

That campaign calls for a “balanced” scientific teaching of the climate change “controversy” and parallels ones pushed for via an American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) model bill, by the Discovery Institute, and by the Heartland Institute.

Yet, what about “FrackNation”? Who bankrolled it and are the screenings and is the tour really a grassroots endeavor? 

It might seem that way based on its marketing, but as Jean de La Fontaine once said, “Beware, so long as you live, of judging men by their outward appearance.”

Grassroots or Astroturf? Follow the Email List

Interested in where “FrackNation” and its film-making team are getting their funding from, I signed up for its email list. In so doing, I learned that Market Aces LLC runs it. 

“From the start, Market Aces had a vision to offer low-cost website development solutions to small businesses and a niche market within the political and non-profit sector — but only those who are dedicated to protecting the American Dream and freedom,” its website reads. 

Market Aces LLC shares an office with The Leadership Institute (LI). 

According to LI’s website, it “teaches conservative Americans how to influence policy through direct participation, activism, and leadership.” Its website also explains that “since 1979, [it] has trained more than 119,000 conservative activists, leaders, and students.”

Playing by API’s Employee Advocacy Playbook?

Beyond getting email list building help from one of the key “feeder” nodes in the right-wing network, it’s also questionable how many of the funders of “FrackNation” were of the grassroots variety. As the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette explained, 

[T]he roster of “executive producers” who have donated at least $1 includes scores of energy industry associates. The filmmakers said Thursday they plan to return any donations given by “senior” workers in the industry, which they define as executives. 

Among those who donated money to the KickStarter campaign: “the director of an Ohio-based oil and gas outreach program and the head of external affairs at Cabot Oil and Gas, the company that’s fought accusations of water contamination in Dimock, Pa., for the past several years,” according to the Post-Gazette.  

Within four weeks of the Kickstarter fundraising campaign’s launch, “FrackNation” had already raised over $150,000, raising over $22,000 in the first two days of fundraising. 

Perhaps “FrackNation” is playing by the American Petroleum Institute‘s employee advocates’ “corporate citizen” playbook.

In a presentation given at an industry PR conference attended by DeSmogBlog in Houston, TX titled, “Educating Employees On Key Issues To Encourage Brand Management Energy Nation: Empowering Employee Advocates,” API’s Director of External Mobilization Tara Anderson explained how – in essence – to create an armada of fracking advocates from within the employee base of oil and gas corporations. 

“Employees are the best brand ambassador you can come by…The most important principle to remember is to create a culture of advocacy,” she said in Houston. “This is really a community that regularly communicates and engages in the political process. It gives them all the necessary tools and empowers them to get involved and make a difference.” 

This may explain why the film not only raised money with such rapidity, but also has full industry backing for its nationwide tour

“FrackNation” Tour’s Americans for Prosperity Pitstops  

For an alleged grassroots-funded film, “FrackNation” has enjoyed robust support from Big Oil and other corporate interests in the first several months of its roadshow. Both Energy in Depth and the Marcellus Shale Coalition – for example – are also promoting the film.

“The film is a case of the good guys hitting a home run that changes the entire game,” exclaimed Energy in Depth in a Jan. 2013 review of the film. 

Former Big Tobacco lackey Grover Norquist – now head of Americans for Tax Reform (ATR) – also wrote a favorable review of the film to coincide with the film’s premiere on the Mark Cuban-owned AXS TV in Jan. 2013 and ATR’s hosting of the filmmaker’s for lunch.

Ezra Lavant of “Ethical Oil” infamy has also aided in promoting the film. “FrackNation” co-director Magdalena Segieda will speak on Levant’s “Freedom Cruise” in August and he also had McElhinney and McAleer on his show in February.  

In Feb. 2013, Joint Landowner’s Coalition of NY Inc. (JLCNY) hosted two “FrackNation” screenings in upstate New York, both of which McAleer attended. Just three months later in May, JLCNY announced its new partnership with AFP. 

Later, in March, AFP-Michigan played host to a “FrackNation” screening, a fracking battleground state where the toxic process has yet to commence. In April and May, AFP—Illinois hosted a total of eight screenings of “FrackNation,” another state with an ongoing fracking battle. AFP-MT and the Montana Petroleum Association – a state-level API – also screened the film. 

Most recently to coincide with the launch of the grassroots launch of “Gasland 2,” McAleer has taken “FrackNation” on-tour to bird-dog it.

On May 22, AFP-Colorado hosted a “FrackNation” screening at the same time University of Colorado hosted a showing of “Gasland 2,” and the next “showdown of the century” – as the “FrackNation” promoters put it – will take place on May 31 in Santa Barbara, CA. Young America’s Foundation will play host to the “FrackNation” Santa Barbara screening.  

AFP-Maryland also hosted a screening of “FrackNation” on June 2.  

“FrackNation” Screens at House Committee, Josh Fox Arrested in Hearing of Same Committee

“FrackNation” also screened at CPAC in March 2013 and in front of the U.S. House Committee on Science, Space, and Technology in Feb. 2013.   

“It’s important that politicians educate themselves about fracking. It’s the future of American energy,” McAleer wrote in an email promoting the Capitol Hill screening. “With all the lies and misinformation out there, we’re excited to bring the truth about fracking to Capitol Hill.” 

Dave Weigel of Slate reported that “around 40 Republican staffers and members of Congress made time for a private movie screening.”

Among those in the room, according to Weigel, was Committee Chair U.S. Rep. Lamar Smith (R-TX), a climate change denier who took $10,000 from Koch Industries and $83,750 from Big Oil for his 2012 electoral campaign.  

“He was glad to have these points made in an easily digestible way, on screen,” McAleer told Weigel of Smith’s reaction to seeing the film. “People know there’s something smelly about Gasland, but people are suspicious about how it smells.”

As a direct juxtaposition, “Gasland 2” director Josh Fox was arrested at this same Committee’s hearing in Feb. 2012 while filming for his then-upcoming film for “unlawful entry.” Though he had a pass to do the filming during the hearing, he was was slapped with this charge anyway.

“This is a public hearing. I’m within my First Amendment rights, and I’m being taken out,” Fox calmly stated to those in the hearing room while being escorted out during his arrest. 

Independent Journalists? Oh, Really?

Then there’s the big question: how do two so-called independent journalists afford to pay for a $1 million condo off the Pacific Ocean in Marina Del Rey, CA?

This condo was purchased by them in May 2010, according to property records matching the listed address for Hard Boiled Films LLC, the listed producer of “FrackNation.”

   

And though it’s obvious from the filmmaker’s track-records that they have ties to powerful right-wing upper-level circles, sources told DeSmogBlog that McAleer interviewed them under deceptive pretenses. 

McAleer’s Interview Requests Under Misleading Pretenses

One of the featured interviewees in the film is Dimock, PA’s Craig Sautner alongside his wife, Julie. The Sautners were interviewed for the first “Gasland” and had their water contaminated by Cabot Oil and Gas in 2008.

“Trees were cleared and the ground leveled to make room for a four-acre drilling site less than 1,000 feet away from their land,” an account in Vanity Fair explained. “The Sautners could feel the earth beneath their home shake whenever the well was fracked. Within a month, their water had turned brown. It was so corrosive that it scarred dishes in their dishwasher and stained their laundry.”

In an interview with DeSmogBlog, Sautner said McAleer approached him under misleading pretenses, claiming to be an anti-fracking filmmaker hoping to help out in Ireland’s fracking fight. 

“I was hesitant at first to do the interview, but he begged us and we said ‘okay.’ Everything he ended up using in the video he took out of context. He had it all set up from the beggining of what he wanted to show and he wasn’t going to show the truth,” Sautner told DeSmogBlog.

Victoria Switzer, another Dimock victim of Cabot interviewed for “FrackNation” who spent four hours speaking with McAleer in her house (her interview did not appear in the film), also expressed similar sentiments to DeSmogBlog.  

He called he assured me he was doing an unbiased documentary both sides of the issues. I think it is significant because it goes to his lying, his manipulation of the truth, and misrepresentation of his agenda. I never would have let him in my home if I knew what his agenda was. Later when I saw some of his other work I was sickened that this man sat at the table my husband built in the home that is now threatened by the industry he serves! 

McAleer mislead interviewees during the filming of “Mine Your Own Business,” too. Stephanie Roth – a 2005 recipient of the prestigious Goldman Environmental Prize and a grassroots activist who has helped in the anti-mining fight in Romania – was also approached by McAleer for an interview for that film.

The catch: he did so – according to one account – under a psudonym and Roth refused to speak to him because McAleer was uninterested in interviewing any of the local grassroots activists she suggested should be interviewed besides her.

Big Tobacco Player, Climate Changer Deniers Makes Film Apperances

“FrackNation” itself features numerous fossil fuel industry shills-for-hire, climate change deniers, as well as one former Big Tobacco apologist, all posing as “independent experts.” The roster of hired guns is robust: 

–Bruce Ames – Ames sits on the Advisory Board of Collegians for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT), a climate change denial, fossil fuel industry-funded group on college campuses nationwide. He also formerly sat on the Advisory Board for The Advancement of Sound Science Coalition (TASSC), created by Philip Morris, as explained in the book “Trust Us We’re Experts” by Sheldon Rampton and John Stauber.

In the film, Ames compares the chemical compounds found in fracking fluid to those found in cabbage.

“If I gave you all of the long names of the chemicals in cabbage that give cancer to rats in high levels, you could get scared, but there’s really no danger in cabbage,” he stated in the film. “If people say fracking’s causing cancer, then they don’t know what they’re talking about.” 

–Robert Bryce – Bryce’s analysis was also featured early-on in the film, though his fellowship at the Manhattan Institute Center for Energy Policy and the Environment – heavily funded by the oil and gas industry – goes unmentioned. Bryce was also interviewed extensively in the industry propaganda film, “Haynseville.” 

–James Delingpole – Delingpole is an infamous climate change denier and columnist for the UK Telegraph. In the film, Delingpole hints that the U.S. anti-fracking movement might be funded by Russia for geopolitical purposes. 

“In fact, I would say Russia is screwed if it can’t export its gas,” Delingpole said in the film. “So, it really is very important for Russia that the shale gas revolution does not happen. It is also in Russia’s interest to fund those environmental groups which are committed to campaigning against fracking. That’s how it works.”

–Terry Engelder – Engelder is viewed by many as a shale gas industry spokesman. He is the co-founder of Appalachian Fracture Systems, a natural gas consulting firm and was interviewed in “Truthland,” a documentary made in response to “Gasland” by Energy In Depth. 

–Jon Entine – Entine is a visiting fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, which The Guardian revealed takes millions to deny climate change from, among others, ExxonMobil. He also has a fellowship at George Mason University, heavily funded by the Koch Brothers.

Mother Jones referred to Entine as an “agribusiness apologist” in a Feb. 2012 piece pointing to some his unsavory advocacy on behalf of multnational agribusiness corporation, Syngenta.   

–Bryan Shaw – Shaw serves as head of the Texas Center for Environmental Quality (TCEQ). He’s also a notorious climate changer denier whose fellow climate change denying boss – TX Republican Gov. Rick Perry – took $5,204,795 from Big Oil before his 2010 electoral victory. Perry has already raised $671,069 in advance of his forthcoming 2014 electoral efforts.  

“Merchants of Doubt” At It Again

McAleer can best be described as a favorite corporate third-party advocate, a hired gun to sow seeds of doubt on the ecological impacts of fracking. 

“[Third party advocacy] offers camouflage, helping to hide the vested interest that lurks behind a message,” wrote Rampton and Stauber in “Trust Us We’re Experts.” “Putting the same message in someone else’s mouth gives it a credibility that it would not otherwise enjoy.”

Thus, while many critics write McAleer off as a convoluted goof ball, there’s more to the story than originally meets the eye: it’s the story of the Tobacco Playbook’s redux and the stakes of the climate crisis couldn’t be higher. 

In Dec. 1953, PR hegemon Hill and Knowlton formed the Tobacco Industry Committee for Public Information, also forming the Tobacco Institute in 1963. The U.S. Dept. of Justice would later say that “deceive[d] the American public about the health impacts of smoking.”

60 years later, more of the same. Hill and Knowlton now represents America’s Natural Gas Alliance (ANGA), the unconventional oil and gas industry’s lobbying tour de force. 

With influential news outlets ranging from The New York Times, Variety, New York Post, National Review, and the Associated Press all covering the film favorably, whoever is bank-rolling “FrackNation” understands how the dark arts of PR are utilized. That is, when “both sides” of a one-sided scientific debate are covered in a news story, the “merchants of doubt” always wins.

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Two Afghans Killed at Protest While Demanding Arrest of US Soldiers for Torture, Murder

0

Two Afghans were killed in Wardak province on Tuesday when public protests against US special forces for their role in the possible torture and murder of “disappeared” villagers turned heated and Afghan police reportedly opened fire on the crowd.

Image from a separate protest in Wardak earlier this year. (Photo: Press TV) At issue is a bizarre series of events surrounding the mysterious workings of an Afghan military police unit and its connection to a US special forces outpost in the Nerkh district of Wardak. Though the US denies any knowledge or responsibility for the Afghan villagers who went missing and later turned up dead, local witnesses say the US forces were supporting and sheltering the shadowy operations.

The Guardian reports:

When relatives identified three mutilated bodies dug up near a former US special forces base as their missing family members, they decided to take the corpses to the capital of restive Wardak province and organise a protest to spread word of their loss.

By noon on Tuesday, hundreds of people had flooded the streets of Maidan Shar town, blocking the main road to Kandahar and Kabul and shouting “Death to America” and “Death to special forces”. By early afternoon two more men were dead and one seriously injured after police opened fire to control what they said was an increasingly violent crowd.

The three bodies were just the latest grisly discovery in the troubled Nerkh district, where locals say a string of civilians disappeared into a military base housing US special forces. They claim they were then tortured and killed. Their families blame American forces, although the base was shared with Afghan troops and a US military spokesman strongly denied any abuses by foreign soldiers.

But locals have continued to blame US forces. “We have found 10 bodies of people killed by Americans in total, seven before and three more today, on the west side of the US base,” said Sediqullah, a de-miner whose brother’s body was one of the three found on Monday.

“His name was Atiqullah, he was 38 years old and a shopkeeper in Maidan Shar,” said the 42-year-old, before going on to list the names and professions of the other dead, who included a teacher, a taxi driver, a government worker and casual labourers. He said their bodies bore signs of torture.

“They cut their fingers and beat their stomach and head with rocks,” he said by phone from his home just outside Maidan Shar. “They were poor people who just had ordinary business and were just working to feed their families.”

A senior Wardak politician said the 10 men all vanished at the end of last year, and their families had been seeking news of them for months.

The Associated Press reports that though an investigation is underway “it was too soon to say if the three were among at least nine people who villagers say disappeared into American custody and were never seen again.”

AP also describes how the protest unfolded, though how exactly two Afghans ended up dead remained murky:

Tuesday’s rally brought a car with the three bodies to the local provincial governor’s office, then protesters fanned out and blocked traffic on the main road from Kabul to Kandahar, said Fahimi, the council member.

“They were throwing stones and shouting against the government and the (American) special forces, saying, `We want the killers of these innocent civilians to be prosecuted,'” Fahimi said.

The demonstrators tried to get into the governor’s office, and police fired in the air to stop them, he said.

He added that at least two protesters were killed but he was unsure if they had been shot or trampled.

The U.S. has repeatedly denied accusations that people arrested by special forces in Wardak province died in American custody. However, villagers accuse the Americans and their Afghan partners of intimidation through unprovoked beatings, mass arrests and forced detentions.

___________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US Delays While 65 Other Countries Sign 1st Global Arms Trade Treaty

0

(Photo: Oxfam International/cc/flickr)More than 65 countries have signed the first-ever treaty regulating the global arms trade. The United States, which is the world’s top arms exporter, has delayed signing it after being accused of weakening the treaty before its approval last month.

Secretary of State John Kerry said Monday the United States would sign as soon as the official translation process is complete. The treaty would not control domestic weapons use but still faces a tough battle for ratification in the U.S. Senate. On Monday, U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon urged countries that export arms to embrace the treaty.

Ban Ki-moon: “I particularly appeal to major arms trading countries to be first movers. The eyes of the world are watching arms traders, manufacturers and governments as never before. I call on all governments to bring national legislation and procedures in line with the requirements of the treaty so that it becomes a strong force for security and development for all.”

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

GOP Senator Inadvertently Explains Why Women Are Much Better Suited for Combat Than Men

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

June 4, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On Tuesday, Sen. Saxby Chambliss (R-GA) helpfully explained that young men are so hormonally driven that they can’t act rationally. Cursed with a “hormone level created by nature,” they are just wired to lose control of themselves and rape.

Addressing the subject of military rape, the Georgia Republican offered a briefing on biology to his colleagues on the Senate Armed Services Committee:

“The young folks who are coming into each of your services are anywhere from 17 to 22 or 23. Gee whiz, the hormone level created by nature sets in place the possibility for these types of things to occur. So we’ve got to be very careful how we address it on our side.”

Well now! For a long time, conservatives have argued that it was women who were too hormonal and irrational for combat. But Chambliss has set them straight. It’s really young men who can’t be relied upon to control their emotions and urges under pressure.

It’s true that Chambliss doesn’t have first-hand experience of combat because he got a medical deferrment during Vietnam, so he wasn’t exactly tearing it up on the battlefield. But still, it seems like he’s onto something here. Do we really want people who are prone to violent hormonal outbreaks doing a job that requires concentration and steady nerves?

I think not. Female troops have already been unofficially serving in combat for decades, and they have distinguished themselves on the battlefield in Iraq and Afghanistan as pilots and in military police units. One hundred-fifty-two have been killed, and nearly 900 wounded. Tanya Biank, author of Undaunted: The Real Story of America’s Servicewomen, explains that women soldiers have exceeded all expectations, despite particular challenges that men don’t face, such as wearing armor that was not designed for their bodies: “They have performed phenomenally. They have done more than just pull their own weight.”

Perhaps they could perform even better without dealing with the hazard of young men who can’t control their irrational impulses.

The stakes are pretty high, so we had better look at the science, too. It turns out that scientific evidence supports the Chambliss theory that compared to women, men are irrational. According to a study from Arizona State University, for example, women demonstrate an evolutionary trait of being superior to men in not letting passing moods influence their “rational decisions.” Can we afford to let people whose mood swings rule their behavior operate dangerous equipment and deploy weapons? It just doesn’t seem safe.

Violent crime experts have suggested that people who rape may be particularly emotionally reactive, insecure and have difficulty dealing with anger. That kind of mental instability really doesn’t belong on the front lines. Performing critical tasks in stressful situations requires strong coping mechanisms, maturity and self-discipline. As Chambliss reminds us, young men just don’t seem to have what it takes.

Combat also requires teamwork and loyalty toward fellow soldiers. And yet in Iraq, women serving in the U.S. military are more likely to be raped by a fellow soldier than killed by enemy fire. How we expect our military to have functioning, cohesive units when young men naturally harbor urges to attack other troops? We should probably just get rid of them and let them do something useful, like maybe answering the phone or sorting the mail.

Research has shown that women may have superior collaborative skills as well as communication skills. There’s even a study showing that when a group includes more women, its collective intelligence rises. All this would be pretty handy in executing a complex mission, wouldn’t it?

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Issuing Set of Demands, Turkish Uprising Shows No Let Up

0

UPDATE (12:45 PM): Turkish activists engaged in nationwide protest against the government of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan have released a set of demands on Wednesday in a move that shows the movement has gained political confidence as a result of the surge in support it has received.

As reported by local news outlets, the demands are as follows:

  • Gezi Park should remain as a park with no construction permitted on its grounds;
  • The Atatürk Culture Center should not be demolished;
  • Law enforcement officers who have escalated the violence should be investigated and removed from office;
  • The use of pepper gas should be banned;
  • All protesters under custody should be unconditionally released;
  • All obstacles preventing freedom of expression should be lifted.

Meanwhile, the protest movement gained additional support on Wednesday as some of the country’s most powerful trade unions staged protests in the capital city of Ankara in solidarity with Gezi and anti-Erdogan activists.

As the Hürriyet Daily News reports:

Thousands of striking workers were in Ankara’s Kızılay Square on June 5 in order to protest over the crackdown on the Gezi Park unrest.

The Confederation of Progressive Trade Unions (DİSK), the Public Workers Unions Confederation (KESK), the Turkish Doctors’ Union (TTB) and the Union of Chambers of Turkish Engineers and Architects (TMMOB) as well as members of left-wing political parties and members of civil society organizations gathered in Kızılay, with other protesters in the square also supporting them.

Crowds voiced their demands by chanting songs, holding banners, Turkish flags and Atatürk posters. People in Turkey have reacted against the “I had more votes in ballots. Therefore I can do whatever I want,” understanding of democracy shown by the government, Secretary General of KESK Ismal Hakkı Tombul said, addressing the members of the union. Gezi Park protests have come up against government pressure, he said.

“People who have claimed their land, their water are accused of being bandits. People seeking freedom and democracy are described as marauders,” Tombul noted.

EARLIER: An apology from Turkey’s deputy prime minister saying the violent police crackdown against protesters was “wrong and unjust” may be too little, too late as anti-government protesters brushed off the remarks and continued their demand for reforms on Wednesday.

“They turned this innocent demo into violence… We will never surrender to the police. We want government to step down,” one protester in Istanbul told EuroNews.

“They have no mercy. The police are attacking as if they want to kill us. We don’t trust the police. We only trust ourselves.” said another supporter of Turkey’s new social movement.

And with scenes like this–a collection of video from the last week of protests–it may be a while before those protesting the government and police aggression take seriously the apologies from the ruling class:

Despite a relative calm in Istanbul, the government crackdown continued aggressively in Ankara and other cities overnight as dozens of youth activists were detained for posting information about the protests on social media outlets and accused of “spreading untrue information,” according to the state news agency Anadolu.

Twitter continued to cover the events nationwide:

And new polling released in Turkey revealed a further sense of what’s fueling the protests. The Hürriyet Daily News reports:

A majority of the protesters demanded respect of liberties and an end to police violence while rejecting a military coup against the government.

The rate of those who demanded “an end to police violence” was 96.7 percent, while 96.1 percent demanded “respect of liberties from now on.” Only 37 percent demanded a new political party be established. A total of 79.5 percent of respondents said they did not want a military coup to intervene in Parliament, while 6.6 percent of respondents demanded a military coup. […]

Out of 3,000 respondents, 75.8 percent said they had joined the recent protests in Turkey by going out to the streets.

Many people made noise from their balconies by hitting pots or turning off and on their lights in the evenings to support the protests across the country, which started in Istanbul’s iconic Taksim Square to stop a shopping mall project that was to replace Gezi Park there.

Meanwhile, the Hürriyet Daily News also reported the mood at Taksim Square in Istanbul–where the protests first took root–was cautiously jovial as a the movement known as Occupy Gezi formalized some of its organizing and celebrated the manner in which their efforts have paid off:

The heart of the protests in Istanbul’s Gezi Park continued in a more festive mood, a stark contrast to last week’s brutal police raids on the area. The protesters who took back the park on June 1 were more organized, as medical and legal assistance teams were set up in the square and park. Unlike in previous days’ protests, many young students were seen in the park with their fathers and mothers, or even grandparents. Pop artist Åžebnem Ferah also gave a concert during the night.

That doesn’t tell the whole story of the movement, however, as clashes continued in other parts of the country:

Tension was still palpable a few hundred meters further away in the BeÅŸiktaÅŸ district, where violent clashes had also broken out over the weekend. Small scuffles took place between protesters and police near the road leading to Taksim.

Ankara, another hot spot of the protests where police had led a brutal crackdown against protesters over the weekend, also saw less incidents. Police forces, who had been instructed not to use tear gas unless they were attacked, held back from intervening, while protesters offered them cloves and took pictures in front of police tanks. However, some clashes were reported near the central Kızılay district around midnight.

And there was more sad news for protesters as the death of a third protester was announced on Wednesday. Ethem Sarısülük, an activist who received massive head trauma after being hit in the head by a tear gas canister in the capital city of Ankara, succumbed to his injuries.

Offering background on the protest movement, the Associated Press explains:

Thousands have joined anti-government rallies across Turkey since Friday, when police launched a predawn raid against a peaceful sit-in protesting plans to uproot trees in Istanbul’s main Taksim Square. Since then, the demonstrations by mostly secular-minded Turks have spiraled into Turkey’s biggest anti-government disturbances in years and have spread to many of the biggest cities.

Protests were directed at what critics say is Erdogan’s aggressive and authoritarian style of governance. Many accuse him of forcing his conservative, religious outlook on lives in this mainly Muslim but secular nation. Erdogan rejects the accusations, says he respects all lifestyles and insists he is the “servant” not the “master” of the people.

_____________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US Forest Service: Climate Change 'Biggest Issue We Face'

0

(Twitpic: PB Post Photo)Climate change is worsening wildfires, lengthening the wildfire season and increasing their size, the head of the nation’s forest service warned Congress on Tuesday.

In testimony to the Senate Energy and Natural Resources Committee, U.S. Forest Service Chief Thomas Tidwell said:

Around the world, the last two decades have seen fires that are extraordinary in their size, intensity and impacts. In Australia in 2009, the Black Saturday Bushfires killed 170 people. Domestically, Florida, Georgia, Utah, California, Texas, Arizona, New Mexico and Colorado, have all experienced the largest and/or the most destructive fires in their history just in the last six years. On average wildfires burn twice as many acres each year as compared to 40 years ago, and there are on average seven times as many fires over 10,000 acres per year.

In 2012 over 9.3 million acres burned in the United States. The fires of 2012 were massive in size, with 51 fires exceeding 40,000 acres. Of these large fires, 14 exceeded 100,000 acres. The increase in large fires in the west coincides with an increase in temperatures and early snow melt in recent years. This means longer fire seasons. The length of the fire season has increased by over two months since the 1970s.

“The largest issue we now face is how to adapt our management to anticipate climate change impacts and to mitigate their potential effects,” Tidwell told the committee.

Illustrating how climate change has quickly impacted on wildfires, Tidwell told the Guardian, “Ten years ago in New Mexico outside Los Alamos we had a fire get started. Over seven days, it burned 40,000 acres. In 2011, we had another fire. Las Conchas. It also burned 40,000 acres. It did it in 12 hours.”

Last week, Santa Barbara County fire Capt. David Sadecki said of the White Fire that burned nearly 2,000 acres in southern California, “It’s still spring–it’s not even summer–and it’s burning like it’s August or September.”

These increasingly severe wildfires have a monetary effect as well. Fire activities represented 13 percent of the U.S. Forest Service’s total agency budget in 1991, but that figure jumped to over 40 percent in 2012. 

In the most recent wildfire potential outlook released June 1 by the National Interagency Fire Center, warmer, drier than usual conditions are contributing to above normal potential for wildfires in large swathes of the west. And the most recent drought monitor shows dry conditions plaguing much of the western half of the country.

________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

For First Time, US to Lease Offshore Wind Blocks

0

WASHINGTON – The U.S. government announced Tuesday that it would be going forward with long-discussed plans to auction federal leases off the Atlantic Ocean coast for the development of offshore wind energy.

A seagull flies past wind turbines at Thanet Offshore Wind Farm off the Kent coast in southern England. Offshore wind production is particularly attractive because winds tend to blow harder and more consistently off the coasts. (Photo: Stefan Wermuth/Reuters) The sales, to take place in late July, will be the first time that federal lands have been offered on a competitive basis for the United States’ nascent offshore wind business. Proponents say the industry has significant potential, but for decades it has lagged far behind the country’s onshore wind sector — even as offshore usage has strengthened significantly in other countries.

“Today’s announcement is an important milestone in efforts to launch the offshore wind industry in the United States,” Chris Long, manager of offshore wind and siting policy for the American Wind Energy Association, a trade group, told IPS. “Offshore wind energy represents a significant opportunity for our country, and developing this industry will help to create thousands of new jobs.”

Currently, the Interior Department has approved nine companies to take part in the auction, which will offer around 165,000 acres in two blocks off the coast of the eastern states of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. A third area off the coast of Virginia could be offered for lease later this year.

According to recent analysis by the Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory, the initial two blocks will be able to produce a regular supply of around 3,500 megawatts, enough to power around a million U.S. homes.

Overall, the United States is thought to have around 4,000 gigawatts (or four million megawatts) of offshore wind potential. That’s almost four times the country’s current electricity production of all types.

“This leasing announcement is a big deal, a significant move forward on what has been an extensive process to identify appropriate sites and give access to try to build in the water,” Dave Hamilton, the director for clean energy with the Sierra Club, a conservation group, told IPS.

“These are important steps, but now getting equipment in the water, finding communities or entities to buy the power at the price producers can make it — that’s all still ahead of this project.”

Proponents have long noted that offshore wind has particular potential in the United States given that almost four-fifths of the electricity requirement comes from states along the coasts and Great Lakes, and thus windfarms could be positioned fairly near demand centres.

According to estimates in a recent scientific paper, around a third of all U.S. power demand — or all demand from the East Coast, except during summer — can be satisfied from offshore wind power along the East Coast alone.

Strengthened by government subsidies, the U.S. wind energy sector has grown significantly — albeit belatedly — in recent years, currently comprising some three percent of the country’s overall power mix. Meanwhile, the offshore sector has lagged far behind, in part due to the significantly higher costs and technicality associated with installing a turbine on water.

The technology has long existed, however, and many models have already gone through a lengthy process of testing. Just last week, the Energy Department formally announced that a new prototype, a floating turbine in Maine, has been connected to the national electricity grid, the first offshore turbine now operating in the country and the first of seven such experimental projects currently underway.

The U.S. government has green-lighted at least two smaller East Coast offshore wind projects, but these went forward without a competitive bidding process and are still awaiting regulatory approval. While around a dozen privately financed offshore projects are currently being developed, July’s leasing is being touted as the full opening-up of the new industry to the private sector.

“If there is good interest in this one, then I think you will have this happening on a consistent basis,” Sally Jewell, the secretary of the interior, told reporters Monday.

“I can’t promise that they will be in production in four years, but we don’t want to be a roadblock. The market will dictate, but we certainly don’t want to get in the way.”

‘Picking energy winners’

The United States has been falling behind on offshore wind innovation since the early 1990s, when Denmark opened the world’s first offshore wind farm. By today, countries across Europe have constructed some 4,000 megawatts of offshore capacity — a number that is expected to increase to a whopping 40,000 megawatts by 2020, according to 2011 estimates.

China, too, has been moving quickly into all types of wind energy production. Beijing has published plans to expand the country’s still burgeoning offshore sector to 30,000 megawatts by 2020.

Yet when President Barack Obama approved the country’s first offshore power project, in 2010, he came under fire from conservatives, some environmentalists and others concerned about the “aesthetic” impact of the project, including powerful Massachusetts lawmakers.

Yet Tuesday, Ed Markey, the top Democrat on the House Natural Resources Committee and currently a top contender to become a Massachusetts senator, praised the new project.

“Offshore wind is a win for American jobs, for American energy security, and for our environment, and it will start off the coast of New England,” Markey said Tuesday in a statement. “I commend the Interior Department for … conducting these lease sales in a way that will ensure leases go to companies that are serious about developing new wind energy.”

In deciding on leases, the government will reportedly take into account whether bidding companies already have agreements in place with utility companies that can purchase the power.

Meanwhile, renewable energy in recent years has become almost inexplicably politicised in the United States, particularly here in Washington. Already, Republican members of Congress have expressed scepticism over the new plan for offshore leasing.

On Tuesday, several conservatives highlighted the perceived discrepancy between President Obama’s advocacy for offshore wind and his hesitancy regarding plans for offshore oil drilling. They also accused him of intervening in the market and “picking energy industry winners and losers”.

“Opponents of offshore wind projects have taken on some very unusual tactics for people who claim to support economic development and diversified energy options,” the Sierra Club’s Hamilton says.

He notes that two highly visible funders of conservative causes, oil refinery magnates Charles and David Koch, have been actively opposed to the development of offshore wind production capacity.

One key focus of this pressure could be on members of Congress, who by the end of the year must decide whether to renew a subsidy — known as the federal investment tax credit — considered key for the offshore industry’s attempts to get off the ground.

© 2013 IPS North America

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Fukushima Springs New Leak, Belies TEPCO Claims

0

Another leak of radioactive water has been detected at Japan’s Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant according to the plant operator. The announcement of this newest leak comes after a slew of similar incidents delayed the plant’s request to release groundwater into the sea. 

(Photo: AP/Tokyo Electric Power Co.) According to the AFP, Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO) reported that a worker discovered drips coming from a radioactive water storage tank. With a drip-rate of one every three to four seconds, it’s unclear how much water was leaked. The tank is one of hundreds on the site.

On Monday TEPCO reported the detection of radioactive cesium in groundwater samples at the site, which contradicts their earlier statement which claimed the water was fine. The New York Times reports that the original announcement was directed especially at fishermen whose approval is essential for TEPCO to proceed with their plans to release groundwater into the ocean.

Experts say that TEPCO lacks foresight, implementing temporary fixes over long-term solutions.

Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Bilderberg Group Gathers Global Elite at UK Hotel

0

The famed–and much derided–Bilderberg Group is meeting this week in Britian to discuss whatever it is the world’s super elite discuss at their secretive annual gatherings.Christine Lagarde, the head of the IMF, is expected at Bilderberg 2013. (Photograph: Michel Euler/AP)

Held this year at the five star Grove Hotel near Watford, England, the 61st Bilderberg Group meeting will host some of the world’s most powerful individuals–including heads of banks, fossil fuel company CEOs, former heads of state, powerful government ministers and officials, academics, and media moguls.

Among certain notable attendees, IMF Chief Christine Lagarde is attending this year’s meeting as well as US Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, (Ret.) US Army General David Petraeus, former US Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin, former Nixon adviser and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, and Bush-era neoconservative titan Richard Perle.

Long shrouded in secrecy, the Bilderberg Group has long been the focus of conspiracy theorists who look on the cadre of global elites as the puppet masters of the “new world order.”

As it turns out, however, the group’s likely deliberations have always been rather obvious given that the power structures and policy prescriptions of the neoliberal consensus that its attendees represent are well known to the world.Protesters at Bilderberg 2012. This year’s meeting of the global elite is in Watford and is expected to be unusually open. (Photograph: Mark Gail/The Washington Post)

This year, though they didn’t fail to double down on security efforts around the meeting, Bilderberg did set up a press office and even put out a media release this year.

But, as is often said when it comes to the machinations of power, the largest crimes of authority are not those hidden in dark rooms, but the ones perpetrated–without apology–in plain sight.

If one is looking for the crimes of Bilderberg, the full list of this year’s attendees includes the institutions, governments, and organizations represented:

  • Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
  • Paul M. Achleitner, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG
  • Josef Ackermann, Chairman of the Board, Zurich Insurance Group Ltd
  • Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
  • Helen Alexander, Chairman, UBM plc
  • Roger C. Altman, Executive Chairman, Evercore Partners
  • Matti Apunen, Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA
  • Susan Athey, Professor of Economics, Stanford Graduate School of Business
  • Asli Aydintasbas, Columnist, Milliyet Newspaper
  • Ali Babacan, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs
  • Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
  • Francisco Pinto Balsemão, Chairman and CEO, IMPRESA
  • Nicolas Barré, Managing Editor, Les Echos
  • José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
  • Nicolas Baverez, Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
  • Olivier de Bavinchove, Commander, Eurocorps
  • John Bell, Regius Professor of Medicine, University of Oxford
  • Franco Bernabè, Chairman and CEO, Telecom Italia S.p.A.
  • Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
  • Carl Bildt, Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs
  • Anders Borg, Swedish Minister for Finance
  • Jean François van Boxmeer, CEO, Heineken
  • Svein Richard Brandtzæg, President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA
  • Oscar Bronner, Publisher, Der Standard Medienwelt
  • Peter Carrington, Former Honorary Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
  • Juan Luis Cebrián, Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA
  • Edmund Clark, President and CEO, TD Bank Group
  • Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
  • Bjarne Corydon, Danish Minister of Finance
  • Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
  • Enrico Cucchiani, CEO, Intesa Sanpaolo SpA
  • Etienne Davignon, Belgian Minister of State; Former Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
  • Ian Davis, Senior Partner Emeritus, McKinsey & Company
  • Robbert H. Dijkgraaf, Director and Leon Levy Professor, Institute for Advanced Study
  • Haluk Dinçer, President, Retail and Insurance Group, Sabanci Holding A.S.
  • Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
  • Nicholas N. Eberstadt, Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy, American Enterprise Institute
  • Espen Barth Eide, Norwegian Minister of Foreign Affairs
  • Börje Ekholm, President and CEO, Investor AB
  • Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
  • J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
  • Ulrik Federspiel, Executive Vice President, Haldor Topsøe A/S
  • Martin S.Feldstein, Professor of Economics, Harvard University; President Emeritus, NBER
  • François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister
  • Mark C. Fishman, President, Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research
  • Douglas J. Flint, Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc
  • Paul Gallagher, Senior Counsel
  • Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury
  • Michael Gfoeller, US Political Consultant
  • Donald E. Graham, Chairman and CEO, The Washington Post Company
  • Ulrich Grillo, CEO, Grillo-Werke AG
  • Lilli Gruber, Journalist – Anchorwoman, La 7 TV
  • Luis de Guindos, Spanish Minister of Economy and Competitiveness
  • Stuart Gulliver, Group Chief Executive, HSBC Holdings plc
  • Felix Gutzwiller, Member of the Swiss Council of States
  • Victor Halberstadt, Professor of Economics, Leiden University; Former Honorary Secretary General of Bilderberg Meetings
  • Olli Heinonen, Senior Fellow, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, Harvard Kennedy School of Government
  • Simon Henry, CFO, Royal Dutch Shell plc
  • Paul Hermelin, Chairman and CEO, Capgemini Group
  • Pablo Isla, Chairman and CEO, Inditex Group
  • Kenneth M. Jacobs, Chairman and CEO, Lazard
  • James A. Johnson, Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners
  • Thomas J. Jordan, Chairman of the Governing Board, Swiss National Bank
  • Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., Managing Director, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC
  • Robert D. Kaplan, Chief Geopolitical Analyst, Stratfor
  • Alex Karp, Founder and CEO, Palantir Technologies
  • John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords
  • Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
  • Klaus Kleinfeld, Chairman and CEO, Alcoa
  • Klaas H.W. Knot, President, De Nederlandsche Bank
  • Mustafa V Koç,. Chairman, Koç Holding A.S.
  • Roland Koch, CEO, Bilfinger SE
  • Henry R. Kravis, Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
  • Marie-Josée Kravis, Senior Fellow and Vice Chair, Hudson Institute
  • André Kudelski, Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group
  • Ulysses Kyriacopoulos, Chairman, S&B Industrial Minerals S.A.
  • Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
  • J. Kurt Lauk, Chairman of the Economic Council to the CDU, Berlin
  • Lawrence Lessig, Roy L. Furman Professor of Law and Leadership, Harvard Law School
  • Thomas Leysen, Chairman of the Board of Directors, KBC Group
  • Christian Lindner, Party Leader, Free Democratic Party (FDP NRW)
  • Stefan Löfven, Party Leader, Social Democratic Party (SAP)
  • Peter Löscher, President and CEO, Siemens AG
  • Peter Mandelson, Chairman, Global Counsel; Chairman, Lazard International
  • Jessica T. Mathews, President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace
  • Frank McKenna, Chair, Brookfield Asset Management
  • John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
  • Thierry de Montbrial, President, French Institute for International Relations
  • Mario Monti, Former Italian Prime Minister
  • Craig J. Mundie, Senior Advisor to the CEO, Microsoft Corporation
  • Alberto Nagel, CEO, Mediobanca
  • H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands
  • Andrew Y.Ng, Co-Founder, Coursera
  • Jorma Ollila, Chairman, Royal Dutch Shell, plc
  • David Omand, Visiting Professor, King’s College London
  • George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer
  • Emanuele Ottolenghi, Senior Fellow, Foundation for Defense of Democracies
  • Soli Özel, Senior Lecturer, Kadir Has University; Columnist, Habertürk Newspaper
  • Alexis Papahelas, Executive Editor, Kathimerini Newspaper
  • Safak Pavey, Turkish MP
  • Valérie Pécresse, French MP
  • Richard N. Perle, Resident Fellow, American Enterprise Institute
  • David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)
  • Paulo Portas, Portugal Minister of State and Foreign Affairs
  • J. Robert S Prichard, Chair, Torys LLP
  • Viviane Reding, Vice President and Commissioner for Justice, Fundamental Rights and Citizenship, European Commission
  • Heather M. Reisman, CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc.
  • Hélène Rey, Professor of Economics, London Business School
  • Simon Robertson, Partner, Robertson Robey Associates LLP; Deputy Chairman, HSBC Holdings
  • Gianfelice Rocca, Chairman,Techint Group
  • Jacek Rostowski, Minister of Finance and Deputy Prime Minister
  • Robert E. Rubin, Co-Chairman, Council on Foreign Relations; Former Secretary of the Treasury
  • Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister
  • Andreas Schieder, Austrian State Secretary of Finance
  • Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.
  • Rudolf Scholten, Member of the Board of Executive Directors, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG
  • António José Seguro, Secretary General, Portuguese Socialist Party
  • Jean-Dominique Senard, CEO, Michelin Group
  • Kristin Skogen Lund, Director General, Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise
  • Anne-Marie Slaughter, Bert G. Kerstetter ’66 University Professor of Politics and International Affairs, Princeton University
  • Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International
  • Martin Taylor, Former Chairman, Syngenta AG
  • Tidjane Thiam, Group CEO, Prudential plc
  • Peter A. Thiel, President, Thiel Capital
  • Craig B. Thompson, President and CEO, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
  • Jakob Haldor Topsøe, Partner, AMBROX Capital A/S
  • Jutta Urpilainen, Finnish Minister of Finance
  • Daniel L. Vasella, Honorary Chairman, Novartis AG
  • Peter R. Voser, CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc
  • Brad Wall, Premier of Saskatchewan Province, Canada
  • Jacob Wallenberg, Chairman, Investor AB
  • Kevin Warsh, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, The Hoover Institution, Stanford University
  • Galen G.Weston, Executive Chairman, Loblaw Companies Limited
  • Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords
  • Martin H. Wolf, Chief Economics Commentator, The Financial Times
  • James D. Wolfensohn, Chairman and CEO, Wolfensohn and Company
  • David Wright, Vice Chairman, Barclays plc
  • Robert B. Zoellick, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Peterson Institute for International Economics

______________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US building collapses, people trapped

0

Emergency personnel stand in front of a collapsed building structure in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania on June 5, 2013.

An industrial building has collapsed in the US city of Philadelphia, with reports of up to 10 people trapped in the rubble.

The four-story building fell in the heart of Center City in downtown Philadelphia on Wednesday, injuring 10 people with at least another 10 more trapped in the rubble.

The collapse also brought down a portion of a store and homes which were attached to the back of the building.

Authorities failed to provide a reason for the collapse, though news reports said that a part of the building and an adjacent structure were being demolished at the time.

Emergency response members have been dispatched to the scene and are working to find survivors.

The United States has witnessed a series of accidents involving infrastructure including a highway bridge that collapsed in the state of Missouri on May 25 and a bridge collapse in northwestern Washington State on May 23.

The incidents prompted several questions about the safety of the US infrastructure and the interruption of the key route between the major US cities and Canada.

GMA /KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Candidates outline social, cultural plans

0

Iranian presidential candidates hold their second televised debate on June 5, 2013.

Presidential candidates have outlined their social and cultural policies in the second round of live debates aired by Iranâ„¢s national broadcaster.

Independent candidate Mohsen Rezaei was the first to outline his policies in the Wednesday debate, saying Iranian society is currently in dire need of social and cultural reform.

Rezaei censured the ongoing economic injustice in the country, stressing that it is the main cause of social and cultural problems in Iran.

Reformist candidate Hassan Rohani focused on the importance of security by saying that creativity dies in the absence of social security. He added that the next administration must employ cultural figures and make use of their ideas and suggestions in order to resolve cultural problems.

President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council further stated that for culture to flourish all Iranian citizens, including writers and artists, must feel respected

The next contender, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref said the next administration must not sway exclusive control over national cultural affairs and let people manage such affairs.

Aref emphasized that the next administration must provide the infrastructure for cultural affairs and allow people to take care of the rest.

He added that there are ample grounds for creativity and innovation in the country, noting that the way should be paved for such activities.

Principlist candidate Ali Akbar Velayati, for his turn, said cultural education must begin in families and from early school.

The former foreign minister further emphasized that cultural issues must not be politicized in the country.

Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf criticized the current condition of culture in the society, saying that the incumbent administration has failed to meet public demands concerning culture.

He said the role of the culture in politics, economy and social issues has been undermined, and vowed to uplift that role if elected president in the June 14 election.

Former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi said the next administration must play the key role in cultural policymaking.

Gharazi emphasized that the forthcoming administration should be at the helm whenever cultural issues are concerned.

Lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel deplored the lack of job security in the country and said it was the main concern for Iranian artists and writers.

He also stressed the significance of independence work in cultural areas, adding, Å“If we are not independent in the field of culture, then we will not be independent in politics, economy or other sectors.”

The principlist candidate said, Å“Culture can be compared to a waterfall in the society, and it must encompass all people from different walks of life.”

Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili stated that culture is interwoven with politics and economy.

He added that culture is actually the breeding ground that can help to develop other sectors of the society such as economy, politics and so forth.

Å“If we make proper use of this capacity, it will bring more power to many categories and, for example, strengthen our laws,” he noted.

The first presidential debate was aired live on Iran’s state TV on May 31, during which the eight candidates talked about their economic plans, offered their solutions to the countryâ„¢s economic problems and answered questions on major economic issues.

The candidates will attend their last live debate on Friday, which will focus on politics.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syrian rebels lose strategic town in boost for Assad

0

Mariam Karouny
Reuters
June 5, 2013

Syrian government forces and their Lebanese Hezbollah allies seized control of the border town of Qusair on Wednesday, dealing a major defeat to rebel fighters battling to overthrow President Bashar al-Assad.

Two weeks of heavy fighting reduced many buildings to mounds of twisted concrete, whole blocks flattened by shelling, with glass and rubble littering the streets as tired but delighted Syrian soldiers gathered at the bullet-riddled clock tower.

“We will not hesitate to crush with an iron fist those who attack us. … Their fate is surrender or death,” the Syrian armed forces command said in statement. “We will continue our string of victories until we regain every inch of Syrian land.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:42 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

New Leak at Fukushima Belies Earlier Statements

0

Another leak of radioactive water has been detected at Japan’s Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant according to the plant operator. The announcement of this newest leak comes after a slew of similar incidents delayed the plant’s request to release groundwater into the sea. 

(Photo: AP/Tokyo Electric Power Co.) According to the AFP, Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO) reported that a worker discovered drips coming from a radioactive water storage tank. With a drip-rate of one every three to four seconds, it’s unclear how much water was leaked. The tank is one of hundreds on the site.

On Monday TEPCO reported the detection of radioactive cesium in groundwater samples at the site, which contradicts their earlier statement which claimed the water was fine. The New York Times reports that the original announcement was directed especially at fishermen whose approval is essential for TEPCO to proceed with their plans to release groundwater into the ocean.

Experts say that TEPCO lacks foresight, implementing temporary fixes over long-term solutions.

Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Bilderberg Group Gathers Global Elite at UK Hotel

0

The famed–and much derided–Bilderberg Group is meeting this week in Britian to discuss whatever it is the world’s super elite discuss at their secretive annual gatherings.Christine Lagarde, the head of the IMF, is expected at Bilderberg 2013. (Photograph: Michel Euler/AP)

Held this year at the five star Grove Hotel near Watford, England, the 61st Bilderberg Group meeting will host some of the world’s most powerful individuals–including heads of banks, fossil fuel company CEOs, former heads of state, powerful government ministers and officials, academics, and media moguls.

Among certain notable attendees, IMF Chief Christine Lagarde is attending this year’s meeting as well as US Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, (Ret.) US Army General David Petraeus, former US Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin, former Nixon adviser and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, and Bush-era neoconservative titan Richard Perle.

Long shrouded in secrecy, the Bilderberg Group has long been the focus of conspiracy theorists who look on the cadre of global elites as the puppet masters of the “new world order.”

As it turns out, however, the group’s likely deliberations have always been rather obvious given that the power structures and policy prescriptions of the neoliberal consensus that its attendees represent are well known to the world.Protesters at Bilderberg 2012. This year’s meeting of the global elite is in Watford and is expected to be unusually open. (Photograph: Mark Gail/The Washington Post)

This year, though they didn’t fail to double down on security efforts around the meeting, Bilderberg did set up a press office and even put out a media release this year.

But, as is often said when it comes to the machinations of power, the largest crimes of authority are not those hidden in dark rooms, but the ones perpetrated–without apology–in plain sight.

If one is looking for the crimes of Bilderberg, the full list of this year’s attendees includes the institutions, governments, and organizations represented:

  • Chairman: Henri de Castries, Chairman and CEO, AXA Group
  • Paul M. Achleitner, Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG
  • Josef Ackermann, Chairman of the Board, Zurich Insurance Group Ltd
  • Marcus Agius, Former Chairman, Barclays plc
  • Helen Alexander, Chairman, UBM plc
  • Roger C. Altman, Executive Chairman, Evercore Partners
  • Matti Apunen, Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA
  • Susan Athey, Professor of Economics, Stanford Graduate School of Business
  • Asli Aydintasbas, Columnist, Milliyet Newspaper
  • Ali Babacan, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister for Economic and Financial Affairs
  • Ed Balls, Shadow Chancellor of the Exchequer
  • Francisco Pinto Balsemão, Chairman and CEO, IMPRESA
  • Nicolas Barré, Managing Editor, Les Echos
  • José Manuel Barroso, President, European Commission
  • Nicolas Baverez, Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
  • Olivier de Bavinchove, Commander, Eurocorps
  • John Bell, Regius Professor of Medicine, University of Oxford
  • Franco Bernabè, Chairman and CEO, Telecom Italia S.p.A.
  • Jeff Bezos, Founder and CEO, Amazon.com
  • Carl Bildt, Swedish Minister for Foreign Affairs
  • Anders Borg, Swedish Minister for Finance
  • Jean François van Boxmeer, CEO, Heineken
  • Svein Richard Brandtzæg, President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA
  • Oscar Bronner, Publisher, Der Standard Medienwelt
  • Peter Carrington, Former Honorary Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
  • Juan Luis Cebrián, Executive Chairman, Grupo PRISA
  • Edmund Clark, President and CEO, TD Bank Group
  • Kenneth Clarke, Cabinet Minister
  • Bjarne Corydon, Danish Minister of Finance
  • Sherard Cowper-Coles, Business Development Director, International, BAE Systems plc
  • Enrico Cucchiani, CEO, Intesa Sanpaolo SpA
  • Etienne Davignon, Belgian Minister of State; Former Chairman, Bilderberg Meetings
  • Ian Davis, Senior Partner Emeritus, McKinsey & Company
  • Robbert H. Dijkgraaf, Director and Leon Levy Professor, Institute for Advanced Study
  • Haluk Dinçer, President, Retail and Insurance Group, Sabanci Holding A.S.
  • Robert Dudley, Group Chief Executive, BP plc
  • Nicholas N. Eberstadt, Henry Wendt Chair in Political Economy, American Enterprise Institute
  • Espen Barth Eide, Norwegian Minister of Foreign Affairs
  • Börje Ekholm, President and CEO, Investor AB
  • Thomas Enders, CEO, EADS
  • J. Michael Evans, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs & Co.
  • Ulrik Federspiel, Executive Vice President, Haldor Topsøe A/S
  • Martin S.Feldstein, Professor of Economics, Harvard University; President Emeritus, NBER
  • François Fillon, Former French Prime Minister
  • Mark C. Fishman, President, Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research
  • Douglas J. Flint, Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc
  • Paul Gallagher, Senior Counsel
  • Timothy F Geithner, Former Secretary of the Treasury
  • Michael Gfoeller, US Political Consultant
  • Donald E. Graham, Chairman and CEO, The Washington Post Company
  • Ulrich Grillo, CEO, Grillo-Werke AG
  • Lilli Gruber, Journalist – Anchorwoman, La 7 TV
  • Luis de Guindos, Spanish Minister of Economy and Competitiveness
  • Stuart Gulliver, Group Chief Executive, HSBC Holdings plc
  • Felix Gutzwiller, Member of the Swiss Council of States
  • Victor Halberstadt, Professor of Economics, Leiden University; Former Honorary Secretary General of Bilderberg Meetings
  • Olli Heinonen, Senior Fellow, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, Harvard Kennedy School of Government
  • Simon Henry, CFO, Royal Dutch Shell plc
  • Paul Hermelin, Chairman and CEO, Capgemini Group
  • Pablo Isla, Chairman and CEO, Inditex Group
  • Kenneth M. Jacobs, Chairman and CEO, Lazard
  • James A. Johnson, Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners
  • Thomas J. Jordan, Chairman of the Governing Board, Swiss National Bank
  • Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., Managing Director, Lazard Freres & Co. LLC
  • Robert D. Kaplan, Chief Geopolitical Analyst, Stratfor
  • Alex Karp, Founder and CEO, Palantir Technologies
  • John Kerr, Independent Member, House of Lords
  • Henry A. Kissinger, Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc.
  • Klaus Kleinfeld, Chairman and CEO, Alcoa
  • Klaas H.W. Knot, President, De Nederlandsche Bank
  • Mustafa V Koç,. Chairman, Koç Holding A.S.
  • Roland Koch, CEO, Bilfinger SE
  • Henry R. Kravis, Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.
  • Marie-Josée Kravis, Senior Fellow and Vice Chair, Hudson Institute
  • André Kudelski, Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group
  • Ulysses Kyriacopoulos, Chairman, S&B Industrial Minerals S.A.
  • Christine Lagarde, Managing Director, International Monetary Fund
  • J. Kurt Lauk, Chairman of the Economic Council to the CDU, Berlin
  • Lawrence Lessig, Roy L. Furman Professor of Law and Leadership, Harvard Law School
  • Thomas Leysen, Chairman of the Board of Directors, KBC Group
  • Christian Lindner, Party Leader, Free Democratic Party (FDP NRW)
  • Stefan Löfven, Party Leader, Social Democratic Party (SAP)
  • Peter Löscher, President and CEO, Siemens AG
  • Peter Mandelson, Chairman, Global Counsel; Chairman, Lazard International
  • Jessica T. Mathews, President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace
  • Frank McKenna, Chair, Brookfield Asset Management
  • John Micklethwait, Editor-in-Chief, The Economist
  • Thierry de Montbrial, President, French Institute for International Relations
  • Mario Monti, Former Italian Prime Minister
  • Craig J. Mundie, Senior Advisor to the CEO, Microsoft Corporation
  • Alberto Nagel, CEO, Mediobanca
  • H.R.H. Princess Beatrix of The Netherlands
  • Andrew Y.Ng, Co-Founder, Coursera
  • Jorma Ollila, Chairman, Royal Dutch Shell, plc
  • David Omand, Visiting Professor, King’s College London
  • George Osborne, Chancellor of the Exchequer
  • Emanuele Ottolenghi, Senior Fellow, Foundation for Defense of Democracies
  • Soli Özel, Senior Lecturer, Kadir Has University; Columnist, Habertürk Newspaper
  • Alexis Papahelas, Executive Editor, Kathimerini Newspaper
  • Safak Pavey, Turkish MP
  • Valérie Pécresse, French MP
  • Richard N. Perle, Resident Fellow, American Enterprise Institute
  • David H. Petraeus, General, U.S. Army (Retired)
  • Paulo Portas, Portugal Minister of State and Foreign Affairs
  • J. Robert S Prichard, Chair, Torys LLP
  • Viviane Reding, Vice President and Commissioner for Justice, Fundamental Rights and Citizenship, European Commission
  • Heather M. Reisman, CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc.
  • Hélène Rey, Professor of Economics, London Business School
  • Simon Robertson, Partner, Robertson Robey Associates LLP; Deputy Chairman, HSBC Holdings
  • Gianfelice Rocca, Chairman,Techint Group
  • Jacek Rostowski, Minister of Finance and Deputy Prime Minister
  • Robert E. Rubin, Co-Chairman, Council on Foreign Relations; Former Secretary of the Treasury
  • Mark Rutte, Dutch Prime Minister
  • Andreas Schieder, Austrian State Secretary of Finance
  • Eric E. Schmidt, Executive Chairman, Google Inc.
  • Rudolf Scholten, Member of the Board of Executive Directors, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG
  • António José Seguro, Secretary General, Portuguese Socialist Party
  • Jean-Dominique Senard, CEO, Michelin Group
  • Kristin Skogen Lund, Director General, Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise
  • Anne-Marie Slaughter, Bert G. Kerstetter ’66 University Professor of Politics and International Affairs, Princeton University
  • Peter D. Sutherland, Chairman, Goldman Sachs International
  • Martin Taylor, Former Chairman, Syngenta AG
  • Tidjane Thiam, Group CEO, Prudential plc
  • Peter A. Thiel, President, Thiel Capital
  • Craig B. Thompson, President and CEO, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
  • Jakob Haldor Topsøe, Partner, AMBROX Capital A/S
  • Jutta Urpilainen, Finnish Minister of Finance
  • Daniel L. Vasella, Honorary Chairman, Novartis AG
  • Peter R. Voser, CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc
  • Brad Wall, Premier of Saskatchewan Province, Canada
  • Jacob Wallenberg, Chairman, Investor AB
  • Kevin Warsh, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, The Hoover Institution, Stanford University
  • Galen G.Weston, Executive Chairman, Loblaw Companies Limited
  • Baroness Williams of Crosby, Member, House of Lords
  • Martin H. Wolf, Chief Economics Commentator, The Financial Times
  • James D. Wolfensohn, Chairman and CEO, Wolfensohn and Company
  • David Wright, Vice Chairman, Barclays plc
  • Robert B. Zoellick, Distinguished Visiting Fellow, Peterson Institute for International Economics

______________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkey police fire tear gas at demos

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkish police have fired tear gas to disperse protesters demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan in the capital Ankara.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kansas Farmer Sues Monsanto Over GMO

0

David Knowles
nydailynews.com
June 5, 2013

For some U.S. wheat farmers, they are the seeds of trouble.

A Kansas farmer is suing Monsanto Co. for gross negligence after last week’s discovery of a stand of the company’s experimental Roundup Ready genetically engineered wheat in an Oregon field caused global prices to plunge.

Farmer Ernest Barnes, who grows wheat on 1,000 acres in southwest Kansas, filed suit Monday in Morton County, alleging that “Monsanto has released GE [genetically engineered] wheat into the nongenetically modified wheat population.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:31 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg 2013: Welcome to 1984

0

Relax: thanks to Goldman Sachs and other ‘donors’, this year’s conference will be cost-neutral for Hertfordshire — despite the construction of the Great Wall of Watford

Charlie Skelton
The Guardian
June 5, 2013

The auditorium grew hushed as a senior Watford borough councillor took to his feet. The police liaison team looked nervous. They had made their presentation and laid out their plans for this “unique event”: the anti-terrorism zones, the identity checks, the restriction on vehicles stopping in the vicinity of this “important international conference”. But now it was the turn of the people of Watford to speak.

What would they make of this international three-day policy summit, with its heavyweight delegate list bulging with billionaire financiers, party leaders and media moguls, protected by the biggest security operation Watford has ever seen?

“What this whole thing boils down to,” boomed the councillor, “is this: are you, or are you not, setting a precedent for vehicles parking on the verge of the Old Hempstead Road?”

Thus began an hour-long (hour-and-a-half-long?) discussion about whether or not cars and press vehicles should be allowed to park on a strip of grass running parallel to the A41, just opposite the Grove hotel. It was like a weird, dystopian episode of Keeping Up Appearances. Never mind that our ministers are meeting in secret with the heads of Shell, BP, Google and Amazon — what about the verge!

There was an audible gasp when, under intense questioning, Chief Inspector Rhodes was forced to admit, citing a “bylaw”, that the no-parking signs on the verge were actually fraudulent: no such law existed.. One lady, almost beside herself, gestured to the audience. “There are media here! This story is going to get out!” The verge would never be the same again, thanks to Bilderberg.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:25 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

American tourist gang-raped in India

0

BBC
June 5, 2013

Indian police say that a 30-year-old American woman has been gang-raped in the northern state of Himachal Pradesh.

Police said that the woman had been attacked after she accepted a lift by three men in a truck in Manali, a resort town in the state.

No arrests have been made but police have set up roadblocks and are searching for the suspects.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:40 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

DEA Rehires "Con Man Extraordinaire" and Admitted Multiple Perjurer as Paid Informant

0

Photo Credit: Nicholas Belton/Shutterstock.com

June 5, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The Drug Enforcement Agency is so determined to bust folks that a snitch who admitted to multiple instances of perjury has been rehired. According to AZCentral, the man once labeled the “highest paid snitch in history” — Andrew Chambers, Jr. — is back in business as a paid informant, never mind the fact that he was terminated in 2000 for incessant lying.

Chambers gave false testimony under oath in at least 16 criminal cases nationwide before he was ousted in 2000. An informant since 1984, he worked with DEA and other federal agencies in at least 280 cases, with sting operations in 31 US cities.

Of course, Chambers wasn’t lying for fun. He helped throw innocent people behind bars because he made bank doing it. Where there is cash for info, there is incentive to make stuff up:

During his first career as an informant, Chambers, 56, reportedly received up to $4 million in government money, nearly half of that from the DEA. He also was a paid informant of the FBI, customs-enforcement officers, postal inspectors, the Secret Service and other police agencies. He was credited with a role in 445 drug arrests.

In 2000, Chambers went on the ABC show 20/20 and admitted to his own bullshit. “I just lied about it. I didn’t think it was that important what I did,” he said.

Richard Fiano, who was chief of operations at the DEA at the time, told reporter Connie Chung that Chambers’ perpetual perjury simply “fell through the cracks” at the DEA. “Would DEA use him (again)?” Fiano said. “No.”

And what do you know? He’s back in the game.

Chambers showed up about three years ago at a sting in Phoenix, where defendant Luis Alberto Hernandez-Flores is accused of running a major drug-trafficking organization.

His attorney, Cameron Morgan, filed a motion to dismiss charges or suppress testimony after discovering the informant’s shady past.

“The DEA rehired Mr. Chambers, is using him in investigations all over the country, is again paying him exorbitant amounts of money and refuses to provide discovery about what he’s up to,” Morgan wrote in a court petition, “If Chambers were nothing more than a run-of-the-mill criminal, that would be one thing. But both Chambers and his defenders in the DEA brag that he is a con man extraordinaire.”

The whole drug war is a cash-fueled numbers game, and so long as busts are more important than actual results (like, you know, a decrease in drug use), corruption and false arrests will follow.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA): US Health Reform to Slash Medicare, Leaving Millions Uninsured

0

With the full implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) less than seven months away, mounting evidence demonstrates that the health care reform signed into law by President Barack Obama in 2010 will result in deep cutbacks in medical care, while raising costs for the vast majority of ordinary Americans.

At the same time, millions of the uninsured who were promised health coverage will be left out in the cold altogether. While working families and the poor face an uncertain future as far as their health care is concerned, private insurance companies are gearing up for steep increases in premiums as the medical benefits provided under their policies shrink.

The Obama administration’s health care overhaul will also reduce reimbursements to Medicare by more than $700 billion over 10 years, forcing drastic cutbacks to medical services and treatments for millions of American seniors that rely on the government program.

The health care exchanges, set up for adults under 65 and their dependents, are required to open for enrollment by October 1, with the insurance provided through them set to begin January 2014. Individuals and families who do not receive “affordable” insurance through their employer, or through a government program such as Medicaid, will be required to purchase coverage through private insurers via these marketplaces or pay a penalty, receiving modest government subsidies to do so.

The first of these exchanges has already gone into effect in California. Insurer Blue Shield of California has projected that it will increase premiums by an average of 13 percent in the first year alone. But as the health care law goes into effect across the country, premiums can be expected to rise at an even more rapid pace.

A recent report by the US House Committee on Energy and Commerce, chaired by ACA opponent Republican Fred Upton of Michigan, found that individuals in about 90 percent of US states would likely face “significant premium increases.” Based on responses from 17 insurance companies, the report estimates that individuals purchasing coverage on the individual market could face average premium increases of nearly 100 percent, with potential increases of 400 percent.

Insurers offering coverage on the exchanges are required to cover a standard set of benefits, including prescription drugs, maternity and preventative care. They cannot turn away people with pre-existing conditions or charge older customers more for coverage. Limits on maximum co-payments and other out-of-pocket costs, on the other hand, are high: $6,400 a year for individuals and $12,500 for families.

However, insurers are hiking premiums to make up for any increased costs resulting from offering the ACA-specified coverage on the individual market. Despite a rule in the federal law that requires review of any requests for more than a 10 percent increase in premiums, there are wide disparities in how the review process operates at the state level.

In California, for example, regulations cannot deny rate increases, but can only review insurers’ requests for technical errors. Three insurers in that state have already requested double-digit increases for 2013: Aetna, 22 percent; Anthem Blue, 26 percent; and Blue Shield of California, 20 percent.

A new survey by InsuranceQuotes.com show that two-thirds of Americans who are currently uninsured are undecided whether they will purchase coverage by the January 1 deadline. These people will either be priced out of the market or will decide they are young and healthy enough to take the risk of going uninsured. Most will then have to pay the penalty for not obtaining insurance. If enough people opt out of the exchange market, the insurance companies can be expected to jack up prices even further.

As originally proposed by the Obama administration, about half of those presently uninsured were to gain coverage through an expansion of Medicaid, the health care program for the poor jointly administered by the federal government and the states. In its ruling upholding the ACA last June, the US Supreme Court also ruled that states could not be required to expand their Medicaid programs.

Now more than half of the 50 US states are opting out of the Medicaid expansion, which would have provided health care coverage for adults making up to 133 percent of the poverty level. This means that the very poorest of the uninsured–those with annual incomes between 32 percent and 100 percent of the poverty level ($6,250-$19,530)–will have no affordable health care options. They will be eligible for neither Medicaid nor subsidies to purchase coverage on the exchanges, which are only available for people from the poverty level to four times that rate.

Those workers who presently receive coverage through their employers will also see attacks on their medical coverage. Businesses, big and small, are strategizing how to comply with the ACA regulations while paying as little as possible for insurance for their employees. The law requires companies with 50 or more employees to provide affordable insurance to their workers or be penalized with an excise tax. However, these businesses are not required to offer coverage to employees who work less than 30 hours a week.

The Wake County Public School System in North Carolina is responding by restricting its 3,300-plus substitute teachers to working less than 30 hours a week, effective July 1. The district’s chief business officer estimates insuring these teachers, who are presently not covered, would cost the Wake County schools about $5.2 million. Many employers in retail, restaurants, nursing homes, health care, building services, local government and other sectors are expected to follow suit, allowing them to dodge the $2,000-per-worker penalty for not providing insurance.

Other small businesses are cutting back on hiring to avoid crossing the 50-employee threshold defining a large business, thus avoiding the requirement that they offer insurance. Still other businesses are considering ditching their health care altogether and paying the federal penalty instead, which in a considerable number of cases would be to the companies’ economic advantage.

Even in those companies with 50 workers or more, a loophole in the ACA will allow these businesses to offer bare-bones insurance plans and still meet the law’s requirements. These “skinny plans”–costing employers as little as $40 to $100 a month per employee–may cover minimal requirements such as preventive services, but offer no coverage for hospitalizations or surgeries. For workers and their dependents with such plans, one serious medical event could spell bankruptcy and destitution.

Workers offered these plans would have the option of purchasing insurance on the exchanges. But for workers in retail and other low-wage sectors this coverage would be prohibitively expensive, even with subsidies. The Kaiser Family Foundation estimates that a full-time worker earning $9 an hour could have to pay as much as $70 a month to purchase a mid-level exchange plan.

Those companies presently offering plans with relatively low deductibles and co-pays are already moving to reduce benefits and shift costs to their employees in response to a provision of the ACA that penalizes companies that offer insurance valued over $10,200 annually for an individual or $27,500 for a family. Employers or health insurers who offers such “Cadillac plans” would pay a 40 percent excise tax on the amount exceeding this threshold.

A number of large labor unions have now come into conflict with the Obama administration over the ACA’s treatment of health insurance plans that cover about 20 million union members. These multi-employer plans, run by union-management boards, cover workers in occupations and trades governed by collective bargaining agreements.

Unions such as the United Food and Commercial Workers (UFCW), UNITE HERE, and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters–which gave full support to Barack Obama’s health care reform–now object that the ACA does not provide tax subsidies for the workers covered by these plans. More to the point, they are worried that union members may turn to the insurance exchanges, depriving the unions of their lucrative stake in the multi-employer plans.

Despite this falling out, UFCW President Joe Hansen says he has no regrets over endorsing the health care overhaul and supporting Obama’s reelection bid. The UFCW donated more than $13.1 million in 2008 to various federal and state-level Democratic Party campaigns.

All the major players in the overhaul of the health care system–the corporations and health care industry, the Democratic Party and their supporters in the trade unions–have perpetrated what can only be called a conspiracy against the American people. They have attempted to pass off as a reform legislation that will reduce care and benefits and leave millions of people uninsured and impoverished.

Any nominally progressive component of the legislation has been long-since ripped away, leaving behind a contorted patchwork of rules and regulations that serve one main purpose: to slash costs for the government and corporations and boost the profits of the privately owned health care corporations, which already rake in $200 billion a year in profits.

The only solution to the health care crisis lies in putting an end to the privately run health care system and establishing socialized medicine, as part of the socialist reorganization of economic life as a whole.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

London mosque burns down, arson feared over discovery of EDL ‘stamp’

0

A two-story Islamic center burned down overnight in north London in an incident being treated as possible arson. Rescuers found ‘EDL’ scrawled on the building’s remains, fueling fears of a racially motivated revenge for the bloody Woolwich execution.

The fire broke out at around 3:15am local time at a mosque in
Muswell Hill, north London, an area which also contains the
Al-Rahma Islamic Centre and the Bravanese Centre. All had existed
undisturbed for at least 20 years.

“The place has been absolutely destroyed. The community is
shocked and very distressed because they have been here in peace
for the past 20 years,”
Mohamed Ali of Somali charity BritSom
told local newspaper the Evening Standard. He said that he was
certain the event was linked to the Woolwich attack.


Some 35 firefighters in six different fire engines were called
out to battle the blaze, with locals also reporting the presence
of helicopters. Police and fire officials said that it took
around an hour and a half to bring the blaze under control.


“There were several fire engines and I think even a
helicopter. It was terrible. This will really shake the community
up,”
one witness identified as ‘Nurein’ told the Evening
Standard.

A statement released by the local metropolitan police commander
said “We are at the very early stages of investigating what
happened in the matter,” and reiterated the importance of the
Bravanese Centre in the local Somali community.


No injuries were reported as a result of the blaze, although one
woman suffered from shock.

Anti-Islamic hatred has spiked in London since the brutal killing
and beheading of Lee Rigby, 25, by two men who said the murder
was motivated by the UK’s involvement in the Afghanistan and Iraq
wars.

The UK saw Islamophobic sentiment intensify in the wake of the
killing, with the English Defense League (EDL) arranging
thousand-strong marches and religious campaign group Faith
Matters reporting an explosion in calls related to incidents of
anti-Islamic violence.

Two men have already been arrested for firebombing a mosque in an
Islamic district of the northeastern seaport of Grimsby on May
27, fueling fears that a divide between Muslims and non-Muslims
in the UK’s cities is deepening.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bradley Manning Is Guilty of “Aiding the Enemy” – If the Enemy Is Democracy

0

Of all the charges against Bradley Manning, the most pernicious – and revealing – is “aiding the enemy.”

A blogger at The New Yorker, Amy Davidson, raised a pair of big questions that now loom over the courtroom at Fort Meade and over the entire country:

*  “Would it aid the enemy, for example, to expose war crimes committed by American forces or lies told by the American government?”

*  “In that case, who is aiding the enemy – the whistleblower or the perpetrators themselves?”

When the deceptive operation of the warfare state can’t stand the light of day, truth-tellers are a constant hazard. And culpability must stay turned on its head.

That’s why accountability was upside-down when the U.S. Army prosecutor laid out the government’s case against Bradley Manning in an opening statement: “This is a case about a soldier who systematically harvested hundreds of thousands of classified documents and dumped them onto the Internet, into the hands of the enemy – material he knew, based on his training, would put the lives of fellow soldiers at risk.”

If so, those fellow soldiers have all been notably lucky; the Pentagon has admitted that none died as a result of Manning’s leaks in 2010. But many of his fellow soldiers lost their limbs or their lives in U.S. warfare made possible by the kind of lies that the U.S. government is now prosecuting Bradley Manning for exposing.

In the real world, as Glenn Greenwald has pointed out, prosecution for leaks is extremely slanted. “Let’s apply the government’s theory in the Manning case to one of the most revered journalists in Washington: Bob Woodward, who has become one of America’s richest reporters, if not the richest, by obtaining and publishing classified information far more sensitive than anything WikiLeaks has ever published,” Greenwald wrote in January.

He noted that “one of Woodward’s most enthusiastic readers was Osama bin Laden,” as a 2011 video from al-Qaeda made clear. And Greenwald added that “the same Bob Woodward book [Obama’s Wars] that Osama bin Laden obviously read and urged everyone else to read disclosed numerous vital national security secrets far more sensitive than anything Bradley Manning is accused of leaking. Doesn’t that necessarily mean that top-level government officials who served as Woodward’s sources, and the author himself, aided and abetted al-Qaida?”

But the prosecution of Manning is about carefully limiting the information that reaches the governed. Officials who run U.S. foreign policy choose exactly what classified info to dole out to the public. They leak like self-serving sieves to mainline journalists such as Woodward, who has divulged plenty of “Top Secret” information – a category of classification higher than anything Bradley Manning is accused of leaking.

While pick-and-choose secrecy is serving Washington’s top war-makers, the treatment of U.S. citizens is akin to the classic description of how to propagate mushrooms: keeping them in the dark and feeding them bullshit.

In effect, for top managers of the warfare state, “the enemy” is democracy.

Let’s pursue the inquiry put forward by columnist Amy Davidson early this year. If it is aiding the enemy “to expose war crimes committed by American forces or lies told by the American government,” then in reality “who is aiding the enemy – the whistleblower or the perpetrators themselves?”

Candid answers to such questions are not only inadmissible in the military courtroom where Bradley Manning is on trial. Candor is also excluded from the national venues where the warfare state preens itself as virtue’s paragon.

Yet ongoing actions of the U.S. government have hugely boosted the propaganda impact and recruiting momentum of forces that Washington publicly describes as “the enemy.” Policies under the Bush and Obama administrations – in Iraq, Afghanistan, Yemen and beyond, with hovering drones, missile strikes and night raids, at prisons such as Abu Ghraib, Bagram, Guantanamo and secret rendition torture sites – have “aided the enemy” on a scale so enormous that it makes the alleged (and fictitious) aid to named enemies from Manning’s leaks infinitesimal in comparison.

Blaming the humanist PFC messenger for “aiding the enemy” is an exercise in self-exculpation by an administration that cannot face up to its own vast war crimes.

While prosecuting Bradley Manning, the prosecution may name al-Qaeda, indigenous Iraqi forces, the Taliban or whoever. But the unnamed “enemy” – the real adversary that the Pentagon and the Obama White House are so eager to quash – is the incessant striving for democracy that requires informed consent of the governed.

The forces that top U.S. officials routinely denounce as “the enemy” will never threaten the power of the USA’s dominant corporate-military elites. But the unnamed “enemy” aided by Bradley Manning’s courageous actions – the people at the grassroots who can bring democracy to life beyond rhetoric – are a real potential threat to that power.

Accusations of aid and comfort to the enemy were profuse after Martin Luther King Jr. moved forward to expose the Johnson administration’s deceptions and the U.S. military’s atrocities. Most profoundly, with his courageous stand against the war in Vietnam, King earned his Nobel Peace Prize during the years after he won it in 1964.

Bradley Manning may never win the Nobel Peace Prize, but he surely deserves it.

Close to 60,000 people have already signed a petition urging the Norwegian Nobel Committee to award the prize to Manning. To become a signer, click here.

Also, you can preview a kindred project on the “I Am Bradley Manning” site, where a just-released short video – the first stage of a longer film due out soon – features Daniel Ellsberg, Oliver Stone, Maggie Gyllenhaal, Phil Donahue, Alice Walker, Peter Sarsgaard, Wallace Shawn, Russell Brand, Moby, Tom Morello, Michael Ratner, Molly Crabapple, Davey D, Tim DeChristopher, Josh Stieber, Lt. Dan Choi, Hakim Green, Matt Taibbi, Chris Hedges, Allan Nairn, Leslie Cagan, Ahdaf Soueif and Jeff Madrick.

From many walks of life, our messages will become louder and clearer as Bradley Manning’s trial continues. He is guilty of “aiding the enemy” only if the enemy is democracy.

Norman Solomon is co-founder of RootsAction.org and founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. His books include “War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death.” 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

EPA accused of singling out conservative groups, amid IRS scandal

0

Eric Shawn
foxnews.com
June 5, 2013

It’s not just the IRS.

A second federal agency is facing a probe and accusations of political bias over its alleged targeting of conservative groups.

The allegations concern the Environmental Protection Agency, which is being accused of trying to charge conservative groups fees while largely exempting liberal groups. The fees applied to Freedom of Information Act requests – allegedly, the EPA waived them for liberal groups far more often than it did for conservative ones.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 11:02 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Africa Land Grabs: Farmers in several African countries stand up against Bolloré

0

Farmers in four African countries, the residents of plantations under the control of the Bolloré group, are organising coordinated actions this Wednesday, June 5th, as the group holds its general shareholders’ meeting. In Paris, citizens of the countries concerned will present their demands to the managers of the group.

On the same day, Liberian villagers will occupy the SRC plantations, farmers and traditional Cameroonian leaders will assemble before the head office of Socapalm in Douala, the residents of the SAC in Sierra Leone and those of the SoGB in the Ivory Coast will march upon the headquarters of the respective firms they are in conflict with. In order to confront these companies on a multinational scale, they have decided to coordinate their efforts. On June 5th, they wish to make their demands heard by Vincent Bolloré, the president of the group that controls these different companies.

Monopolisation of land, violation of the conventions that guarantee compensation to villagers, pollution…The list of grievances is long, and is expressed by Cameroonians, Ivorians, Sierra Leoneans and Liberians alike. Protests have multiplied over the years with the group’s extension of its plantation lands, but locally organised negotiations have more often than not lead to a stalemate. With the support of Réseaux d’Action Transnationale (ReAct), residents have increasingly been in contact through phone calls and SMS’s to discuss their situations, decide upon their common demands and coordinate their actions.

“This initial international protest is just the beginning. We are committed to upholding our rights and Mr. Bolloré will have to understand that,” said Emmanuel Elong, spokesperson of Synaparcam, the Socapalm resident farmers’ union in Cameroon.

“Mr. Bolloré must hear the legitimate demands of the resident farmers of the African countries where his group is making hefty profits,” explains David Ngangang, member of the Parisian delegation who will deliver the letter of common demands to the Bolloré group headquarters in Puteaux during the general shareholders’ meeting.

Open letter from the affected communities to Vincent Bolloré

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US building collapses, people trapped

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]An industrial building has collapsed in the US city of Philadelphia, with reports of up to 10 people trapped in the rubble.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Revolt in Turkey: Erdogan’s Grip on Power Is Rapidly Weakening

0

The rooftops of Istanbul can be seen in the background and next to them is a gigantic image of Recep Tayyip Erdogan. Turkey’s powerful prime minister is watching over the city – and is also monitoring the work of the political party he controls. At least that seems to be the message of the image, which can be found in a conference room at the headquarters of Erdogan’s Justice and Development Party (AKP).

Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan speaks to the media in Istanbul on June 3.

These days, though, Istanbul is producing images that carry a distinctly different meaning – images of violent protests against the vagaries of Erdogan’s rule. And it is beginning to look as though the prime minister, the most powerful leader Turkey has seen since the days of modern Turkey’s founder Mustafa Kemal Atatürk, might be losing control.

As recently as mid-May, Erdogan boasted during an appearance at the Brookings Institute in Washington D.C. of the $29 billion airport his government was planning to build in Istanbul. “Turkey no longer talks about the world,” he said. “The world talks about Turkey.”

Just two weeks later, he appears to have been right – just not quite in the way he had anticipated. The world is looking at Turkey and speaking of the violence with which Turkish police are assaulting demonstrators at dozens of marches across the country. Increasingly, Erdogan is looking like an autocratic ruler whose people are no longer willing to tolerate him.

For years, Erdogan seemed untouchable and, at least until the recent demonstrations began, was the most popular politician in the country. He entered office amid pledges to reform the country and introduce even more democratic freedoms. In his gruff dealings with foreign powers, he gave Turkey a new kind of confidence. He broke the grip on power held by the country’s old elite, he kick-started the economy and he calmed the conflict with the country’s Kurdish minority.

Democracy Lost

But one thing got lost in the shuffle: Democracy. Success made Erdogan even more power-hungry, thin-skinned and susceptible to criticism. Indeed, he began governing in the same autocratic style for which he had bitterly criticized his predecessors. And now, he is faced with significant dangers to his power from several quarters.

The biggest danger facing the Turkish premier is his own high-handedness. Though he said on Monday that he understood the message being sent by the protesters, there is little evidence that is true. Indeed, his response thus far has shown the degree to which he has become distanced from realities in his country. With hundreds of thousands of people taking to the streets, Erdogan has opted for confrontation rather than de-escalation. On Monday morning, he threatened that he would be unable to keep the 50 percent of Turks who voted for him from taking to the streets themselves. Critics see the comment as nothing less than a threat of civil war.

He said that he won’t allow “a handful of plunderers” to dictate policy. He also branded the marches as being ideological and said that they have been “manipulated by the opposition.” Twitter, he said, is the “greatest threat to the society.” Such sentiments are reminiscent of those Arab dictators who were overthrown in the Arab Spring of 2011.

Erdogan has recently shown a complete inability to gauge the anger of the country’s Kemalists. He recently offended the secular followers of Atatürk with comments regarding a law aiming to reduce the consumption of alcohol. During a party meeting, Erdogan painted a rhetorical picture of an alcoholic populace: He spoke of police who continually find empty bottles in people’s cars, of husbands who beat their wives and of fathers who are a poor influence due to their consumption of beer.

Most pointedly, however, he asked if Turkey wanted to follow a law passed by two drunks or the law of God. Since then, the country has been filled with speculation as to who Erdogan may have been referring to. Many believe it was an attack on Atatürk and his Prime Minister Ismet Inönü, who were in office when the ban on alcohol in the country was lifted in 1926. Furthermore, Atatürk is rumored to have died from cirrhosis of the liver. As such, Erdogan’s comments are seen as an attack on a national hero.

Diverse Protests

But it isn’t just the Kemalists who are now venting their rage at the Turkish prime minister. Demonstrations have been reported in more than 40 cities, and they are drawing more than students and intellectuals. Families with children, women in headscarves, men in suits, hipsters in sneakers, pharmacists, tea-house proprietors – all are taking to the streets to register their displeasure.

Thus far, no opposition party has sought to claim the protests as its own. There have been no party flags, no party slogans and no prominent party functionaries to be seen. Kemalists and communists have demonstrated side-by-side with liberals and secularists. Simply calling them all “marauders and extremists,” as Erdogan has sought to do, will not be enough.

Another threat may also be lurking. In Istanbul, people have begun whispering that the military is distributing gasmasks – but to the demonstrators rather than to the police. The message is clear: The military supports the protests.

The story is certainly consistent with the Turkish military’s traditional role in society. The generals have long seen themselves as protectors of Atatürk’s legacy and as protectors of a secular Turkey. Indeed, the military has staged three putsches in its history to guarantee Kemalist values: in 1960, in 1971 and again in 1980.

Erdogan, to be sure, has done his best to reduce the military’s power. He has removed some officers and had others locked away, convicted of conspiracy. It is difficult to predict how the military might now react to the protests. But Erdogan certainly cannot rely on them remaining in their barracks.

Visit to Tunisia

Even within his own party, the AKP, Erdogan’s rule has become contentious. Turkish President Abdullah Gül, likewise of the AKP, has been careful to distance himself from Erdogan’s comments over the weekend that citizens should express their opinions at the ballot box. Gül responded that “democracy doesn’t just mean casting a ballot.”

Turkish law prohibits Erdogan from running for another term. In response, however, he appears to be leaning toward the model followed by Russian President Vladimir Putin. Erdogan is currently seeking to increase the powers of the Turkish presidency, preparatory to taking over the position himself in 2014. Not everyone in the AKP is behind the plan and speculation of an internal power struggle is rife.On Monday morning, after a weekend full of some of the most intense protests Turkey has seen, Erdogan spoke yet again, saying he suspects that “foreign powers” are behind the demonstrations and that Turkish intelligence is investigating. “It is not possible to reveal their names, but we will have meetings with their heads,” Erdogan said, according to the English version of the Turkish daily Hürriyet. The strategy is transparent: The prime minister is doing all he can to portray the protests as an attack on Turkey.

Erdogan is hoping that will be enough to keep the situation under control for now. This week he embarks on a trip through North Africa. And, after a visit to Morocco, the Turkish premier is scheduled to visit Tunisia – where not so long ago, the people rose up against their autocratic ruler.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

What Presidents Tell Our Students

0

In this season of college graduations, let us pause to remember the stirring words of America’s beloved scholar, George W. Bush, speaking in Florida in 2007 at the commencement exercises of Miami Dade College: “In Havana and other Cuban cities, there are people just like you who are attending school, and dreaming of a better life. Unfortunately those dreams are stifled by a cruel dictatorship that denies all freedom in the name of a dark and discredited ideology.”

How I wish I had been in the audience. I would have stood up and shouted: “In Cuba all education is completely free. But most of the young people sitting here today will be chained to a large, crippling debt for much of the rest of their life!”

As the security guards came for me I’d yell: “And no one in Cuba is forced to join the military to qualify for college financial aid, like Bradley Manning was forced!”

As they grabbed me I’d manage to add: “And Congress has even passed a law prohibiting students from declaring bankruptcy to get rid of their debt!”

And as I was being dragged away, with an arm around my neck, I’d squeeze out my last words: “Do you know that $36 billion in student debt belongs to Americans who are 60 or older? … (choke, gasp) … and that students have
democracy_300_470committed suicide because of their debt?”

I don’t know if Professor Bush would have found any words within his intellect to respond with, but the last words I’d hear from the students, as the handcuffs were being tightened, would be: “If you don’t like it here, why dontya move to Cuba?”

Bad enough they have to pay highway-robbery tuition, but they wind up brainwashed anyhow.

Let us now turn to the current president. Here he is at the May 19 graduation ceremony at Morehouse College in Atlanta, Martin Luther King’s alma mater:

I know that when I am on my deathbed someday, I will not be thinking about any particular legislation I passed; I will not be thinking about a policy I promoted; I will not be thinking about the speech I gave, I will not be thinking the Nobel Prize I received. I will be thinking about that walk I took with my daughters. I’ll be thinking about a lazy afternoon with my wife. I’ll be thinking about sitting around the dinner table and seeing them happy and healthy and knowing that they were loved. And I’ll be thinking about whether I did right by all of them.

And I, like Woody Allen’s Zelig, would have shown up at this graduation as well, and I would have shouted out: “What about the family sitting happy and healthy around the dinner table in Pakistan or Afghanistan, and a missile — your missile — comes screaming through the roof, reducing the precious family to bones and blood and dust. What about the nice happy and healthy families in Yemen and Iraq and Somalia, Pakistan and Libya whom you’ve droned and missled to death? Why haven’t you returned the Nobel Prize? In case you’ve forgotten, it was a PEACE prize!”

Oh, that taser does hurt! Please contribute to my bail fund.

William Blum is the author of Killing Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II, Rogue State: a guide to the World’s Only Super Power . His latest book is: America’s Deadliest Export: Democracy. He can be reached at: BBlum6@aol.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Syria has the Right to Peace and to Self-defense, Despite Western Claims

0

There can be little doubt that the lifting of the arms embargo to the armed insurgents and terrorist groups operating in Syria is one of the most egregiously callous, self-serving, reckless and irresponsible moves made by the international community since the beginning of the internal conflict in the country.

The West’s complete and total lack of regard for the precious lives of innocent Syrian civilians, including all non-Muslims, non-Sunnis, Jews, Christians and ethnic minority groups is mind-boggling in its persistence, premeditation and complete and total lack of anything resembling humanity.

The West has once again truly shown the entire planet, that is anyone with their eyes half open, its monstrous and evil face when it comes to Syria. It is evident in everything the West has done in Syria. From the day the Western “masters” decided that elected President Bashar al-Assad had to go because he was not a Western puppet, to the instigating and fueling of the internal conflict, to the bellicose rhetoric and endless sanctions, to the actual real and documented funding, arming and importing of every kind of terrorist, mercenary and killer under the sun, the West has shown time and time again that they will do absolutely anything to bring about their ends, while packaging it in marketable terms evoking righteousness and pride by calling it “iron resolve”, “taking the lead” and “ridding the world of evil”.

Even the world’s “poster boy of persecution” Israel, which has been allowed to do what it pleases, act with impunity in violating international laws and norms and has remained untouchable since the Holocaust, has shown that they too have forfeited their humanity for mere geo-political goals, by bombing Syria with reckless disregard and using the Nazi pretext of preventive attacks, disgracefully showing ignorance to the lesson that should have been learned from the Great Patriotic War, that all life is precious and no group has the right to eradicate another.

There is nothing noble in what the West is doing in Syria. There is nothing noble in war and death and destruction and those who promote it and use it and spread it have forfeited their right to be members of humanity.

Recently the new U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry said that it was too late for the U.S. to take an active role in seeking a peaceful settlement in Syria; he may be right after the years of rhetoric and the importing and funding of terrorists into the conflict, but I beg to differ, it is never too late to do the right thing, and the right thing here would be to completely ban all weapons deliveries to Syria, to sanction those who would use them, to force the warring factions to the negotiating table, sanctioning those who refuse and to bring about an immediate and unconditional ceasefire.

That would be the noble and humane thing to do but will the West do that? Perhaps Kerry would, but then again he is not the “decider” and the those who make the decisions in the West want war and are obtuse and ignorantly stubborn in their foolish and unyielding “resolve” to forcefully remove a leader who has stated time and time again that he will leave if he is voted out of office.

Who is suffering in the Western power play in Syria? The Syrian people, the civilians, the women and children. And anyone who keeps the vicious cycle going must be restrained and removed from the conflict, even if that is the mighty dictator of the world, the United States of America, and all of its surrogates.

Russian President Vladimir Putin recently stated regarding the lifting of the arms embargo to the terrorist groups: “We have, of course, given our assessment to the decision adopted by the Foreign Ministers of the EU last week on the lifting of the embargo on arms supplies to the Syrian opposition. I will not hide the fact that it has disappointed us.”

The president very wisely noted: “Any attempt to influence the situation by force or direct military intervention is doomed to failure and will inevitably lead to grave humanitarian consequences. ”

The main proponents of lifting the arms embargo within the EU were the UK and France, classically U.S. surrogates, while a number of other states rightly opposed it, knowing it would only aggravate the already difficult and violent situation in Syria.

President Putin also recently spoke about the supply of S-300 air defense systems to Syria; “The S-300, is really one of the best air defense systems in the world, if not the best. The best, I think. This, of course, a serious weapon. However we do not want to disturb the balance in the region. Russian arms supplies to Syria are solely and entirely within the framework of international law and transparent, internationally recognized contracts that do not violate any international regulations. ”

The supply of S-300s to Syria has of course been met with bellicose and indignant rhetoric from the West and in particular from Israel, with comments such as “this will upset the strategic balance between Israel and Syria” taking the forefront. This is of course true: Israel reserves to itself the right to bomb Syria with impunity whenever it so chooses, and the West of course does not want anything to interfere should it bring about the conditions for a military intervention. It is of course more convenient for the West when they can bomb and destroy a country and do so with no threat to themselves, as they did in Iraq, Libya, and Afghanistan.

The U.N., perhaps the last voice of reason in the world and the last hope for peace, recently released a report on the matter asking the nations of the world to “counter the escalation of the conflict” by not delivering weapons “given the clear risk that the arms will be used to commit serious violations of international human rights or humanitarian law.”

The report says right at the beginning: “Anti-government armed groups have also besieged towns, especially in the Aleppo governorate. They are committing war crimes on an increasing scale, including extra-judicial executions, torture, hostage-taking, and pillage. The violations and abuses committed by anti-Government armed groups did not reach the intensity and scale of those committed by Government forces and affiliated militias.”

The UN report also states: “The desperation of the parties to the conflict has resulted in new levels of cruelty and brutality, bolstered by an increase in the availability of weapons. Increased arm transfers hurt the prospect of a political settlement to the conflict, fuel the multiplication of armed actors at the national and regional levels and have devastating consequences for civilians.”

Peace can never be attained with the barrel of a gun and anyone who would tell you so is either delusional or has their own agenda, and those would supply terrorists with arms and promote the killing of civilians have forfeited their place among civilized nations.

Stop NATO e-mail list home page with archives and search engine:
http://groups. yahoo.com/ group/stopnato/ messages

Stop NATO website and articles:
http://rickrozoff. wordpress. com

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Iran lauds Syria army for Qusayr victory

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has congratulated the Syrian nation and government on the victory of their army in regaining control of the strategic town of Qusayr in Western Syria.

In a Wednesday telephone conversation, the Iranian minister congratulated his Syrian counterpart, Walid al-Muallem.

Salehi pointed to attempts by foreign-backed Takfiri extremists to militarize the turmoil in Syria, adding that a national dialogue between the Syrian government and its opposition bloc would be the only way out of the ongoing crisis.

Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

Earlier in the day, Syriaâ„¢s state television reported that Syrian forces had regained full control of Qusayr following three weeks of fighting with foreign-sponsored militants.

The Iranian diplomat also expressed hope that blocking the illegal transfer of weapons to Syria would help to end the bloodshed, and can also herald the beginning of a political process aimed at settling the unrest ahead of the upcoming Geneva 2 conference.

For his part, the Syrian official expressed gratitude to Iran over its compassionate assistance in dealing with the turmoil gripping the Arab country.

œThe Syrian government and nation have been determined and firm in defending their grand ideals and will continue their path until the establishment of peace and stability al-Muallem said.

Many of the foreign-backed militants and members of the armed groups were reportedly killed or injured during the Syrian army operation to clean Qusayr from terrorists.

Foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama natl. security advisor resigns

0

Obama natl. security advisor resigns, Susan Rice to take charge

US National Security Advisor Thomas Donilon has resigned his post, with US Ambassador to the United Nations, Susan Rice, getting ready to take his place in July.

White House officials confirmed the change on Wednesday, adding that the 58-year-oldâ„¢s resignation will take effect early next month.

The announcement came ahead of a planned broadcast by US President Barack Obama later in the day.

The US president is expected to name Rice as his national security adviser, an appointment which does not require a confirmation in the Senate.

Obamaâ„¢s move is seen as a rebellious gesture against Republicans who pushed the president into withdrawing her nomination for secretary of state earlier in the year.

Rice came under intense fire from Republicans for characterizing the September 11, 2012, attack on the US Consulate in the eastern Libyan city of Benghazi as a spur-of-the-moment response to a blasphemous US-made movie that insults Islam and Prophet Muhammad (PBUH).

Obama is also expected to name Samantha Power, a former White House adviser, as the next US ambassador to the United Nations.

GMA/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Gun Control Lawmaker Facing Recall

0

Lynn Bartels
denverpost.com
June 5, 2013

The organizers of an effort to recall Colorado Senate President John Morse turned in Monday more than twice the number of signatures required to force a special election, possibly setting the stage for an expensive, national battle over gun control.

If the signatures are determined to be valid and survive a court challenge, it’s likely voters in Morse’s Senate district will decide at a special election in September whether to oust the Colorado Springs Democrat.

Morse’s support of gun-control legislation in the 2013 session as well as his leadership style sparked the recall effort.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 10:43 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

What Our Presidents Tell our Young People

0

In this season of college graduations, let us pause to remember the stirring words of America’s beloved scholar, George W. Bush, speaking in Florida in 2007 at the commencement exercises of Miami Dade College: “In Havana and other Cuban cities, there are people just like you who are attending school, and dreaming of a better life. Unfortunately those dreams are stifled by a cruel dictatorship that denies all freedom in the name of a dark and discredited ideology.” 1

How I wish I had been in the audience. I would have stood up and shouted:

“In Cuba all education is completely free. But most of the young people sitting here today will be chained to a large, crippling debt for much of the rest of their life!”

 As the security guards came for me I’d yell:

“And no one in Cuba is forced to join the military to qualify for college financial aid, like Bradley Manning was forced!”

 As they grabbed me I’d manage to add:

“And Congress has even passed a law prohibiting students from declaring bankruptcy to get rid of their debt!”

 And as I was being dragged away, with an arm around my neck, I’d squeeze out my last words: “Do you know that $36 billion in student debt belongs to Americans who are 60 or older? … (choke, gasp) … and that students have committed suicide because of their debt?”

I don’t know if Professor Bush would have found any words within his intellect to respond with, but the last words I’d hear from the students, as the handcuffs were being tightened, would be: “If you don’t like it here, why dontya move to Cuba?”

Bad enough they have to pay highway-robbery tuition, but they wind up brainwashed anyhow.

Let us now turn to the current president. Here he is at the May 19 graduation ceremony at Morehouse College in Atlanta, Martin Luther King’s alma mater:

I know that when I am on my deathbed someday, I will not be thinking about any particular legislation I passed; I will not be thinking about a policy I promoted; I will not be thinking about the speech I gave, I will not be thinking the Nobel Prize I received. I will be thinking about that walk I took with my daughters. I’ll be thinking about a lazy afternoon with my wife. I’ll be thinking about sitting around the dinner table and seeing them happy and healthy and knowing that they were loved. And I’ll be thinking about whether I did right by all of them.

And I, like Woody Allen’s Zelig, would have shown up at this graduation as well, and I would have shouted out: “What about the family sitting happy and healthy around the dinner table in Pakistan or Afghanistan, and a missile — your missile — comes screaming through the roof, reducing the precious family to bones and blood and dust. What about the nice happy and healthy families in Yemen and Iraq and Somalia, Pakistan and Libya whom you’ve droned and missled to death? Why haven’t you returned the Nobel Prize? In case you’ve forgotten, it was a PEACE prize!”

Oh, that taser does hurt! Please contribute to my bail fund.

Pipelineistan

I have written on more than one occasion about the value of preaching and repeating to the choir on a regular basis. One of my readers agreed with this, saying: “How else has Christianity survived 2,000 years except by weekly reinforcement?”

Well, dear choir, beloved parishioners, for this week’s sermon we once again turn to Afghanistan. As US officials often make statements giving the impression that the American military presence in that sad land is definitely winding down — soon to be all gone except for the standard few thousand American servicemen which almost every country in the world needs stationed on their territory — one regularly sees articles in the mainstream media and government releases trying to explain what it was all about. For what good reason did thousands of young Americans breathe their last breath in that backward country and why were tens of thousands of Afghans dispatched by the United States to go meet Allah (amidst widespread American torture and other violations of human rights)?

The Washington Post recently cited a Defense Department report that states: The United States “has wound up with a reasonable ‘Plan B’ for achieving its core objective of preventing Afghanistan from once again becoming a safe haven for al-Qaeda and its affiliates.”

“Preventing a safe haven for terrorists” — that was the original reason given back in 2001 for the invasion of Afghanistan, a consistency in sharp contrast to the ever-changing explanations for Iraq. However, it appears that the best and the brightest in our government and media do not remember, if they ever knew, that Afghanistan was not really about 9-11 or fighting terrorists (except the many the US has created by its invasion and occupation), but was about pipelines.

President Obama declared in August 2009: “But we must never forget this is not a war of choice. This is a war of necessity. Those who attacked America on 9/11 are plotting to do so again. If left unchecked, the Taliban insurgency will mean an even larger safe haven from which al Qaeda would plot to kill more Americans.” 2

Never mind that out of the tens of thousands of people the United States and its NATO front have killed in Afghanistan not one has been identified as having had anything to do with the events of September 11, 2001.

Never mind — even accepting the official version of 9/11 — that the “plotting to attack America” in 2001 was devised in Germany and Spain and the United States more than in Afghanistan. Why didn’t the United States bomb those countries?

Indeed, what actually was needed to plot to buy airline tickets and take flying lessons in the United States? A room with a table and some chairs? What does “an even larger safe haven” mean? A larger room with more chairs? Perhaps a blackboard? Terrorists intent upon attacking the United States can meet almost anywhere. At the present time there are anti-American terrorist types meeting in Libya, Syria, Turkey, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, London, Paris, and many other places. And the Taliban of Afghanistan would not be particularly anti-American if the United States had not invaded and occupied their country. The Taliban are a diverse grouping of Afghan insurgents whom the US military has come to label with a single name; they are not primarily international jihadists like al-Qaeda and in fact have had an up-and-down relationship with the latter.

The only “necessity” that drew the United States to Afghanistan was the desire to establish a military presence in this land that is next door to the Caspian Sea region of Central Asia — reportedly containing the second largest proven reserves of petroleum and natural gas in the world — and build oil and gas pipelines from that region running through Afghanistan.

Afghanistan is well situated for such pipelines to serve much of South Asia and even parts of Europe, pipelines that — crucially — can bypass Washington’s bêtes noire, Iran and Russia. If only the Taliban would not attack the lines. Here’s Richard Boucher, US Assistant Secretary of State for South and Central Asian Affairs, in 2007: “One of our goals is to stabilize Afghanistan, so it can become a conduit and a hub between South and Central Asia so that energy can flow to the south.” 3

Since the 1980s all kinds of pipelines have been planned for the area, only to be delayed or canceled by one military, financial or political problem or another. For example, the so-called TAPI pipeline (Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India) had strong support from Washington, which was eager to block a competing pipeline that would bring gas to Pakistan and India from Iran. TAPI goes back to the late 1990s, when the Taliban government held talks with the California-based oil company Unocal Corporation. These talks were conducted with the full knowledge of the Clinton administration, and were undeterred by the extreme repression of Taliban society. Taliban officials even made trips to the United States for discussions. 4

Testifying before the House Subcommittee on Asia and the Pacific on February 12, 1998, Unocal representative John Maresca discussed the importance of the pipeline project and the increasing difficulties in dealing with the Taliban:

The region’s total oil reserves may well reach more than 60 billion barrels of oil. Some estimates are as high as 200 billion barrels … From the outset, we have made it clear that construction of the pipeline we have proposed across Afghanistan could not begin until a recognized government is in place that has the confidence of governments, leaders, and our company.

When those talks with the Taliban stalled in 2001, the Bush administration reportedly threatened the Taliban with military reprisals if the Afghan government did not go along with American demands. On August 2 in Islamabad, US State Department negotiator Christine Rocca reiterated to the Taliban ambassador to Pakistan, Abdul Salam Zaeef: “Either you accept our offer of a carpet of gold [oil], or we bury you under a carpet of bombs.” 5 The talks finally broke down for good a month before 9-11.

The United States has been serious indeed about the Caspian Sea and Persian Gulf oil and gas areas. Through one war or another beginning with the Gulf War of 1990-1, the US has managed to establish military bases in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, Oman, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, and Kazakhstan.

The war against the Taliban can’t be “won” short of killing everyone in Afghanistan. The United States may well try again to negotiate some form of pipeline security with the Taliban, then get out, and declare “victory”. Barack Obama can surely deliver an eloquent victory speech from his teleprompter. It might even include the words “freedom” and “democracy”, but certainly not “pipeline”.

“We are literally backing the same people in Syria that we are fighting in Afghanistan and that have just killed our ambassador in Libya! We must finally abandon the interventionist impulse before it is too late.” — Congressman Ron Paul, September 16, 2012 6

How it all began: “To watch the courageous Afghan freedom fighters battle modern arsenals with simple hand-held weapons is an inspiration to those who love freedom. Their courage teaches us a great lesson — that there are things in this world worth defending. To the Afghan people, I say on behalf of all Americans that we admire your heroism, your devotion to freedom, and your relentless struggle against your oppressors.” — President Ronald Reagan, March 21, 1983

A Modest Proposal

Washington’s sanctions against Iran are a wonder to behold, seriously hampering Tehran’s ability to conduct international commerce, make payments, receive money, import, export, invest, travel … you name the hardship and the United States is trying to impose it on the government and the people of Iran. In early May a bipartisan bill was introduced in Congress aimed at stopping Iran from gaining access to its billions of dollars in euros kept in overseas banks — money that represents up to a third of Tehran’s total hard-currency holdings. In addition, Congress is looking to crack down on a weakness in current sanctions law that allows Iran to replenish its hard-currency accounts by acquiring gold through overseas markets.

Washington has as well closed down Iran’s media operations in the United States, is putting great pressure on Pakistan to cancel their project to build a pipeline to import natural gas from Iran, and punished countless international companies for doing business with Iran.

After a plane crash in Iran in 2011, the Washington Post reported: “Plane crashes are common in Iran, which for decades has been prevented from buying spare parts for its aging fleet by sanctions imposed by the United States.” 7

There are many more examples of the sanctions of mass destruction.

All this to force Iran to abandon any program that might conceivably lead someday to a nuclear weapon, thus depriving Israel of being the only nuclear power in the Middle East. The United States doesn’t actually say this. It instead says, explicitly or implicitly, that a nuclear Iran would be a danger to attack the US or Israel, without giving any reason why Iran would act so suicidal; at the same time Washngton ignores repeated statements from various Israeli and American officials that they have no such fear.

Now, a group of US lawmakers is proposing a more drastic remedy: cutting off Iran entirely from world oil markets. Oil sales provide Iran with the bulk of its foreign-currency earnings. The plan would require all countries to stop buying oil from Iran or risk losing access to the US banking system.8

And Iran ignores it all, refusing to bend. Islamic fanatics they are.

I have a much simpler solution. Why not cut off all exports of food to Iran? Worldwide. And anything that goes into producing food — seed, fertilizer, farm equipment, etc. Let’s see how good they are at ignoring it when their children’s bellies start to balloon. And medicines and medical equipment as well! Let’s see how good they are at producing whatever they need themselves.

Officials at The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) estimated that as many as 6,000 Iraqi children died each month in the early 1990s primarily due to the sanctions imposed by the US, the UK and others. As proof of the lasting effectiveness and goodness of that policy, today blessed peace reigns in Iraq among its citizens.

And if all else fails with Iran … Nuke the bastards! That may be the only way they’ll learn what a horrible weapon a nuclear bomb is, a weapon they shouldn’t be playing around with.

In recent times Iraq, Libya, Syria and Iran have been the prime forces standing in the way of USraeli Middle East domination. Thus it was that Iraq was made into a psychotic basket case. Libya’s welfare state was wiped out and fundamentalists have imposed Islamic law on much of the country. The basketizing of Syria is currently in process. Iran’s basketizing has begun with draconian sanctions, the way the basketizing of Iraq began.

It’s worth noting that Iraq, Syria, and Libya were the leading secular states of the Middle East. History may not treat kindly the impoverishment and loss of freedoms that the US-NATO-European Union Triumvirate has brought down upon the heads of the people of these lands.

What are we going to do about our sociopathic corporations?

Scarcely a day goes by in the United States without a news story about serious ethical/criminal misbehavior by a bank or stock brokerage or credit-rating agency or insurance agency or derivatives firm or some other parasitic financial institution. Most of these firms produce no goods or services useful to human beings, but spend their days engaged in the manipulation of money, credit and markets, employing dozens of kinds of speculation.

Consider the jail time served for civil disobedience by environmental, justice and anti-war activists, in contrast to the lifestyle enjoyed by the wicked ones who crashed the financial system and continue to fund the wounding of our bleeding planet.

The federal and state governments threaten to sue the financial institutions. Sometimes they actually do sue them. And a penalty is paid. And then the next scandal pops up. And another penalty is paid. And so it goes.

Picture this: A fleet of police cars pulls up in front of Bank of America’s Corporate Center in Charlotte, North Carolina. A dozen police officers get out, enter the building, and take the elevator to the offices of the bank’s top executives. Minutes later the president and two vice-presidents — their arms tightly bound in handcuffs behind their back — are paraded through the building in full view of their employees who stare wide-eyed and open-mouthed. The sidewalk is of course fully occupied by the media as the police encircle the building with tape saying “No tresspassing. Crime scene.”.

But remember, just because America has been taken over by mendacious mass-murdering madmen doesn’t mean we can’t have a good time.6

Notes

  1. Washington Post, April 29, 2007 ↩
  2. Talk given by the president at Veterans of Foreign Wars convention, August 17, 2009 ↩
  3. Talk at the Paul H. Nitze School for Advanced International Studies, Washington, DC, September 20, 2007 ↩
  4. See, for example, the December 17, 1997 article in the British newspaper, The Telegraph, “Oil barons court Taliban in Texas”. ↩
  5. Pepe Escobar, Asia Times, September 12, 2012 (Information Clearing House) ↩
  6. The Hill, daily congressional newspaper, Washington, DC ↩
  7. Washington Post, January 10, 2011 ↩
  8. Washington Post, May 13, 2013 ↩

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'UN rights report on Syria, biased'

0

Foreign-backed militants are seen in Maraat al-Numan, in the northwestern Idlib Province on November 20, 2012.

Russia says certain states have used a Ëœbiasedâ„¢ United Nations human rights report on Syria to censure the Damascus government while ignoring abuses committed by foreign-backed militants in the Arab country.

Russian Foreign Ministry said in a Wednesday statement that the recent report by UN investigators pointed to torture, abductions and other abuses by the takfiri militants, but Å“preferred not to qualify bombings carried out by rebels in Syrian cities as terrorist acts.”

The sharply worded statement added that the report also remained silent on other Å“bestial acts” by the militants Å“including many cases of sexual violence against women.”

The UN commission of inquiry on Tuesday accused the Syrian government forces of committing war crimes and claimed that Syrian leaders must be held responsible for their policies.

However, the Russian ministry said certain states have employed Å“the one-sidedness and prejudice” of the report to once again to hold the government of President Bashar al-Assad responsible for what is taking place in the Arab state and Å“not say a word about the many crimes and human rights violations by armed radical groups.”

The statement further noted that those statesâ„¢ position was playing into the hands of the Å“radical opposition” and decreasing the chances of holding a forthcoming international conference on Syria in Geneva.

Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow on May 7 to convene the international conference, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

On May 26, Syria’s Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem said that his country agrees Å“in principle” to attend the conference.

He noted that any deal reached at the conference will have to be put to a referendum in Syria.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants fighting in Syria.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Don’t Ask Questions About the Boston Bombing

0

 

 Standard Podcast Hide Player | Play in Popup | Download

Russ Baker talks to Lew Rockwell about the anomalies.

 

 

 

 

Media Spotlight Shines on Bilderberg; Agenda Still Secret

0

The infamous annual Bilderberg meetings, which bring together global power-brokers from government, business, finance, intelligence, royalty, media, central banking, academia, and more, are set to begin this week in the United Kingdom. In line with an apparent trend developing in recent years, the veil of secrecy surrounding the mere existence of the controversial confab has slowly been pierced as more and more major media outlets report on the gathering. Taxpayers will be picking up much of the tab, but the growing numbers of protesters and reporters seeking answers will not be allowed in.

Even though Bilderberg has recently started publicly offering some details about its secretive meetings – partial guest lists and supposed topics of discussion, for example – critics say the real agenda remains hidden from the public at large. Around the world, however, outraged citizens and even excluded leaders have become increasingly suspicious of the gathering, blasting what they perceive as the planet’s self-styled “elite” making decisions for humanity behind closed doors.     

Of course, Bilderberg leaders try to frame the annual gathering as simply a forum to discuss global issues in private. Indeed, if it were known that attendees were formulating policy, at least American participants would likely be committing a felony by violating the Logan Act, which makes it a crime for Americans to formulate policy in secret with foreigners. Leaks and public statements by Bilderberg participants over the years, however, suggest that the meetings are about much more than just off-the-record discussions.

On the Bilderberg website, organizers offer few details. “Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America,” the site claims without mentioning the key role of Nazi SS member Prince Bernhard of Holland in founding the events. “Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

Commenting about the meetings themselves, Bilderberg claims online that the conference has always been a “forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.” Because the gathering is private and closed to the public, it continues, “participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions” so they can take time to “listen, reflect and gather insights.”

According to the Bilderberg site, key topics for discussion this year include economic growth and job creation in the United States and Europe. Also among the primary subjects: entitlement, debt, how “big data” is changing almost everything, nationalism, populism, U.S. foreign policy, Africa, cyber warfare, trends in medical research, online education, politics of the European Union, developments in the Middle East, and current affairs. 

Of course, because Bilderberg is so secretive, there is no way to confirm that the few details and talking points provided on its website bear any resemblance to the truth. Indeed, critics say the site is not trustworthy, citing the fact that enormously influential attendees have been left off of the “official” list of participants posted on the site in previous years and the obvious point that many attendees are politicians. The brief Bilderberg statement concludes with this: “There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”   

Among the 140 or so publicly acknowledged participants this year are many of the usual suspects from Europe’s public sector: Former Maoist revolutionary and current president of the European Commission Jose Manuel Barroso, who recently claimed again that a federal EU would be a reality within a few years; International Monetary Fund (IMF) boss Christine Lagarde, who recently dodged corruption charges in France; Bilderberg leader Mario Monti, appointed by bankers and EU officials rather than voters to serve as Prime Minister of Italy; “Commander” Olivier de Bavinchove with the fledgling European military force known as Eurocorps; and many others. More than a few top political leaders and even royalty will also be attending.

From the private sector in Europe, numerous business chiefs and banking magnates will also be in attendance. Among them: Chairman Peter Mandelson of banking behemoth Lazard International; Editor-in-Chief John Micklethwait with the increasingly discredited establishment magazine The Economist; Peter Sutherland, chairman of Goldman Sachs International; and many more. Multiple CEOs from banking, energy, finance, and other sectors will also be in attendance.

Attendees from the United States, meanwhile, also include a virtual “who’s who” list of the political, media, and business establishment. Many of the figures have long and dubious careers in government and the private sector, as well as in powerful so-called “think tanks” and non-profit foundations notorious for attacking U.S. liberties and national sovereignty. Unsurprisingly, virtually all of the American attendees wield tremendous influence both in the United States and abroad within their respective fields. 

Among this year’s American participants: Vice Chairman Michael Evans with Goldman Sachs; former Obama administration Treasury boss Timothy Geithner; Washington Post CEO Donald Graham; former Secretary of State and population control zealot Henry Kissinger, a top establishment figure who openly and regularly calls for a “New World Order” and was recently exposed boasting about his illegal and unconstitutional activities in official documents; President Jessica Mathews of the controversial Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; neocon extraordinaire Richard Perle with the American Enterprise Institute; retired Army general and disgraced former CIA boss David Petraeus; ex-Treasury chief Robert Rubin, who also serves as co-chairman of the global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations; Google boss Eric Schmidt; and more.         

When they receive any attention at all, the meetings have largely been portrayed in the establishment press as some sort of gathering for super-capitalists and their lackeys only. That characterization, however, is only partially accurate, as money does not appear to be among the most important criteria for receiving an invitation. Like in years past, this year’s guest list actually includes more than a few prominent socialists including Secretary General António José Seguro with the Portuguese Socialist Party and Party Leader Stefan Löfven with the Swedish Social Democratic Party, among others.

Representatives of the ruthless communist dictatorship ruling mainland China, which Bilderberg luminary David Rockefeller openly praised in the New York Times after tens of millions of innocent people were exterminated, have also attended the meetings in years past. At least one Russian “oligarch” was invited in 2011, too.

In recent years, media reports about the shadowy conference have been proliferating – a stark contrast with decades of virtual blackouts on the gathering of some of the world’s most powerful figures. This year has seen an even greater explosion of interest among the press, with news outlets around the world openly reporting on the confab even before it officially begins on June 6. Major media sources have also started calling for more transparency amid fears that representative government is being undermined by the secretive meetings. Large numbers of protesters, too, are expected to converge on this year’s meeting, which will run until June 9 in Watford, near London.     

Despite claims that no official decisions are made at Bilderberg, growing amounts of evidence suggest the opposite is true. The emerging Brussels-based super-state, which is desperately seeking to become an all-powerful regime ruling over the formerly sovereign nations of Europe, for example, has been widely attributed to Bilderberg efforts – even by participants themselves. The single euro currency, increasingly unstable, was also brought about in a similar fashion, insiders have admitted.

Anecdotal evidence, meanwhile, appears to show that the meetings wield tremendous power over political affairs even in the United States. Consider Bill Clinton, for example; he attended the summit as a little-known governor in 1991, yet became president the following year. Barack Obama reportedly went in 2008 before being elected president, too. In Europe, similar phenomena have become evident as well. 

While the true agenda and purpose of this year’s Bilderberg conference will almost certainly remain hidden, at least for a long time to come, analysts who track the meetings closely say some participants are pushing for more openness. However, even if Bilderberg were to completely disappear as an annual event, the power-brokers behind it are unlikely to be going anywhere anytime soon – especially not if humanity continues to allow itself to be ruled by unaccountable, out-of-touch “elites.”

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

U.S. Bilderberg Attendees Violating Federal Law, Activists Say

Protests Planned for Bilderberg Meeting

Bilderberg-picked EU Leader Van Rompuy Calls for Global Governance With Russia

Awareness of Bilderberg Cabal Explodes in 2011

Elite Bilderberg 2011 Meeting Draws Scrutiny

Bilderberg Leader Mario Monti Takes Over Italy in “Coup”

U.S.-backed Syrian Opposition Linked to Bilderberg, CFR, Goldman Sachs & George Soros

After Bilderberg Meeting, Facebook Official Says End Internet Anonymity

Bilderberger Confab in United States Goes Unreported … Again

Bush, Bilderbergers Push EU Membership for Turkey

World Bank Insider Blows Whistle on Corruption, Federal Reserve

WikiLeaks’ “Kissinger Cables” Drop and How TNA Scooped Mainstream Media

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Media Spotlight Shines on Bilderberg; Agenda Still Secret

0

The infamous annual Bilderberg meetings, which bring together global power-brokers from government, business, finance, intelligence, royalty, media, central banking, academia, and more, are set to begin this week in the United Kingdom. In line with an apparent trend developing in recent years, the veil of secrecy surrounding the mere existence of the controversial confab has slowly been pierced as more and more major media outlets report on the gathering. Taxpayers will be picking up much of the tab, but the growing numbers of protesters and reporters seeking answers will not be allowed in.

Even though Bilderberg has recently started publicly offering some details about its secretive meetings – partial guest lists and supposed topics of discussion, for example – critics say the real agenda remains hidden from the public at large. Around the world, however, outraged citizens and even excluded leaders have become increasingly suspicious of the gathering, blasting what they perceive as the planet’s self-styled “elite” making decisions for humanity behind closed doors.     

Of course, Bilderberg leaders try to frame the annual gathering as simply a forum to discuss global issues in private. Indeed, if it were known that attendees were formulating policy, at least American participants would likely be committing a felony by violating the Logan Act, which makes it a crime for Americans to formulate policy in secret with foreigners. Leaks and public statements by Bilderberg participants over the years, however, suggest that the meetings are about much more than just off-the-record discussions.

On the Bilderberg website, organizers offer few details. “Founded in 1954, Bilderberg is an annual conference designed to foster dialogue between Europe and North America,” the site claims without mentioning the key role of Nazi SS member Prince Bernhard of Holland in founding the events. “Every year, between 120-150 political leaders and experts from industry, finance, academia and the media are invited to take part in the conference. About two thirds of the participants come from Europe and the rest from North America; one third from politics and government and the rest from other fields.”

Commenting about the meetings themselves, Bilderberg claims online that the conference has always been a “forum for informal, off-the-record discussions about megatrends and the major issues facing the world.” Because the gathering is private and closed to the public, it continues, “participants are not bound by the conventions of office or by pre-agreed positions” so they can take time to “listen, reflect and gather insights.”

According to the Bilderberg site, key topics for discussion this year include economic growth and job creation in the United States and Europe. Also among the primary subjects: entitlement, debt, how “big data” is changing almost everything, nationalism, populism, U.S. foreign policy, Africa, cyber warfare, trends in medical research, online education, politics of the European Union, developments in the Middle East, and current affairs. 

Of course, because Bilderberg is so secretive, there is no way to confirm that the few details and talking points provided on its website bear any resemblance to the truth. Indeed, critics say the site is not trustworthy, citing the fact that enormously influential attendees have been left off of the “official” list of participants posted on the site in previous years and the obvious point that many attendees are politicians. The brief Bilderberg statement concludes with this: “There is no detailed agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no votes are taken, and no policy statements are issued.”   

Among the 140 or so publicly acknowledged participants this year are many of the usual suspects from Europe’s public sector: Former Maoist revolutionary and current president of the European Commission Jose Manuel Barroso, who recently claimed again that a federal EU would be a reality within a few years; International Monetary Fund (IMF) boss Christine Lagarde, who recently dodged corruption charges in France; Bilderberg leader Mario Monti, appointed by bankers and EU officials rather than voters to serve as Prime Minister of Italy; “Commander” Olivier de Bavinchove with the fledgling European military force known as Eurocorps; and many others. More than a few top political leaders and even royalty will also be attending.

From the private sector in Europe, numerous business chiefs and banking magnates will also be in attendance. Among them: Chairman Peter Mandelson of banking behemoth Lazard International; Editor-in-Chief John Micklethwait with the increasingly discredited establishment magazine The Economist; Peter Sutherland, chairman of Goldman Sachs International; and many more. Multiple CEOs from banking, energy, finance, and other sectors will also be in attendance.

Attendees from the United States, meanwhile, also include a virtual “who’s who” list of the political, media, and business establishment. Many of the figures have long and dubious careers in government and the private sector, as well as in powerful so-called “think tanks” and non-profit foundations notorious for attacking U.S. liberties and national sovereignty. Unsurprisingly, virtually all of the American attendees wield tremendous influence both in the United States and abroad within their respective fields. 

Among this year’s American participants: Vice Chairman Michael Evans with Goldman Sachs; former Obama administration Treasury boss Timothy Geithner; Washington Post CEO Donald Graham; former Secretary of State and population control zealot Henry Kissinger, a top establishment figure who openly and regularly calls for a “New World Order” and was recently exposed boasting about his illegal and unconstitutional activities in official documents; President Jessica Mathews of the controversial Carnegie Endowment for International Peace; neocon extraordinaire Richard Perle with the American Enterprise Institute; retired Army general and disgraced former CIA boss David Petraeus; ex-Treasury chief Robert Rubin, who also serves as co-chairman of the global government-promoting Council on Foreign Relations; Google boss Eric Schmidt; and more.         

When they receive any attention at all, the meetings have largely been portrayed in the establishment press as some sort of gathering for super-capitalists and their lackeys only. That characterization, however, is only partially accurate, as money does not appear to be among the most important criteria for receiving an invitation. Like in years past, this year’s guest list actually includes more than a few prominent socialists including Secretary General António José Seguro with the Portuguese Socialist Party and Party Leader Stefan Löfven with the Swedish Social Democratic Party, among others.

Representatives of the ruthless communist dictatorship ruling mainland China, which Bilderberg luminary David Rockefeller openly praised in the New York Times after tens of millions of innocent people were exterminated, have also attended the meetings in years past. At least one Russian “oligarch” was invited in 2011, too.

In recent years, media reports about the shadowy conference have been proliferating – a stark contrast with decades of virtual blackouts on the gathering of some of the world’s most powerful figures. This year has seen an even greater explosion of interest among the press, with news outlets around the world openly reporting on the confab even before it officially begins on June 6. Major media sources have also started calling for more transparency amid fears that representative government is being undermined by the secretive meetings. Large numbers of protesters, too, are expected to converge on this year’s meeting, which will run until June 9 in Watford, near London.     

Despite claims that no official decisions are made at Bilderberg, growing amounts of evidence suggest the opposite is true. The emerging Brussels-based super-state, which is desperately seeking to become an all-powerful regime ruling over the formerly sovereign nations of Europe, for example, has been widely attributed to Bilderberg efforts – even by participants themselves. The single euro currency, increasingly unstable, was also brought about in a similar fashion, insiders have admitted.

Anecdotal evidence, meanwhile, appears to show that the meetings wield tremendous power over political affairs even in the United States. Consider Bill Clinton, for example; he attended the summit as a little-known governor in 1991, yet became president the following year. Barack Obama reportedly went in 2008 before being elected president, too. In Europe, similar phenomena have become evident as well. 

While the true agenda and purpose of this year’s Bilderberg conference will almost certainly remain hidden, at least for a long time to come, analysts who track the meetings closely say some participants are pushing for more openness. However, even if Bilderberg were to completely disappear as an annual event, the power-brokers behind it are unlikely to be going anywhere anytime soon – especially not if humanity continues to allow itself to be ruled by unaccountable, out-of-touch “elites.”

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

U.S. Bilderberg Attendees Violating Federal Law, Activists Say

Protests Planned for Bilderberg Meeting

Bilderberg-picked EU Leader Van Rompuy Calls for Global Governance With Russia

Awareness of Bilderberg Cabal Explodes in 2011

Elite Bilderberg 2011 Meeting Draws Scrutiny

Bilderberg Leader Mario Monti Takes Over Italy in “Coup”

U.S.-backed Syrian Opposition Linked to Bilderberg, CFR, Goldman Sachs & George Soros

After Bilderberg Meeting, Facebook Official Says End Internet Anonymity

Bilderberger Confab in United States Goes Unreported … Again

Bush, Bilderbergers Push EU Membership for Turkey

World Bank Insider Blows Whistle on Corruption, Federal Reserve

WikiLeaks’ “Kissinger Cables” Drop and How TNA Scooped Mainstream Media

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Up to 10 feared trapped as 4-story building collapses in Philadelphia

0


A four-story building has collapsed in Center City Philadelphia, trapping as many as 8 to 10 people under the rubble. The search for survivors is currently underway.

Fire Commissioner Lloyd Ayers says dozens of paramedics and fire
crews are on the scene working to find those trapped. WPVI-TV
reports that five people have been taken to hospitals.

There is no word on exactly what caused the building to collapse.

The accident happened at 10:45 a.m. Wednesday. A building on the
block has been under construction.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Up to 10 feared trapped as 4-story building collapses in Philadelphia

0


A four-story building has collapsed in Center City Philadelphia, trapping as many as 8 to 10 people under the rubble. The search for survivors is currently underway.

Fire Commissioner Lloyd Ayers says dozens of paramedics and fire
crews are on the scene working to find those trapped. WPVI-TV
reports that five people have been taken to hospitals.

There is no word on exactly what caused the building to collapse.

The accident happened at 10:45 a.m. Wednesday. A building on the
block has been under construction.

This article originally appeared on: RT

UN Gun Control Treaty Signing Period Opens; U.S. "Looks Forward" to Signing

0

On Monday, June 3, 67 countries signed the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty. It’s been just two months since representatives of the United States of America joined the delegations of 153 other nations in voting to approve the treaty at the General Assembly.

By a vote of 154-3 (with 23 abstentions), the UN governing body adopted the treaty, overcoming an earlier failure to adopt the global gun control agreement by consensus during the conference attended by this reporter.

The United States of America was noticeably absent, however, from the line-up of countries that formally signed the treaty on Monday.

Considering the events of Monday as a landmark moment on the road to global “peace and security,” UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon congratulated the delegations who showed up at UN headquarters to sign the treaty. “I commend all of you on achieving this great step forward in strengthening the rule of law in the field of disarmament,” said Moon. “From now on,” he added, “weapons and ammunition should only cross borders after the exporter confirms that the transfer complies with internationally agreed standards.”

UN High Representative for Disarmament Affairs Angela Kane echoed the secretary general’s sentiments in her own statement. “It [the Arms Trade Treaty] requires States to regulate arms brokering and to assess the risk that exports of arms and ammunition would be used in the commission of grave violations of international humanitarian law or human rights law,” Kane explained. “And it encourages international cooperation and assistance in order to ensure that all States Parties will have the information and the capacity to implement the Treaty.”

Despite the globalists’ glee, thankfully there yet remain U.S. federal lawmakers determined to prevent the UN from infringing upon the right to keep and bear arms protected by the Second Amendment.

Representative Mike Kelly (R-Pa.) issued a statement on May 30 regarding a bipartisan letter he authored and submitted to President Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry petitioning the administration not to sign the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

The letter is signed by a total of 130 members of Congress – including Armed Services Committee Chairman Buck McKeon (R-Calif.), Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.), and Rules Committee Chairman Pete Sessions (R-Texas) – and declares all of the signatories’ opposition to “both the ratification of the Arms Trade Treaty and any effort to treat it as internationally or domestically binding upon the United States.”

Rep. Kelly further states in the letter,

As the signing period for the ATT gets underway next week, President Obama has an opportunity to take a monumental stand for our national sovereignty and our Constitutional rights. The ATT threatens both of these things and should be fully rejected. Any treaty that would put the United States – the world’s defender of peace and freedom – on equal footing with the world’s worst dictatorships and terror-sponsors ought to be condemned, dismissed, and ultimately denied our country’s signature. I sincerely hope the administration will listen to the very real objections my colleagues from both parties in Congress share and rightly decide that joining the ATT is not at all in America’s interest.

Ratification of the treaty faces an uphill battle in the Senate, as well. As The New American reported in March, by a vote of 53-46, the Senate passed an amendment to the budget bill sponsored by Senator Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.). The measure aims “to uphold Second Amendment rights and prevent the United States from entering into the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.”

A resolution of similar intent sponsored by Senator Jerry Moran (R-Kan.) is currently pending before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Moran’s measure declares that it is the sense of Congress that:

the President should not sign the Arms Trade Treaty, and that, if he transmits the treaty with his signature to the Senate, the Senate should not ratify the Arms Trade Treaty; and

until the Arms Trade Treaty has been signed by the President, received the advice and consent of the Senate, and has been the subject of implementing legislation by Congress, no Federal funds should be appropriated or authorized to implement the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement, or to conduct activities relevant to the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement.

On Monday, Secretary of State John Kerry sought to squelch the opposition in the Senate and reassure citizens that the U.S. delegation to the UN would not surrender the sovereignty and constitutional rights of Americans. “The ATT will not undermine the legitimate international trade in conventional weapons, interfere with national sovereignty, or infringe on the rights of American citizens, including our Second Amendment rights,” Kerry claimed.

In an earlier statement, Kerry expressed similar sentiments. The United Nations approved “a strong, effective and implementable Arms Trade Treaty that can strengthen global security while protecting the sovereign right of states to conduct legitimate arms trade,” said Secretary Kerry in a statement.

“Nothing in this treaty could ever infringe on the rights of American citizens under our domestic law or the Constitution, including the Second Amendment,” he added.

As we have reported, several provisions of this treaty significantly diminish the scope of the right to keep and bear arms.

First, the Arms Trade Treaty grants a monopoly over all weaponry in the hands of the very entity (approved regimes) responsible for over 300 million murders in the 20th century. 

Furthermore, the treaty leaves private citizens powerless to oppose future slaughters. 

An irrefutable fact of armed violence unaddressed by the UN in its gun grab is that all the murders committed by all the serial killers in history don’t amount to a fraction of the brutal killings committed by “authorized state parties” using the very weapons over which they will exercise absolute control under the terms of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 2 of the treaty defines the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions. The right to own, buy, sell, trade, or transfer all means of armed resistance, including handguns, is denied to civilians by this section of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 3 places the “ammunition/munitions fired, launched or delivered by the conventional arms covered under Article 2” within the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions, as well.

Article 4 rounds out the regulations, also placing all “parts and components” of weapons within the scheme.

Perhaps the most immediate threat to the rights of gun owners in the Arms Trade Treaty is found in Article 5. Under the title of “General Implementation,” Article 5 mandates that all countries participating in the treaty “shall establish and maintain a national control system, including a national control list.”

This list should “apply the provisions of this Treaty to the broadest range of conventional arms.”

Mark it down: Within months, the federal government (likely under the management of the Department of Homeland Security) will begin compiling a list of who owns, buys, sells, trades, or transfers any firearm, as well as the ammunition, parts, and components of those weapons.

After creating this database, the federal government will be required under the provisions of Article 5(4) of the Arms Trade Treaty to “provide its national control list to the Secretariat, which shall make it available to other States Parties.”

That’s right. The UN demands that the list of gun and ammunition owners not only be in the hands of our own government, but be sent to foreign regimes, as well. This provision will guarantee that should an American owner of a legally purchased firearm decide to emigrate, he will be on the radar of the ruling regime in his new home.

Americans are right to recognize this registry as the first step toward confiscation. Without such a registry, it would be impossible to monitor weapons transfers effectively because governments can’t track weapons exchanges and transfers unless they know who has them to begin with.

Article 12 adds to the record-keeping requirement, mandating that the list include “the quantity, value, model/type, authorized international transfers of conventional arms,” as well as the identity of the “end users” of these items.

In very clear terms, the Arms Trade Treaty requires that the federal government of the United States force gun owners to add their names to the national registry. Citizens will be required to report the amount and type of all firearms and ammunition they possess.

Section 4 of Article 12 requires that the list be kept for at least 10 years.

Although the White House has not announced when the president will sign the document, Secretary Kerry said that in the United States “we look forward to signing it [the Arms Trade Treaty] as soon as the process of conforming the official translations is completed satisfactorily.”

The fight for the right to keep and bear arms is just beginning. As explained by the NRA’s Institute for Legislative Action (NRA-ILA):

Once a treaty has been signed, it normally remains available for the Senate to ratify in perpetuity, unless a later president withdraws from it. This means that American gun owners must remain vigilant in ensuring this treaty is never ratified.

Citizens determined to prevent unelected, unaccountable globalist bureaucrats from doing a “victory lap” around the Second Amendment must pressure elected officials on the federal level to oppose ratification and encourage state lawmakers to pass laws nullifying any attempt by the federal government to unconstitutionally infringe upon the God-given rights protected by the Second Amendment.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Mind-controlled exoskeleton lets paralysed people walk

0

Helen Thompson
New Scientist
June 5, 2013

TWO years ago, Antonio Melillo was in a car crash that completely severed his spinal cord. He has not been able to move or feel his legs since. And yet here I am, in a lab at the Santa Lucia Foundation hospital in Rome, Italy, watching him walk.

Melillo is one of the first people with lower limb paralysis to try out MindWalker — the world’s first exoskeleton that aims to enable paralysed and locked-in people to walk using only their mind.

Five people have been involved in the clinical trial of MindWalker over the past eight weeks. The trial culminates this week with a review by the European Commission, which funded the work; the project has been carried out by a consortium of several major universities and companies.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 10:20 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Istanbul Uprising

0

It seemed as if the world had entered the age of the austerity riots. And then Istanbul erupted. Let there be no mistake, Istanbul cannot be lumped in with Athens, Barcelona, Lisbon or New York. What is happening in Turkey is the flip-side of the anti-capitalist coin. It is an uprising against development. It is a street battle for cities that belong to people and not capital. It is resistance against an authoritarian regime emboldened by an economic boom. What we are seeing unfolding in the streets of Istanbul is a convergence between Turkey’s small but growing anti-authoritarian left who has been organizing various campaigns of social relevance in the past years and a large section of the urban population loyal to the Kemalist ideals of modernism, secularism and nationalism. This being said, the situation in Turkey is extremely complex and necessitates an understanding of many different political situations that have been developing over the past decade.

Taksim

As many may already know, the origin of the current uprising stems from the proposed development of a park near Taksim Square, at the heart of Istanbul. The development of Gezi Park is only one part of a massive urban renewal project the Turkish prime minister, Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan, has put forth for the city and country as a whole. It Includes gentrifying schemes for the cities poorest neighborhoods such as Tarlabaşı, the construction of a third bridge to connect the two continents that Istanbul spans and even a massive plan to open up a third channel connecting the Black Sea to the Marmara Sea, to facilitate containerized shipping, which has been referred to as ErdoÄŸan’s “crazy project”. The neighborhood of Taksim is where a great number of city development projects are happening and where there is a rich tradition of rebellion and protest. To put things into context it is useful to look at the significance of Taksim Square as a point of rebellion and convergence.

On May 1st 1977, half a million workers and revolutionaries flooded Taksim Square for one of the most epic demonstrations to date. This demonstration came six years after a bloody coup wherein three Turkish student revolutionaries, accused of being enemies of the state, were hung by a military tribunal. Their memory immortalized, the Turkish left picked up from where the executed revolutionaries had left off plunging into the seventies with force and multiplying in numbers. During that year’s demonstrations, 34 people were killed in the square by what is believed to be paramilitary gunmen on roofs as well as during the ensuing panic. In addition to being the gateway to BeyoÄŸlu, the most culturally vibrant part of the Istanbul, with probably more bars and cafes per square meter than any other city in Europe, Taksim Square has also carried this particular tragic memory since the 1977 massacre.

The riots that have taken place most Maydays in Istanbul over the past seven years have all centered around protesters attempting to reach Taksim Square. The first of these clashes was in 2007 when the Turkish Left wanted to commemorate the massacre on its 30th anniversary. The state prevented this and far-left militants fought back in the streets with molotov cocktails and rocks. The situation was the same up until 2011, two years ago when the government finally realized its mistake and allowed the left to have the square for the day.

But things have developed since two years ago, and Recep Tayyip ErdoÄŸan’s AKP government decided to introduce their massive urban renewal project for Istanbul which also included a re-visioning of the square. Under the rhetoric of making the square a pedestrian zone, the ErdoÄŸan government (which is also in charge of the municipality of Istanbul) adopted plans, without any input from residents, to dismantle large swathes of Taksim to construct various shopping malls and development projects for the rich. The battle over holding demonstrations in Taksim on Mayday resumed this year as the state decided to use the redevelopment of the square as an excuse to prevent protests from taking place. Gezi Park, the focal point of the current rebellion is being slated for demolition to make way for the construction of a replica Ottoman-era army barracks, Topçu Kışlası, that will most likely be used for commercial purposes. It is not a coincidence for the AKP government, with its roots in Islam, that the original barracks were the site of a major Islamic uprising in 1909. This comes in addition to a decision to name the third bridge after Sultan Yavuz Selim, infamous for the mass-murders of the Alevite population of Anatolia.

Those who have been defending Gezi Park have been at it for a long time. In addition to large trade-unions, many participants come from a relatively newer independent left, with younger generations embracing more anti-authoritarian ecological tendencies with an emphasis on “right to the city” kind of activism. They all converge under the grouping of the Taksim Solidarity Platform, which focuses on preventing the transformation of the city into an even more elaborate capitalist playground built upon public space. This was not their first campaign against urban renewal. Two months ago clashes broke out between filmmakers who were trying to save a famed turkish cinema, Emek, from becoming yet another shopping mall and police who deployed pepper spray and water cannons. It is also important to note that some of the main protagonists who are involved in the fight for Gezi Park are also those behind immigrant solidarity demonstrations and actions such as providing free meals for migrants or organizing demonstrations in front of immigrant detention centers in Istanbul.

The fight to save Gezi Park was not in the public consciousness of Turkey until the police raided it two mornings in a row on May 29th and 30th. Outrage at the brutality of the police was the spark which lit the whole country on fire and transformed the struggle into a nation-wide rebellion against the current government.

Neoliberal Islam

The ruling AKP (Justice and Development Party) should be contextualized within the transforming geopolitical landscape of the Middle East. They have strong roots in political Islam and continue the tradition of other political parties from the 1990s that had been suppressed by the military, sometimes while in power. In fact ErdoÄŸan himself previously has been imprisoned for inciting the public to “Islamic sedition.” The stated aspiration of ErdoÄŸan and his cadre is that of “The Neo-Ottoman Project” which aims to make Turkey the economic and political powerhouse of the Middle East and North Africa. ErdoÄŸan’s political power-plays in Syria and Libya must be contextualized within these aspirations.

Unlike the European Union or western states, Turkey has seen a massive economic boom (with annual growth rates of almost 10%) in the recent years. Even though both the trade deficit and real unemployment is running high and massive privatization is selling off what is left in the hands of the public, the crisis is being contained in Turkey and the current government is riding high on this situation. This is perhaps what sets the revolt of Istanbul apart. This is a revolt against boom-time development, destructive urban renewal projects and the hyper-modernization of cities. The Istanbul uprising illustrates the opposite pole in the ongoing fight against capitalism, and complements the struggles against austerity of recent years.

Turkey was one of the prime targets of the neoliberal restructuring of the 1980s, during which then prime minister Turgut Özal facilitated massive privatization schemes targeting its factories, mines and the overall infrastructure of the country. The AKP government, and Erdoğan in particular was successful in bringing that neoliberal regime into the 21st century, shrouded by an Islamist populism. In addition, he successfully promoted Turkish firms with Islamic bases, as a neoliberal force in the global marketplace. This can be most notably seen in Northern Iraq where the major source of capital is in fact Turkish. We should remember that the Turkish model has been proposed by western powers as a possible way out of the uprisings that marked the Arab Spring. Thanks to those fighting during the past days in the streets of Turkey that neoliberal Islamic model has now been thrown into serious question.

Ergenekon and the Kurdish Struggle

ErdoÄŸan’s aspirations have not been totally uncontested and there have been various threats against his regime, notably from a cadre of generals and intellectuals who see themselves as defenders of the Turkish secular nation-state and who have sent various warning signals to ErdoÄŸan in recent years . The most significant counter-reaction from ErdoÄŸan came when he launched a multi-city police operation against dozens of members of the military, intellectuals and public figures with allegations of organizing a coup against his government. These police operations, and resulting criminal cases against the conspiracy known as Ergenekon are ongoing. It is imperative to realize the significance of these arrests and resulting court proceedings. Unprecedented for a nation brought up on successive military coups, the arrests and trials of high ranking military officials and others were met with rallies and demos around Turkey as huge crowds embroiled by the ascent of the AKP defended the secular old-guard elite. These arrests and imprisonments are also why there still has not been a response to the current situation from the the Turkish military, traditionally a major player in Turkish politics. The proliferation of the Turkish nationalist sentiment in the current uprising is a direct consequence of the past years’ so-called “flag-demos” or “Rallies for the Republic” that the nationalist center-left parties have been staging against the current AKP government. At this current moment of the rebellion we are witnessing the opportunism of these opposition political forces as they try to exert influence over what has so far been a true people’s uprising.

Any analysis of current Turkish uprising must consider the relationship with the Kurdish movement for liberation. The center-point of Turkish politics for the past two decades has undoubtedly been the Kurdish guerrilla warfare for autonomy launched by the PKK in 1978. Over the past months, Erdoğan has effectively brokered a peace deal with the leader of the PKK, Abdullah Öcalan, who has been in a Turkish island-prison since 1999. Erdoğan is attempting to position himself as the leader who solved the most pressing issue in the country. This has not only led him to assume a carte-blanche in Turkish politics (his regime has brutally oppressed and imprisoned various leftists and other opposition figures in recent years) but also to portray himself as a peacemaker between two ethnicities. The recently re-energized convergence of a large segment of the Turkish Left with the Kurdish movement has become more fragile due to the deal making conducted by Erdoğan as people are suspicious of how the peace process plays into his neo-ottoman ideas.

This is perhaps one of the biggest questions of the moment: how will the movement in the streets congeal and what kind of relationship will it have with the Kurdish struggle? The great majority of those who initiated the occupation of Gezi Park and who have been fighting ErdoÄŸan’s vision of developing Istanbul are in full solidarity with the Kurdish people. But the masses that have flooded the streets with the Turkish flags are a different story. At best, they are critical of ErdoÄŸan using the Kurdish peace process to strengthen his hold on power and at worst, they are blatant racists who see Kurds as terrorists. Despite this danger, recent developments in the street are promising. People are reporting witnessing both Turkish flags and flags with Öcalan’s portrait being displayed together or the intertwining of chants that both emphasize the fraternity between different ethnicities and ones celebrating the national identity of Turkey.

Creeping Social Conservatism

The uprising against ErdoÄŸan is fueled by a creeping Islamic conservatism pushed by the AKP in order to cultivate its base. These conservative policies have manifested in various realms such as cutting access to abortions and birth control, tighter control of the internet and communication, restrictions and taxes on alcohol consumption and the state-sponsored amplification of Islamic holidays. These policies have been met with demonstrations of thousands in the same streets where the current rebellion is centered and have been the predecessors for the current malcontent.

ErdoÄŸan’s personal style as a prime minister, is a major factor influencing the visceral anger witnessed in the streets. In almost every public speech, whether it be at a political rally or a TV interview, ErdoÄŸan attacks, threatens and is condescending towards every social-political segment except his own. This ranges from blatant insults to dismissals with the rabid tones of a mad-dog politician. His latest statements during the uprising were exemplary and only add fuel to the fire for those in the streets who he arrogantly characterized as “a handful of marauders and extremists.”

The crucial link between the conservative cultural policy of AKP and its economic neoliberal policy must be revealed so that the Kemalist middle class who is heavily participating in the uprising realizes that they cannot push back cultural conservatism without challenging the economic policies. If successful, this would win over the poorer classes currently more inclined to support the AKP on a cultural basis.

The first days of this people’s uprising have been totally spontaneous and outside the control of any political parties. All of the contradictions, for example between radical leftists and Turkish nationalists, were momentarily put aside to fight the police and build barricades to hold the squares and boulevards of Istanbul. What remains to be seen is whether or not large-scale public spaces such as Gezi Park and Taksim Square will provide the venue for these contradictions to come into revolutionary dialogue and construct an unstoppable movement in Turkey.

Ali Bektas can be reached at: ali@riseup.net.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

For First Time, US to Lease Offshore Wind Blocks

0

WASHINGTON – The U.S. government announced Tuesday that it would be going forward with long-discussed plans to auction federal leases off the Atlantic Ocean coast for the development of offshore wind energy.

A seagull flies past wind turbines at Thanet Offshore Wind Farm off the Kent coast in southern England. Offshore wind production is particularly attractive because winds tend to blow harder and more consistently off the coasts. (Photo: Stefan Wermuth/Reuters) The sales, to take place in late July, will be the first time that federal lands have been offered on a competitive basis for the United States’ nascent offshore wind business. Proponents say the industry has significant potential, but for decades it has lagged far behind the country’s onshore wind sector — even as offshore usage has strengthened significantly in other countries.

“Today’s announcement is an important milestone in efforts to launch the offshore wind industry in the United States,” Chris Long, manager of offshore wind and siting policy for the American Wind Energy Association, a trade group, told IPS. “Offshore wind energy represents a significant opportunity for our country, and developing this industry will help to create thousands of new jobs.”

Currently, the Interior Department has approved nine companies to take part in the auction, which will offer around 165,000 acres in two blocks off the coast of the eastern states of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. A third area off the coast of Virginia could be offered for lease later this year.

According to recent analysis by the Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory, the initial two blocks will be able to produce a regular supply of around 3,500 megawatts, enough to power around a million U.S. homes.

Overall, the United States is thought to have around 4,000 gigawatts (or four million megawatts) of offshore wind potential. That’s almost four times the country’s current electricity production of all types.

“This leasing announcement is a big deal, a significant move forward on what has been an extensive process to identify appropriate sites and give access to try to build in the water,” Dave Hamilton, the director for clean energy with the Sierra Club, a conservation group, told IPS.

“These are important steps, but now getting equipment in the water, finding communities or entities to buy the power at the price producers can make it — that’s all still ahead of this project.”

Proponents have long noted that offshore wind has particular potential in the United States given that almost four-fifths of the electricity requirement comes from states along the coasts and Great Lakes, and thus windfarms could be positioned fairly near demand centres.

According to estimates in a recent scientific paper, around a third of all U.S. power demand — or all demand from the East Coast, except during summer — can be satisfied from offshore wind power along the East Coast alone.

Strengthened by government subsidies, the U.S. wind energy sector has grown significantly — albeit belatedly — in recent years, currently comprising some three percent of the country’s overall power mix. Meanwhile, the offshore sector has lagged far behind, in part due to the significantly higher costs and technicality associated with installing a turbine on water.

The technology has long existed, however, and many models have already gone through a lengthy process of testing. Just last week, the Energy Department formally announced that a new prototype, a floating turbine in Maine, has been connected to the national electricity grid, the first offshore turbine now operating in the country and the first of seven such experimental projects currently underway.

The U.S. government has green-lighted at least two smaller East Coast offshore wind projects, but these went forward without a competitive bidding process and are still awaiting regulatory approval. While around a dozen privately financed offshore projects are currently being developed, July’s leasing is being touted as the full opening-up of the new industry to the private sector.

“If there is good interest in this one, then I think you will have this happening on a consistent basis,” Sally Jewell, the secretary of the interior, told reporters Monday.

“I can’t promise that they will be in production in four years, but we don’t want to be a roadblock. The market will dictate, but we certainly don’t want to get in the way.”

‘Picking energy winners’

The United States has been falling behind on offshore wind innovation since the early 1990s, when Denmark opened the world’s first offshore wind farm. By today, countries across Europe have constructed some 4,000 megawatts of offshore capacity — a number that is expected to increase to a whopping 40,000 megawatts by 2020, according to 2011 estimates.

China, too, has been moving quickly into all types of wind energy production. Beijing has published plans to expand the country’s still burgeoning offshore sector to 30,000 megawatts by 2020.

Yet when President Barack Obama approved the country’s first offshore power project, in 2010, he came under fire from conservatives, some environmentalists and others concerned about the “aesthetic” impact of the project, including powerful Massachusetts lawmakers.

Yet Tuesday, Ed Markey, the top Democrat on the House Natural Resources Committee and currently a top contender to become a Massachusetts senator, praised the new project.

“Offshore wind is a win for American jobs, for American energy security, and for our environment, and it will start off the coast of New England,” Markey said Tuesday in a statement. “I commend the Interior Department for … conducting these lease sales in a way that will ensure leases go to companies that are serious about developing new wind energy.”

In deciding on leases, the government will reportedly take into account whether bidding companies already have agreements in place with utility companies that can purchase the power.

Meanwhile, renewable energy in recent years has become almost inexplicably politicised in the United States, particularly here in Washington. Already, Republican members of Congress have expressed scepticism over the new plan for offshore leasing.

On Tuesday, several conservatives highlighted the perceived discrepancy between President Obama’s advocacy for offshore wind and his hesitancy regarding plans for offshore oil drilling. They also accused him of intervening in the market and “picking energy industry winners and losers”.

“Opponents of offshore wind projects have taken on some very unusual tactics for people who claim to support economic development and diversified energy options,” the Sierra Club’s Hamilton says.

He notes that two highly visible funders of conservative causes, oil refinery magnates Charles and David Koch, have been actively opposed to the development of offshore wind production capacity.

One key focus of this pressure could be on members of Congress, who by the end of the year must decide whether to renew a subsidy — known as the federal investment tax credit — considered key for the offshore industry’s attempts to get off the ground.

© 2013 IPS North America

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

India accuses ISI of fueling militnacy

0

Indian Home Minister Sushilkumar Shinde has accused Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) of trying to recruit militants across the border in the Indian state of Punjab.

Shinde told a press conference in New Delhi that ISI had set up several training camps in order to destabilize several states across India.

“Their [militants] commanders based in Pakistan are under pressure from ISI to further ISI’s terror plans not only in Punjab but also in other parts of the country,” Shinde said.

Å“The Sikh youths are being trained in ISI facilities in Pakistan,” noted the Indian minister, adding Å“There has been some significant developments on the Sikh militancy front.”

The minister claimed that Sikh youths living in the United States and Europe were also being encouraged to travel to Pakistan to be trained for terrorist-related attacks.

Indian officials say Sikh separatists based outside India are trying to revive militancy in the state of Punjab.

New Delhi armed forces battled a bloody uprising by Sikh secessionists in Punjab in the 1980s.

India has repeatedly accused its neighbor and arch-rival of some degree of involvement in attacks over its major cities in recent years.

Pakistan, which has firmly denied allegations of involvement, has asked India to share information and has urged New Delhi to refrain from blaming Islamabad.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Syria sides unready for Geneva confab'

0

UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says Syrian sides are not ready for the forthcoming international conference in Geneva, which aims at finding a solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

Å“There is still a lot of work to do to bring a conference about. For this reason we have come to a conclusion today that it will not be possible to hold this conference in June,” Brahimi said after a meeting with Russian and US officials in Geneva on Wednesday.

The conference was likely to be held in the Swiss city in mid-June, but according to Brahimi, the event was postponed to July with no exact date and agenda set for the meeting yet.

Å“We will be continuing our consultations with Russia and the US to see ‘windows of opportunities’ to hold the conference as soon as possible, hopefully in July,” he said.

The prospects of holding the international meeting in June began to diminish last week after the EU announced it had decided to lift its arms embargo on Syria to enable the member states to send arms to foreign-backed militants fighting against Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The move was followed by Russiaâ„¢s announcement that it would go ahead with a contract with Syria to send its state-of-the-art S-300 missiles to the Arab country to prevent Å“some hotheads” from entering the conflict.

The US also said on Monday that it would deploy Patriot missiles and F16 fighter jets to Jordan, further complicating the situation in Syria.

Last yearâ„¢s conference in Geneva turned out to be abortive as the plan the participants carved out failed to consider a role for President Assad in the transitional government.

Unrest has gripped Syria for over two years and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security personnel, have been killed in the turmoil.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Poll: Obama’s Job Approval Collapsing

0

Kevin Cirilli
politico.com
June 5, 2013

President Barack Obama’s approval rating took a hit amid three controversies surrounding his administration, including an investigation into the Internal Revenue Service unfairly targeting conservative groups seeking nonprofit status, a new poll Thursday showed.

Obama has a 45 percent approval rating and a 49 percent disapproval rating – compared with a 48 percent approval, 45 percent disapproval rating from May 1, according to the Quinnipiac University poll.

In particular, Obama plunged among independent voters. Only 37 percent of independents approve of him while 57 percent disapprove, Quinnipiac found. At the start of the month, 42 percent of independents approved and 48 percent disapproved. Nine percent of GOPers approve of Obama, 86 percent disapprove. Among Democrats, 87 percent approve, 8 percent disapprove.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 9:51 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Russian Railways look at Greek transportation assets

0

Russian Railways (RZD) is seeking to acquire one of the key Greek ports and two transportation assets for an estimated €140 million. The deal would suit the company’s plan to invest more into the European market.

RZD wrote to Russian President Vladimir Putin asking for
permission to take part in the privatization of the port of
Thessaloniki, as well as the country’s sole railway services
provider TRAINOSE and the Rolling Stock & Railroad
Maintenance Company ROSCO, says Kommersant daily.

Vladimir Yakunin, RZD head, said he had already received
preliminary pricing for the assets from the Greek Ministries. The
Thessaloniki port is estimated at €100 million, with the price
tag for TRAINOSE of at least €30 million, and ROSCO likely
to cost €10 million.

Given the strategic role the acquisition would play for Russia’s
plans to expand into Europe, RZD hopes that the Russian state
would finance the deal. Russian Railways also says it’s ready to
bid for the Greek assets in a consortium with a foreign partner.
Railways of France (Réseau Ferré de France) is one of the
possible options.

The selection of bidders in the privatization of Greek assets may
start this month. Companies from China, France and some of the
Arab states are among the other suitors.

Vladimir Yakunin says RZD needs to diversify and turn into a
transportation and logistics company, with the acquisition
perfectly suiting the strategy.

“RZD has a unique opportunity to unite railway and port
projects in Greece with its Serbian projects on infrastructure
development that are underway. The monopoly also gets a special
chance to use the potential of the acquired logistics company
GEFCO to increase transportation volumes in the corresponding
transport corridor,”
Vladimir Yakunin said.

 

Should Russian Railway become more of a logistics company its
cargo business could more than double to $180.6 billion.

Russian Railway has been showing interest in Greek assets for
more than a year, with the companies chief stressing that “the
company can’t realize such projects without the government’s
consent.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Poll: President Obama job approval rating down

0

Kevin Cirilli
politico.com
June 5, 2013

President Barack Obama’s approval rating took a hit amid three controversies surrounding his administration, including an investigation into the Internal Revenue Service unfairly targeting conservative groups seeking nonprofit status, a new poll Thursday showed.

Obama has a 45 percent approval rating and a 49 percent disapproval rating – compared with a 48 percent approval, 45 percent disapproval rating from May 1, according to the Quinnipiac University poll.

In particular, Obama plunged among independent voters. Only 37 percent of independents approve of him while 57 percent disapprove, Quinnipiac found. At the start of the month, 42 percent of independents approved and 48 percent disapproved. Nine percent of GOPers approve of Obama, 86 percent disapprove. Among Democrats, 87 percent approve, 8 percent disapprove.


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 9:51 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

More radioactive leaks reported at Japan’s Fukushima plant

0

AFP
June 5, 2013

The operator of Japan’s Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant on Wednesday admitted it had found another leak of radioactive water, the latest episode in a growing catalogue of mishaps.

Tokyo Electric Power (TEPCO), said one of its workers spotted drips coming from a tank used to store radioactive water at the site on Japan’s tsunami-wrecked coast.

Water was leaking at the rate of one drop every three or four seconds, the company said, adding that absorbent material had been placed under the leak and workers were trying to stem the flow.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 9:50 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

British Bilderberg Participant Decries Group’s Secrecy

0

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Bilderberg 2013 participant: “I’m honored to have been asked to go. But it’s crazy. They [the organizers] wouldn’t tell us where we were going to stay until a couple of weeks beforehand.”

Sherard Cowper-Coles

Sherard Cowper-Coles, former diplomat and current director at BAE told a reporter at the Standard that the organization’s veil of secrecy not only applies to the outside world, but also extends to those invited to participate.

The Standard reported yesterday that “even those inside the perimeter are victims of Bilderberg’s steel ring of secrecy.” Journalist Joy Lo Dico quotes the influential BAE director as saying:

“I’m honored to have been asked to go,” he told me last night in London. “But it’s crazy. They [the organizers] wouldn’t tell us where we were going to stay until a couple of weeks beforehand,” adding with a smirk: “Some people had to book their private jets in advance.”

Cowper-Coles, who as former Special Representative to Afghanistan and Pakistan has extensive experience guarding British interests in the Middle-East, is not the first Bilderberg participant to openly criticize the way the group’s Steering Committee upholds the veil of secrecy that has shrouded any insight into the annual confab for the last 59 years.

As Infowars reported today, there are obvious signs that some Bilderberg participants are now ventilating their discomfort with the Group’s unaccountable way of doing business, even contemplating a press-conference to appease protestors.

Paul Joseph Watson reported that “a source close to the security operation for the 2013 Bilderberg Group conference has told Infowars that numerous members of the secretive organization are aggrieved at the way it is being operated with scant regard for transparency and are lobbying for Bilderberg steering committee members to allow them to address protesters this week.”

According to Infowars’ source there are “a number” of participants involved in the meeting from tomorrow onward have criticized the meetings, even suggesting that a small delegation of Bilderberg members may come out and speak to the protesters and media set to assemble from June 6-9 at the Grove Hotel grounds. As Infowars relates today it’s very likely that the criticism is originating from the “Libertarian camp” within the group, most notably Peter Thiel- who is set to attend this year’s conference. Alex Jones, who has had contact with two separate contacts in the US Senate in the previous months, confirms that there is a discussion waging within Bilderberg about the issue of transparency.

The latest words by this year’s participant Sherard Cowper-Coles underlines the fact that there appears to be a division within the Group, which makes it likely that the core Group may dissolve the annual meetings and retreat into other, lesser known meetings in the future.

Jurriaan Maessen’s article first appeared at ExplosiveReports.Com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 9:32 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Iran denies link to Turkey protests

0

Anti-government protesters clash with riot police during a demonstration in Ankara.

Reacting to reports about the arrest of an Iranian national in connection with violent demonstrations in Turkey, Iran has officially dismissed media claims that the Islamic Republic is linked to the ongoing protests in Turkey.

On Wednesday, Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi denied the countryâ„¢s involvement in Turkeyâ„¢s anti-government protests, saying, Å“We also learned about this through media.”

Turkish daily Todayâ„¢s Zaman reported on Tuesday that an Iranian national named Shayan Shamlou had been arrested on suspicion of provoking Turkish protesters in Ankara.

Authorities in Turkey also suspect that Shamlou has links with the Iranian intelligence service, the newspaper cited an unnamed source with the Turkish government as saying.

Å“We have officially asked the Turkish government for an explanation in this regard and about the accuracy of the report, and we have asked [Ankara] to provide us with consular access to this person if his Iranian nationality is proven…,” the Iranian diplomat said.

At least four people have been killed and more than a thousand injured since the outbreak of anti-government protests in Turkey on May 31. Authorities say over 2,000 people have been also detained.

The unrest in the country erupted after police broke up a sit-in which was held in Taksim Square in protest against the planned demolition of Gezi Park. The protesters said Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last public green space.

Two major trade union confederations with about 600,000 union members, have gone on a two-day strike since Tuesday to voice support for the protesters who are standing their ground despite police crackdown.

Araqchi had previously described the unrest in Turkey as an internal matter and expressed hope that it would be settled in a peaceful manner with the prudence of the Turkish leaders.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Ex-police jailed for leaking to press

0

Britainâ„¢s ex-police officer is jailed for providing information about high profile cases to press.

A former Met Police constable has been jailed for two years for leaking to media mogul Rupert Murdochâ„¢s tabloid The Sun.

Paul Flattley pleaded guilty to misconduct in a public office at a hearing at London’s Old Bailey court in March and is the fourth police officer to be jailed as part of the Operation Elveden investigation, an investigation into inappropriate payments to police and public officials in Britain.

According to the reports, the 30-year-old police officer made £7,600 from providing private information about wealthy Chelsea residents, including the Duchess of Cambridge, between May 2008 and September 2011.

Justice Fulford said Flattleyâ„¢s behaviour was Å“utterly reprehensible”, adding that Å“he did not care what effect his activities would have on the victims and others involved in the various cases about which he provided information.”

The scale of the long-running phone hacking scandal in the country has led to dozens of arrests, the resignation of several senior police officers, and the closure of Murdochâ„¢s 168-year-old British newspaper The News of the World.

The scandal involved allegations of illegal snooping on celebrities, crime victims and politicians among others.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Through a Google Glass, Darkly

0

Let me throw out two predictions so obvious that I shouldn’t even have to commit them to print:

1) Within days, if not hours, of  Google Glass‘s release to the general public, hackers will “jailbreak” the hardware, allowing it to run any “Glassware” users desire and can create or find online; and

2) An independent developer community will emerge to create those applications , whether Google wants them to or not.

As a matter of fact, I’ll double down and assert that both of these predictions are already in the process of coming true, even while Glass is in its “Explorer Program” phase, and that Google’s announcements  this week that it won’t allow facial recognition apps or “adult” fare for Glass will only add fuel to the fire.

Porn, of course, is any device’s “killer app.” Enough people want it, and want it badly enough, that they’ll either have it from their devices or get OTHER devices to have it from. Above and beyond the usual – pedestrian porting of dirty pictures to Glass format, just like they were ported from print magazine to computer monitor way back when – I can’t imagine that more than a year will go by before there’s Glassware to predictively, imaginatively, visually undress whomever the user happens to be looking at on the street, on the dance floor, etc.

We don’t have to like it. It’s going to happen whether we like it or not, and whether Google likes it or not.

Similarly, facial recognition is the Glass-specific “killer app.” It’s the one thing that the device is so obviously useful for and that people will so obviously want to use it for that there’s just not going to be any stopping it.

The most benign and universal applications are obvious:

You meet someone, you get his or her name, you say “OK, Glass, this is John Doe.” You’ll never have to worry about forgetting a name again.

You want to introduce two people, but can’t be present. “OK, Glass, send John Doe’s facial profile to Joe Smith, with a message to meet him in the food court at noon.”

And so on, and so forth.

Are there more sinister uses for facial recognition? Of course there are. But facial recognition is coming.

Again: We don’t have to like it. It’s coming whether we like it or not, and whether Google likes it or not.

If by some chance Google is able to effectively darken Glass such that it can’t fulfill users’ desire for porn and facial recognition, then something else will come along with clearer vision. You’ll be able to pick up a Google Glass unit at Dollar Tree, like one of those little headphone-radio sets that people buy because they’re going to the beach and don’t want to risk getting sand in their REAL personal stereos.

The press is filled with nods – from Google itself, and from opponents of facial recognition tech – to something called “privacy.”

But privacy, as David Brin has been pointing out for years, just ain’t what it used to be. Absent complete technological collapse, it’s never going to be what it used to be again. If you show yourself in public, the assistive tech to identify you is going to be available. Period. And soon.

Instead of obsessing over the steady advancement of technology and attempting to thwart its potential at the development level, we should direct our efforts toward abolishing institutions which necessarily and murderously abuse that potential.

Technology is getting cheaper and cheaper, and more and more useful.

Political government is getting more and more expensive and less and less tolerable.

One of the two needs to go. And it’s pretty clear which one.

Thomas L. Knapp is Senior News Analyst at the Center for a Stateless Society (c4ss.org).

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Manning Trial, Day Two: Power Points and Chat Logs

0

Witnesses in Bradley Manning’s trial yesterday testified about the hardware retrieved from Manning’s workstation and housing unit in Iraq, the process for examining forensics of that hardware, his training on classified information, and his online chats with hacker and informant Adrian Lamo.

The proceedings moved quickly — the military’s subject matter expert told us that the government is two days ahead of schedule — because the defense continues to stipulate to expected testimony, which allows the government to simply read what a witness would have testified to without the need for cross-examination. Bradley took responsibility for releasing documents to WikiLeaks in late February 2013, so the defense doesn’t contest much of the basic forensic information for those releases.

Manning’s PowerPoint on Information Security doesn’t mention WikiLeaks

In the first pretrial hearing in December 2011, when the government claimed that Bradley Manning knew that giving documents to WikiLeaks meant giving them to Al Qaeda, it often referred to a PowerPoint presentation that Bradley created while in Army training, implying if not stating outright that in the presentation Bradley mentioned WikiLeaks specifically as a site America’s enemies use to collect information.

But today we saw that PowerPoint, while the parties questioned Troy Moul, the instructor from Bradley’s intelligence analyst training, and nowhere did it mention WikiLeaks — it merely claims that adversaries use the Internet generally to harvest information about U.S. operations.

In fact, Moul admitted, “I had never even heard of the term WikiLeaks until I was informed [Bradley] had been arrested.”

Moul testified at greater length about the instruction Bradley received at Advanced Individual Training (AIT) before he became an intelligence analyst, including the potential damage releasing Secret information could cause and the Non-Disclosure Agreement he signed, vowing to keep classified information secret. But the government has to show that he knew that passing information to WikiLeaks meant he was indirectly passing documents to Al Qaeda. This PowerPoint clearly doesn’t make that connection. In yesterday’s opening arguments, the government discussed an Army Counterintelligence Special Report, which delves into whether WikiLeaks.org is used by adversarial organizations — but as Marcy Wheeler writes,

The report itself is actually ambiguous about whether or not our adversaries were using WikiLeaked data. It both presents it as a possibility that we didn’t currently have intelligence on, then presumes it.

Adrian Lamo confirms chat log comments, Manning’s humanist values 

Computer hacker and government informant Adrian Lamo testified about his instant messages with Bradley Manning from late May 2010, which he turned over to the authorities, WIRED magazine, and the Washington Post, leading to Bradley’s arrest.

Both lines of questioning tracked opening arguments. Responding to prosecutor questions, Lamo said his chats with Manning were encrypted, that no one tampered with or manipulated them before he handed them over to Army CID, and that Manning discussed disclosing classified information and communicating with Julian Assange. Lamo frequently gave maximalist and formal responses to government questions — explaining for example that Facebook is a ‘very popular social media website where lots of people connect.’

In cross-examination, defense lawyer David Coombs reviewed several lines of chats that Lamo then confirmed. He recalled that Bradley was a humanist, someone who wanted to investigate the truth, and someone who wanted to disclose information for the public good. He acknowledged that Bradley never indicated an intention to help America’s enemies or intimated any anti-American sentiment.

Lamo was then permanently excused from testifying.

Evidentiary and intelligence analyst witnesses

Army Computer Crimes Investigative Unit Special Agents David Shaver and Mark Johnson testified briefly about their expertise with forensically investigating and handling digital media. They were established as experts and then temporarily excused, and I expect they’ll be called back multiple times. The government read more stipulations of expected testimony from those who stored Bradley’s hard drives and computers, and from a fellow student in the AIT.

The government is working its way through Bradley’s time in the Army in an apparent effort to show a history of disregard for classified information. But one such example turned up rather fruitless: in Moul’s testimony, prosecutors asked about his need to counsel Bradley for posting a video to YouTube in which he referenced “buzzwords” like “Top Secret,” and “SCIF” (Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility). But when asked by the defense whether Bradley divulged (or even knew of any) classified information in the video, Moul said no.

Nathan Fuller, a writer for the Bradley Manning Support Network, where this dispatch also appeared. He can be reached at Nathan@bradleymanning.org

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

14 Iraqi border police gunned down at fake checkpoint, 2 bodies burned

0

Militants set up a fake checkpoint in western Iraq and ambushed a border police convoy, killing 14 and setting fire to the bodies of two of their victims afterwards.

The attack took place at about 11:00am local time (0800 GMT) not
far from the town of Nukhayb on a main highway connecting Iraq
and neighboring Saudi Arabia.

Major General Yasir Assem of the Iraqi border guard told AFP that
the servicemen were traveling along the highway in three unmarked
civilian cars in order to begin their shifts at various
checkpoints.  

The convoy stopped at the fake checkpoint and gunmen opened fire
on the cars, killing all 14 people inside. The militants then set
fire to the bodies of two of the dead police.

The death toll was confirmed by a doctor in the town of Nukhayb.

Attacks on border guards occur frequently in Iraq, as the country
has launched a large-scale campaign along the Syrian border to
sever contact between Al-Qaeda in Iraq (AQI) and Jabhat al-Nusra
(JAN), who are fighting alongside the rebels in Syria against the
forces of President Bashar Assad.

The past month was the deadliest in Iraq since the sectarian violence
of 2006 and 2007, with over 1,000 people killed in violence in
May, according to UN estimates.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Gunmen kill 14 people in W Iraq

0

Iraqi policemen stand guard at a checkpoint on al-Saadun street in central Baghdad. (file photo)

Gunmen have shot and killed 14 people near a town in the western province of Anbar in Iraq.

The incident took place near the town of Nukhaib on Wednesday after the attackers stopped the victims at a fake checkpoint set up along the main highway connecting Iraq to Saudi Arabia, and opened fire on them.

Some reports said all fourteen people killed in the attack were policemen, and that their murderers burnt bodies of two of them.

Other reports, however, said some of the victims were civilians from Karbala Province.

No group has claimed responsibility for the attack.

There has been a recent upsurge in violence across Iraq. Authorities accuse Qatar and Saudi Arabia of having a hand in the violence.

On June 1, the United Nation said that a total of 1,045 people were killed and 2,397 injured in the incidents of violence across Iraq throughout May.

The UN envoy to Iraq Martin Kobler on May 30 warned that Å“systemic violence is ready to explode at any moment.”

He also urged Iraq’s political leaders to Å“engage immediately to pull the country out of this mayhem.”

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has blamed militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime for the recent wave of violence.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Shelter for the Tax Dodgers

0

Major Swiss banks were positioning themselves last week to survive a U.S. Justice Department criminal probe for sheltering wealthy American tax dodgers.

(Translate: prepare the deferred prosecution agreements.)

But at least one American who understands the ins and outs of the tax dodging business says it’s time for the Justice Department to bring down the hammer.

James Henry is a former chief economist at McKinsey & Co.

He’s currently chair of the Global Alliance for Tax Justice.

And he’s featured in a documentary film on the offshoring industry titled – We’re Not Broke.

“What the Swiss really understand is jail time,” Henry told Corporate Crime Reporter in an interview last week. “Their bankers need to be exposed to serving time for enabling tax dodging, money laundering and fraud. That really gets their juices flowing. They have been going after whistleblowers. We need to go after them.”

“The corporations who are the serial offenders – like UBS – they need to experience the joys – not of a deferred prosecution – but of a corporate indictment,” Henry said. “Our Justice Department has made a decision to get into economics and be concerned about upsetting the banking world. They are worried that an indictment would take banks like UBS and HSBC down. It might take them down. But actually having the will to take one of those banks down would have an enormous salutary effect on everyone else in the industry. It would signal that this behavior is unacceptable.”

The news reports coming out of Switzerland last week indicated that the Department is moving away from a global $10 billion settlement with the banks and toward negotiating individual deals with the banks.

The $10 billion global settlement would be one of the largest corporate fines in history.bloodbank

“But this may be a prolonged process of negotiating with the individual Swiss banks,” Henry said. “So, it may not be just the one lump sum payment. They may never get that headline that they were talking about a couple of months back. This deal got shifted to something more subtle.”

“But that shouldn’t blind us to the fact that these games are being played and that any settlement – whether a global settlement or a prolonged series of individual settlements – with very little scrutiny from the U.S. Congress – either one of those is an outrage.”

“The idea that you would actually permit big ticket tax dodgers to walk off of the stage with a slap on the wrist – like the proposed Swiss settlement – or that you would let companies like Apple and Microsoft, General Electric and Google – shift their most valuable corporate assets to places where they have almost no activity and evade corporate income taxes at a time when we are slashing aid to kids in schools, money for seniors – this is outrageous.”

“This has become a global movement. We have African countries that have effectively negative corporate tax rates, because they have such great subsidies that they have to pay corporations. You have major companies paying bribes that end up in Swiss accounts. Public officials are being corrupted, undermining the rule of law and democracy.”

Henry is the author of Blood Bankers: Tales from the Global Underground Economy.

He is currently working on a new book titled Pirate Bankers.

Henry conservatively estimates that the United States loses anywhere from $170 billion to $200 billion a year in tax revenue – $100 billion from wealthy Americans dodging taxes by parking their capital in tax havens like Switzerland – and another $70 billion to $100 billion a year from corporations dodging taxes.

On the corporate tax dodging side, Henry says that companies like Google, Microsoft and General Electric have been able to use the loopholes, many of which were created in the last few years of the Clinton administration.

“Things like – the acquisition of entities with virtually no employees. They have been using these dodges to park lots of their intellectual property, brands and patents offshore, essentially paying themselves royalties in places like Bermuda,” Henry says.

“And as a result, they radically lower their tax rates. And this has been happening since 1997 and 1998.”
“And it’s now getting in the headlines. Last week, there was a headline that Apple was parking something like 64 percent of its corporate profits in Ireland. And they are using other companies in the Netherlands and Bermuda to pay themselves royalties.”

“These are games that are just stripping the tax code of any kind of corporate participation.”

Henry says that US companies are the world leaders in offshoring.

“But there are lots of other kinds of transfer pricing abuse and base shifting that goes on throughout the first world,” Henry says.

“The entire shipping industry is basically off the books worldwide. You have the cruise line industry that parks itself in offshore havens. You have the banana industry that sets up all kinds of intermediate companies to transfer the bananas from third world countries to the first world and along the way they charge for brands and finance and banking.”

“These are all charged for by subsidiaries that have no arms length competitors. But they are very hard to audit, so by the time the bananas get to Europe or to the United States, all of the profit has been siphoned off to these subsidiaries that are supposedly supplying all of these services.”

On the individual tax dodging side, Henry did an analysis of all offshore banking and found as of year end 2010 about $21 trillion to $32 trillion offshore of private individual wealth – “most of which was untaxed and was invested through havens.”

“And of that $21 trillion to $32 trillion, about $12 trillion was in the top 50 banks. And about $6 trillion or $7 trillion was in the top ten banks,” Henry said.

Let’s say I’m a rich person and I park my income in bank in Switzerland. What’s the benefit to me and how is it illegal?

“The U.S. and many other countries have worldwide income tax coverage. Unless you are an extraordinarily generous person, you won’t tell the Treasury about your offshore account. In fact, that’s what UBS got tagged for in 2009. They had been sending private bankers from Switzerland to the United States, targeting the wealthiest Americans to take their money offshore to Switzerland where they wouldn’t pay taxes on it.”

“It’s all about tax evasion.”

“The United States and Canada have something called automatic information exchange,” Henry explains. “If a Canadian has income on a U.S. bank account, we automatically tell the Canadian Treasury about it so they can enforce their code.”

“There is no automatic information exchange, however, with Switzerland or most of the other destination havens in the world that are receiving this capital.”

“And indeed the United States is a big tax haven with respect to Latin America. We don’t report income received by a Mexican on stocks, bonds or bank deposits from U.S. holdings because it’s not taxable here.”

“We have set up our tax laws to attract this kind of capital. If you are non resident alien from Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Venezuela – these are big suppliers of capital flight to the United States – we don’t tell your tax authorities about it. And we don’t tax it here. That’s an example of where the United States has joined the club.”

Russell Mokhiber edits the Corporate Crime Reporter.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘US adults face medical care challenge’

0

More than one in five US adults have problems paying their medical expenses, opting to forgo treatment or fill prescriptions, a new government report shows.

A report released Tuesday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention showed that 20.3 percent of US adults under the age of 65 – 54.2 million people – had trouble paying health bills during the first half of 2012.

The report said that an individual who was uninsured or with public insurance was twice as likely to experience trouble paying medical bills than someone with private medical insurance.

The report highlighted the most common medical expenses including medication, equipment, home care, or trips to doctors, dentists, hospitals and therapists.

Previous studies revealed that the high cost of medical care discourages people from obtaining treatment, which worsens their health over time.

The survey, conducted between January 2011 and June 2012, was based on nationwide in-person interviews with 155,321 American adults.

The new report came amid plans to implement the Affordable Care Act in January 2014, which requires insurance for all Americans.

The US has the costliest health care system in the world when it comes to several conditions including having a baby, heart surgery, hospital stay and basic doctor care, according to the International Federation of Health Plans.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

British Bilderberg Participant Decries Group’s Secrecy

0

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Bilderberg 2013 participant: “I’m honored to have been asked to go. But it’s crazy. They [the organizers] wouldn’t tell us where we were going to stay until a couple of weeks beforehand.”

Sherard Cowper-Coles

Sherard Cowper-Coles, former diplomat and current director at BAE told a reporter at the Standard that the organization’s veil of secrecy not only applies to the outside world, but also extends to those invited to participate.

The Standard reported yesterday that “even those inside the perimeter are victims of Bilderberg’s steel ring of secrecy.” Journalist Joy Lo Dico quotes the influential BAE director as saying:

“I’m honored to have been asked to go,” he told me last night in London. “But it’s crazy. They [the organizers] wouldn’t tell us where we were going to stay until a couple of weeks beforehand,” adding with a smirk: “Some people had to book their private jets in advance.”

Cowper-Coles, who as former Special Representative to Afghanistan and Pakistan has extensive experience guarding British interests in the Middle-East, is not the first Bilderberg participant to openly criticize the way the group’s Steering Committee upholds the veil of secrecy that has shrouded any insight into the annual confab for the last 59 years.

As Infowars reported today, there are obvious signs that some Bilderberg participants are now ventilating their discomfort with the Group’s unaccountable way of doing business, even contemplating a press-conference to appease protestors.

Paul Joseph Watson reported that “a source close to the security operation for the 2013 Bilderberg Group conference has told Infowars that numerous members of the secretive organization are aggrieved at the way it is being operated with scant regard for transparency and are lobbying for Bilderberg steering committee members to allow them to address protesters this week.”

According to Infowars’ source there are “a number” of participants involved in the meeting from tomorrow onward have criticized the meetings, even suggesting that a small delegation of Bilderberg members may come out and speak to the protesters and media set to assemble from June 6-9 at the Grove Hotel grounds. As Infowars relates today it’s very likely that the criticism is originating from the “Libertarian camp” within the group, most notably Peter Thiel- who is set to attend this year’s conference. Alex Jones, who has had contact with two separate contacts in the US Senate in the previous months, confirms that there is a discussion waging within Bilderberg about the issue of transparency.

The latest words by this year’s participant Sherard Cowper-Coles underlines the fact that there appears to be a division within the Group, which makes it likely that the core Group may dissolve the annual meetings and retreat into other, lesser known meetings in the future.

Jurriaan Maessen’s article first appeared at ExplosiveReports.Com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 9:32 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Intense Thunderstorms Likely To Batter A Warming World

1

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/intense_thunderstorms_likely_to_batter_a_warming_world_20130605/

Posted on Jun 5, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Syria sides not ready for Geneva confab

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says Syrian sides are not ready for the forthcoming international conference in Geneva, which aims at finding a solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Legacy of Bilderberg’s Elite Criminals

0

Bilderberger Henry Kissinger — “defender of freedom and democracy” or lying war criminal?

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

If you want to see the real consequences of Bilderberg, look at its plans that have come to fruition – austerity and loss of national sovereignty and democracy in Europe, and the massive transfer of wealth and manufacturing from American to the communist elite in China.

Frequent attendee Henry Kissinger has been involved in secret wars, military coups, CIA torture and terrorism – all of which have caused the loss of tens of thousands of lives. But the machinations of his mentor David Rockefeller and the manipulations of the central banks could, if not stopped, cause worldwide economic disaster, famine and war.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 8:52 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Understanding Liberals and Progressives

0

In order to understand the liberal and progressive agenda, one must know something about their world vision and values. Let’s examine some of the evidence.

Why the 1970s struggle to ban DDT? Alexander King, founder of the Malthusian Club of Rome, wrote in a 1990 biographical essay: “My own doubts came when DDT was introduced for civilian use. In Guyana, within two years, it had almost eliminated malaria, but at the same time the birth rate had doubled. So my chief quarrel with DDT, in hindsight, is that it has greatly added to the population problem.”

Dr. Charles Wurster, former chief scientist for the Environmental Defense Fund, was once asked whether he thought a ban on DDT would result in the use of more dangerous chemicals and more malaria cases in Sri Lanka. He replied: “Probably. So what? People are the cause of all the problems. We have too many of them. We need to get rid of some of them, and (malaria) is as good a way as any.”

According to Earthbound, a collection of essays on environmental ethics, William Aiken said: “Massive human diebacks would be good. It is our duty to cause them. It is our species’ duty, relative to the whole, to eliminate 90 percent of our numbers.”

Former National Park Service research biologist David Graber opined, “Human happiness, and certainly human fecundity, are not as important as a wild and healthy planet…. We have become a plague upon ourselves and upon the Earth…. Until such time as Homo sapiens should decide to rejoin nature, some of us can only hope for the right virus to come along.”

Speaking of viruses, Prince Philip – Duke of Edinburgh and patron of the World Wildlife Fund – said, “If I were reincarnated, I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” The late Jacques Cousteau told The UNESCO Courier: “One America burdens the earth much more than twenty Bangladeshes. This is a terrible thing to say. In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it’s just as bad not to say it.”

That represents the values of some progressives, but what about their predictions? In 1972, a report was written for the Club of Rome to warn that the world would run out of gold by 1981, mercury and silver by 1985, tin by 1987, and petroleum, copper, lead and natural gas by 1992. It turns out that each of these resources is more plentiful today. Gordon Taylor, in his 1970 book, The Doomsday Book, said that Americans were using 50 percent of the world’s resources and that “by 2000 (Americans) will, if permitted, be using all of them.” In 1975, the Environment Fund took out full-page ads warning, “The World as we know it will likely be ruined by the year 2000.” Harvard University Nobel laureate biologist George Wald in 1970 warned, “Civilization will end within 15 or 30 years unless immediate action is taken against problems facing mankind.” Former Sen. Gaylord Nelson, quoting Dr. S. Dillon Ripley, warned, in Look magazine (1970), that by 1995, “somewhere between 75 and 85 percent of all the species of living animals will be extinct.” In 1974, the U.S. Geological Survey said the U.S. had only a 10-year supply of natural gas. The fact of the matter, according to the American Gas Association, is that there’s more than a 110-year supply.

In 1986, Lester Brown, who had been predicting global starvation for 40 years, received a MacArthur Foundation “genius” award, along with a stipend. The foundation also gave Dr. Paul Ehrlich, who predicted millions of Americans would die of starvation, the “genius” award in 1990. Note that these $300,000 to $400,000 awards were granted well after enough time had passed to demonstrate that Brown and Ehrlich were insanely wrong.

Just think: Congress listens to people like these and formulates public policy on their dire predictions that we’re running out of something.

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Deadly US Base on Diego Garcia

1

The largest criminal organizations in the world are governments. The bigger they are, the more capable of perpetrating atrocities. Not only do they obtain great wealth through compulsion (taxation), they also have an ideological mystique that permits them uniquely to get away with murder, torture, and theft.

The U.S. government is no exception. This is demonstrated by, among many other things, the atomic bombings of noncombatants in Hiroshima and Nagasaki at the end of World II. But let’s examine a lesser-known case, one we might know nothing about were it not for David Vine, who teaches anthropology at the American University. Vine has written a book, Island of Shame, and a follow-up article at the Huffington Post about the savage treatment of the people of Diego Garcia, part of the Chagos Archipelago in the Indian Ocean. Americans may know Diego Garcia as a U.S. military base. It “helped launch the Afghan and Iraq wars and was part of the CIA’s secret ‘rendition’ program for captured terrorist suspects,” Vine writes.

What’s not widely known is that the island was once home to a couple of thousand people who were forcibly removed to make room for the U.S. military. The victims’ 40-year effort to return or to be compensated for their losses have been futile.

Great Britain claims the island. According to Vine, African slaves, indentured Indians, and their descendants had been living on the Chagos islands for about 200 years. “In 1965, after years of secret negotiations, Britain agreed to separate Chagos from colonial Mauritius (contravening UN decolonization rules) to create a new colony, the British Indian Ocean Territory. In a secret 1966 agreement, Britain gave U.S. officials base rights on Diego Garcia.”

But it did more than that. Britain “agreed to take those ‘administrative measures’ necessary to remove the nearly 2,000 Chagossians in exchange for $14 million in secret U.S. payments.”

The British kept their end of the bargain. In 1968, Britain began blocking the return of Chagossians who left to obtain medical treatment or to go on vacation, “marooning them often without family members and almost all their possessions,” Vine writes.

British officials soon began restricting food and medical supplies to Chagos. Anglo-American officials designed a public relations plan aimed at, as one British bureaucrat said, “maintaining the fiction” that Chagossians were migrant laborers rather than a people with roots in Chagos for five generations or more. Another British official called them “Tarzans” and “Man Fridays.”

Then, in 1971, the final order came down, reminiscent of a Russian czar expelling Jews from their village. “The U.S. Navy’s highest-ranking admiral, Elmo Zumwalt, issued … a three-word memo.… ‘Absolutely must go.’”

British agents, with the help of Navy Seabees, quickly rounded up the islanders’ pet dogs, gassing and burning them in sealed cargo sheds. They ordered … the remaining Chagossians onto overcrowded cargo ships. During the deportations, which took place in stages until May 1973, most Chagossians slept in the ship’s hold atop guano – bird crap. Prized horses stayed on deck. By the end of the five-day trip, vomit, urine, and excrement were everywhere. At least one woman miscarried.

Arriving in Mauritius and the Seychelles, Chagossians were literally left on the docks. They were homeless, jobless, and had little money, and they received no resettlement assistance.

Remember, this was happening, not in the 18th or 19th century, but in the late 20th century. This year marks the 40th anniversary of the last of the expulsions.

The personal toll has been great. The Chagossians remain poor, and many suffer from illnesses traced to their dispossession. “Scores more Chagossians have reported deaths from sadness and sagren,” or “profound sorrow,” according to Vine.

Five years ago the Chagossians had some ray of hope when three British courts declared the deportations illegal. But the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom overruled the lower courts. “Last year,” Vine adds, “the European Court of Human Rights dismissed the Chagossians’ final appeal on procedural grounds.…”

“A day after the European court ruling, the Obama administration rejected the demands of an online petition signed by some 30,000 asking the White House to ‘redress wrongs against the Chagossians.’”

The British were adequately looking after the matter, the administration said.

Here is government in all its glory.

Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation (www.fff.org) in Fairfax, Va. He can be reached through his blog, Free Association.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Big Investment Firms Driving the Housing Market

0

Well, look who finally figured out that the “housing recovery” is a big, fat fraud?

The New York Times, that’s who. Check out this clip from the Times June 3 edition:

“Large investment firms have spent billions of dollars over the last year buying homes in some of the nation’s most depressed markets. The influx has been so great, and the resulting price gains so big, that ordinary buyers are feeling squeezed out. Some are already wondering if prices will slump anew if the big money stops flowing.

The growth is being propelled by institutional money,” said Suzanne Mistretta, an analyst at Fitch Ratings. “The question is how much the change in prices really reflects market demand, rather than one-off market shifts that may not be around in a couple years.” (“Behind the Rise in House Prices, Wall Street Buyers“, New York Times)

Whoa! So investors are driving the market, you say? Who woulda’ known?  If Times reporters spend a little more time perusing the housing blogs instead of cheerleading the fake recovery, they would have known what was going on 8 months ago. Instead, it’s like Iraq all over again where the Times braintrust waited a full year before they figured out the whole WMD-thing was a hoax designed to drag the country into war. Way to go, Keller. Here’s more from the same article:

“Wall Street played a central role in the last housing boom by supplying easy – and, in retrospect, risky – mortgage financing. Now, investment companies like the Blackstone Group have swooped in, buying thousands of houses in the same areas where the financial crisis hit hardest…..

While these investors have not touched many healthy real estate markets, they are among the biggest buyers in struggling areas of the country where housing prices have been increasing the fastest. Those gains, in turn, have been at the leading edge of rising home prices nationwide…..

Nationwide, 68 percent of the damaged homes sold in April went to investors, and only 19 percent to first-time home buyers, according to Campbell HousingPulse.” (NYT)

“68 percent”! Unbelievable. In other words, there’s no real “organic” demand for detached single-family homes at all. It’s all just Wall Street hustlers throwing their money around hoping for a better return than they’re getting on uber-risky junk bonds. Here’s more:

“Joe Cusumano, a real estate agent in Riverside County, Calif., said that in recent months 90 percent of his business had been for companies like Invitation Homes, a Blackstone subsidiary. Home values in Riverside County have risen by 15 percent in the last year, according to CoreLogic.” (NYT)

Yes, Mr. Cusumano, it’s true that when one customer buys the bulk of the homes that are listed in an area, prices tend to rise. What a surprise.

“The thing that scares me is the values going up so quickly,” said Mr. Cusumano. “That’s what happened before and that’s what’s scaring me. Is this going to happen again?”

No, it won’t; not unless the banks start dumping their stockpile of 5 million distressed homes (shadow inventory) onto the market. But there’s no sign that they plan to do that. They want to release the homes in dribs and drabs so they can keep prices high and reduce their losses. But that doesn’t mean that prices won’t flatten out or even drop a few percentage points. They probably will, just as soon as our Wall Street speculator friends realize that the housing biz is not what it’s cracked up to be, it’s not easy money. According to the Times notes, some of the moneybags bigshots have already figured that out. Check this out:

“Some investment companies are already pulling back in the markets that have had the fastest growth. In Phoenix, the percentage of all house purchases involving investors fell to about 25 percent in March from a high of 36 percent last summer, according to the Campbell HousingPulse Survey. The same survey shows that investors have been increasing their presence in new areas like Florida and California.”

So the speculators are trimming their commitment already. As prices rise and profit margins shrink, they’re going to leapfrog from one depressed market to the next until they’ve had their fill. Here’s more:

“In a sign of the potential peril ahead, some of the investment firms have recently taken the first steps to cash out.

The investment fund financed by Colony Capital filed last week to go public, the second firm to do so in May. Another early player in the business, the Carrington Holding Company, said last week that prices had risen too far, leading the firm to begin selling some of its holdings.”

The Carrington story is actually pretty funny. (when you hear the details)  Carrington’s manager Bruce Rose was one of the first big investors to get into the housing game. Now with prices rising as fast as they are, he’s calling it quits. Here’s what Rose told Bloomberg News:

 ”We just don’t see the returns there that are adequate to incentivize us to continue to invest. There’s a lot of – bluntly – stupid money that jumped into the trade without any infrastructure, without any real capabilities and a kind of build-it-as-you-go mentality that we think is somewhat irresponsible.”

Why does Rose characterize housing speculators as “stupid money”?

Probably because it’s a lot harder to manage distressed properties than the big Private Equity firms seem to think it is. Lawns have to be cut, roofs have to be patched, and toilets have to be fixed. It’s not easy to hit your profit targets either, especially when prices have soared 10.6 percent in the last year. Most of the gains have already been made, which means that Rose is probably smart to “get out while the getting’s good.”

Here’s more from Bloomberg: “Companies that release financial results for single-family rental investments have reported losses as they acquired homes faster than they can renovate and find tenants.” This just confirms what we’ve already said, that making money on housing is not a “sure thing.”

So, is there any indication that the PE boys are thinking out pulling up stakes and getting out of Dodge?

Uh huh. Check out this excerpt from an article at naked capitalism:

“The most popular view I heard last fall was that an exit via an IPO, with the rental business as an operating company, was the easiest and cleanest route. A portfolio of 1000 houses would be large enough to make for a decent-sized deal. But interestingly, back then, the assumption was that the portfolios would also need to have reached “stabilized yields,” meaning they were rented up and had seen a fair number of lease renewals so investors would know the turnover, vacancy rates, and costs associated with both making homes ready for the initial rental and freshening them up when a lease expired. That would take two to three years. We are well short of that timeframe. That means that investors will be buying a pig in the poke.”

Clever, eh? So Wall Street wants to heap these turds into one steaming pile and pawn them off on credulous investors. Where have we heard that scam before?

There’s no demand in housing, not really. It’s all smoke an mirrors. Existing home sales were down in March even though the Fed is buying $40 billion in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) per month, even though interest rates are at their lowest level in history, even though Obama is providing “no doc” refis to people who haven’t paid a dime on their mortgage in two years, and even though the banks have reduced their foreclosures by 24% in the last year and the nation’s 3 biggest banks have stopped foreclosures altogether. Even with all the rate-stimulus, all the freebie mortgage modification programs, and all the stealth inventory suppression; demand is still weak, weak, weak.

Why? Because the fundamentals are weak, that’s why. Here’s how Fitch Ratings agency summed it up in a recent post at Zero Hedge:

“Fitch Ratings believes the recent home price gains recorded in several residential markets are outpacing improvements in fundamentals and could stall or possibly reverse…..Several factors are combining to form an environment supportive of brisk home price growth, but few are capable of providing long-term support to sustain the recent pace of improvement….

Demand is artificially high … We believe this level of housing demand is likely to abate once the pent-up demand is satisfied. …The supply is also artificially low….

The supply-demand imbalance is even more pronounced in regional markets that are seeing strong institutional and retail bids for rental properties. The low rate and steep drop in prices, coupled with the decline in homeownership, have attracted an estimated $8-$10 billion of new capital to this sector.” (“Haunted By The Last Housing Bubble, Fitch Warns “Gains Are Outpacing Fundamentals”, zero hedge)

Finally some one is talking about fundamentals. And what are the fundamentals that traditionally drive the housing market?

Low unemployment and good paying jobs mainly, the two things that are sadly lacking in Obama’s bogus economic recovery. Until those improve, buying a house is just a crap-shoot. But don’t expect the Times to tell you that.

MIKE WHITNEY lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. Whitney’s story on how the banks targeted blacks for toxic subprime mortgages appears in the May issue of CounterPunch magazine. He can be reached at fergiewhitney@msn.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Death By Zip Code

0

It stands to reason that people suffer stress when money’s short, but do economically hard times in and of themselves kill people? Sanjay Basu, co-author of “The Body Economic: Why Austerity Kills,” argues that it’s not the economy it’s the austerity that’s deadly.

As he puts it in this interview, “Health doesn’t start on my exam room table or in the intensive care unit. It starts at home with the food that we eat, whether we smoke or drink too much, the safety of our neighborhoods. These are the major determinants of our health.”

Everything else being equal, it turns out that “Zip code is the leading determinant of our health and life expectancy” says Basu. Which is why austerity (cutting services, shrinking care) isn’t just bad for our economy (because it swells layoffs and shrinks spending) it’s also dangerous to human health.

Doesn’t it seem a tad “unseemly” to have to make the case in body-counts before people will care? Well yes it does, says Basu:

“It is somewhat perverse to have to make that point. The economists and my colleagues certainly have already shown the economic point that the austerity rational has already fallen apart. But to really understand what the human costs are you have to look at the most vulnerable and unfortunately they tend to be ignored within the scheme of discussion. “

The American Journal of Public Health now estimates that Americans stand a greater chance of dying from the effects of austerity than being killed in a car crash. According to Basu, homeless Americans have the same life expectancy as people in war-torn Sierra Leone or Congo.

Do policy alternatives exist that are proven to protect public health while also speeding recovery? Yes, reports Basu, citing examples from countries as diverse as Malaysia, Iceland and Sweden. What’s standing in the way of smarter choices? Ideology, he suggests, and yes, also racism.

Perhaps, he concludes, we should have cared more about the Soviets. There was a dramatic spike in deaths after the Harvard set (Jeffrey Sachs, Larry Summers et al) imposed austerity there. History is repeating now as the same austerity-triggered “excess deaths” mount in the US and beyond.

“We see the same response and desperate attempts to cover the data,” says Sanjay Basu. Sanjay Basu is an associate professor of medicine and epidemiology at the University of Stanford.

Laura Flanders: Lets start with making the case. You say austerity kills. How do you know? 

Sanjay Basu: I got interested in this as a physician, seeing a lot more patients come into the emergency room during the recession. I had assumed that recessions wouldn’t necessarily result in increased deaths, people losing their health insurance, getting stressed out, unemployment, drinking and these kinds of things. And I was curious that when I looked in the peer reviewed literature that I found nearly the opposite. A lot of times, death rates go down during recessions. For example, people drive less so they have less car accidents but there was something going on during the recessions in the past and now. And what we found was there sort of a natural experiment going on during the great depression, the eastern European Crisis, the 90s and the East Asian Crisis. Different countries had different policy responses and those seemed to really determine whether or not recessions would result in extra deaths.

Tell about some of the stories you put in your book, of people? 

One of the key patients that I met during the recession was a young girl [of] eight years old. We renamed her Olivia in order to protect her privacy. Her father was in the construction field and was one of the many people laid off during the recession in California. And like about seven hundred thousand other men and women in the United States, he turned to drugs and drinking. And in the course of one of his drinking episodes set the house on fire. And she was a patient as a result of all the burns that she received during the course of his alcoholism. 

You’ve received some criticism from people who say, look, “policy isn’t a pathogen.” No one is forcing somebody to pick up a drink because they’ve been laid off.’ How do you respond to that?

As a doctor, you have to go back to the data and really say what is ultimately the cause of illness. And, if you look at the preventable deaths in the United States of young people, deaths below the age of seventy that could easily be treated and prevented, if everyone had universal healthcare and wonderful access to the best doctors, it turns out body-economic-stuckler-basu-cover-043013-margthat the key calculations that are agreed upon is that only 15 — 20 percent of those deaths might have been prevented through drug or surgery. The other 85 percent plus seemed to be due to social and economic factors. Zip code is the leading determinant of our health and life expectancy. And one of reasons for that is that health doesn’t start on my exam room table or in the intensive care unit. Its starts at home with the food that we eat, whether we smoke or drink too much, the safety of our neighborhoods. These are the major determinants of our health.

You are making a very clear distinction that it’s not just economic hard times interplaying with those factors; it’s policy. What do you mean?

Well, lets look at some of the comparisons. For example in East Asia, which had a terrible economic recession in the 90s, different countries all affected by the same recession took different policy responses. For example, Malaysia decided that it would bolster its anti-hunger programs and its infection disease prevention programs like HIV prevention. Thailand on the other hand and some of its neighbors decided to do the opposite. They followed the advice to go undergo austerity. They dramatically reduced their safety nets and we see the subsequent health and economic outcomes. Thailand actually lost a lot of stimulus and a lot of jobs because of the austerity, the government helping to re-stimulate the economy. And, in the process their HIV rates, which had be receding, (Thailand was used a model case for HIV prevention) just skyrocketed and so did their hunger rates. Malaysia, not only did they preserve their safety net but, with all these doubts – maybe they will have a higher deficit, they’ll have a higher debts, they’ll be cut out of the global scheme – all these threats, they actually ended up recovering first and one of the main reasons is that they kept people employed in addition to keeping them in out of hunger or HIV or any other infectious diseases, they were able to stabilize the economy more quickly.

Now, where does the US rate in this sort of spectrum of experiments?

Right now we’re at a very critical juncture. We, so far, had quite a stimulus that in comparison to say Britain, which underwent austerity, we’ve done fairly well in terms of keeping people out of hunger, having some pretty good housing programs and so forth, in spite of our very dysfunctional healthcare system. But, right now we’re at a precipice. As a result of the sequester, we’re at this point were austerity is starting to creep up. It’s too early for me to know what the data will show but if we follow the same path as Europe then I’m quite worried.

I’m really glad to have the statistics all between the covers of this book. But part of me, I was thinking that, do we really have to prove that people are dying to make the point that austerity is a bad idea? 

Yeah, it is somewhat perverse to have to make that point. The economists and my colleagues certainly have already shown the economic point that the austerity rational has already fallen apart. But to really understand what the human costs are you have to look at the most vulnerable and unfortunately they tend to be ignored within the scheme of discussion. For example during the sequester, many local public health departments suffered greatly and had to close many of their surveillance and treatment dorms. For example, there was a TB (Tuberculosis) outbreak in Jacksonville, Florida in the context of severe cuts to the Tuberculosis budget. Similar to the TB outbreak which happened in New York City which cost $1.2 billion to control in the 90s, in spite of the fact that to prevent it would have cost, the best estimates show, about a tenth of that.

How many lives do you think we are talking about?

It’s impossible for me to estimate. I can estimate from a lower bound from suicides since the clearest correlations are there and they’re on the order of tens of thousands in the U.S. and Europe.

There have been different decisions by different governments. You’ve talked about one case history that’s of course Iceland. Just for our audience, remind people just what Iceland did differently and how.

Iceland is a very interesting outlier. They’re a small country but they had the worst banking crisis in human history relative to the size of their economy. All of the three major banks failed. They had invested in U.S. mortgage bad securities. But Iceland while being recommended to go under austerity did something unique, they put it to a democratic vote, ‘Should we bail out the banks and cut our safety nets or should we gradually repay the debts and help the banks over time, a sort of loan scheduling type of program.’ The population voted for the latter and indeed Iceland has maintained its status as one of the healthiest and happiest countries in the world.

You talk about the ability to do that having to do with the Icelandic people sense of community and social capital. Describe what you mean by that.

There are several unique social, political and economic reasons why Iceland is an outlier and an important lesson. In addition to the fact that its not part of the Eurozone, so it didn’t face the same pressures or same politics as Greece. They are mostly monoculture and they have a lot of social capital. People literally know each other on a very strong basis. There is a lot of social support. People go to these baths together with a lot of indecent exposure in the process but they build social capital. It’s interesting sociologically to see how that seems to be associated with that spirit of, ‘we’re all in it together during the course of the recession.

So is more nudity what we need in this country?

(Laughter) I don’t know. Being from San Francisco I have quite a lot of nudity already but I don’t see it building social capital in all cases.

You do mention San Francisco in the context of the different response homelessness crisis, the “Housing First” policy, that I’d love you to talk about, and let’s shift to what you researched works in the circumstances that we could perhaps be doing and then, why aren’t we?

It’s striking to me as an academic that we have these lovely randomized controlled peer-review trials that we talk about in these journals that all fifteen of us in the field read. And we don’t translate it every well to the population. But there are very good programs that seem to both stimulate the economy and protect public health at the same time. One example that you mentioned are these Housing First policies. We still have 1.4 million houses in foreclosure in the United States… [Housing First] policies in Seattle found net costs saving when people were rapidly rehoused and supported through that process. In part because it helped prevent, for example, new alcoholism and substance abuse as happened to out patient. There were also savings in the emergency departments and from hospitalization because people forgo spending on their medications or preventive healthcare in order to pay for higher expensive rent or food and heating. We have this dichotomy in health called the “heat or eat” dichotomy, when you have to choose one or the other.

You have the startling statistic in the book that homeless Americans have the same life expectancy as people in war-torn Sierra Leone or Congo.  

Sometimes 40-45 years less life expectancy than those of us who are housed.

So prioritizing housing, keeping people in housing, what on the unemployment front works?

There are two other major programs that seem to work. One is called Active Labor Market Programs. They’re part carrot and part stick. Instead of being a standard unemployment check, this is a program in which people who are newly unemployed enroll with a case manager who helps them either get a job or skills training and also works with their firm in order to rapidly get them back into employment. Through that rapid employment we see the notable public health side effects…

Who’s doing this? Where is this happening?

It’s a government-based program. Its being tested in Michigan actually, through some randomized trials, which have been showing some impressive results. But those are some of the early programs in this country. They really were first adopted in Finland and Sweden. Sweden has been able to, through these programs, basically decouple the relationship between unemployment and suicide. They’ve had massive unemployment increases but their suicide rate continues to decrease.

All right then, we have established that austerity policies kill. We’ve established that there are things we can do differently. Why then, to answer the question in your book, are we still seeing austerity policies that kill when we know that there are options and other ways we can go?

There are a variety or theories. At least in my experience there are two major factors about why we’re still doing this in spite of evidence to the contrary. One is frankly ideological. There is a lot of blame upon the victim. Paul Krugman once said, “We sometimes blame soup kitchens for causing the depression.” But in fact, today we are debating in congress whether food stamps should be cut quite severely. But in fact the higher number of people on food stamps is an effect of the recession not the cause. We all know what the cause is in terms of the bank industry. So ideologically it’s very difficult for people to want to support safety nets when there are these almost mythical levels of ideology about the kinds of people that are on welfare.

So that gets to the question of the body politic. The body economic is a reference of course to body politic but we don’t just have one body. We have lots of bodies. They’re all of different colors, different from Iceland. What difference does race make?

It seems to me that it makes quite an impressive difference. Sociology literature for example, the case I’m studying of course is Iceland, Finland, and Sweden. These are mono-cultural places in general with a lot of social capital and not much ethnic ‘factionization.’ And in fact that in our society and other societies where you see people have more ethnic enclaves, there is not as much sense of community on a whole it’s very difficult to preserve safety nets. Many people don’t want to contribute.

So is it ideology or is it racism?

SB: I think a bit of both. (Chuckles.)

We’re chuckling but it makes me wonder how do we move forward? I mean, if the New Deal was easier to pass because it was a different era covering different groups of people, most of them white men and the War on Poverty much harder (even though you quote Kennedy talking eloquently on its behalf) because those programs were going to help people of color and immigrants and women and single moms. How do we get past that?

I will stay humble and say that I don’t have answer for that I don’t have a solution to our grand political crisis. In learning from history I do have great faith in education and democracy. And to read U.S. history and see the tremendous strides that have been made in the civil rights movements and women’s rights movements and so forth continuing to this day. I have great faith that we will continue to move forward in challenging some of these ideologies.

I need statistical proof. Meanwhile, there has been historically, a thesis held in some sectors of our philosophical and economic world, that says well, a kind of “culling of the most vulnerable” is not bad for the globe. It’s not bad for global progress. Obviously, this is not something we endorse. Nobody wants to say they are a Malthusian today. Or do you actually come across people saying it’s good to…

Clean up? Certainly.

So how do you respond to that? 

Suppose that we didn’t care about ethics or morality in this, look at what so many of these folks seem to ascribe to. The idea that those of us who remain and that aren’t vulnerable after the ‘cleanup’ process will be able to lead to a grand society or something like that. And yet, throughout history, some of our most creative and inventive people have been those who somehow survived a childhood that would have been wiped away by a Malthusian approach. We may not have light bulbs if Edison had not made it through hard times.

You write that you and your co-author David Stuckler yourselves would not have made it through these kinds of hard times.  

Certainly. Yes. Both of us had hard times. Both financial problems and a history of illness in our families as do many Americans. I think it’s surprising when we meet a family who hasn’t sufferer through illness or periods of instability. That’s why we as humans aren’t rats and cockroaches who survive purely by the laws of supply and demand we have the capacity to do something better.

Finally, [in your book] you go into the history of transition from the Soviet Union to Russia after communism. I actually read the title of that chapter which is actually “The Post Communist Mortality Crisis” as “Morality Crisis,” and realized that both titles could probably work. Is there something we should have or could have learnt from their experience? 

I learnt a lot. There was a dramatic spike in deaths after the U.S.S.R transitioned to a set of countries including Russia and the Eastern Block. The dramatic increase in mortality was only in certain countries and not in others. And what we found was [that] those who underwent rapid austerity really did very poorly, supporting the overall thesis. But what was also intriguing from that episode was how desperately the promoters of austerity attempted to claim otherwise. And that history itself is repeating now. The Economist, for example, selectively omitted data or made a number of statistical errors, and we find that to be the case now again with austerity. They tried to claim that it was all the alcohol problem [leading to excess deaths in post-soviet states] but in fact the death rates don’t explain the trend. Historically, we see the same response again in terms of criticism of safety nets, through desperate attempts to cover the data.

And some of the same people involved: Larry Summers, Jeffrey Sachs…

LAURA FLANDERS is the host and founder of GRITtv.org. Follow her on Twitter: @GRITlaura. 

Watch this interview at http://GRITtv.org.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Basu austerity

0

body-economic-stuckler-basu-cover-043013-marg

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Obama natl. security advisor resigns

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]US National Security Advisor Thomas Donilon has resigned his post with US Ambassador to the United Nations, Susan Rice, getting ready to take his place in July.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Russia to react to NATO expansion’

0

Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev says Moscow does not regard NATOâ„¢s expansion towards its borders as positive as Sweden and Finland are likely to join the western military coalition.

He said on Wednesday that Moscow would have to react to a possible change in the balance of forces in Europe if Sweden and Finland decide to enter NATO, Russia Today reported.

Å“This is their own business; they are making decisions in accordance with the national sovereignty doctrine. But we have to consider the fact that for us the NATO bloc is not simply some estranged organization, but a structure with military potential,” Medvedev said at the Euro-Arctic Councilâ„¢s forum.

He noted that under certain scenarios this potential could be employed against Russia.

The Russian prime minister added that all new members of the North Atlantic alliance that are in Russiaâ„¢s proximity Å“eventually do change the parity of the military force. And we have to react to this.”

The issue of NATO expansion towards Russiaâ„¢s borders is also significant as it has direct links to the deployment of missile system in NATO member countries.

On May 27, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov said Moscow was still concerned about the deployment of US/NATO missile systems in Europe and wanted more specific technical guarantees that the missiles would not be used against Russia.

In an interview with the state-run Voice of Russia radio network Ryabkov said that the US proposals on missile systems are “concrete” and “serious,” but Moscow still viewed them as insufficient.

In April, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said Moscow remained concerned about the plans of Washington and NATO to build an anti-missile system around Western Europe.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Legacy of Bilderberg’s Elite Criminals

0

Bilderberger Henry Kissinger — “defender of freedom and democracy” or lying war criminal?

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

If you want to see the real consequences of Bilderberg, look at its plans that have come to fruition – austerity and loss of national sovereignty and democracy in Europe, and the massive transfer of wealth and manufacturing from American to the communist elite in China.

Frequent attendee Henry Kissinger has been involved in secret wars, military coups, CIA torture and terrorism – all of which have caused the loss of tens of thousands of lives. But the machinations of his mentor David Rockefeller and the manipulations of the central banks could, if not stopped, cause worldwide economic disaster, famine and war.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 8:52 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Monsanto’s deception game on GMO in Europe

0
<!–William Engdahl–>

William Engdahl is an award-winning geopolitical analyst and strategic risk consultant whose internationally best-selling books have been translated into thirteen foreign languages.

On May 31 world media headlines read “Monsanto backing away from GMO crops in Europe.” But before the world opens the champagne to celebrate the death of GMO, it is worthwhile to look more closely at what was officially said and what not.

The original source for the story is attributed to a German left
daily, TAZ which printed excerpts from an interview with an
official spokeswoman of Monsanto Germany. 

Ursula Lüttmer-Ouazane reportedly told Taz “We’ve come to the
conclusion that this has no broad acceptance at the moment
.”

Her remarks were circulated worldwide and Reuters interviewed
Monsanto corporate spokesman Thomas Helscher who reportedly said,
“We’re going to sell the GM seeds only where they enjoy broad
farmer support, broad political support and a functioning
regulatory system. As far as we’re convinced this only applies to
a few countries in Europe today, primarily Spain and
Portugal.
”  

A Monsanto interview with a leftist German paper created the
impression around the world that the world’s largest
patent-holder of GMO seeds is in full retreat from pushing their GMO seeds, at
least in the European Union. The reality is anything but
that. Among other things, on June 10 the EU Commission
plans to approve a new Monsanto GMO maize sort.

What Monsanto really says

A visit to the official website of Monsanto Germany presents
an
official company press release
referring to the media
statements, where the essential part says, ”Right now the
media is flooded with reports that Monsanto has stopped the
marketing of GMO seeds in Germany and the EU. That is not
correct…
” 

Then on the parent website of Monsanto in St. Louis, the following statement appears: “We have a
robust business selling high-quality, conventional corn, oilseed
rape and vegetable seeds to our farmer customers in Europe. We’ve
been telling people in Europe for several years now that we’ll
only sell biotech seeds where they enjoy broad farmer support,
broad political support and a functioning regulatory system. As
Hugh Grant, our CEO told the Financial Times in 2009, ‘Europe’s
going to make up its own mind in its own time.’ The only GM trait
grown in Europe today is a corn resistant to the European corn
borer, an insect that can do considerable damage to crops. Its
cultivation accounts for less than 1% of the all corn cultivated
in Europe (by hectares)
.”  

A militant against genetically modified organisms flashes the victory sign in Labrihe, near the southwestern French town of Auch, after pulling genetically modified corn from a field planted by US firm Monsanto. (AFP Photo / Pascal Pavani)

Both statements are worth closer attention. First the German
statement is a bit different from the US version. It officially
denies as false the press reports that they have ceased marketing
of GMO seeds in the EU. Second, their statement that they
concentrate on breeding and sale of conventional seeds and plant
protection chemicals is nothing other than a description of what
the present status of Monsanto sales in the EU, nothing more.
Because of the limited use so far of Monsanto GMO seeds in the
EU, Monsanto business by definition focuses now where it earns
money. However the “plant protection chemicals” Monsanto refers
to primarily its own Roundup herbicide, which by license
agreement with farmers must be sold paired with all Monsanto GMO
seeds, but is also the number one weed killer sold in Europe and
the world. It has also been proven to be highly toxic even to
human embryo cells.

The US statement has interesting important differences. First it
gives no hint of any change in Monsanto policy towards spreading
GMO seeds in the EU. It states explicitly they will continue to
spread GMO seeds in Spain and Portugal, both EU countries. And it
quotes chairman Hugh Grant, not to be confused with the Hollywood
actor, indicating the company expects the EU to come around on
allowing its GMO. And it cites the present status of its GMO corn
in the EU. Nothing more. No statement of a stop to GMO in the
EU. 

And the Monsanto beat goes on, the beat goes on, on, on…

The EU Commission has announced it will meet to vote on approving
licensing of a new Monsanto GMO patented maize, SmartStax, on
June 10, ten days after the carefully formulated Monsanto FAZ
interview. Monsanto shares the patent with Dow AgroSciences.
SmartStax supposedly produces six different insecticides. It has
been approved by the EUs food safety agency, EFSA despite absence
of critical safety tests and Commission approval is reported
certain by Brussels sources.   

According to Dr. Christopher Then of TestBiotech, SmartStax
was given the safety OK from the (Monsanto influenced-w.e.) EFSA,
the European food safety body, despite provable lack of serious
safety tests by Monsanto/Dow AgroSciences. 

Suspicious Timing…

Yet for most of the world who don’t have time to research the
official statements of Monsanto but merely glance at a Reuters or
TAZ headline, the message has been delivered that Monsanto has
given up its EU effort on proliferating its GMO seeds. The timing
of the TAZ interview is suggestive of what seems to be a
carefully orchestrated Monsanto PR deception campaign. The TAZ
original by writer Jost Maurin appeared on the same day, May 31,
less than one week after March against Monsanto , a worldwide protest demonstrations against Monsanto,
that took place in more than 400 cities in some 52 countries
around the world. The TAZ article that was then used as
reference for all world media after, appeared under the emotional
and factually misleading headline: Sieg für
Anti-Gentech-Bewegung: Monsanto gibt Europa auf (Victory for
anti-GMO Movement: Monsanto Gives up Europe).

The March against Monsanto was notable in several key
respects. Most alarming for Monsanto and the GMO cartel was the
fact that it was the first such demonstration not organized by
anti-GMO NGOs such as Greenpeace or BUND or Friends of the Earth.
In Germany where this author participated as a speaker in one of
the events, it was all organized by concerned activists via
facebook. But the NGOs who formally oppose GMO were reportedly
nowhere to be found as sponsors or even reportedly as active
organizers.

That march presented Monsanto and friends with a frightening new
element–the danger that that grass roots anti-GMO protest would
spread and make life even more difficult for GMO proliferation in
Africa, in China, India, Latin America and of course eastern and
western Europe. All indications are that the timing of the
well-formulated TAZ interview, notably with a left newspaper
openly opposed to Monsanto GMO, was an orchestrated attempt to
“manage perceptions” and take the headwind out of the sails of
the growing anti-GMO sentiment in the EU and abroad. For the
moment, Monsanto has gained a tactical victory in propaganda
points as the broad public takes the retreat at face value. As
one experienced opponent of Monsanto GMO put it in a private
e-mail to me, it bears all the hallmarks of a slick PR campaign,
“like a Burson & Marsteller tactic that applies to many
controversial bad practices and part of why it works is that it
takes a long time to build consumer/activist energy and momentum,
whereas the PR-company can start on a very short runway …
”

Protesters march on the Meir in Antwerp on May 25, 2013 during a protest against the American multinational agricultural biotechnology corporation Monsanto. (AFP Photo / Jonas Roosens)

What Monsanto has not done is to recall its already
commercialized GMO Maize in the EU, that despite damning
independent scientific study of some 200 rats over a two year
span showing rats fed GMO maize and Monsanto Roundup herbicide
showed dramatically more cancer tumors, higher death rates and
organ damage compared with non-GMO-fed rats.

Moreover, Monsanto openly admits it is pushing its way deep into
the eastern European market for seeds, though mentioning only
conventional seeds. Monsanto Vice President for International
Corporate Affairs, Jesus Madrazo, stated that the company
has been focusing on gaining market share in the
conventional corn market in Ukraine, and that Eastern Europe and
South America are key growth areas for the company now.

Then in the USA, it has leaked out that Monsanto directly worked with
its apparent current favorite US Senator, Roy Blunt, a Republican
from Monsanto’s home state of Missouri and one of the major
recipients of Monsanto campaign finance, to draft for Blunt an
obscure paragraph Blunt got into a spending bill, a bombshell
that exempts Monsanto from being sued for any damage its crops or
chemicals cause.

Called by opponents the Monsanto Protection Act, many members of
Congress were apparently unaware that the Monsanto Protection Act
was a part of the spending bill that they were voting on. The
Monsanto bill, signed into law by President Obama despite
hundreds of thousands of protest petitions not to, essentially
gives Monsanto and other GMO purveyors legal immunity, even if
future research shows that GMO seeds cause significant health
problems, cancer, anything. The federal courts no longer have any
power to stop their spread, use, or sales. The only other
corporations in the US enjoying such outrageous legal immunity
are the pharmaceutical vaccine makers.

What we have is a quite different picture from the slick spin
reported by TAZ and from there picked up worldwide uncritically
by mainstream media. Monsanto by its own open admission has not
ceased marketing its GMO products and herbicides in the EU. It
has not ceased imports of its GMO soybeans and GMO corn into the
EU where it has managed to escape the EU GMO labeling law.

Monsanto also states it is concentrating on building market share
in eastern Europe, where often regulators are more “relaxed” and
in the notoriously corrupt Ukraine. They do not deny promoting
GMOs there either; rather they state positively their focus on
conventional seeds only. Simply put, the geopolitical stakes
behind Monsanto and the attempt to control the world’s most vital
seeds of life are far too high for the company to raise the white
flag of surrender so easily. 

A Monsanto precedent

There is a relevant precedent for this Monsanto PR deception
campaign. In 1999, after months of growing worldwide
anti-Monsanto protest over the fact Monsanto had made a takeover
bid to buy Mississippi company, Delta & Pine Land in order to
acquire Delta’s patent on a radical new GMO technique known
officially as GURTS (Genetic Use Restriction Technology) and
popularly as Terminator technology. Delta has won a patent
together with the US Government’s USDA for the Terminator. It
would force a GMO seed or plant to “commit suicide” after only
one harvest, forcing the farmer to return each year to Monsanto
to buy new seeds regardless the price or availability.

The Terminator image threatened to derail the entire fledgling
GMO project at the outset such that Rockefeller University
President and GMO financial sponsor, Gordon Conway, president of
the Rockefeller Foundation, made a rush visit to meet Monsanto’s
board and convince them to make what was a tactical retreat in
order to limit damage to a very fragile GMO campaign worldwide.
Monsanto announced, deceptively it proved, that it would not
pursue “commercialization” of Terminator technology and it
dropped its takeover bid for patent holder Delta & Pine Land.
The anti-GMO NGOs claimed a huge victory and nothing was heard
for seven years until, with no fanfare, in 2006 Monsanto
announced it was acquiring Terminator patent co-holder Delta
& Pine Land. This time there was scarcely a peep from the
anti-GMO lobby. They had lost momentum and the deal went ahead.   

It remains to be seen if the forces for healthy non-GMO
agriculture today prove as gullible as in 1999.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Another radioactive leak found at Japan's Fukushima nuclear plant

0

A discharge of contaminated water has been discovered at the disabled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear plant. It is the latest in a string of incident hindering the clean up of the worst nuclear disaster since Chernobyl in 1986.

Tokyo Electric Power Co (Tepco), the owner of the wrecked plant,
said it discovered the leak on Wednesday, fueling yet more
criticism of the company as it seeks permission to release water
into the sea, Reuters reported.

Shunichi Tanaka, the head of Japan’s new nuclear regulator,
created after its predecessor was discredited in the 2011
accident, told a news conference that Tepco should deal with the
situation “without delay.”

Japan’s regulator, however, did not regard the matter as serious,
he added.

The Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power plant suffered a reactor
meltdown and the release of radiation following the 9.0 magnitude
Tokohu earthquake – the most powerful earthquake ever to hit
Japan – that struck off the coast of Japan on March 11, 2011.

The earthquake unleashed a tsunami with waves of up to 14 meters
high (Fukushima was designed to handle up to 5.7-meter waves)
that knocked out emergency generators required to cool the
reactors.

Wednesday’s setback comes after Tepco revealed this week it had
detected radioactive caesium in groundwater flowing into the
plant, contradicting an early finding that contamination levels
around the facility were negligible.

About 400 tons of groundwater flows daily into the reactor
buildings, where it is mixed with highly contaminated water used
as coolant for the melted fuel. The realization that groundwater
is being contaminated before it enters the damaged reactor units
complicates Tepco’s efforts to convince local authorities that
the groundwater is safe enough to be dumped into the ocean.

The news also comes as a major political challenge to Prime
Minister Shinzo Abe, whose government is set on plans to export
Japan’s nuclear technology.

The government ordered Tepco last week to increase storage
capacity of water tanks and build earthworks around the four
reactor buildings to control the flow of groundwater seeping into
the facility.

Leaks were discovered in underground storage tanks in April,
prompting Tepco to speed up the construction of stronger
above-ground containers. The leak discovered on Wednesday was
from one of the sturdier tanks, Reuters reported.

The power company is also seeking approval to dump 100 tons of
groundwater a day from the plant into the sea, a plan that
requires the consent of fishermen who are strongly against the
idea.

On May 30, Tepco told fishermen that radioactive caesium in the
groundwater was at a level that could not be detected.

But the results were inaccurate as they were skewed by using
procedures that failed to take into account the background
radiation at the damaged plant, Tepco told Reuters on Tuesday.

“We’ll have to correct the way we analyse sample data,”
said Mayumi Yoshida, a Tepco spokeswoman.

The revised results continue to show radiation levels below what
Tepco views as the upper threshold for releasing groundwater –
one Becquerel of caesium per 137 per liter. A Becquerel is a
measure of radioactivity.

On December 21, 2011, the Japanese government released a
comprehensive program for the clean up efforts, which predicted
that the full clean up will take 40 years.

This article originally appeared on: RT

VTB chief wants to pay out dividends in shares

0

The head of Russia’s second largest bank believes Russian banks should be able to pay part of dividends in the form of shares. The move would help increase dividend payouts as well as boost capitalization of companies.

“Given quite a hard situation with banking capital we are
proposing to allow banks to pay at least part of the dividends in
the form of shares,”
said VTB Board Chairman Andrey Kostin.

VTB Board Chairman Andrey Kostin. (RIA Novosti / Vladimir Astapkovich)

Mikhail Sukhov, deputy chairman at Russia’s central bank, told
Reuters he supports the idea.

VTB plans to pay out 15 billion roubles in 2012 dividends, or
16.5 percent of last year’s net profit of 90.6 billion roubles.

Corporations can distribute profits to shareholders two ways: by
paying ‘cash’ or by creating more company shares and rewarding
dividends as stock.

The risk slightly increases, because the rate of return is
dictated by the stock rate, and not the profits themselves.

Stock dividends can yield a tremendous profit for shareholders,
as long as the company’s capitalization increases, and doesn’t
tank.

The practice of paying out dividends by share is highly unusual
in Europe and American banking institutions.

This can be a lot of money, over time, and is attractive to
people who are looking for assured income from their investments.

In May, VTB raised $3.2 billion in their second public offering, which
is part of the bank’s drive to privatize state assets and reduce
state influence in business.

Before the sale, the government held 75.5 percent of the bank,
and now its share is down to 60.9 percent, as the Kremlin
mandated its stake must remain above 60 percent.

The sale boosted the bank’s Tier 1 capital adequacy ratio to 11.9
percent from 10.3 percent in December.

Last year, VTB bought back shares held by minority shareholders
at the 2007 IPO price of 13.6 kopeks, by order of then-Prime
Minister Vladimir Putin. The bank spent almost 11.4 billion
roubles buying back these shares.

Around 55 percent of the new shares sold in VTB’s capital raising
were purchased by the sovereign wealth funds of Qatar, Norway and
Azerbaijan.

Russian billionaires Mikhail Prokhorov and Suleiman Kerimov have
both bought into VTB’s secondary public offering. Prokhorov’s
Onexim Group has invested over $400 million in bank stock.

The sale of 2.5 trillion new shares were priced at 4.1 kopeks a
piece, but traded higher at 4.6 kopeks the day of the offering.

This article originally appeared on: RT

1,400 reporters to cover June elections

0

An Iranian casts a ballot during a general election. (File photo)

Some 1,400 journalists and reporters from around the world are set to cover Iranâ„¢s upcoming presidential as well as urban and rural councils elections.

Mohammad Shafiq, an official at the Iranian Interior Ministry, told reporters on Wednesday that over one thousand reporters will be stationed in the capital Tehran, and the rest will be dispatched to other provinces.

Tehran Province has the lionâ„¢s share of polling stations, with over 17,000 locations for the June 14 vote.

Iranians are scheduled to cast their ballots in the 4th Islamic councils elections concurrent with the 11th presidential election on June 14.

Islamic city and village councils are tasked with electing mayors and supervising municipalities in Iran.

Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are the eight candidates running for president.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and 285 polling stations that will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Most French unhappy with Hollande’'

0

A news survey shows that most French people disapprove of socialist President Francois Hollande’s leadership and believe that the European Union (EU) is led in the wrong direction.

The survey, carried out by Gallup in six EU countries and released on Wednesday, indicated 51% of the French disapprove of Hollande’s leadership role in Europe.

Hollande’s popularity, which had already been affected by the poor performance of France economy, is shrinking to record lows.

In February, only 30 percent of the 1,000 people surveyed by the polling company TNS Sofres said they were content with the president amid a deep recession, industrial layoffs and high joblessness in Europeâ„¢s second-largest economy.

Earlier in March, another poll carried out by pollster OpinionWay for the newspaper Metro and broadcaster LCI found that 67 percent of the French were dissatisfied with the Socialist presidentâ„¢s performance.

Meanwhile, the Gallup survey showed that 62 percent of French people think that the EU is moving in the wrong direction. The figure climbs to more than 85 percent among those who disapprove of Hollande’s leadership.

The study, which also covered the Netherlands, Denmark, Poland, Germany, Britain and France, accounting for almost half of the EU’s 500 million population, also found out that across all the six nations most people felt things were going in the wrong direction.

The poll further pointed to the diverging opinions in France and Germany, regarded as the traditional twin motors of Europe, damaging unity over where the continent is headed after several years of economic woes and social tensions.

Å“The French-German axis that provided the largest basis for common European policy in the past is now weakening, reflecting the diverging mood in the two countries,” Gallup’s Anna Manchin wrote in an accompanying analysis,

Å“The French are losing confidence in globalization and growing insecure in their position within Europe. Our findings reflect this turn in France away from the EU toward more pressing national problems,” she added.

On May 15, France hit recession as its gross domestic product (GDP) fell 0.2 percent in the first quarter of 2013.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Britain’s NHS needs major changes

0

Britainâ„¢s NHS needs major changes to avoid failures, health and social care charities say.

Britainâ„¢s National Health Service (NHS) needs major changes to avoid failures and a vicious spiral of poorly planned responses to financial pressures, health and social care charities have warned.

The NHS Confederation, National Voices, and the Academy of Medical Royal Colleges said hospitals need to be Å“organized differently”, adding that resistance to change could put the countryâ„¢s healthcare system at risk.

“Tweaking bits of the system in isolation from each other or changing only in response to external pressures will not deliver the long-term change we need for the NHS’s survival,” said NHS Confederation chief executive Mike Farrar.

Jeremy Taylor of National Voices also said British people were “rightly suspicious” of downgrades and closures as “that seem to be more to do with money than quality of care”.

Earlier last month, thousands of protesters poured into the streets of London to voice outrage about the governmentâ„¢s proposed changes to the NHS.

The rally was called after a set of closures and downgrades of A&E departments and other services at London hospitals that led to the massive 25,000-srong march to defend Lewisham hospital.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Japan's PM Abe fires ‘third arrow’ into rising wages and special economic zones

0

Japan’s Prime Minister Shinzo Abe has unveiled the third and last package of measures in his long-term plan to revive the world’s third-biggest economy.

Raising incomes by 3 percent every year and setting up special
economic zone for foreign investment are among the key points in
his plan.

Shinzo Abe gave a speech on Wednesday to present the third plank
in his “Abenomics” program, aimed at boosting economic growth in
Japan. The new package of measures — the so called “third arrow”
is the last batch of initiatives in the new economic development
strategy.

The draft measures are due to be approved by the cabinet on June
14 along with macro-economic policy guidelines including fiscal
reform targets to address Japan’s massive public debt, Reuters
reports.

Abe’s introduction of extremely aggressive monetary easing and
boosting public spending has yet to prove itself. The Nikkei
index has jumped in recent weeks as the BoJ is flooding the
economy with money, force-feeding the stagnant Japanese economy.
The PM again spoke of his desire to encourage more women to work.

“Now is the time for Japan to be an engine for world economic
recovery
,” Abe said. “Japanese business, what is being
asked is that you speed up. Do not fear risk, be determined and
use your capacity for action,”
Abe said.

Now Abe intends to deepen his plan. In order to attract foreign
business and raise private investment in Japanese infrastructure,
he plans to set up “strategic economic zones” where private
companies will be welcome to operate public facilities such as
airports.

In his speech Abe also promised incomes in Japan will be raised
by 3 percent annually to support the consumers’ purchasing
ability in case the government reaches its target inflation rate
of 2 percent in two years time.

Abe also pledged to raise Japan’s per capita gross national
income by more than 1.5 million yen ($15,000) in 10 years from
around 3.84 million yen in 2012.

“I think the most important target to achieve is per capita
gross national income,”
Abe said in a speech. “That’s
because the aim of our growth strategy is nothing other than to
create jobs for enthusiastic people and raise take-home pay for
those who are working hard,”
he said. “In short, to let
households benefit. That’s the point.”

However, investors reacted with confusion to Abe’s speech, as it
lacked details on how exactly is his government plans to achieve
the goals announced after more than two decades of economic
stagnation.

“The comments from Abe lacked some of the detail the market
had been looking for and left it disappointed,”
Reuters
quotes the head of European FX strategy at Morgan Stanley Ian
Stannard as saying.

Tokyo share prices dropped 3.8 percent Wednesday on the
disappointment with Abe’s speech. The Nikkei fell extending its
losses that started on May 23, as investors became cautious after
a rally of more than 50 percent in the previous weeks.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama Admin. Won’t Give Out Officials’ Secret E-mail Addresses

0

The president who promised “an unprecedented level of openness” is in charge of an executive branch that communicates via secret e-mail accounts, making it difficult, if not impossible, for federal agencies to provide complete responses to document requests. What’s more, reports the Associated Press, the Obama administration appears to be stonewalling requests for the addresses of the secret accounts and records related to their creation.

Until now, few of these nonpublic accounts were known to exist. The best-known was an account used by former Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) administrator Lisa Jackson. Using the alias Richard Windsor, Jackson “coordinate[d] propaganda and policy with media allies, ‘green’ groups, and policymakers to advance the Obama administration’s radical ‘environmental’ agenda,” The New American reported in February. On Monday the Washington Free Beacon revealed that “Richard Windsor” had been “awarded numerous certificates for ethics and records management” by the EPA, including being named a “scholar of ethical behavior.”

“The scope of using the secret accounts across government remains a mystery,” the AP writes. “Most U.S. agencies have failed to turn over lists of political appointees’ email addresses, which the AP sought under the Freedom of Information Act [FOIA] more than three months ago.”

One of the few agencies to respond to the AP’s request was the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). The department provided the e-mail addresses of approximately 240 appointees, but none for HHS Secretary Kathleen Sebelius – not even the one published on the department’s own website. The AP pushed back and was finally given three addresses for Sebelius, including a secret one. HHS asked the AP not to publish the secret address, but the AP – perhaps still steamed over revelations that the Obama administration had covertly obtained the news service’s telephone records – printed it anyway, pointing out that Sebelius wields vast power, including that over the implementation of ObamaCare. In addition, the AP found that “at least two other senior HHS officials … also have secret government email addresses.”

The Interior Department supplied a list of e-mail addresses for about 100 appointees but none for former Interior Secretary Ken Salazar, telling the AP it would have to submit a separate FOIA request to obtain what the department claims was the one and only address Salazar used.

The Labor Department gave the AP the addresses for its Senate-confirmed appointees, but only after trying – and failing – to get over $1.3 million from the news service to perform the task. The AP fought back, pointing out that the department’s own FOIA rules prohibit “charging news organizations any costs except for photocopies after the first 100 pages.” Among the addresses provided by the department were three for current Acting Labor Secretary Seth Harris, including one secret address, which the AP published with no objections from the administration.

Ten other agencies have yet to respond to the AP’s request, among them the EPA.

The AP also tried to find out how the secret e-mail accounts were created. “But the FOIA director at HHS, Robert Eckert, said the agency couldn’t provide such emails without undergoing ‘an extensive and elongated department-wide search,’” the AP writes. “He also said there were ‘no mechanisms in place to determine if such requests for the creation of secondary email accounts were submitted by the approximately 242 political appointees within HHS.’”

To the extent that they even admit to using nonpublic e-mail accounts, administration officials claim they do so strictly “to keep separate their internal messages with agency employees from emails they exchange with the public,” says the AP. The news service, however, observes that whether or not that is the real reason for the use of the secret addresses, the tactic is not justified:

The secret email accounts complicate an agency’s legal responsibilities to find and turn over emails in response to congressional or internal investigations, civil lawsuits or public records requests because employees assigned to compile such responses would necessarily need to know about the accounts to search them. Secret accounts also drive perceptions that government officials are trying to hide actions or decisions.

“What happens when that person doesn’t work there anymore? He leaves and someone makes a request (to review emails) in two years,” said Kel McClanahan, executive director of National Security Counselors, an open government group. “Who’s going to know to search the other accounts? You would hope that agencies doing this would keep a list of aliases in a desk drawer, but you know that isn’t happening.”

Frankly, one would hope they’re keeping them someplace a little more secure and easily searchable than a desk drawer, but McClanahan’s point is well taken. Even if the intent of the secret addresses isn’t to conceal communications from the public, they can still have that effect.

Another possible reason for secret accounts is to maintain deniability in the face of embarrassing revelations, suggests Human Events’ John Hayward:

Remember, the only reason Attorney General Eric Holder wasn’t convicted of perjury in the Fast and Furious outrage is that he claimed he never reads his email, and has no idea what his subordinates are doing. A network of secret, untraceable email addresses is just the thing for preserving that kind of deniability. And of course, this secret correspondence is flying around an Administration that has proven very eager to snoop on the emails of people like reporter James Rosen of Fox News.

Another scandal defense commonly offered by top Obama Administration officials is that nobody talks to anyone else – there’s no coordination between various agencies, even when they’re supposed to be working under an operation like the Department of Homeland Security, which was specifically created to foster efficient inter-agency communication. Well, maybe one reason for that poor communication is that nobody’s reading their official, public email. They think everything important will be coming into those special concealed inboxes, but they have so many alternate addresses that they can’t keep them all straight.

The administration claims that both public and nonpublic accounts are searched whenever records are requested, but the AP says it “couldn’t independently verify the practice,” finding “only one instance of a published email with a secret address” among “hundreds of pages of government emails previously released under” FOIA. Hayward isn’t buying it either, noting that “the Administration says all this secret email correspondence is routinely searched in response to FOIA requests … but their IT nerds can’t even cough up a list of alternate email addresses after three months of effort?”

Judicial Watch, a nonprofit government watchdog group, isn’t terribly surprised by the news of the secret e-mail accounts, writing on its blog that it “encounters these sorts of obstacles regularly in its never-ending work exposing government corruption, which goes hand in hand with secrecy and often forces litigation.” The nonpublic addresses, the organization argues, “should be public record, but clearly the administration is hiding something.”

In fact, between scandals involving Benghazi, Fast and Furious, and the Internal Revenue Service and politically charged day-to-day decisions such as the implementation of ObamaCare, the administration may wish to conceal more than it reveals. Under such circumstances, secret e-mail accounts are a boon to the executive branch. Under any circumstances, they are the bane of a representative Republic.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Texas Legislature Sends Drone Regulating Bill to Gov. Perry

0

Late last week the Texas legislature sent a bill to Governor Rick Perry that aims to prevent the use of drones to conduct warrantless surveillance of citizens of the Lone Star State.

The bill, the Texas Privacy Act (HB 912) charges with a Class C misdemeanor any private or public entity that “uses an unmanned aircraft to capture an image of an individual or privately owned real property in this state with the intent to conduct surveillance on the individual or property captured in the image.”

In a phone conversation with The New American, a representative of Governor Rick Perry’s office reported that the governor had not yet decided whether to sign the bill into law.

The members of the state legislature, however, passed the bill by large margins. On May 10, the state House of Representatives approved the measure 119-11. The state Senate followed suit a week later, passing the bill by a vote of 29-1.

While the bill is a laudable attempt to shore up the “right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures” as protected by the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution, there are numerous exceptions to the drone prohibitions.

Law enforcement, for example, may deploy drones in the “immediate pursuit of a person” officers have “reasonable suspicion or probable cause to suspect has committed an offense.”

Other exceptions protect images captured by drone “by or for an electric or natural gas utility;” “for purposes of professional or scholarly research;” and as permitted by the lawful owner of the property under surveillance.

While those exceptions are arguably reasonable, there are others that seem to leave a very large loophole in the law that military and spy drones can fly through to the detriment of Texans’ privacy.

Section 423.002. exempts from the law all drone flights and surveillance conducted by the Federal Aviation Administration “for the purpose of integrating unmanned aircraft systems into the national airspace;” as well, any drone deployment that is “part of an operation, exercise, or mission of any branch of the United States military.”

Given the federal government’s rapid acceleration of the growth of the surveillance state and the transformation of citizens into suspects, it seems that, while commendable, the Texas bill fails to sufficiently nullify the frequent unconstitutional federal assaults on the fundamental liberties protected by the Constitution.

Texas is not alone in its fight against the drone-based encroachment on liberty.

As The New American has reported, a similar bill was signed into law in Idaho in April by Governor C.L. “Butch” Otter. The Idaho law reinforces “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures” by amending the Idaho code. Specifically, the law imposes new restrictions on the use of drones by government or law enforcement, particularly when it comes to the gathering of evidence and surveillance of private property.

Should police in Idaho try to submit in court evidence illegally obtained by drone, they would find themselves running headlong into Section 5, which directs that “no information obtained or collected in violation of the provisions of this act may be admissible as evidence in a criminal proceeding in any court of law in the state or in an administrative hearing.”

Also in April, Governor Rick Scott of Florida signed into law the Freedom From Unwarranted Surveillance Act. The law in the Sunshine State forbids federal agents “from using a drone to gather evidence or other information” on citizens of Florida. Should a state citizen be the target of an unlawful search and seizure in violation of this bill, he or she would be authorized “to initiate a civil action in order to prevent or remedy” that violation.

As The New American reported earlier, the language of the law is not perfect. Section 4(a) of the bill carves out a dangerous exception to its otherwise commendable constitutional protections.

Section 4(a) authorizes the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security to launch a drone over Florida (and seemingly violate the Fourth Amendment’s protection of “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures”) “to counter a high risk of a terrorist attack by a specific individual or organization.”

As is the case with the Texas anti-drone bill, Section 4(a) of the Florida bill leaves an enormous loophole in the law, one just large enough for a Hellfire missile.

Such an occurrence is not unthinkable in this era when the United States has been declared a battleground and Congress has given the president the power to indefinitely detain any American he believes to be aiding enemies of the state. Ostensibly, drones would be the perfect tool to accomplish such a round-up of potential prisoners. (See, for example, the comments made by Senator Lindsey Graham [R-S.C.] regarding the search for the suspected Boston marathon bomber.)

Virginia, Tennessee, and Montana have also enacted laws prohibiting the use of drones to conduct warrantless surveillance and forbidding the use in court of any images captured by the unmanned aerial vehicles.

Although the Texas bill suffers from a few unfortunate flaws, it is an otherwise commendable measure – one that Governor Perry should sign.

Meanwhile, there is another bill sitting on Governor Perry’s desk, that were he to sign, would increase his state’s protection of the Fourth Amendment and reaffirm the right of states to refuse to carry out federal acts unconstitutionally imposing on the rights of Americans.

According to Law360, HB 2268 “would establish the strongest email privacy protections in the U.S. by becoming the first measure to override a provision in the federal Electronic Communications Privacy Act that allows law enforcement to access emails that are open or more than 180 days old using only a subpoena.”

Similar federal legislation, S.607 – the Electronic Communications Privacy Act Amendments Act of 2013 – is currently on the Senate’s calendar for debate.

As with the drone regulating measure, Governor Perry’s office would only say that the governor was still considering the electronic privacy bill.

If freedom is to be protected and if the fundamental liberties protected by the Constitution are to be preserved, Texas and all her sister states must quickly recognize that they have “have the right, and are in duty bound, to interpose for arresting the progress of the evil” resulting from the federal government’s habitual disregard for the constitutional limits on its power.

Should these states fail to fearlessly oppose federal overreach, the day may be rapidly approaching when the Constitution and individual liberty will be nothing more than remarkable relics of a once-free republic.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Myanmar police kill 3 Muslim women

0

Rohingyas are seen at a camp for displaced people in Myanmar’s western Rakhine state (file photo)

At least three Rohingya Muslim women have been killed and several others severely injured in confrontation with police in Myanmar’s western Rakhine state, security sources say.

Myanmar’s security officials say the victims were shot dead in the volatile Parein village, when police forces were trying to relocate them.

Activists and witnesses say the women- one of whom was pregnant – had joined a crowd that resisted moving out of their residence.

Residents have noted that the victims had been living there since their original homes were destroyed in a wave of sectarian clashes last year.

Some local media outlets said at least four women were shot dead and five other villagers wounded in the Tuesday’s confrontation.

Last year Rakhine saw a wave of violence against the Muslim community that left more than 200 people dead.

International bodies and human rights organizations accuse the government of turning a blind eye to the violence.

Rohingya Muslims in Myanmar account for about five percent of the countryâ„¢s population of nearly 60 million. They have been persecuted and faced torture, neglect, and repression since the country’s independence in 1948.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been repeatedly criticized for failing to protect the Rohingya Muslims.

JR/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

President Putin accepts Moscow mayor's resignation giving green light to early election

0

The Russian President has accepted the voluntary resignation of Moscow Mayor Sergey Sobyanin. He was appointed on the post less than 3 years ago but has stepped down as he wanted to be elected by the public after a change in the law.

Vladimir Putin has told Sobyanin to carry on as acting mayor
until the election.

The resignation of Sergey Sobyanin is a very important step in
Moscow political life. He was a relative unknown to Moscow voters
when he was appointed to the post in 2010. He
now says he wants to get a mandate from the city population, and
not just the political hierarchy.

In order for the election to happen on the nearest single
election date — on September 8 — Moscow city legislature must
gather for an out-of-term session and vote on the issue before
June 9. The city MPs have said they want to get it over with
quickly, but the date of the vote has not yet been announced.

In 2012 President Dmitry Medvedev re-introduced gubernatorial
elections for Russian regions (that includes the two largest
cities Moscow and St Petersburg).

Some observers say the mayor’s readiness for elections could be a
technical move. With very little time to prepare an election
campaign and very little political activity in the Summer
Sobyanin’s competitors stand little chance against the incumbent.
Some economists have warned that the economic situation in Russia
could get worse by the Autumn and if the current city authorities
wanted to capitalize on their present success they should do it
fast.

Several politicians and public figures have declared their
intention to run for the post. Billionaire Mikhail Prokhorov,
anti-corruption activist Aleksey Navalny and heavy metal rocker
Sergey “Spider” Troitskiy were joined by the leader of
unregistered movement Leftist Front, Sergey Udaltsov, currently
under house arrest and under probe over organizing riots in
Moscow last May.

Curiously, Sobyanin’s predecessor on the mayoral post, former
political heavyweight Yuri Luzhkov, also did not exclude his
participation in the race, but his statement was ambiguous and
could be just teasing of the reporters.

At least one public group has announced that they were not
planning to put up a candidate for the poll. These were the
representatives of the LGBT community, known for their long
stand-off with Moscow authorities over the organization of a gay
pride event.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘France not to decide alone on Syria’

0

French government spokeswoman says her country will not take a unilateral decision with regard to military intervention in Syria.

Å“France will take no unilateral and isolated decision… It is now up to the international community,” Najat Vallaud-Belkacem said on Wednesday when asked about a possible military intervention in Syria.

French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius said on Tuesday that the nerve agent sarin is confirmed to have used multiple times during the crisis in Syria.

France and the UK say the Syrian government has used chemical weapons against militants, a claim Damascus has rejected as Å“lies.”

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and that the militants are supported by the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

Several international human rights organizations have said that the militants are committing war crimes.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Dozens arrested in Turkey for using Twitter to call for protest

0

Turkish police have detained at least 25 bloggers for using Twitter to call for people to join nationwide protests, and are looking for 10 others, as anti-government demonstrations in Turkey continue for a sixth day.

Social media activists have been accused of using Twitter to
“instigate public hatred and animosity,” according to
Turkish media. Police raided 38 addresses to locate the suspects.

The activists were arrested early Wednesday in the western city
of Izmir. Police said that their tweets contained “misleading
and libelous information,”
state-run news agency Anatolia
reported. However, Ali Engin, an official from the main
opposition Republican People’s Party (CHP), said that they were
detained for urging people to protest.

Police tracked down the activists through their IP addresses, and
were reportedly able to locate most of them. CHP said that they
have sent lawyers to assist the arrested individuals.

The lawyers revealed that police files on the individuals
included tweets about where to meet, about police actions, and
about the names of volunteer doctors and lawyers.

Earlier on Tuesday, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc
apologized for the treatment of protesters during riots that grew
out of a demonstration last Friday against the planned demolition
of Taksim Gezi Park to build a mall. The police use of teargas
and pepper spray to disperse protesters has been heavily
criticized.

Arinc said that the police’s actions were wrong, and that
security forces have been ordered not to use teargas except in
cases of self-defense. “The excessive violence that was used
in the first instance against those who were behaving with
respect for the environment is wrong and unfair. I apologize to
those citizens,”
Arinc said at a news conference on Tuesday.

After unrest began last Friday, tens of thousands of
anti-government protesters held demonstrations in Istanbul,
Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns
across Turkey. At least two people were killed and thousands were
injured in the nationwide protests.

The demonstrations continued on Wednesday, with protesters
surrounding the offices of Turkish Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan.

Twitter and other social networks have played a big role in
helping demonstrators organize and share developments; the
Turkish media has been roundly criticized for failing to cover
the protests as they unfolded.

Prime Minister Erdogan has condemned social media’s role in the riots, singling
out what he called the “scourge” of Twitter.

“There is now a menace which is called Twitter,” Erdogan
said on Sunday, dismissing the protests as being organized by
extreme elements. “The best examples of lies can be found
there. To me, social media is the worst menace to society.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘US whistleblower Manning trial unfair’

0

The trial of US Army whistleblower Private Bradley Manning has failed to follow protocols of an honest courtroom examination, a former US intelligence linguist says.

Å“It probably will not come out positive for Manning. He is in a military tribunal. He actually waved the council and he is going to basically be judged by the judge alone…he is basically saying that he violated the Espionage Act,” Scott Rickard told Press TV in an interview.

The analyst warned that the presiding judge also lacks a conscience, and that the only way Manning can get a fair trial is Å“by going to the public and basically going to the Department of Justice, and also suing the US government.”

Å“Well, it’s my perspective that we have a much better way to communicate with one another now and it is much more difficult for the government to be disingenuous with the people. So their ability to cover up war crimes and other criminal activity is being challenged by the advent of social networking and alternative media stations like Press TV,” said Rickard.

The trial of the 25-year-old began at Fort Meade military base in the State of Maryland on June 3 over charges of espionage and dozens other offenses.

Manning admitted to passing sensitive information regarding military field reports and US diplomatic cables to the whistleblower website WikiLeaks in an effort to start a debate on the role of the US military and foreign policy including its Å“bloodlust” and disregard for human life in Iraq and Afghanistan.

The overall charges may land Manning with a court-martial and a life-imprisonment sentence.

Protests have been held in the United States and other countries including Canada, France, Germany and South Korea against the negative portrayal of Manningâ„¢s case by American media and politicians.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police Violence Subsides, But Assault on Dissent Continues in Turkey

0

An apology from Turkey’s deputy prime minister saying the violent police crackdown against protesters was “wrong and unjust” may be too little, too late as anti-government protesters brushed off the remarks and continued their demand for reforms on Wednesday.

“They turned this innocent demo into violence… We will never surrender to the police. We want government to step down,” one protester in Istanbul told EuroNews.

“They have no mercy. The police are attacking as if they want to kill us. We don’t trust the police. We only trust ourselves.” said another supporter of Turkey’s new social movement.

And with scenes like this–a collection of video from the last week of protests–it may be a while before those protesting the government and police aggression take seriously the apologies from the ruling class:

Despite a relative calm in Istanbul, the government crackdown continued aggressively in Ankara and other cities overnight as dozens of youth activists were detained for posting information about the protests on social media outlets and accused of “spreading untrue information,” according to the state news agency Anadolu.

Twitter continued to cover the events nationwide:

And new polling released in Turkey revealed a further sense of what’s fueling the protests. The Hürriyet Daily News reports:

A majority of the protesters demanded respect of liberties and an end to police violence while rejecting a military coup against the government.

The rate of those who demanded “an end to police violence” was 96.7 percent, while 96.1 percent demanded “respect of liberties from now on.” Only 37 percent demanded a new political party be established. A total of 79.5 percent of respondents said they did not want a military coup to intervene in Parliament, while 6.6 percent of respondents demanded a military coup. […]

Out of 3,000 respondents, 75.8 percent said they had joined the recent protests in Turkey by going out to the streets.

Many people made noise from their balconies by hitting pots or turning off and on their lights in the evenings to support the protests across the country, which started in Istanbul’s iconic Taksim Square to stop a shopping mall project that was to replace Gezi Park there.

Meanwhile, the Hürriyet Daily News also reported the mood at Taksim Square in Istanbul–where the protests first took root–was cautiously jovial as a the movement known as Occupy Gezi formalized some of its organizing and celebrated the manner in which their efforts have paid off:

The heart of the protests in Istanbul’s Gezi Park continued in a more festive mood, a stark contrast to last week’s brutal police raids on the area. The protesters who took back the park on June 1 were more organized, as medical and legal assistance teams were set up in the square and park. Unlike in previous days’ protests, many young students were seen in the park with their fathers and mothers, or even grandparents. Pop artist Åžebnem Ferah also gave a concert during the night.

That doesn’t tell the whole story of the movement, however, as clashes continued in other parts of the country:

Tension was still palpable a few hundred meters further away in the BeÅŸiktaÅŸ district, where violent clashes had also broken out over the weekend. Small scuffles took place between protesters and police near the road leading to Taksim.

Ankara, another hot spot of the protests where police had led a brutal crackdown against protesters over the weekend, also saw less incidents. Police forces, who had been instructed not to use tear gas unless they were attacked, held back from intervening, while protesters offered them cloves and took pictures in front of police tanks. However, some clashes were reported near the central Kızılay district around midnight.

And there was more sad news for protesters as the death of a third protester was announced on Wednesday. Ethem Sarısülük, an activist who received massive head trauma after being hit in the head by a tear gas canister in the capital city of Ankara, succumbed to his injuries.

Offering background on the protest movement, the Associated Press explains:

Thousands have joined anti-government rallies across Turkey since Friday, when police launched a predawn raid against a peaceful sit-in protesting plans to uproot trees in Istanbul’s main Taksim Square. Since then, the demonstrations by mostly secular-minded Turks have spiraled into Turkey’s biggest anti-government disturbances in years and have spread to many of the biggest cities.

Protests were directed at what critics say is Erdogan’s aggressive and authoritarian style of governance. Many accuse him of forcing his conservative, religious outlook on lives in this mainly Muslim but secular nation. Erdogan rejects the accusations, says he respects all lifestyles and insists he is the “servant” not the “master” of the people.

_____________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Turkey unions join anti-govt. protests

0

A Turkish man flashes a victory sign as people demonstrate against the government in Ankara on June 4, 2013.

Trade unions in Turkey have joined demonstrators who are calling on Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan to step down.

On Wednesday, labor unions started a protest rally from Istanbulâ„¢s Sisli neighborhood towards the cityâ„¢s iconic Taksim Square.

Since Friday, tens of thousands of anti-government demonstrations have been held in Istanbul, Ankara, Izmir, Mugla, Antalya, and many other cities and towns.

The unrest in Turkey began after police broke up a sit-in which was held in Taksim Square on May 31 in protest against the planned demolition of Gezi Park.

The protesters said Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last public green space.

Two major trade union confederations went on a two-day strike from Tuesday.

The strike, which involves 600,000 union members, is a major public support for the protesters who are standing their ground despite police harsh crackdown.

At least four people have been killed and more than a thousand injured since the beginning of anti-government protests in Turkey. Authorities say over 2,000 people have been also detained.

MAM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Who’s the spy? China claims ‘mountains of data’ on US cyberattacks

0

China amassed huge amounts of data on hacking attacks against the country originating from the United States, Beijing’s top Internet security official said. The US has previously accused China of failing to stop — or supporting — cyberattacks on America.

“We have mountains of data, if we wanted to accuse the US, but
it’s not helpful in solving the problem,”
said Huang
Chengqing, director of CNCERT, China’s cybersecurity body.

The official spoke to the newspaper China Daily days before US
President Barack Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping are set
to meet in California. Accusations that China conducts hacking
attacks to steal American military and commercial secrets has
topped headlines lately, and is expected to be among the issues
that the two leaders will discuss at their first formal meeting.

Huang said Chinese cybersecurity specialists see a lack of
cooperation on the part of their US counterparts, and complained
that Washington uses the media to raise cybersecurity issues
rather than settling them bilaterally: “Some cases can be
addressed if they had talked to us, why not let us know? It is
not a constructive train of thought to solve problems.”

CNCERT maintains it has fully cooperated with Washington,
addressing 32 cases raised by the US over the first four months
of 2013, Huang said.

The latest in a string of cyber-espionage accusations against
China was made Saturday by US Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel.
“The United States has expressed our concerns about the
growing threat of cyber intrusions, some of which appear to be
tied to the Chinese government and military,”
Hagel told the
annual Shangri-La Dialogue conference in Singapore.

Hagel’s remarks came shortly after China’s defense ministry
dismissed a Pentagon report that claimed Chinese hackers had
stolen classified information on a dozen advanced US weapons,
including aircraft, ships and missile defense systems. The report
was made public late last month by the Washington Post.

Huang cited the report, which was the most explicit statement yet
from Washington that it believes China is using cyber-espionage
against targets in the US. While not denying it, he suggested
that the information should not have been accessible from the
Internet at all if the US wished to maintain secrecy.

“Even following the general principle of secret-keeping, it
should not have been linked to the Internet,”
Huang said.

Beijing routinely denies allegations it conducts or supports
hacking attacks, insisting that computers in China also suffer
from such attacks originating in the US.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘US support for human rights merely a show’ — relatives of Yemeni Gitmo detainee

0



Published time: June 05, 2013 12:39

Download video (15.62 MB)
Embed

Code

As the Guantanamo hunger strike enters its 120th day, the US House of Representatives has voted to keep the notorious detention center open in Cuba, blocking the use of taxpayer money to house any detainees transferred out of the prison.

Follow RT’s day-by-day timeline of the Gitmo
hunger strike.

Although President Barack Obama said last month that he was
determined to close the facility, where over 100 inmates have
been on hunger strike since early February, the recent vote
upheld a law blocking the use of taxpayer funds to build or
renovate facilities in the US to house suspected terrorists and
other prisoners from Guantanamo Bay.

Obama first promised to shut down Guantanamo in 2008. Since then,
relatives of detainees have held out hope they would be reunited
with their husbands, brothers and sons. One family of a Yemeni
inmate told RT’s sister channel Russia Al Youm it is unlikely
they would ever see their loved ones ever again.

Obama’s recent promise to lift restrictions on Yemeni Gitmo
detainees was greeted with sneers in the country. “America’s
support for human rights is merely a show! It only cares about
its own people, while it destroys the rights of all others. We’ve
been suffering for 13 years now,”
the mother of Abdurrakhman
ash-Shbaty, a Yemeni terror suspect kept at the controversial
detention center since 2002, told Abdelaziz Al Khayajim.

And after ash-Shbaty was arrested, his entire family was accused
of terror links. “We’re tired of these nonstop lies. Obama
remembers about Guantanamo only during election campaigns and on
holidays. He promised to shut it down several times and to
forward their cases to their home countries. These are all lies,”
ash-Shbaty’s brother said.

In May, President Obama announced he was lifting his self-imposed
ban on transferring Guantanamo detainees to Yemen, despite
reports that detainees returned to Yemen have joined terrorist
fighters in the Arab nation. These security concerns prompted
Obama to suspend transfers to Yemen in 2010 after a Nigerian man
attempted to blow up a US-bound flight on Christmas Day 2009 with
explosives hidden in his underwear on instructions from Al-Qaeda
operatives in Yemen.

According to Yemen experts in the US, security in the country has
improved since last year’s ouster of authoritarian leader Ali
Abdullah Saleh. In an effort to combat terror, his successor Abed
Rabbo Mansour Hadi has restored cooperation with the US. Yemen is
also demanding $20 million from Washington to build a rehab
center for former Guantanamo detainees extradited to the country.
The facility’s program would ostensibly discourage them from
returning to militant activities.

The US Guantanamo Naval Base in Cuba. (AFP Photo / Roberto Schmidt)

Last month, Amnesty International listed the indefinite detention
of 166 prisoners at Guantanamo as America’s primary human rights
concern in the US chapter of its annual report for 2012. The
human rights group has also kept count of the death toll at
Guantanamo: “Adnan Farhan Abdul Latif, a Yemeni national who
repeatedly expressed distress at his indefinite detention without
charge or trial, died during the year, bringing to nine the
number of detainees known to have died at Guantanamo since
January 2002,”
the report said.

Latif, one of the first Gitmo prisoners, was taken into US
custody in 2001. His release was ordered by the US District Court
in Washington in July 2010, but the decision was overruled a year
later on the grounds that Latif was an Al-Qaeda combatant.

Less than a week ago, the protesting Guantanamo detainees issued
a plea urging the US Military to appoint a new team of physicians
to oversee their care during the hunger strike, which currently
involves 8 of every 10 prisoners.

A letter dated May 30 and signed by nine Gitmo detainees and the
attorneys for several others was “respectfully requesting that
independent medical professionals be allowed into Guantanamo” to
treat the detainees, and that they be given full access to their
medical records in order to determine the best treatment.

Nearly 40 of the hunger strikers are reportedly being force-fed,
which they claim is a form of torture. “They are close enough to
death that the military sees the need to force-feed them, but
none of them enjoy being force-fed, I can tell you that. And
they’ve described being force-fed as having a knife run down
their throat,” human rights lawyer David Remes said.

While Gitmo prisoners say they cannot describe how painful
force-feeding is, the detention facility’s staff maintain that
the “detainees in the hospital do not currently have any
life-threatening conditions.”

“We have a detainee population of 166, and we currently have
103 detainees tracked as hunger strikers, with 37 receiving
enteral feeds. Two detainees receiving enteral feeds are being
observed in the detainee hospital,”
according to the latest
report from Guantanamo Bay officials.

This article originally appeared on: RT

'Drone strikes in Pakistan completely negate the right to life'

0

When President Obama tells people that drones are more humane weapons, he tries to be a good salesman for the weapon, but forgets that it’s a weapon which kills, Shahzad Akbar, a human rights lawyer representing drone victims, told RT.

Shahzad Akbar, Director of the Foundation for Fundamental Rights,
and a member of the British human rights organization Reprieve,
is a human rights lawyer representing drone victims in a criminal
case against US officials.

The interview comes as Pakistan voted on Wednesday in favor of
Nawaz Sharif, who begins an unprecedented third term as Prime
Minister of this country of 180 million people.

Nawaz Sharif (AFP Photo / Arif Ali)

In an address to parliament after he was elected, Sharif
specifically called for an end to the drone attacks used by the
United States to target terrorists in the tribal areas bordering
Afghanistan to the north.

“This daily routine of drone attacks, this chapter shall now
be closed,
” Sharif said to enthusiastic applause. “We do
respect others’ sovereignty. It is mandatory on others that they
respect our sovereignty
.”

RT: Thank you so much for taking the time to speak with
us. How would you describe the fundamental issue with the US
drone program as you see it?

Shahzad Akbar: the fundamental problem with drone strikes
in Pakistan is that it’s completely negating the right to life of
citizens of Pakistan and that’s the basis of our whole campaign
against drones. The other issue is violation of security, or not
having a proper legal mechanism behind the drone strikes in
Pakistan; for me it’s all subsidiary issues, the main issue here
is that it’s negating the right to life to people of Pakistan,
it’s negating due process, it’s negating everything, which
civilized society offers, a democratic society offers to its
citizens. So it’s against the law and this is taking lives, and
it’s not just taking militant or terrorists’ lives, it’s taking
civilians, young children, women, elderly and other civilians’
lives as well.

RT: Drones have been touted as a more humane form of
warfare and some supporters have said that its more preferable to
have a few targeted strikes as opposed to troops on the ground
fighting a traditional war.

SA: I think when President Obama tells people that drones
are more humane weapons, I think he’s just trying to be a good
salesman for a weapon, at the end of the day, it’s a weapon which
kills. So if you kill people in a humane way or inhumane way, the
basic fundamental thing that you are doing here is killing. And
if that killing is illegal without the due process, then that’s
what’s wrong with it. It’s not about the weapon, it’s not about
the machinery, it’s about the very thing what you do and that is
killing. So if you are killing people without due process,
without any law behind you, then you are committing a crime.

RT: President Obama has stated that drones “have not
caused a huge number of civilian casualties”, he said that for
the most part these have been “precise…”, and the program targets
“are active terrorists”. How do you respond to his
assessment?

SA: President Obama often says that it only kills militant
and doesn’t kill civilians, but yet he fails to give their names
and identities of those who’ve been killed in these strikes in
Pakistan. Now according to independent sources more than 3
thousand people have been killed in Waziristan in Pakistan, but
not a single name has been given by President Obama or the CIA,
which is carrying out all these strikes. What we hear from news
reports is just a few names of militant leaders who’ve been
killed and rest is all a guess. 

So if President Obama is still sure that he is killing militants
and he has not killed any civilians, then he has to give names
and details of all those militants who he has killed, because for
as a Pakistani I would be happy in a sense, that if you have
killed all those people who are creating all this terror in my
cities. If you’ve killed all these people, ok I let you go
probably for your violation of law, but at least I will be happy
that you are making me safe. But the question here is who are you
killing? You have no idea yourself, and this is what the recent
reports published in American media tell us, that US has no idea,
CIA has no idea who they are actually killing in these drone
strikes.

Pakistani demonstrators shout anti-US slogans during a protest in Multan on January 8, 2013. (AFP Photo / S.S. Mirza)

RT: How can anyone know who is actually getting killed
in these drone strikes? 

SA: Isn’t it the CIA who should be knowing who they are
killing because CIA, when they say it’s very precise and it’s
very accurate, so what it this precision and accuracy if you
don’t know who you are killing? 

RT: Most of the drone strikes take place in remote
areas, known as tribal areas, which are effectively blocked by
Pakistani authorities from the rest of the world. Can you
describe a little bit the conditions in these areas?

SA: Well, most of the drone strikes in Pakistan, which the
number is more than 370 drone strikes so far, and they have been
taking place in the tribal areas of Pakistan and specifically in
two regions, one is South Waziristan and the second is North
Waziristan. And these areas, one is an operational military area,
and the other area has a huge contingent of Pakistani military in
that area, which has been blocked from the rest of the country.
The whole border between Pakistan from North Waziristan to
Afghanistan is also pretty much manned. According to the recent
number, which they have given to a UN representative, in Pakistan
that number is more than 100,000 soldiers in Waziristan, so this
is the kind of area, where President Obama, says this is the
place I’m hitting where the Pakistani Army or no one can reach.
So there is a reach, but this reach is by the Pakistani military,
and no one else. So, for example, independent journalists like
you or campaigner like me, or a lawyer like me cannot go to that
area. And similarly if anyone wants to come out of this area to
report of any violation, it’s extremely difficult for that person
to come here because, just to give you an example, to get out of
Miranshah, which is the capital of North Waziristan, to get out
of that into a settled area, there is a road, which is not more
than 30 to 40 kilometers, and you have to cross 7 military
checkpoints. Where pretty much at every checkpoint you are
stripped, and if you don’t have an ID saying that you are from
the tribal area, you are not allowed in or out. 

Some people might not like it, but I simply call it a
concentration camp, that you’ve built a wall of military and
militants, and behind this wall you are keeping more than 800
thousand people who are not allowed to come out and no one from
the rest of the country is allowed to go in. And that is kind of
laboratory that US is using to use test its drone program.

RT: How do you establish innocence of your
client? 

SA: Interestingly, I don’t have to prove their innocence
in the court of law, because in court of law you have this
principle that presumption of innocence, everyone is innocent
until proven guilty. It’s just a court of public perception when
I go out there with my clients. First question people ask me, how
would you prove them to be innocent? And my answer to them is,
how would you prove them to be guilty so that you kill them? Do
you have anything against my client to say that they are
militants; they are family members of militants, with a person
who has been killed was a militant, so therefore that person was
killed. There is not even an allegation of that present here. So
there is not even an allegation of that, so how do I prove my
client’s innocence is not really my job, but I think they have
proven their innocence by travelling from Waziristan, crossing
all those dozens of checkpoints by military, coming to Islamabad
and Peshawar filing their cases in the High Court, speaking with
journalists, speaking with the rest of the world and telling
their story. And on the other side what we have is utter silence.
CIA is saying nothing, they are not even getting my clients’
claims, so who do you believe here?

A US soldier from maneuver platoon HHB 4-320FA holds a surveillance unmanned ariel vehicle (UAV) on the roof of his unit's combat outpost in the Sabari district of Khost Province along the Afghan-Pakistan border. (AFP Photo / David Furst)

RT: And how do you define a militant in this case, Ive
read statements stating that the US claims any able bodied male
from a certain age group is a potentially a militant.

SA: I think there are two things here. One is, first of
all, there is no definition of who is a militant and who is not a
militant, just like there is no definition so far for a
terrorist. If you don’t have so far a proper definition of
terrorist.. The problem here is in Waziristan that what we are
talking about here is the signature strikes. Now this is kind of
methodology that has been developed by the CIA that they are
going to study the behavior of a person and the way someone is
dressed or is looking. And then on the basis of that they draw
this assumption that this person might be a militant we are
looking for. And that just this whole process simply explains to
you the absurdity of this process and selecting a target. So, for
example, according to, again, once again, the documents leaked by
the CIA or of the CIA and printed and published in American
journals or newspapers indicate that a signature is where a CIA
operative is looking at the screen, studies the person’s
behavior. For example if there is a guy who has a long beard,
wears certain kind of turban, carries a gun, drives in a SUV is
your militant, and this is the basis of the CIA’s labeling anyone
as a militant and then taking a target and killing them. And this
is what we used to have in the United States in the 60s – racial
profiling. If you are a black guy and you are walking in a white
neighborhood and all the police was supposed to stop and search
you because you are a black guy, you are supposed to be a thief.
So the question for Americans is: is this what you would like to
be known for? Or are your principles important which your four
fathers fought for centuries and built those principles within
your own country?

RT: US Assistant Secretary of Defence Michael Sheehan
told the Senate Armed Services Committee that there is no time
limit or geographical boundary on drone strikes. He said that
military operations against Al-Qaeda would last beyond the
present term of President Obama “10 to 20 years.” That would mean
that the drone strikes would continue till 2024, or even up to
2034….what’s your response?

SA: I think the US administration is not really listening
to reason here because all governments around the world, UN,
people on the ground are telling them that this is a disastrous
program, and you have to listen to reason, you have to listen to
all those hundreds of cases of innocent civilians who have been
killed in Pakistan, in Waziristan by drones and hundreds of
civilians who have been killed even in Afghanistan, where your
forces even have the ground control, and still you are committing
so many mistakes, you are killing civilians. Just to give you one
example, in 2010 US military killed its own soldier, who was on
ground, with a drone. So they were American soldiers dressed as
locals on some kind of operation, and they’ve been killed by
drones themselves. One thing, which the American administration
needs to understand, is that drone technology is not a very
sophisticated or complicated technology; and what if in future
countries have drones, what will be the impact of the precedence
that US is setting on the world.

RT: You almost make it seem like there’s unanimous
international opposition to the use of drones but if drones
per-se were so bad, why would Pakistani officials ask for the
technology?

SA: I would ask a question that what role the Pakistani
Army or Pakistani Government is playing in drone wars. Because on
one side they are saying that drones are illegal and
counter-productive, but on the other side we also hear that they
have been cooperating on drone wars in Pakistan. And this is the
key question that we have been asking through our litigation and
this is the thing, which has been settled in Peshawar High Court,
litigation, which we recently succeeded in. And court held
categorically that drone strikes are illegal and Pakistani
government submitted their reply in the court saying that they
are not cooperating and that they will not cooperate in the
future, there is no consent on drone strikes. So therefore the
court gave a very categorical order to the government of Pakistan
to tell Americans that there will be no more drone strikes in
Pakistan, and if there are, there will be consequences for rulers
ass well.

RT: What are the prospects of this actually
happening?

SA: I think there are good prospects… I think this
judgment of Peshawar high court provides that tool for Prime
Minister Nawaz Sharif to take up the case of drones with the
Americans and settle it, now it’s for the Americans to listen to
reason. And if they don’t, then I’m not sure what options the
Prime Minister has left because we’ve had a Prime Minister in the
recent past who’s been sent home by a court of law for not
obeying the decision of the court. So then the Prime Minister
should be running the risk of being sent home. This is exactly
what we’ll be doing if drone strikes continue and the Prime
Minister doesn’t do much on drones. If he doesn’t tell the
Americans to stop it, he doesn’t order the Pakistani military to
shoot it down. Then we have another option, but to go to court
for the contempt of court against him.

RT: But is Pakistan in the position to be able to be
able to challenge the United States on the drone program?

SA: Why not? I mean, Pakistan has not always been
listening to the United States. For example, just to give you an
example of Nawaz Sharif’s previous 10 years as Prime Minister
when Pakistanis wanted to nuclear test despite America’s
pressure. Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif at that time went ahead
with it and at this time if a Pakistani Prime minister really
wants to stop the drone strikes, it’s not really hard to shoot it
down. And Pakistan withdrawing its cooperation from war on
terror, I don’t think US will have much option here.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Pakistan's New Prime Minister: US Drone Attacks 'Must End'

0

In a speech before the Pakistan parliament on Wednesday, newly elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif received overwhelming applause when he declared that forcing the US government to end its drone bombing campaign in the nation’s tribal areas would be one of his top priorities.

Pakistan’s Nawaz Sharif was returned to his previous position as prime minister on Wednesday and said one of his priorities will be to compel the US to cease bombing its sovereign territory along the Afghanistan border. (Photo: AP) “This daily routine of drone attacks, this chapter shall now be closed,” Sharif said to widespread applause in the parliament hall. “We do respect others’ sovereignty. It is mandatory on others that they respect our sovereignty.”

Sharif, who was removed from power by a military coup in 1999, was returned to his former position as prime minister following a majority vote in the 342-seat parliament and now begins an unprecedented third term.

The deadly US drone strikes in the tribal areas have been a source of consistent and widespread outrage in Pakistan, but the US government under President Obama has continued the practice despite popular popular and government warnings saying that they undermine stability in the country and generate more anti-Americanism throughout the region.

According to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, the US has launched more than 360 drone attacks in Pakistan between 2004 and this year, with somewhere between 2,500 and 3,500 people killed. Among those, as many as 884 were determined to be “civilians,” including nearly 200 children.

Despite the promise to somehow curb the strikes, Sharif reportedly offered few details on how he would compel the US to abandon the practice.

Al Jazeera’s Imtiaz Tyab, reporting from Islamabad, said that Sharif said in an interview that he plans to go to Washington and implore US President Barack Obama to end the bombings.

“Here in Pakistan, drone strikes are extremely unpopular,” Tyab reported, and said “[Sharif] needs to be seen doing something about it.”

_______________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

‘Border provinces must be transit hubs’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says border provinces must become transit hubs for international trade and development.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Qalibaf to pursue provincial development

0

Principlist presidential candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf addresses a group of his supporters in the western city of Khorramabad on June 4, 2013.

Presidential candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf says provincial development will be high on his list of priorities if he receives enough votes to win the election.

Addressing a group of his supporters in Lorestan Province’s capital city of Khorramabad on Tuesday, the principlist candidate said Lorestan Province is among the least developed regions in Iran, and its infrastructural development will be a top priority for his future administration.

Tehran Mayor blamed mismanagement for the province’s economic issues and promised to fix them as soon as possible.

Qalibaf, President of the Center of Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi are the eight candidates running for president.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations which will be set up in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bloomberg LP to test venture capital waters again

0

Bloomberg LP is expected to launch a $75 million venture capital fund providing the financial information outlet with a window to the fast growing world of start-ups.

The fund will be headed by Roy Bahat, former president of IGN, an
online gaming news site owned by NewsCorp.

Called Bloomberg Beta it will operate as a separate legal entity
from Bloomberg LP, and will be based in San Francisco.

Bloomberg Beta will invest in early stage start-ups (Series A) as
well as seed investment, but can also internally foster projects.
The fund will use parent company Bloomberg LP’s fund to offer
investments on nebulous start-ups, and VentureBeat reported it has already invested
in start-ups Newsle, Nodejitsu, Codecademy, Errplane, and
ProsperWorks.

Codecademy, is a web site that provides online coding tutorials,
and Newsle is a web service launched by Harvard grads which
compiles news activity in social media circles.

In the last month, the company has almost doubled its programming
hours for Bloomberg West, the technology branch which reports on
smartphones, cars, cyber security, and of course, start-ups. Many
of Bloomberg’s technology reporters are based in San Francisco.

The independent venture will focus on start-ups that are
“producing insights from data” and “making the experience of work
better,” according to a news release, reported by
VentureBeat.

Beta’s critics fear the cozy (and monetary) connection will give
Bloomberg an advantage in its reporting, because start-ups could
see investment as a free press pass.

A Bloomberg terminal displays news while traders work on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange, May 16, 2013. (Reuters / Brendan McDermid)

Bahat said Bloomberg News, will follow existing protocol on
relationships between companies and journalists, which forbids
the company to cover itself out of self-interest.

“If an entrepreneur wants Bloomberg Beta’s money because they
think they’ll have a higher chance of getting covered by a
Bloomberg journalist, then they shouldn’t take our money,”

Mr. Bahat said on Tuesday.

“We were set up to have confidentiality protections, and we
will only share when appropriate.”

An industry leader in financial information, Bloomberg was
accused of ‘snooping’ when a Goldman Sachs employee came forward
with a complaint the company authorized excessive surveillance of
customers through its data terminal.

The New York Times Company has invested in some technology
start-ups, and like Bloomberg, cite disclaimers when reporting on
firms in which it has an interest. NYT Co lists the
websites on their website and has a stake in WordPress.com, a
blogging website, Brightcove, an online video platform, and
seven others.

Recently Bloomberg ran Bloomberg Ventures, a similar venture
capital project which helped incubate news businesses that could
later be made into Bloomberg products. The investment vehicle is
not currently operating.

Karin Klein, a Bloomberg executive, and James Cham, from Trinity
Ventures, will join as partners on the Beta fund.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Sales of iPhone 4 could be blocked in US as Samsung wins Apple patent dispute

0

Samsung has won in another round of its long running patent battle with Apple. It could see a ban on sales of the iPhone4 and iPad tablets in the US. However, Apple says the victory won’t affect its business, as those restricted aren’t core products.


The US key trade regulator — the International Trade Commission
(ITC) — agreed Apple violated a patent of South Korean
rival Samsung. The ITC decided that usage of 3G mobile data
links by Apple in its iPhone 4 and 3-G capable iPad 2 infringed
Samsung patent rights. The body rejected Apple’s claim that the
South Korean company had failed to license the patent on
“fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory” (FRAND) terms,
as is required for standards-essential patents (SEPs).

“We believe the ITC’s final determination has confirmed
Apple’s history of free-riding on Samsung’s technological
innovations,”
Samsung said in a statement to the AllThingsD
website. “Our decades of research and development in mobile
technologies will continue, and we will continue to offer
innovative products to consumers in the US.”

The iPhone 5 and 4S, as well as iPads released in 2012, are
unaffected by the decision.

The Apple devices involved into the case are assembled in China.
In case the ITC decision isn’t renounced by US President Obama
within 60 days, Apple won’t be able to import the products into
the US.  

The US tech corporation said it was ‘disappointed’ by the ITC
decision and was going to appeal it in federal court. It is the
only alternative available to escape the import ban other than
appealing directly to President Obama.

The ITC decision was announced on the same day President Obama
said he planned to overhaul some US patent litigation systems.
The key aim of the President’s initiative is to target ‘patent
trolls’. It’s “specifically designed to deal with abusive
patent legislation”
rather than sweeping patent reform, and
is, “not designed in any way to pursue legit patent rights
holders,” 
as a senior Obama administration
official told Engadget.

Whatever the final outcome, Apple says its business won’t be hurt
too much, as most of the models under investigation are more than
a year old. This means they are no longer being sold in the US.
Among the Apple devices still traded on the US market is iPhone
4, with its sales also set to be folded up during 2013. There is
speculation the US tech giant plans to release another iPhone
generation, with the new gadget set to be presented this autumn.

Sales of iPhone 4 created about $3.4 billion in revenues in the
last quarter, while sales of iPhone 5 that remained untouched by
the verdict brought the US company $14.9 billion, The Wall Street
Journal said.

The two tech giants have been long been arguing over their share
of the highly competitive smartphone market, with the lawsuits
underway in 10 countries. In August 2012 Apple managed to win a $1 billion
case in another patent battle with Samsung
.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Queen Elizabeth Angry At Bilderberg

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

The Queen is not happy at developments in Watford.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:58 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Watford puzzled as Bilderberg luminaries let in a little light

0

James Pickford
Financial Times
June 5, 2013

Seated in a kiosk in Watford’s market hall, Tina the Psychic Tarot Reader appears to have little foreknowledge of the international event shortly to arrive on her doorstep.

“What are they doing coming to Watford?” she asks, echoing a widely felt sense of surprise among her fellow market traders that world leaders, diplomats, corporate heads and academics were about to descend on the Hertfordshire town on Thursday.

St Moritz and Versailles have been among the previous venues for the three-day Bilderberg conference, an annual gathering of between 120 and 150 luminaries from Europe and North America.

But the event, which describes itself as “a forum for informal, off-the-record discussion about mega­trends and the major issues facing the world”, has this year chosen The Grove, a luxury hotel and golf course on the outskirts of Watford.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:59 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bradley Manning Looks Downright Ghostly

0

Michael Kelley
Business Insider
June 5, 2013

An image of Bradley Manning arriving for day two of his court martial at Fort Meade, Maryland on Tuesday prompted Reuters executive editor Jim Roberts to ask this question:

The answer: Yes, these days, but more than three years of confinement has clearly taken a toll.

The 25-year-old Army private is charged with the largest leak of classified documents in U.S. history and faces a possible life sentence without parole if convicted of aiding the enemy.

The former intelligence analyst said he gave a trove of government and military files to the anti-secrecy Web site WikiLeaks to ”spark a domestic debate on the role of our military and foreign policy in general.”

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:44 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bilderberg 2013: Andrew Kakabadse on How Elite Power Shapes the World

0

IBT
June 5, 2013

It’s the most important and influential conference you’ve never heard of. From June 3-6 heads of state will meet up with business leaders at The Grove Hotel in Watford for Bilderberg, an annual conference amongst the transnational elite that is shrouded in secrecy.

High profile consultant Andrew Kakabadse has met many people who have attended the conference in the past, and is co-author of Bilderberg People, a book all about how world affairs are shaped by the consensus formed amongst the world’s elite. He dismisses conspiracy theorists who say the reason the Bilderberg discussions are kept secret is to covertly create a ‘New World Order’. Speaking to IBTimes UK, he says why both tight security and intense secrecy are important at Bilderberg, how the group helps push forward the US-European philosohy of transactional capital, and why in many ways the conference is an irritating netowrking event like any other.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:59 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Alex Jones Experiences Magnetic Stonehenge

0

Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

Alex Jones and the rest of the infowars crew break down their experience at stonehenge.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:58 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Al Qaeda weapons expert: U.S. ambassador to Libya killed by lethal injection

0

Bill Gertz
The Washington Free Beacon
June 5, 2013

An al Qaeda terrorist stated in a recent online posting that U.S. Ambassador to Libya J. Christopher Stevens was killed by lethal injection after plans to kidnap him during the Sept. 11 attacks in Benghazi went bad.

The veracity of the claim by Abdallah Dhu–al-Bajadin, who was identified by U.S. officials as a weapons expert for al Qaeda, could not be determined. However, U.S. officials have not dismissed the terrorist’s assertion.

An FBI spokeswoman indicated that the bureau is aware of the claim but declined to comment because of the ongoing investigation into the Benghazi attacks.

“While there is a great deal of information in the media and on the Internet about the attack in Benghazi, the FBI is not in a position at this time to comment on anything specific with regard to the investigation,” spokeswoman Kathy Wright said.

A State Department spokesman had no comment.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 5:45 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Hackers access email accounts of PM Erdogan’s staff

0

Turkish government networks were hacked on Wednesday, compromising the private information of staffers in PM Tayyip Erdogan’s office, a source in PM’s office confirmed to Reuters. The attack was in support of the ongoing anti-government protests.

Staff email accounts were reportedly accessed after a phishing
attack, and those affected were cut off from the network, a
source said.

Anonymous Turkey wrote on Twitter that the group will only leak
the passwords of email accounts containing no classified
information, and will not release any phone numbers obtained.

Earlier, the hacktivist group Anonymous has taken down the
Turkish President’s website, along with that of the country’s
ruling party, as operation #OpTurkey kicked off in support of the
anti-government protests.

As of 22:40 GMT, the website of President Abdullah Gul has been
offline, together with the website of the country’s ruling
Justice and Development Party (AKP), the websites for the
Istanbul Directorate of Security and the Istanbul Governor’s
Office.

The hacktivists earlier targeted municipal governments in Mersin
and Izmir.

The operation was kicked off in response to the police crackdown
of protests which have taken the country by storm. The Gebze
Institute of Technology has also come under digital fire.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iran’s 8 candidates to hold 2nd debate

0

The eight Iranian presidential candidates during their first live televised debate on Friday, May 31, 2013

Iranâ„¢s eight presidential candidates are set to take part in their second round of live debates on Iranâ„¢s state TV.

The debate will start on Wednesday at 04:00 pm local time (11:30 am GMT) and is planned to continue for four hours.

Art and culture will be the topics of the second presidential debate.

The first debate was aired live on Iran’s state TV on Friday, during which the eight candidates spoke about their economic plans ahead of the upcoming presidential poll. They offered their solutions to the countryâ„¢s economic problems and answered questions on major economic issues.

A number of the candidates, including Mohammad Reza Aref, Mohsen Rezaei, Hassan Rohani and Saeed Jalili objected to the format of the first live televised debate.

The organizers say it is not possible to arrange one-on-one debates for the candidates due to the limited time ahead of the June 14 election and the number of the candidates.

Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election. Iranian nationals will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up abroad.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

ASH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US senators slam military on sex-crimes

0

Chiefs of the US Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps and Coast Guard face members of the Senate Arms Services Committee for a hearing on the sexual epidemic in the American military on June 4, 2013.

US Senators have chided the nationâ„¢s military leaders about the persisting epidemic of sexual assaults within the American armed forces, expressing intolerance for continuation of sex-crimes among the military ranks despite repeated pledges of cracking down on it.

As chiefs of the US Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps and Coast Guard sat before the Senate Arms Services Committee for a Tuesday hearing on the growing cases of sexual abuse incidents within American military forces, Senators from both parties, including seven female members of the committee, made it clear that they are Å“fed up with years of sex-crime scandals” despite repeated pledges of Å“zero tolerance” for sexual abuse announced by military leaders.

Drawing a Å“wide arc” from the Navyâ„¢s 1991 Tailhook incident, in which US aviators assaulted 90 people during a wild convention, to the more recent embarrassing cases such as last monthâ„¢s detention of the Air Forceâ„¢s top sexual-assault prevention officer on charges of sexual battery, the lawmakers pressed all the top commanders lined up before them to seriously crack down on the pandemic, The Washington Post reports Wednesday.

Å“Whatâ„¢s different this time? Whatâ„¢s different this time, if we have a history of this repeating itself and nothing ever being done?” demanded Senator Joe Manchin, a West Virginia Democrat. Å“Itâ„¢s almost intolerable that we can continue on this current path.”

Å“You have lost the trust of the men and women who rely on you that you will actually bring justice in these cases,” said New Yorkâ„¢s Democratic Senator Kirsten Gillibrand, who is the lead sponsor of a bill that would strip military commanders of their legal authority over serious crimes.

The US military commanders, however, expressed serious concerns about stripping commanders of their power to oversee major criminal cases involving members of the armed forces, arguing that the move would Å“undermine the foundation of military culture,” according to the report.

Å“Without equivocation, I believe maintaining the central role of the commander in our military justice system is absolutely critical,” Armyâ„¢s Chief of Staff Gen. Ray Odierno is quoted as saying. Å“Removing commanders… will not work. It will hamper the delivery of justice to the people we most want to help.”

Å“With all due respect, General Odierno, we can prosecute our way out of .‰.‰. the problem of sexual predators, who are not committing crimes of lust,” said Missouri Senator Claire McCaskill. Å“My years of experience in this area tell me they are committing crimes of domination and violence. This isnâ„¢t about sex. This is about assaultive domination and violence.”

The development comes following a report released by the Pentagon last month, estimating that the number of military personnel victimized by sexual assault and related crimes had climbed by a whopping 35 percent over the past two years.

The US Defense Department survey estimated that 26,000 troops experienced Å“unwanted sexual contact” last year. Yet only a fraction of that number — 3,374 — filed sexual-assault reports with military police or prosecutors.

American military officials further admitted that most victims of sexual crimes in the armed forces are reluctant to press charges because they fear retaliation or ostracism from their units.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Britons face sudden rise in food prices

0

A major new report has revealed that Britain is suffering an abrupt increase in food and energy prices than anywhere in Europe, local media said.

The rise comes as the crippling squeeze on household finances continues to take toll across the country, British media outlets reported.

The report by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) said Britainâ„¢s food prices in April were 4.6 percent higher than in the same month last year, while energy prices were up 2.2 percent.

As families are struggling to make ends meet, the rate of inflation also continues to climb as compared with elsewhere in Europe, according to the report.

Inflation has been above the Bank of England’s 2 percent target since late 2009 as the cost of everyday essentials such as food keep soaring, the report added.

This comes as household energy bills have also jumped sharply higher in recent years – eating into household budgets at a time when wages are growing only very slowly, if at all.

The increasing cost of living threatens to undermine the fragile economic recovery as consumers find themselves with less to spend each month. It also puts Britain at a disadvantage to the rest of Europe and the United States.

Å“Times remain tough, but it seems retailers are reading the market well and doing what they can to offer customers the best possible value on their shopping”, said Helen Dickinson, the director general of the BRC.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran backs political solution for Syria

0

An Iranian envoy to the United Nations has reaffirmed the Islamic Republicâ„¢s stance that the ongoing crisis in Syria should be settled solely through political approaches.

Addressing a meeting of the UN Human Rights Council in Geneva, Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to the UN Office there Mohsen Naziri-Asl underlined the need for a political solution to the unrest in Syria.

Naziri-Asl also voiced support for those parts of a recent report by the UN Independent International Commission of Inquiry (CoI) on Syria that stress the need for a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country.

Independent United Nations human rights investigators presented a new report on Tuesday, parts of which call for a Å“diplomatic surge” to end the violence in Syria.

The Iranian envoy rejected any military intervention in Syria and voiced Iranâ„¢s support for the legitimate rights of Syrians.

Naziri-Asl pointed to the recent International Conference on Syria in the Iranian capital, Tehran, which was held under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability”, saying it was no less important than the upcoming Geneva conference on Syria.

On May 29, Iran hosted the event attended by representatives from 40 countries, seeking to find a political solution to the crisis in Syria.

Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow on May 7 to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

Iran has repeatedly expressed opposition to any foreign intervention in Syria’s internal affairs, stressing that dialog, national reconciliation and free elections are the key to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

Unrest has gripped Syria for over two years and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security personnel, have lost their lives in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

On May 23, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said, Å“Syria is determined to tackle terrorism and those who support it regionally and globally, and to find a political solution to the crisis.”

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US drone raids must end: Pakistani PM

0

Pakistanâ„¢s newly-elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif has demanded an end to US-led assassination drone strikes in his country.

“We respect the sovereignty of others and they should also respect our sovereignty and independence. This campaign should come to an end,” Sharif said on Wednesday.

Sharif made the remarks shortly after lawmakers endorsed him and he was elected prime minister for a third unprecedented term.

On May 31, two days after seven people were killed in a US drone strike, Sharif strongly condemned the attacks against Pakistan, describing them as a violation of international law and the UN charter.

Washington claims that its airstrikes target militants who cross the border into and out of Afghanistan.

In September 2012, a report by the Stanford Law School and the New York University School of Law gave an alarming account of the effect that assassination drone strikes have on ordinary people in Pakistanâ„¢s tribal areas.

Å“The number of Ëœhigh-levelâ„¢ targets killed as a percentage of total casualties is extremely low — estimated at just 2%,” the report noted.

The killing of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria army to ‘continue battle’

0

Syrian army has urged citizens in the newly-recaptured city of al-Qusayr to return to their home, saying the battle will continue to crush all foreign-backed militants across the country.

“We ensure Qusayr is safe now,” the Syrian military announced on Wednesday, stressing that the victory in Qusayr is a clear message to the enemies of the country, particularly the Israeli regime.

Earlier on Wednesday, Syriaâ„¢s state television reported that Å“our heroic armed forces have returned security and stability to all of the town of Qusayr.”

According to the reports, Syrian military forces have dismantled the terrorist network of the militants in the strategic area, which borders Lebanon.

Syrian troops backed by Hezbollah fighters entered Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants.

Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

Syrian army also reported that it has obtained documents confirming the role of Arab and non-Arab countries in the Syria crisis.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and that the militants are supported by the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

Several international human rights organizations have said that the militants are committing war crimes.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg Faces Internal Pressure to Lift Veil of Secrecy

0

Source tells Infowars some members of secretive group are pushing for transparency

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 5, 2013

A source close to the security operation for the 2013 Bilderberg Group conference has told Infowars that numerous members of the secretive organization are aggrieved at the way it is being operated with scant regard for transparency and are lobbying for Bilderberg steering committee members to allow them to address protesters this week.

Image: Flickr

The Bilderberg Group is an annual confab of around 140 of the world’s power brokers from the spheres of banking, business, government, and academia. This year it meets in Watford, England from June 6-9. The group notoriously loathes attention of any kind — which makes this development all the more groundbreaking.

The source made it clear to us that a number of Bilderberg members, presumably the newer and younger attendees, are unhappy at the way the group has conducted its activities with total contempt for the democratic process, which has resulted in an increasing number of protesters being drawn to the event each year.

Campaigners set to congregate within the grounds of the Grove, the 5 star luxury hotel at which Bilderberg will scheme, are preparing a speaking platform at which they will invite Bilderberg members to address demonstrators and the press.

If a member or a representative from Bilderberg does speak publicly about the organization, it would be an unprecedented move. However, anyone expecting the group to admit that it is a shadow government manipulating world affairs behind closed doors is probably going to be disappointed.

While the source did not mention the names of specific individuals who expressed this view, it’s reasonable to speculate that it is coming from the so-called ‘Libertarian camp’ within the group, headed up by Paypal founder and hedge fund manager Peter Thiel, who is again in attendance this year.

Another interesting detail to emerge from the source who spoke with Infowars is the fact that preparations for the Bilderberg conference in Watford have been ongoing for a staggering 18 months. This again underscores the reality that Bilderberg is a major hub of power and influence and not merely a casual talking shop or golfing holiday for the elite, which is how much of the mainstream media still spins it.

The 2013 Bilderberg Group meeting has already received a deluge of media coverage before it has even officially begun, a sign that public pressure is forcing the clandestine cabal to lift its veil of secrecy and become more open.

However, such a process inevitably means that Bilderberg members will merely shift into newly emerging power networks and Bilderberg’s influence will begin to wane — although this will go down as a major victory for those who have spent years attempting to deflate the group’s bubble of secrecy.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 5, 2013 at 4:42 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Rohani vows amicable ties with world

0

Iranian presidential candidate Hassan Rohani says he will seek help from the Iranian elite in running the countryâ„¢s affairs and will attempt to establish amicable ties with the international community if elected president.

Å“The Administration of Prudence and Hope will be the administration of peace, friendship and reconciliation; reconciliation with the elite, scholars and competent managers, reconciliation with the people and the world in an attempt to put an end to the oppressive pressure against the Iranian nation,” Rohani said in his first election campaign documentary broadcast on national TV on Tuesday.

Rohani touched upon Iranâ„¢s economic challenges, saying, Å“The most important economic problem for the people, which they seek to find a solution to, is high prices. We see that the prices of basic goods have increased by nearly 300 percent within eight years. Inflation stood at over 31 percent over the past year alone.”

Å“The government should leave the economy to the people, and only have a supervisory, supportive and policy-making role,” he pointed out.

Å“On the other hand, our economy should be exports-oriented. If we manage to link our universities to our industries, we can say that we have made good headway in terms of innovation,” Rohani added.

The top Iranian official noted that the ruling system should represent all political and social strata to manage the countryâ„¢s affairs efficiently.

Explaining his stance about the womenâ„¢s role in the society, Rohani said, Å“If we do not appreciate the presence of women in the society and fail to prepare the ground for their participation in various fields, it means that we are deprived of many valuable experts and managers in the society.”

Å“In the next administration, discrimination between men and women will be eliminated in all social arenas,” the reformist candidate pointed out.

Rohani also defended his track record as Iranâ„¢s chief nuclear negotiator from October 2003 to August 2005.

Å“I am happy to have moved war, sanctions, and the UN Security Council [resolutions] away from Iran,” he said.

Å“I pride myself on having succeeded in winning the unanimous confirmation of the IAEA (International Atomic Energy Agency) Board of Governors regarding the peacefulness of [Iranâ„¢s nuclear] activities,” he added.

The United States and the European Union have imposed illegal unilateral bans on the Islamic Republic over the unfounded allegation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian purposes in its nuclear energy program. Iran strongly rejects the allegation.

Å“It would be nice to see centrifuges turning, provided that the wheels of the country also turn,” the presidential candidate said.

Å“But when a centrifuge is supposed to keep spinning while the entire country remains stagnant, meaning that we launch the single Natanz [nuclear] facility, but hundreds of our factories face problems, stop operating or work at a 20-percent capacity due to a lack of parts, raw materials and sanctions… that we do not approve of,” he pointed out.

Rohani will be competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi in Iran’s 11th presidential election.

On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country, and some 285 polling stations will be set up for Iranian nationals in other countries.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

ASH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Flood causes evacuation in Germany

0

Floods in Central Europe kill 10 people in Czech Republic. (File photo)

Hundreds of people have been evacuated from the eastern city of Dresden in Germany, where thousands of troops are deployed to help flood-hit areas.

On Wednesday, a city spokeswoman said that some 600 people needed to leave their homes Dresden because of the flood. Electricity cut off was reported in parts of the city.

The military also said that around 4,000 German troops have been deployed in the area.

Spokeswoman Heike Grossman said the peak of the deluge in Dresden was expected later in the day, adding that flood waters are heading north and east in the country along rivers including the Elbe and Danube.

German Chancellor Angela Merkel visited some of the areas hit by the flood on Tuesday and promised 100m euros in emergency aid.

“I spoke to residents who are already busy with clean-up work and I am aware that it will take weeks. The damage and loss of income are a long-term problem and therefore our support will not dwindle,” Merkel said.

Hundreds had to be rescued from their homes in other European countries such as Austria, Poland, and Switzerland following days of heavy rainfall.

Czech Prime Minister Petr Necas declared a state of emergency on June 2 and promised relief aid.

This comes while the Czech Republic capital, Prague, is preparing for more flooding as the Vltava River is continuing to rise.

Evacuations also took place in Switzerland after officials in Basel said the Rhine River rose to a dangerously high level.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bilderberg Faces Internal Pressure to Lift Veil of Secrecy

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Paul Joseph Watson | Source tells Infowars some members of secretive group are pushing for transparency.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Syria army to ‘continue battle’

0

Syrian army has urged citizens in the newly-recaptured city of al-Qusayr to return to their home, saying the battle will continue to crush all foreign-backed militants across the country.

The Syrian military also announced that the victory in Qusayr is a clear message to the enemies of the country, particularly the Israeli regime.

The army also said that it ensures the safety of the strategic city of Qusayr, adding that many militants have either been killed or have fled the area.

IA/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US tourist gang-raped in India: Police

0

An Indian woman walks past graffiti against rape written on a wall in New Delhi on April 22, 2013.

An American female tourist has been gang-raped by a group of truckers in Indiaâ„¢s northern state of Himachal Pradesh, police say.

The 30-year-old woman was picked up by three men in a truck late on Monday while hitchhiking to her hotel in Manali town, a tourist resort in the foothills of the Himalayas.

The driver and two accomplices then took her to an isolated spot and raped her for over an hour, she told police.

“She is recovering fast and helping us move forward with the investigation. She has given us details of how the men looked, what they were wearing, which will help us,” said senior police officer V.K. Dhawan.

“She has identified the truck type. It is typically used to transport construction materials so we are checking construction sites to see which trucks were in use at that time,” he added.

The attack on the American woman, the latest case of sexual violence against women in India, came only two days after a 21-year-old Irish charity worker was raped in the eastern Indian city of Kolkata.

On March 15, a Swiss tourist who was on a cycling trip with her husband was gang-raped by a group of six Indians in the central state of Madhya Pradesh.

The victim was setting up camp with her husband near a forest when a group of men assaulted them, tying up the husband and raping the wife.

On December 16, 2012, a 23-year-old medical student was gang-raped and savagely beaten in a moving bus and thrown out on to the street of the capital, New Delhi. She succumbed to her injuries in a hospital in Singapore on December 29, 2012.

The horrific nature of the crime shocked Indians, who thronged the streets across the country, demanding protection for women and capital punishment for rape, which currently carries a maximum penalty of life imprisonment.

According to the National Crime Records Bureau, one woman is raped every 20 minutes in the worldâ„¢s second-most-populous country.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

China hits back at EU wine in trade war over solar panels

0

China has launched an anti-dumping probe against wine imported from Europe a day after EU announced levies on Chinese solar panels as tensions are increasing between the two major trading blocs.

The probe into EU wine has been opened at the request of Chinese
wine manufacturers, according to China’s Commerce Ministry
statement.

“The Commerce Ministry has received an application from the
domestic wine industry, which accuses wine imported from Europe
of entering China’s market by use of unfair trade tactics such as
dumping and subsidies,”
Reuter’s quotes the government’s
statement.

“We have noted the quick rise in wine imports from the EU in
recent years, and we will handle the investigation in accordance
with the law,”
the statement says.

It all comes as Chinese manufacturers are allegedly selling solar
panels in the EU below cost in a practice known as dumping, which
is said to be hurting European producers.

“It has the potential to destroy an important industry in
Europe if we don’t act today,”
EU Trade Commissioner Karel
De Gucht said. The Commission calculated the price of the Chinese
panels sold in Europe should be 88% higher, the news agency
reports.

The EU will impose duties on Chinese solar panels imports from
Thursday. However, it will reduce the originally planned rates in
the hope of reaching a negotiated settlement with Beijing,
Reuter’s reports. They will initially average 11.8% – and will be
phased in gradually reaching 47.6% after two months, if no
compromise with China is found. Yingli Green Energy Holding Co.,
Wuxi Suntech Power Co. and Changzhou Trina Solar Energy Co. are
among the more than 100 companies targeted.

The European Union is China’s most important trading partner,
while for the EU, China is second only to the US. Chinese exports
of goods to the 27-member bloc totaled 290 billion euros ($376
billion) last year, with 144 billion euros going the other way.

The EU now has 31 ongoing trade investigations, 18 of them
involving China.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Japan PM promises to boost incomes

0

Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe has promised to boost per-capita income by more than three percent annually over the next decade, as part of his economic growth plan.

According to Japanese media reports on Wednesday, Abe is expected to outline the final stage of his plan to boost the countryâ„¢s gross national income per capita (GNI).

The reports say the premier will increase Japan’s GNI by more than 1.5 million yen (about USD 15,000) over the next ten years.

Figures released by the Japanese government indicate that the countryâ„¢s GNI stood at USD 45,180 in 2011, ranking 17th in the world.

The first two stages of Abeâ„¢s economic plan included large government spending cuts and a flow of cash from the central bank.

The third is expected to include tax reforms for the government plans to create a new economic zone.

In February, the Japanese government said the country’s economy had contracted for the third consecutive quarter in the three months to the end of December 2012.

Japan entered recession in November 2012, when the country suffered the sharpest rate of contraction following the devastating tsunami of 2011.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Nawaz Sharif elected Pakistan premier

0

Pakistani lawmakers have endorsed Nawaz Sharif as the countryâ„¢s new prime minister, electing him to an unprecedented third term.

More than a decade after Sharif was ousted in a coup, the 63-year-old former two-time premier was elected for the position for a third time in the National Assembly on Wednesday.

He is expected to take oath before Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari later in the day.

Sharif is also expected to address the National Assembly.

Å“He will talk about his priorities and his government’s strategy to deal with the issues of crippled economy, load shedding (power cuts) and law and order situation,” Sharifâ„¢s Pakistan Muslim League Party (PML-N) spokesman Siddiq-ul-Farooq said.

Sharif will also have to deal with militant-related violence and high unemployment.

Å“He will also take the assembly into confidence on steps that his government will take to uphold rule of law and democracy in the country by promoting politics of accommodation, sobriety, patience, and tolerance.”

During general elections held on May 11, Sharifâ„¢s center-right party secured 176 seats of the 342-member lower house of the assembly.

Sharif served twice as prime minister in the 1990s before being ousted in a military coup. Following the coup, Sharif spent eight years in exile.

SZH/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

5 Honduran police charged with killing 7

0

File photo shows Honduran police participating in an operation in a suburb of the capital Tegucigalpa.

A Honduran court has issued arrest warrants for five police officers accused of killing seven gang members, prosecutionâ„¢s spokesman says.

Elvis Guzman of the Honduran attorney generalâ„¢s office said the accusations against the five include assassination, illegal breaking and entering, and abuse of authority.

The warrants came after a yearlong investigation into a 2011 shooting in a suburb of the city San Pedro Sula located in the northwest part of the country.

The police have not yet commented on the arrest warrants or given any detailed information about the five police officers.

All of the five victims were members of one of the Hondurasâ„¢ criminal organizations, the 18th Street.

The gang has accused the countryâ„¢s police of having death squads, which commit extra-judicial killings rather than taking the members to be convicted in court.

An investigation by the Associated Press found that since January, at least five gang members in the capital of Tegucigalpa have disappeared or were found dead after being seen in police custody.

In 2012, Juan Carlos Bonilla was appointed the countryâ„¢s top police chief despite alleged links to death squads a decade earlier.

Bonilla was accused in a 2002 internal affairs report of being involved in three homicides and linked to 11 other deaths and disappearances.

He was later acquitted by a court in one of the killings and the other cases were never fully investigated.

According to the United Nations, Honduras has the highest murder rate in the world with 91.6 killings per 100,000 people.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Imminent: “I Don’t Think Obama is Going to Finish His Second Term Without the Bottom Dropping Out”

0


One year ago this month it was revealed that throughout the course of this crisis some 40% of all wealth in America had been vaporized. It was a stunning number to be sure, and one that many analysts predicted would reverse as the Bernanke/Obama recovery took hold. Now, a full year on, the news has not gotten any better. It’s gotten much, much worse. According to a new report, the average American household has lost 55% of their net worth since the onset of the recession in 2008.

Many are likely holding to the belief that our benevolent government politicians and financial leaders have taken the necessary steps to turn this economy around.

But they’d be wrong.

The next wave of crisis is imminent and the end result will be a total wipe out for Americans:

“I think we are heading for a worse economic crisis than we had in 2007,” [Peter] Schiff said. “You’re going to have a collapse in the dollar…a huge spike in interest rates… and our whole economy, which is built on the foundation of cheap money, is going to topple when you pull the rug out from under it.”

…

According to Schiff, these numbers are unsustainable.

And the Fed has no credible “exit strategy.”

Eventually interest rates will rise… and when they do, Schiff says, stocks will tank and bonds dip to nothing. Massive new tax hikes will be imposed and programs and entitlements will be cut to the bone.

…

“The crisis is imminent,” Schiff said. “I don’t think Obama is going to finish his second term without the bottom dropping out. And stock market investors are oblivious to the problems.”

“We’re broke, Schiff added.

“We owe trillions. Look at our budget deficit; look at the debt to GDP ratio, the unfunded liabilities. If we were in the Eurozone, they would kick us out.”

Schiff points out that the market gains experienced recently, with the Dow first topping 14,000 on its way to setting record highs, are giving investors a false sense of security.

“It’s not that the stock market is gaining value… it’s that our money is losing value. And so if you have a debased currency… a devalued currency, the price of everything goes up. Stocks are no exception,” he said.

“The Fed knows that the U.S. economy is not recovering,” he noted. “It simply is being kept from collapse by artificially low interest rates and quantitative easing. As that support goes, the economy will implode.“

Via Money Morning

Peter Schiff knows a thing or two about what’s going on, and he’s been sounding the alarm since before 2008. He, like many others, understand that there is no way out.

There is no credible financial or economic exit strategy.

The government knows this and that’s why they are actively implementing an expansive control grid across this entire country.

Those with insider knowledge fully understand what’s coming and they have been war-gaming large scale economic collapse and the widespread civil unrest that will follow.

Make no mistake. The powers that be have an exit strategy — it just doesn’t involve recovery, stability or your well-being.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 18,740 people
Date: June 3rd, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Descent Into Tyranny: The Fate of Free Humanity Is At Stake *Micro Doc*

0


A Descent Into Tyranny:

(Video follows excerpts)

Welcome to the future. The police and military become indistinguishable in the effort to generate fear in the public so that the cowardly give up their liberty.

…

The military polices the streets, not to protect against a foreign invader, but to enforce its will upon any who choose to oppose it.

…

The few that are awake and fighting for their liberty will be punished by the iron fist of a tyrannical government. Yet, they persist.

…

The fate of free humanity is at stake, but victory will be ours.

The battle for liberty is fought with ideas. Those who have worked towards enslaving humanity will be punished.

Miraculous feats are accomplished every day. Free men and women use their ingenuity, their persistence, and tireless effort to overcome obstacles that previously had seemed impossible.

We will defeat the New World Order.

  • Defeat Monsanto by always saying ‘no’ to genetically modified food.
  • Destroy the banking elite by holding your savings in real assets, such as gold or silver.
  • Stop globalism by always buying local products.
  • Keep your free speech simply by using it.
  • Use Facebook, Twitter and Youtube productively by spreading the message if liberty.
  • Annihilate propaganda by turning off the TV and reading a book.
  • Use this video as an info weapon to wake up your friends and family.

Watch the micro-documentary… and then share it with a friend or family member:

(Watch at Youtube)

Produced by David Quintieri, author of The Money GPS

Also Read: Random Acts of Revolution – A Liberty Manifesto from Daisy Luther

Also Watch: 9/11 The Road to Tyranny — A Film by Alex Jones

Hattip NinaO

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 9,097 people
Date: June 4th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Be A Victim: When Your Kid Is Being Attacked, Teachers Are Just Minutes Away

0

I am a Victim

Should your child go to school and make a gesture with his hands resembling a gun, under zero-tolerance policies you can be 100% assured that  he or she will be promptly suspended or expelled.

However, if a student bully or random attacker should throw a desk at your child’s head, leaving a hole in his skull, that sense of urgency turns to apathy and indifference.

A mother is outraged after she says no one called 911 when her teenage son suffered a skull fracture at the hands of another student. The alleged incident happened on campus during school hours.

…

Victoria Canales says what happened to her son at Beechnut Academy is unacceptable.

“They should have called 911 when my child had a big hole in his head instead of waiting for me to go pick him up,” she said.

The seventh-grader did not want to be shown on camera. His skull was fractured on Friday when a classmate hurled a desk at his head. He says it was the fifth attack he endured at the hands of school bullies.

“I was pretty freaked out and scared,” her son said. “It’s violent, it’s a violent school.”

Canales said she’d repeatedly contacted the school, but was ignored.

KTRK Houston

This so-called movement against bullying touted by school districts across the country is nothing more than propaganda:

The schools like to talk a good talk about their firm stances against bullying.  They make a big deal of having  the kids wear pink to school for International Stand Up to Bullying Day.  They hang colorful posters and spend classroom time discussing bullying.

They even have the students sign pledges saying that they will stand up for the victims of bullying.

But what happens when a kid takes the message to heart?

Source: The Organic Prepper

If you are 13 year old Brian MacLean, who disarmed a knife wielding bully by body slamming him and leaving him incapacitated as he attempted to harm another student, you get to spend the entire day in the principal’s office, have your locker searched and undergo questioning for your heroic actions.

In fact, the school attended by MacLean issued an official statement in response to the incident in which he may have well saved the life of another student, saying that they do not “condone heroics.”

What they do condone, however, is being a victim.

And that’s exactly what they are teaching our children is the proper behavior. Common sense in our schools, as stated so succinctly by former teacher Ellie Rubenstein, is extinct.

Early in the school year our 10 year old son, having just entered a new school, was attacked by a classmate. It was a typical 5th grade scuffle. The other student ran towards him and started kneeing him in the ribs and leg. Our son, who has trained Karate for nearly two years, simply threw up a ‘block’ (in our style of Karate, a block is equivalent to a strike). The closed fist block struck the attacking student in the jaw, laying him out on the pavement.

As you may have guessed, we subsequently received a phone call from the principal’s office advising us that our son was being suspended over the incident. After further questioning, the principal admitted that our son acted in self defense (according to reports from student witnesses), but stressed that the proper response would have been for him to contact a ‘yard duty’ teacher.

When I pressed the principal on how that would have been possible under the circumstances, he simply responded with, “Sir, our policy is that students who engage in physical confrontation, regardless of the circumstances, will be suspended or expelled.”

Would the principal have taken the same stance as our son had he come under attack in the ‘real world,’ or would he have responded according to his school policy and ran for police help in the middle of being beaten? Maybe he can take Janet Napolitano’s advice, and just ask the attacker to stop.

When he returned home from school that day our son was terrified about the consequences he would face at home.

Suffice it to say, he not only didn’t get into trouble, but was commended for taking his personal safety into his own hands.

I explained to him… when a bully is attacking you and causing you bodily harm, your teachers are minutes away.

There’s a saying I related to him:

It’s better to be judged by twelve, than to be carried by six.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Russia doubts fast UN probe into Syria chemical attacks

0

A top Russian diplomat says hopes are slim for a speedy UN investigation of the alleged sarin nerve gas attacks in Syria.

“The situation is politicized to such an extent that we
hardly should hope for anything happening in the near future in
regard to expert conclusions and even the
start
of expert work,” said Deputy Foreign
Minister Gennadiy Gatilov.

He added that current plans for a major investigation are
set aside due to preparations for the second international
conference on the situation in Syria.

Gatilov also said that it was very hard to estimate the
possibility of a UN investigation into the more recent incident —
when Turkish law enforcers seized a batch of chemical weapons on
the Syrian border that were allegedly heading to opposition
fighters.

“One should take into consideration that so far we are
only having mass media reports on the subject and in order to
establish how serious this all is, how this all corresponds to
the reality we need the work of chemists. It will be necessary to
collect all existing facts, to send people there. Now the
probability is low that some groups, including the UN could send
missions there
,” the Russian diplomat
explained.

On Tuesday French experts announced they had concluded that
the nerve agent sarin was repeatedly used in the Syrian conflict,
at least once by the pro-government forces. At the same time the
commission of inquiry on the Syrian Arab Republic by the UN Human
Rights Council said that they had reasonable grounds to believe
chemicals have been used as weapons, but did not identify the
chemical agent, or the perpetrator.

A few days earlier, Turkish media reported that the
country’s security forces had found sarin gas in the homes of
Syrian militants from the Al-Qaeda linked Al-Nusra Front
who
were previously detained.

Russia has called for a thorough investigation into the
incident, calling the use of chemical weapons “absolutely
inadmissible
”.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US drone raids must end: Pakistani PM

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Pakistan’s newly-elected Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif has demanded an end to the US-led assassination drone strikes in his country.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘N. Ireland suffers fragile security’

0

ËœDissident republicans still posing threat to N. Ireland securityâ„¢

Northern Ireland Secretary Theresa Villiers warns against the severe threat dissident republican groups pose to the country for years to come, local media reported.

Villiers issued a sobering forecast about the continued ability of splinter groups to stage terror attacks, despite recent security successes, The Independent reported.

Describing loyalistsâ„¢ protests about flags in recent months as Å“hugely worrying”, the Secretary of State said that she was also concerned about the looming Orange march season.

Å“The threat is severe and is likely to continue to be so in the years to come. Iâ„¢m afraid to say there isnâ„¢t an imminent prospect of these terrorist attacks coming to an end”, said Villiers.

Å“It is a tragedy that still police and prison officers and members of the military are at constant risk because of the targeting activities of dissident republicans”, she added.

Northern Ireland has been witnessing a surge in attacks on security services in recent months.

Dissident republican splinter group Oglaigh na hEireann claimed responsibility for an attempted pipe bombing of two police officers last week. In November 2012, prison officer David Black was ambushed and shot dead.

Villiers, the Treasury, MI5 and PSNI Chief Constable Matt Baggott are discussing providing more resources to deal with both the terrorist threat and outbreaks of Loyalist rioting.

More immediately, 3,600 extra police from Britain will be in place for this monthâ„¢s G8 summit, which will bring world leaders to the province.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran hails recapture of Syria's al-Qusayr

0

Syrian soldiers shout slogans in support of President Bashar al-Assad near the town of Jisr al-Shughour. (File photo)

Iran has congratulated the Syrian nation, government, and army on the success of the Syrian military forces in recapturing the strategic town of al-Qusayr in Western Syria.

Iran’s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian expressed Iran’s congratulation on Wednesday.

Å“Certain sides that continue to support the shipment of arms and terrorist acts against Syria are responsible for the killing of the people and destruction of Syria,” Amir-Abdollahian said.

Å“They should be tried as war criminals,” the Iranian diplomat pointed out.

Syriaâ„¢s state television reported on Wednesday that Syrian forces had regained full control of Qusayr following three weeks of fighting with the militants in the region.

The Syrian military forces dismantled the terrorist network of the militants in the strategic area, which borders Lebanon.

Many of the foreign-backed militants and members of the armed groups were killed or injured during the Syrian army operations to cleanse the region of the terrorists.

Following the successful operations, the militants fled to farms and a village near Qusayr.

Reports indicate that peace and security have now been restored in the region following the defeat of the terrorists.

Syrian troops backed by Hezbollah fighters fouht the foreign-backed terrorists in Qusayr after three weeks.

The unrest in Syria began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

ASH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish media criticized for ignoring protests and police brutality

0



Published time: June 05, 2013 08:52

Protestors clash with Turkish riot policemen on the way to Taksim Square in Istanbul on June 5, 2013. (AFP Photo / Bulent Kilic)

Download video (22.51 MB)
Embed

Code

Turkish media outlets have been slammed for their coverage of the ongoing protests in the country. As water cannons and tear gas were unleashed on thousands of protesters, injuring scores, local media chose to air a documentary on penguins.

As the unrest unfolded on Friday and Saturday, Turkish media did
not cover the violent police clashes, instead broadcasting nature
and history documentaries, and cooking shows.

“We are watching the news from CNN International: Protesters,
tear gas, and police hitting people. Then we checked CNN Turkey
and there was a penguin documentary. So, I can’t comment!”
TV
talk show host and producer Ozgur Cakit told RT.

Other networks briefly mentioned the protests, but failed to
cover the violent clashes in which scores were injured.

Angered and outraged locals turned to the Internet to share
information and vent frustration — Twitter and Facebook were one
of the few ways to read news on the latest developments. In
response, Turkish Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan condemned social
media’s role in the riots, singling out what he called the
“scourge” of Twitter.

“There is now a menace which is called Twitter,” Erdogan
said on Sunday, dismissing the protests as organized by extreme
elements. “The best examples of lies can be found there. To
me, social media is the worst menace to society.”

It was through Twitter that activists spread the word to gather
in support of the demonstrations, until the issue could no longer
be ignored. Local channels then had to play catch-up, trying to
make up for lost airtime.

The media’s initial inaction has angered many in Turkey, RT’s
Irina Galushko reported from Istanbul. Demonstrators lashed out
against local media, gathering outside the offices of private TV
stations NTV and HaberTurk on Sunday and Monday. In Istanbul’s
Taksim district, protesters smashed an NTV satellite van,
destroyed its equipment and covered it with graffiti.

A protestor takes a photo of a burnt Turkish TV vehicle in Taksim square on June 2, 2013, after the clashes. (AFP Photo / Ozan Kose)

Many in Turkey believe strongly that there is a responsibility
that comes with being a news provider, and that Turkish media
have failed in that responsibility.

“We only have one channel that shows everything in this
country, it’s really sad, that we cannot see anything. For
example, my mother — she lives in the village — if I don’t call
her, she won’t know anything,”
fashion student Ata told RT.

Others said that local media likely shied away from coverage that
would have angered Erdogan’s government. “[Media] does not
broadcast because of the pressure of the prime minister. It’s
unfair that we have to find out about it [protests] from the
international TV channels,”
sociology student Alev shared
with RT.

On Tuesday, Turkey arrested and charged 24 bloggers for using
social media to “instigate public hatred and animosity,”
and issued 14 other warrants, Turkish media reported.

Turkish business conglomerate Dogus — which owns NTV, as well as
other interests such as finance —apologized for its failure to
cover the beginning of the protests: “Our audience feels like
they were betrayed,”
NTV quoted Dogus CEO Cem Aydin as saying
on Tuesday.

Aydin added that the public criticism of the station was “fair
to a large extent… Our professional responsibility is to report
everything as in the way it happens. The pursuit of balance
within the imbalanced environment affected us as it did the other
media outlets.”

Customers of the conglomerate lashed out by targeting Dogus-owned
banks, closing around 1,500 debit and credit card accounts in
protest.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Zimbabwe: The Revolution Continues

0

The coming elections in Zimbabwe are no mere referendum on the leadership of the coalition government. Instead, the decision before Zimbabweans is a clear one: continue on the revolutionary path of Mugabe and ZANU-PF or follow Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai’s MDC-T and their pro-US, neoliberal economic agenda.

While much of Africa has been turned into a chaotic, war-ravaged continent stuck in the destructive cycles of violence, terrorism, and dependence on imperial powers, Zimbabwe has managed to maintain the fierce independence and commitment to revolution espoused by President Mugabe stretching all the way back to the post-colonial liberation struggle. However, in order to fully understand the sustained campaign of destabilization and subversion by the Western imperialist ruling class, one must first examine the policies of Mugabe and ZANU-PF that have earned them the ire of Washington and London.

Mugabe’s “Crimes”

Robert Mugabe and his ZANU-PF party emerged from the post-independence conflict as the dominant political party in Zimbabwe, promising to finally address the most pressing issues facing black Zimbabweans who, despite making up the vast majority of the population, continued to be mostly landless, while the white, landowning class maintained their grip on the most arable land. This gross disparity in land ownership, a vestige of the colonial system, became one of the primary needs that the new leadership intended to address. However, the terms of the negotiated settlement of the war of liberation in 1979, known as the Lancaster House Agreement, essentially allowed the white farmers to retain their land if they chose to do so under the “willing buyer, willing seller” principle.

This system continued until 2000 when President Mugabe shifted the policy to a “fast track” land program that sought to unseat white privilege and restore ethnic balance to land ownership. It was precisely this policy shift that earned Mugabe the ire of the imperial powers, particularly the British, which then sought to punish Mugabe and the people of Zimbabwe by instituting crippling sanctions that destroyed the Zimbabwean economy. However, this only strengthened the resolve of ZANU-PF, teaching them a number of important lessons. As Francis Chitsike of Midlands State University in Zimbabwe points out:

What the Zimbabwean government learnt from its own experience is that in an agriculturally based economy, no development program will succeed if people are not given access to land. Equitable access to means of production is vital to the success of any development program. There is a direct link between poverty reduction and land reform, and issues of poverty reduction cannot be tackled without addressing issues of land reform.i

After twenty years of playing by the rules set forth by the British, Mugabe and ZANU-PF realized that in order to achieve the true goals of the revolution (poverty reduction, land redistribution, expanded social services, etc.), they would have to reinvent the country, not simply reform it gradually. And so, ZANU-PF adopted as its slogan “Land is the economy and the economy is land” in order to underscore the government’s commitment to true land redistribution. The results of the fast track land program are impossible to ignore. In a new book entitled Zimbabwe Takes Back Its Land, the authors explain how:

In the biggest land reform in Africa, 6,000 white farmers have been replaced by 245,000 Zimbabwean farmers. These are primarily ordinary poor people who have become more productive farmers. The change was inevitably disruptive at first, but production is increasing rapidly. Agricultural production is now returning to the 1990s level, and resettled farmers already grow 40% of the country’s tobacco and 49% of its maize.ii

This incredible accomplishment of land redistribution has far-reaching implications for the people of Zimbabwe. Not only are they finally able to enjoy the fruits of their revolution, but they have charted a course of self-sufficiency that allows the country and its elected officials to be less dependent on foreign powers, giving them a greater degree of autonomy in political and economic matters. However, the significance of the land redistribution goes much further than simply its impact on the people of Zimbabwe. The successful redistribution of land provides a “dangerous” model for other African nations still struggling with the legacy of colonial rule.

Although land remains at the center of the continued revolution, there are other key economic issues which Mugabe and ZANU-PF have addressed in ways that are antithetical to the exploitative goals of Western corporations and their government servants. Perhaps one of the most shocking to financiers and capitalists in the West was the decision to nationalize the mining sector, as the government took majority stakes in most mining companies operating in the country. Naturally, this was yet another slap in the face to corporate interests that saw in Zimbabwe yet another African cash cow to be milked dry. The imperialist mentality in Africa views the resources as belonging to white Europeans and Americans rather than the people of Africa. This fundamental divide is what distinguishes Mugabe and ZANU-PF from many other leaders in Africa who, at every turn, grovel at the feet of their former oppressors.

Perhaps the central principle in Mugabe and ZANU-PF’s economic program is “indigenisation”. This process of reclaiming the economic destiny of the country for the people of Zimbabwe has been difficult, even problematic at times, but has been successful. Not only has the government moved to nationalize the mining sector, it has expanded the program to include banks and other important businesses.

Although this process has been mocked by so-called “experts” in the West, the reality is that the program has been a resounding success, not only economically, but also with the people. As Saviour Kasukewere, Minister of Youth Development, Indigenisation and Empowerment noted in 2011:

This is an imperative we cannot avoid…they [foreign corporations] have been having it too good for too long…if they think by closing a mine they are affecting us, tough luck. Closing a mine doesn’t change anything…Brazil is coming, India is coming…what we have a problem with, is companies with a colonial ownership structure.”iii

Kasukewere here articulates perhaps the most important point of all: that the revolution in Zimbabwe is not merely cosmetic, but rather is a decades-long process of unwinding the structures of colonial control — the very imperialist infrastructure which to this day forms the foundation of white capitalist domination of Africa.

Unlike nearly every other African country, Zimbabwe does not play host to US military bases or any AFRICOM presence. No military “advisors” have entrenched themselves in the armed forces as they have throughout the continent. There is no US drone base as in Niger, Djibouti and elsewhere. Zimbabwe has maintained a steady, if somewhat fragile, peace since independence, choosing to maintain support for independent African nations such as Libya while it was free under the leadership of Muammar Qaddafi, and Eritrea which, like Zimbabwe, is vilified by Western imperialists for its unwillingness to be made part of the imperial system. Essentially then, Zimbabwe has in nearly every way asserted its independence from the US-UK sphere.

Naturally though, the imperial powers do not sit idly by and allow this to happen. They have their counter-revolution in Zimbabwe, led and embodied by Morgan Tsvangirai and the MDC-T.

Tsvangirai, the MDC-T, and the Subversion of Zimbabwe

The Movement for Democratic Change (MDC-T) led by current Prime Minister Morgan Tsvangirai is no mere opposition party. Rather, they are the Zimbabwean face of neoliberal capitalism and continued subservience to corporate-imperial power. Although Tsvangirai’s party shrouds itself in the flag of anti-corruption and “sustainable development”, the truth is that these are merely the rhetorical cover for rolling back the gains made by the people of Zimbabwe under the leadership of Mugabe and ZANU-PF.

Despite the obvious need, and overwhelming support, for the land redistribution programs of the last decade, Tsvangirai and his Western puppet party came out against the program and squarely on the side of the entrenched white landowners. In 2011, as the land redistribution and indigenization programs were beginning to take root, Tsvangirai stated publicly that, “We don’t support grabbing property and seizing companies. We support a process of willing seller, willing buyer.” This revealing statement illustrates clearly the degree to which Tsvangirai and MDC-T represent the interests of the British and the imperial-corporate powers who themselves created the “willing seller, willing buyer” concept in the Lancaster House Agreement. Essentially then, when Tsvangirai speaks it is the voice of London, Washington and Wall St.

However, this ideological connection is merely the tip of the iceberg when it comes to Tsvangirai and his relations with the West. A 2010 leaked cable, published by WikiLeaksiv, revealed that Tsvangirai collaborated with President Obama and the US establishment against the interests of Zimbabwe and the people. The documentv “showed that he [Tsvangirai] had had been privately urging Washington to maintain sanctions against Harare, while taking the opposite position in public.” This revelation, though certainly not a surprise to many in Zimbabwe and ZANU-PF, reveals the degree to which Tsvangirai and the MDC-T is, for all intents and purposes, a US front group masquerading as political opposition. Of course, were this the only example of the relationship, the case against Tsvangirai would be incomplete. Rather, one must examine the role of US intelligence in shaping the entire agenda of the MDC-T.

Earlier this month, the Zimbabwe Herald reported that:

MDC-T has reportedly invited three Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) agents to attend its policy conference set for [Friday May 17, 2013] as part of last ditch efforts to formulate an appealing election manifesto…the Herald is reliably informed that the three CIA agents were also behind MDC-T’s security policy document titled ‘Policy Discussion Papers — Security Sector Cluster: 1. Defence and National Security, 2. Home Affairs’ [in which] MDC-T announces plans to fire all serving security chiefs…and hire what is termed senior police staff from Western countries to instill ‘professionalism’ in the force.vi

The intimate relationship between the MDC-T and US intelligence illustrates the degree to which Tsvangirai is not merely compromised but, in many ways, an outright agent of the United States and the other imperial powers. The MDC-T would seek to transform Zimbabwe into little more than another compliant African client state where the needs of the poor majority would be trumped by the power of the wealthy minority serving the needs of multinational corporations.

The WikiLeaks cables also reveal how the United States has been actively working and preparing for regime change in Zimbabwe. Former US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Christopher Dell wrote that:

Our policy is working and it’s helping drive changes here. What is required is simply the grit, determination and focus to see this through. Then, when the changes finally come we must be ready to move quickly to help consolidate the new dispensation…He [Mr. Tsvangirai] is the indispensable element for regime change, but possibly an albatross around their necks once in power.vii

The cables show the intimate working relationship that exists between the so-called opposition and their Western backers. Although this is no secret in Zimbabwe, it comes as news to many in the West who have been thoroughly propagandized to believe that the MDC-T and Tsvangirai represent substantive change and a move toward increased democracy. On the contrary, the MDC-T is the quintessential counter-revolutionary movement specifically designed to destroy the tremendous gains made by ZANU-PF and Mugabe since liberation.

What’s Next?

Zimbabwe’s immediate future is going to be shaped by the impending national elections. Naturally, ZANU-PF and MDC-T will be vying for the leadership mantle in what will be a hotly contested election. That being said, we are seeing the usual forces of “soft power” aligning themselves in preparation for a major destabilization effort around the elections. As we saw most recently in Venezuela, disputing elections is one of the favorite tactics of the imperialist ruling class, allowing them and their minions to engage in protracted subversion of democratic institutions in order to foment civil unrest and thereby delegitimize the elected government.

One well known organ of imperialist propaganda is the George Soros-funded International Crisis Group which recently issued a report entitled “Zimbabwe: Election Scenarios”, laying out in great detail the various ways in which the United States and its allies and clients must intervene in the elections. In particular, the report states that:

The pervasive fear of violence and actual intimidation contradicts rhetorical commitments to peace. A reasonably free vote is still possible, but so too are deferred or disputed polls, or even a military intervention. The international community seems ready to back the Southern African Development Community (SADC), which must work with GPA partners to define and enforce “red lines” for a credible vote…That the elections are likely to be tense and see some violence and intimidation is clear; what is not yet clear is the nature of the violence, its extent, and the response it will generate.viii

To the layman, such a description might seem innocuous — a paper outlining the possible outcome of the election. However, even a cursory examination of recent similar episodes in Venezuela, Iran, and elsewhere shows that “disputed elections” are the favorite tool of subversion by the imperial powers which use NGOs such as the International Crisis Group as their unofficial mouthpieces. When the ICG speaks, it is with the voice of US intelligence and the ruling class.

If the experience of Venezuela is any indication, we are likely to see violence in the streets should MDC-T lose the election, particularly if the margin of victory is small. As with Capriles and the US-funded opposition in Venezuela, the creation of violence in the streets is merely a trick employed for the purposes of destabilizing the government in a time of transition, with the goal of creating enough chaos to delegitimize the rule of the victors. And so, ZANU-PF and the Zimbabwean people must remain vigilant as the country heads into these all-important elections

Zimbabwe has come a long way since the official end of the liberation struggle. As years have passed, the nation and its people have been transformed from servants to masters, dependent children to independent and free human beings. In that same time, the former masters have attempted to employ countless strategies to continue their exploitation and domination of the resources and the people. Because of the leadership of Mugabe and ZANU-PF, as well as the determination of the Zimbabwean people, Zimbabwe has metamorphosed into the envy of Africa. Of course, there are very real problems in the country, with wealth not nearly approaching that of other African states that have remained loyal to the imperial system. However, when wealth is concentrated in the hands of a kleptocratic ruling elite, is that really wealth? Looking at Zimbabwe, we see a true model for Africa: an independent path to progress and equitable development. It is for this reason that the imperial powers look to destroy all that has been built in Zimbabwe…and for this same reason, we must stand to defend her.

*Author’s Note: This article is the first in a series of articles examining the political and economic landscape of Zimbabwe as elections approach. Look for the next installment of the series in the July issue of CounterPunch.

Eric Draitser is the founder of StopImperialism.com. He is an independent geopolitical analyst based in New York City. You can reach him at ericdraitser@gmail.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Market Buzz: Investors look to EU and US for drivers

0

Following losses on US floors and negative sentiment in Asia, Russian stocks started off Wednesday in the red. Later in the day, investors will be looking for drivers in news from Europe and the US.

Russian floors closed Tuesday’s trading session with slightly
gains: The MICEX advanced 0.3 percent to 1341.62 and the RTS was
up 0.26 percent to 1322.39.

Stock markets in Europe ended Tuesday higher, rebounding after
traders strengthened their positions ahead of hotly anticipated
data from the US later this week. The UK’s FTSE 100 added 0.51
percent to close at 6,558.58 points, while Germany’s DAX 30 drew
0.12 percent to 8,295.96 points and the French CAC 40 gained 0.13
percent to end at 3,925.83.

The eurozone will release official data on retail sales on
Wednesday, with Germany, Italy, France and the eurozone as a
whole releasing service sector PMI reports. Germany’s PMI
indicator is expected to remain unchanged from April’s level of
49.8 points. The eurozone’s PMI is also not expected to change at
47.5 points.

US stocks closed lower Tuesday amid continuing worries over the
future of the Fed’s bond-buying policy. The Dow Jones slumped
0.50 percent to 15,177.54 points, the S&P 500 closed down
0.55 percent at 1,631.38 points. And the Nasdaq lost 0.58 percent
to close at 3,445.26 points.

On Wednesday, the US will release the ADP nonfarm payroll report
on private-sector job creation. Today’s report will be a preview
of Friday’s official payroll update from the government, and will
be closely analyzed for improvements over the previous raft of
disappointing economic news.

US government updates on factory orders and crude oil reserves
are scheduled for release on June 5. The Institute of Supply
Management will also release a report on US service-sector
activity (ISM PMI), a leading economic indicator that is expected
to help drive market growth.

Asian stocks traded mostly lower on Tuesday as investors slashed
equity amid growing concerns over the rumored end to the US Fed’s
bond-buying program. Japan’s Nikkei 225 slid 1.8 percent to
13,295.89, signaling disappointment over Prime Minister Shinzo
Abe’s vague unveiling of the next stage of his anti-deflation
‘Abenomics’ program.

Hong Kong’s Hang Seng fell 1 percent to 22,048.84, while South
Korea’s Kospi declined 1.1 percent to 1,968.52. Australia’s
S&P/ASX 200 dropped 1 percent. Benchmarks in Singapore,
Indonesia, Thailand and the Philippines also fell. Shares in
Mainland China traded mixed.

Brent oil is currently trading slightly lower at $102.80, down
0.03 percent. WTI is in the black, up 0.1 percent to $93.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Syria regains full control of Qusayr’

0

Syrian forces clash with foreign-backed militants in the western town of Qusayr, Homs Province. (File photo)

Syriaâ„¢s state television reports that Syrian forces have regained full control of the strategic city of Qusayr following three weeks of fighting with the militants.

On Wednesday, Syriaâ„¢s state television reported that Å“our heroic armed forces have returned security and stability to all of the town of Qusayr.”

According to the reports, Syrian military forces have dismantled the terrorist network of the militants in the strategic area, which borders Lebanon.

Many of the foreign-backed militants and members of the armed groups were killed or injured during the Syrian army operations to cleanse the region of the terrorists.

Following the successful operations, the militants fled to farms and a village near Qusayr.

Reports indicate that peace and security have now been restored in the region following the defeat of the terrorists.

On Sunday, the government forces drove back a group of militants attempting to infiltrate Syria through the Lebanese border.

Syrian troops backed by Hezbollah fighters entered Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants.

Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside, and that the militants are supported by the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey.

Several international human rights organizations have said that the militants are committing war crimes.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'India eager to invest in Iran’s Chabahar'

0

A cargo ship docks at Iran’s Chabahar Free Trade-Industrial Zone. (File photo)

India says it is keen to forge closer cooperation with the Islamic Republic and make investments in Chabahar Free Trade-Industrial Zone in southeast of Iran.

Chabahar Free Zone enjoys special potentialities, and therefore, the existence of transparent regulations there would lead to closer cooperation between the two sides, said Indian Shipping Secretary Shri P. K. Sinha during a visit to Shahid Beheshti Port in Chabahar on Tuesday

He described Chabahar as the safest and closest, and hence an economical transit route to Central Asia, expressing confidence that the development of Chabahar Port could contribute to the economic growth in the region.

He further said that India would cooperate, as needed, in that regard.

Managing Director of Chabahar Free Zone Mostafa Malekzadeh, for his part, said Chabahar is the most economical transit conduit linking India, Afghanistan and Central Asian states.

Trilateral memoranda of understanding (MoUs) between Iran, India and Afghanistan can facilitate Indiaâ„¢s access to Afghanistan and Central Asia, said the Iranian official.

Iran’s Chabahar Port – located 72 kilometers (44 miles) west of Pakistan’s Gwadar port – holds immense strategic and economic significance for India.

The port is already connected to the city of Zaranj in Afghanistan’s southwestern province of Nimruz and can serve as India’s entry point to Afghanistan, Central Asia and beyond.

India, Iran and Afghanistan have signed an agreement to give Indian goods, heading for Central Asia and Afghanistan, preferential treatment and tariff reductions at Chabahar.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US lawmakers vote to keep Gitmo open

0

The US House of Representatives panel has defied the Obama administrationâ„¢s plan to shut down the infamous Guantanamo military prison and torture camp, voting in favor of keeping it open indefinitely.

The Republican-controlled Armed Services Committee voted mostly along party lines on Tuesday to uphold the current US law, which blocks the use of Å“taxpayer funds” to build or renovate facilities in the US to hold alleged terrorists and other captives currently held at the notorious Guantanamo detention camp at a US naval base in Cuba.

The provisions dealing with the fate of the remaining 166 Guantanamo inmates are part of a military policy bill drafted by Armed Services Committee chairman, California Republican Howard McKeon, who released the bill Monday, two days before committee members vote on it.

The development comes as nearly 130 Guantanamo captives remain on a hunger strike that began in February to protest harsh prison conditions and their indefinite detention without any charges or the right to a legal trial.

Moreover, the move by mainly Republican lawmakers to keep the military detention and torture facility open indefinitely comes despite a mounting worldwide condemnation of the prison and the continued abuse of captives held there in violation of international law.

Among the most widely cited human rights violations being perpetrated by the US military against the inmates held at Guantanamo have been the use of torture, in the form of waterboarding and forced-feeding of inmates that are on hunger strike, intrusive strip-searching of inmates before allowing them to contact the lawyers, and their indefinite detention without legal charges or trials, among other things.

This is while top US officials have even admitted that over 80 of the Guantanamo inmates remain in captivity despite being cleared for release years earlier.

About two weeks ago, President Barack Obama renewed his 2008 campaign pledge to shut down the military prison. He argued then that the indefinite detentions with little prospect of legal charges or a trial defies the rule of law and added that Å“terrorists” have used the naval detention facility as a recruiting tool.

“Given my administration’s relentless pursuit of al-Qaeda’s leadership, there is no justification beyond politics for Congress to prevent us from closing a facility that should never have been opened,” Obama said in a May 23 speech at the Pentagon-financed National Defense University.

Obama further lifted the moratorium on transferring prisoners to Yemen and said their status would be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. In Yemen this past weekend, officials said they were moving ahead on a facility to house any transfers from Guantanamo, AP reported Monday.

“To the greatest extent possible, we will transfer detainees who have been cleared to go to other countries. Where appropriate, we will bring terrorists to justice in our courts and military justice system. And we will insist that judicial review be available for every detainee,” Obama also said.

Despite Obamaâ„¢s rhetorical push to close Guantanamo, the US military has sought in its latest budget request USD450 million for the prison camp, including millions for upgrading the temporary facility and USD40 million for a fiber optic cable. Past budgets have reflected the Washington contradiction of Obama waging a political fight to shut down the facility while the military calculates the financial requirements to keep the installation operating.

Meanwhile, the draft bill by the House committee would authorize USD638 billion for the military in the fiscal year beginning Oct. 1, including USD86 billion for war expenses.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Fire at Moscow metro station injures 45

0

A large number of Moscow commuters are exiting a metro station after a fire broke out on June 5, 2013.

A fire has broken out at a metro station in downtown Moscow, injuring dozens of people and leading to a mass evacuation of some 4,500 commuters.

The fire started at the Okhotny Ryad Metro station close to the Kremlin on Tuesday when a cable caught fire and caused heavy smoke in one of the underground tunnels.

Spokesman for Moscowâ„¢s emergency services Viktor Biryukov said more than 45 people were hurt and the number was expected to grow.

Four trains were stranded in the underground tunnels due to the incident at the station.

An official within the law enforcement department said the blaze was not caused by human factor; instead it was caused Å“most likely by a technical malfunction.”

The blaze caused damages both to the station and some of the tunnels, and disrupted the cityâ„¢s underground transportation during morning rush hour traffic.

Several nearby stations were forced to close and commuters were told to leave and find alternative transportation means to get to their destinations.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

MSNBC Aligns With Objectives of the State

0

<![CDATA[]]>

Celebrated liberal news outlet MSNBC has made some new hires, a couple weeks ago one of them being Mother Jones blogger Adam Serwer. According to TVNewser’s Alex Weprin “MSNBC.com is staffing up ahead of a major relaunch later this year. The relaunched site will focus on the world of politics and the personalities that populate MSNBC’s programming. There will also, however, be plenty of political news and information.”

Recently journalist Charles Davis tweeted about an online run-in he once had with Serwer. Disturbed by the military culture that had permeated a women’s soccer game, he blogged, “No other country on Earth, barring perhaps North Korea, worships its military in such a prevalent, mindless and such seemingly oblivious fashion as the good ‘ol USA.”

This perturbed MSNBC’s new hire, who was writing for the American Prospect at the time, and prompted him to post this comment “We should support servicemembers unconditionally because their service is unconditional, and I have yet to hear a rational argument for why allowing servicemembers to disregard civilian authority over the military is a good idea, which is essentially what calling for civil disobedience by servicemembers is.”

Serwer continued:

“What if General Petraeus decides that the Afghan surge isn’t big enough, so he’s morally obligated to take over and make the decision for himself, to save us from ourselves? He’s morally obligated to protect his country in the way he thinks is best right? Who cares what the law says?

The whole point of civilian control is to ensure that the people with guns don’t get to do whatever they want, that the power given them can only be used with the consent of the political branches, elected by the people. And if you don’t think that power is being used properly, than you can change that through the political process.”

Davis responded on his blog:

“But no one’s arguing, of course, that soldiers should merely do whatever they feel. The argument, at least as I have made it, is that killing people is wrong, except in instances of absolute self-defense, no matter what politician or politically appointed court sanctions it. Now, abiding by one’s conscience is typically consistent with the whole not murdering people thing – poor foreigner or not – but where it differs, it’s subservient to that latter, foundational principal of any truly civilized society. Again, the argument is that people ought to defy orders to kill – and ostracize, rather than worship, the institutions tasked with carrying out the state-sponsored carnage – not that they should kill more people if they feel like it.

And instead of wading through a corrupt political process designed to thwart change and serve the needs of the powerful, the legitimacy of which Serwer asserts but does not bother to demonstrate, it’s the responsibility of all human beings with a capacity for moral thought, be they uniformed or not, to reject blind obedience authority and the ‘legal’ facade it provides to immoral acts. The idea that only the political process is an acceptable means of challenging injustice treats the average person as but an unthinking cog in the machinery of the state, bound to abide by whatever ‘lawful’ edicts their rulers issue, a worldview that does not allow for principled civil disobedience. We, soldier and citizen, are not entitled to determine what’s right and wrong, whether it be a preemptive war or, say, the institution of slavery – that’s left to legislatures.”

It’s probably worth noting that Serwer’s entire response to all of Davis’ comments was, “We do have some job openings, but nothing quite as prestigious as writing for Code Pink, I’m sad to say.”

This wouldn’t be the first time that someone at MSNBC had worked out a bizarre calculus regarding his or her relationship to the state. For example, during the recent ten-year anniversary of the Iraq War, Ezra Klein (who economist Doug Henwood has referred to as a, “Neoliberal über-dweeb”) explained that his support of the Bush administration’s invasion was predicated on an “analytical failure.”  “It wasn’t worth doing precisely because the odds were high that we couldn’t do it right,” wrote Klein.

The bizarre and robotic nature of this “apology” aside, the political theorist Corey Robin immediately spotted something fishy in Klein’s grammar, “Klein doesn’t think a state invaded another state; he thinks ‘we’ went to war. He identifies with the state. Whether he’s supporting or dissenting from a policy, he sees himself as part of it. He sees himself on the jeeps with the troops. That’s why his calls for skepticism, for not taking things on authority, ring so hollow. In the end, he’s on the team. Or the jeep.”

After the tragic Trayvon Martin murder, Touré appeared on Piers Morgan’s program and took him to task for his interview with the family of Martin’s killer, George Zimmerman. One of Touré ‘s main problems with the interview seemed to be Morgan’s inability to understand how American journalism functioned. “What you understand as challenging, perhaps, maybe that’s what goes in England. That’s not what we do in terms of challenging in America…I would have liked to see him pushed and challenged, more followup, more pushback, more research to understand.”

Of all the things to criticize Piers Morgan for, the veracity of the American media in comparison to England’s is, probably, one of the least sensible. Later, when Touré sparked something of a controversy by arguing that President Obama had the right to assassinate an American citizen, he demonstrated very little of his aforementioned pushback. On a panel discussing drone strikes, the media personality seemed completely unaware that the administration had killed a 16-year-old kid: “What do you mean a 16-year old who is killed? I’m not talking about civilians.” After Steve Kornacki and S.E. Cupp explained to Touré who Abdulrahman Al-Awlaki was, he shrugged, “If people are working against America, then they need to die.”

The political theorist Falguni Sheth connected the dots between the two situations, “There is a certain nativist, if not xenophobic, consistency on Touré’s part. Rightfully insisting on paying attention to the racist context surrounding Martin’s death, he nevertheless challenges Morgan’s attitudes on the grounds that Morgan is not “from here.” For all of Touré’s understanding about the racial context of unfair murders, he appears to be ignorant of and indifferent to the fact that a young Muslim (American) boy was killed by a drone under the auspices of the POTUS. We see a similar nativism in Touré’s sentiments about restricting due process to “Americans”–even after he learns that Abdulrahman Al-Awlaki IS American.”

Aligning themselves with the objectives of the state is always an easier task for liberals when the leader is a Democrat, it requires much less cognitive dissonance on the part of the pundit. In his book In his book, Killer Politics: How Big Money and Bad Politics Are Destroying the Great American Middle Class, MSNBC host Ed Schultz quotes Barack Obama’s Nobel Peace Prize speech before opining, “…I do not believe that preemptive war with Iraq was justified. I think it was a blunder that set a dangerous modern-day precedent for preemptive war and seriously damaged U.S. credibility around the world-something only time and credible action in the future can mitigate. History alone knows how this war will play out. What we can be certain about is that Bush’s Iraq folly placed a tremendous financial burden on the nation that has critically weakened us both militarily and financially.”

Jesus. I wonder what it did to Iraq.

Things have, of course, shifted in the last five years and, thus, certain pronouns can be embraced without caveats. As Rachel Maddow explained to her viewing audience after the disastrous NATO intervention in Libya, “President Obama announced his own military intervention, but he pointedly declined the opportunity to do it in a way that US presidents usually do. Obama has foresworn “the chest-thumping commander-in-chief theater that goes with military intervention of any kind…that in itself is a fascinating and rather blunt demonstration of just how much this presidency is not like that of George W. Bush.”

I think Serwer is going to fit right in.

Michael Arria writes for Vice’s Motherboard.tv.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Prosecution and Persecution of Bradley Manning

0

Bradley Manning’s trial finally got its start on Monday, June 3rd (after a mere four years of pre-trial detention). Transcripts from the first day of trial have been released and they are nothing if not a shameful and despicable look at our government’s calculated plan to silence truth-tellers and whistleblowers in all areas of government and military.

It is almost difficult to read, even from the opening statement of the prosecution.

“The evidence will show that those are the words of PFC Bradley Manning, Your Honor. This is not a case about an accidental spill of classified information. This is not a case about a few documents left in a barracks with you. This is not a case about a government official who made discrete targeted disclosures of classified information based on content (INAUDIBLE) careful. This, Your Honor, this is a case about a soldier who systematically harvested hundreds of thousands of documents from classified databases and then literally dumped that information on to the Internet and into the hands of the enemy. Material he knew, based on his training and experience, could put the lives and welfare of his fellow soldiers at risk.”

The prosecution continued, “The evidence will show that PFC Manning used his military training to gain the notoriety he craved. In short, the evidence will show that PFC Manning knew the consequences of his actions and disregarded that knowledge in his own self interest.”

The desire to strip Manning of careful intent has been a tactic of the government that is prosecuting him and the mainstream media who parrot their propaganda from the start. Manning did not make “discrete targeted disclosures of classified information”, they claim, instead he “systematically harvested” thousands of documents and “literally dumped” the documents “into the hands of the enemy.” They want us to see him not as a careful, logical man who desired to expose war crimes and criminals. Instead, they tell us, he lashed out because he was a mad homosexual in the military. Instead of portraying Manning as a man with a strong morality, as someone who risked his own safety to expose wrongdoing, they portray him as a frustrated gay man who was bullied and thus illegally released a flood of information without consideration. As Julian Assange of Wikileaks said in an interview with Chris Hedges,

“The old media attempted to remove his alleged heroic qualities…An act of heroism requires that you make a conscious act. It is not an unreasoned expression of madness or sexual frustration. It requires making a choice–a choice that others can follow. If you do something solely because you are a mad homosexual there is no choice. No one can choose to be a mad homosexual. So they stripped him, or attempted to strip him, of all his refinements.”

Now the prosecution has taken that a step further: not only was he a frustrated homosexual with pent-up anger, but he was an arrogant young man looking for notoriety.

Most chilling is the argument made by the prosecution that Manning knowingly and willingly released classified information into the hands of the enemy. The absurdity is two-fold. First that Manning released information into the hands of terrorist groups, noting documents found in the raid that killed Osama bin Laden. Second that Manning released the information to Wikileaks, which the prosecution describes quite clearly as “the enemy.”

“Finally, Your Honor, the evidence will show that the accused knowingly gave intelligence to the enemy. As discussed earlier, Your Honor, the evidence will show that PFC Manning searched for WikiLeaks more than 100 times on the SIPRNET. The evidence will show that he understood the nature of the organization.”

So since Manning released information to Wikileaks — a news outlet — which is read by the public, and included in that public may be terrorists or terrorist organizations, it must follow from this Orwellian line of inference that Wikileaks, and by extension, Manning have aided terrorist organizations. ‘Aiding the enemy’, the harshest of charges against Manning, could mean life in prison for the 25-year-old.

It is par for the course now for the government to claim that journalists involved in covering national security issues are enemies of the state. There was the AP scandal of course, where the DOJ subpoenaed the phone records of editors and reporters following a story about a foiled terror plot. Perhaps even more disturbing is the subpoenaed records of Fox News reporter James Rosen. I say more disturbing because the FBI described Rosen in an affidavit as a co-conspirator in espionage. It can now be considered espionage for reporters to do their jobs in gathering information.

The clear desire to strip Manning of his humanity, his morality, is an attempt to strip his actions of meaning and heroism. As Manning’s defense noted in their opening statement, Manning wanted to “lift the fog of war” and show the “true nature of 21st century asymmetric warfare.” He released the classified documents to expose the public to the true costs of war — the horrific, grisly aspects of war. Manning thought that if the public knew what war was — if the public knew how little value was placed on the lives of the people living in “enemy” states, perhaps there could be change.

In Manning’s own statement in February, he spoke specifically of the Collateral Murder video. He recalled his horror at watching as the men in the helicopter gunned down civilians without regard to human life.

“They dehumanized the individuals they were engaging and seemed to not value human life, and referred to them as quote-unquote “dead bastards,” and congratulated each other on their ability to kill in large numbers. At one point in the video there is an individual on the ground attempting to crawl to safety. The individual is seriously wounded. Instead of calling for medical attention to the location, one of the aerial weapons team crew members verbally asks for the wounded person to pick up a weapon so that he can have a reason to engage. For me, this seemed similar to a child torturing ants with a magnifying glass.”

And this is why Manning has been made an example of. It is not permitted to expose The Empire for what it is. It is not permitted to pull back the curtain on the rampant greed and disregard for human life that fuels U.S. hegemony. It is not permitted to question the oligarchy. We must buy the line that says that our wars are just, clean, and efficient. We must accept the decrees of the ruling class when they tell us that our involvements abroad in country after country are for our own safety. Fear mongering is essential to keeping the masses under control.

Thus The Empire will do everything in its power to put Bradley Manning away forever. If he can be made invisible, so too can the lies that his documents uncovered. If Manning can be silenced and thrown into a prison cell for life, if the mainstream media continues to parrot the propaganda of the ruling class (lest they be implicated as co-conspirators in espionage), then our hegemonic wars of power and greed can continue, so long as we pay no attention to the man behind the curtain.

Alyssa Rohricht maintains Crash Culture and can be reached at aprohricht@msn.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

West warns of military action against Syria

0

The US and its Western allies are trying to pave the way for a possible military intervention in Syria, as the government has secured victories over foreign-backed militants on different fronts.

During a TV interview with French Channel 2 on Tuesday, French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius threatened that all options including military intervention are on the table.

This comes while White House spokesman Jay Carney, speaking at a news conference on Tuesday, had urged the Syrian government to end the blockade of Qusayr.

“We are deeply concerned about the continued fighting in Qusayr,” Carney said, adding that the siege Å“has created a dire humanitarian situation, with severe shortages of food, water and medicine.”

Meanwhile, France and the UK say the Syrian government has used chemical weapons against militants, a claim Damascus has rejected as Å“lies.”

According to the French minister, samples taken from Syria and tested in France “prove the presence of sarin.” He, however, did not specify the location and the time the agent had been used.

However, Damascus says terrorists have used chemical weapons on several occasions, including an attack in the region of Khan al-Assal in the province of Aleppo in which over two dozen people died.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

How Class Anxiety and Masculinity Fears Push Men to Work Longer Hours

0

May 31, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

How many employed American mothers work more than 50 hours a week? Go on, guess. I’ve been asking lots of people that question lately. Most guess around 50 percent.

The truth is nine percent.

Nine percent of working moms clock more than 50 hours a week during the key years of career advancement: ages 25 to 44. If we limit the sample to mothers with at least a college degree, the number rises only slightly, to 13.9 percent. (These statistics came from special tabulations of data from the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2011 American Community Survey.)

This “long hours problem,” analyzed so insightfully by Robin Ely and Irene Padavic, is a key reason why the percentage of women in top jobs has stalled at about 14 percent, a number that has barely budged in the past decade. We can’t expect progress when the fast track that leads to top jobs requires a time commitment that excludes most mothers and, by extension, most women. A recent study by Joni Hersch of Vanderbilt Law School found that the mothers most likely to enter the fast track — graduates of elite universities — are less likely to be working full-time than mothers with less prestigious degrees. Only 45.3 percent of mothers who graduated from top-tier institutions and only 34.8 percent of MBAs have full-time jobs. Most aren’t full-time homemakers: in addition to parenting, they typically have part-time jobs or community service roles. But you can bet your boots it’s under-valued work that rarely, if ever, leads to positions of power.

Despite the obvious importance of the hours problem, progress has been limited. An increasingly common response is to declare victory.

“What flexibility means today is not part-time,” the head of work-life at one large organization told me recently. “What people want is the ability to work anytime, anywhere.” That’s true if your target labor pool is twenty-somethings and men married to homemakers. The head of HR at another large organization asked, when I described the hours problem, “What do you mean, how can we get women to work more hours?”

We can’t get mothers to work more hours. We’ve tried, and failed, for 40 years. Mothers won’t bite for a simple reason: if they work 55 hours a week, they will leave home at, say, 8:30 and return at 8:30 every day of the workweek, assuming an average commute time. Most moms have this one little hang-up: they want to see their children awake. Increasingly, many fathers do, too.

And yet, after 40 years of intensive effort, the work-life frontier looks grim. Recent events confirm this. In late 2012, Bank of America announced that it was preparing to add more restrictions to its work-from-home program, reportedly to increase efficiency. Early this year, Best Buy CEO Hubert Joly ended the company’s “results only work environment” (ROWE) program that judged corporate employees only on (gasp!) performance, and not where or how long they worked. And, of course, Marissa Mayer eliminated telecommuting at Yahoo! (Why have we only heard about that one? Because women CEOs are held to higher standards, that’s why.)

Why are workplace flexibility programs so hard to sustain? The business case for such programs’ benefits is well-known. The elimination of ROWE is particularly striking because the path-breaking work of Erin Kelly, Phyllis Moen and their colleagues has produced rigorous regressions that ROWE reduced turnover and turnover intentions, reduced employees’ interruptions at work, reduced time employees’ engaged in work of little value to the company, and increased employee’s sense of job involvement, using rigorous social science methodology.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet